standing order nonamkannada360.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/s-o-601-to... · web vieworder no. hd...

STANDING ORDER NO. 601

No. STS-II-233/63, Dated: 06-05-1964

*** Instructions were issued under this Office endorsement No.

STS-II-2/195/63, dated 7th November 1963, communicating text of letters

from the Government of India. Ministry of Home Affairs, regarding the text

of multi-address messages and the need to keep them as short as possible. It

has now been reported that inspite of these instructions and also the

appointment of a Screening authority, the progress made in this respect is

not satisfactory and the Ministry of Home Affairs have requested suitable

steps be taken to achieve the object. Four proforma of messages which cover

the usual text of such messages are herewith appended. Serial number when

quoted against the proforma number classifies the information under the

respective headings. Therefore, Superintendents of Police are directed to use

these proforma always in connection with such messages by using

telegraphic language. However, there may be case where multi-address

messages have to be originated which can not conveniently be formed up

with the appended proforma. These messages may be written in the usual

manner but the telegraphic form of message writing should be strictly

adhered to Messages which are lengthy and verbouse should strictly

avoided.

Text of Multi-address messages-adoption of proforma

1

The Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid, has been instructed

to direct this staff at the various Police Radio Stations to return such

messages to the originators which do not conform to the above instructions.

PROFORMA NO. 11. Category Missing/Kidnapping/burglary.

2. Name of missing/kidnapped/burgled persons with father’s name:-

3. Age of missing/Kidnapped/burgled person.

4. Description of missing/Kidnapped person.

5. Place, time and date of occurrence

6. a) Name (s) culprit (s)

7. a) Circumstances under which missing/Kidnapping burglary occurred.

b) brief details of stolen/recovered property.

8. Places; likely to be visited.

9. Case registered under FIR No dated u/s PS.

10. Special information, if any.

11. Who is to be informed if traced.

PROFORMA NO. 21. Category:-

2. Foreigner’s name and Father’s name

3. Nationality.

4. Address in India.

5. Date of entry into India……… Through (Check post)

6. Pass Port No. and date of issue.

7. Visa number and date of issue.

8. Over-staying since – date.

9. Bailed on date……….

10. Left for……..on…………..from

11. Descriptive Roll.

12. Action required.

2

PROFORMA NO. 3

1. Category Court Attendance.

2. ]Name of witness with father’s name or designation.

3. Address.

4. Court to be attended.

5. Date and Time of Attendance.

6. Case Registration

7. FIR No………..u/s…………….

8. Dated…………..Police Station………….

9. Case……………Versus………………..

Particular information to produce any document.

PROFORMA NO. IV

1. Station and Crime No.

2. Date and time of occurrence, place of occurrence and distance from the Police

Station.

3. Name of the Complainant, date and time of report.

4. Name of the deceased.

5. Name of the accused.

6. Property stolen and recovered.

7. Brief facts of the case.

3


No. 169/GNL-1/64, Dated: 08-05-1964

*** 1. A Police Stall is organised every year in the Exhibition at Mysore

during Dasara Festivities. It is necessary that the Stall is made attractive by

display of interesting and informative exhibits. It should also depict the

Progress made by the various Districts, and Units during the year.

2. The Superintendent of Police are hereby instructed to send interesting

exhibits as well as photographs covering the activities of the Department.

These exhibits and photographs should be sent to the Principal, Police

Training College, Mysore, well in time to enable him to scrutinise, select

and exhibit them in the Exhibition. The photographs could possibly cover

the following activities:

1. Photographs of exhibits in important and sensational Criminal Cases, with brief note on each case.

2. Photographs of motor vehicles involved in serious accidents which could focus the attention of the Public to the seriousness of road accidents.

3. Photograph showing acts of gallantry performed by the Police during flood, fire accidents, etc.,

4. Photographs showing the welfare work done at the Police Welfare Centers.

Exhibition of Photographs of Police Personnel who have performed acts of gallantry, etc., and interesting-in Dasara Exhibition.

4

5. Photographs of new Police Stations and residential quarters constructed and completed during the year.

6. Photographs of Field activities, such as Sports, etc.

3. The Photographs are proposed to be mounted on illuminated

revolving stands and as such should be uniformly of cabinet size and clear.

4. Instructive literature dealing with prevention and detection of Crime,

Law and Order problems, road sense, etc., could also be made available for

editing and exhibiting at the stall.

5. The Principal, Police Training College is entrusted with the

responsibility of selecting, scrutinizing, editing and exhibition of the

exhibits, including Photographs. He is also permitted to enter into

correspondence with the Superintendents of Police and other Unit Officers

with a view to ensure that the exhibits and Photographs exhibited are of a

high order and reflect the working of the Department in its proper

perspective.

5


No. CB-3/9/64, Dated: 26-10-1964

***In this office S.O. Cited above, instructions were issued that the

register prescribed by Government in O.M. No. GAD 133 SRR 63, dated 13-

01-1964, should be maintained by all Heads of Offices for checking the

receipt of the property returns. The Heads of Offices referred to in that

connection are the officers who maintain the Confidential Personal Files of

the Government Servants concerned.

In official memorandum No. GAD 78 SRR 64 dated 10-07-1974 the

Government has issued the following further instructions re-submission of

immovable property returns of non-gazetted Government servants.

“When the Confidential Reports are maintained by subordinate

officers below the level of Head of the Department returns relating to

acquisition of immovable property of non-gazetted Government servants,

shall be submitted by Government servants concerned through the

immediate officer under whom they are working who will scrutinise them

and pass them on to the officers maintaining in the Confdl. Report File of

the non-gazetted Government servant who will keep them along with the

Confdl. Report File of the concerned servant.”

Periodical returns of immovable property held by Govt. Servants – Instructions

Reference: This office S.O. No. 600 (No. CB-3/9/1994, dated 17-04-1964

6

The above procedure is prescribed so that immediate superior officers

through whom the Government servants are required to submit applications

for permission to acquire immovable property under Rule 17 the Mysore

Government servants Conduct Rules, may check up whether any non-

gazetted Government servant working under them has during any year

acquired immovable property disproportionate to the pay and allowances

drawn by him.

These instructions will not. However, absolve the officers who are

required to maintain the register of immovable property returns, of the

responsibilities laid down in paras 9 and 10 of S.O. No. 600 dated

17-04-1964.

7


No. 17/EST(5)1965, Dated: 15-05-1965

***In Supersession of (i) the Mysore Police Services (Recruitment) Rules

1960, in so far as they relate to Recruitment by promotion to the posts of

Sub Inspectors of Police (Civil) and (ii) the Rules for promotion of A.S.Is

and H.Cs, as P.S.Is of Police (Civil issued in Notification No. HD 29 PSI 59,

dated 20-07-1960. Revised Rule for the promotion of A.S.Is, and H.Cs, as

P.S.Is. (Civil) have been published in Government Notification No. GAD-57

ORR/63, dated 10-12-1963. A copy of the Revised Rules has already been

communicated this Office endorsement No. EI-C./143/62, dated 26-12-1963

to all concerned.

2. The lists of A.S. Is. And H.Cs, fit for promotion as P.S.Is (Civil)

prepared under rules II, 13 and 15 of the Notification No. H.D. 29 PEI 59

dated 20-07-1960, in 1961 have been ratified as validly made under rule 18

of the Rules issued in Notification No. GAD 57 ORR/63, dated 10-12-1963.

3. In future, the list of A.S.Is, and H.Cs, (Civil) fit for promotion as

P.S.Is (Civil) shall be prepared and examination held normally once a year,

in accordance with these Rules. In view of the Revised Rule. The procedure

laid down for the preparation of the select list of ASIs, and HCs (Civil) fit

for promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) in S.O. 521 may be treated as cancelled and

the preparation of the list in question should be processed through the

following stage.

Preparation of list of A.S.Is and H.Cs fit for promotion as P.S. Is (Civil) Procedure.

8

Stage-I. Preparation of lists ‘A’ & ‘B’ by the Superintendents of Police

and their transmission to the Range Dy. Inspectors General of

Police or the Dy. Inspector General of Police, CID and

Railways in the case of Government Railway. Police. So far

as City of Bangalore is concerned, the Commissioner of

Police, Bangalore, will prepare and finalise the list. (Vide

rule-4).

Stage-2. Scrutiny of lists ‘A’ and ‘B’ by each Range Deputy Inspectors

General of Police or the Deputy Inspector General of Police,

CID and Railways in the case of the Railway Police and

granting of permission to these A.S.Is and H.Cs, who are

considered fit to appear for the examination, by the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore in City of Bangalore and

the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police, concerned

(vide rule-5).

Stage-3. Holding of the Examination for the A.S.Is, and H.Cs permitted

to sit for the examination, according to rule(8) and drawing up

of/list of/the successful candidates (vide rules 9 and 11).

Stage-4. From amongst the lists of successful candidates the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and the Range Dy.

Inspector General of Police concerned should draw up, in the

order of merit lists of ASIs, and HCs, eligible for promotion

as S.Is (Civil), the number in Bangalore City and in each

9

Range being limited to the number of vacancies likely to

occur during the year. The remaining successful candidates

will be sent for training in the subsequent years according to

the number of vacancies available.

Stage-5. The Principal, P.T.C, Mysore, at the end of the training, will

hold an examination draw up final lists of successful persons

in respect of the City of Bangalore and each Range in the

order of merit and the result will be published in the M.P.G.

(Vide Rule-13)

4. he following detailed instructions are issued for action to be taken at

each stage:-

Stage-1. According to Rule 4 of the Rules, it is the responsibility of the

Officers who prepare the lists to ensure that the case of every A.S.I and H.C

(Civil), who has a lien in the City/District including those in the C.I.D, Anti-

Corruption Branch. Etc., and who fulfill the qualification laid down therein

and is desirous of appearing for the examination, is considered, and included

either in the list ‘A’ or List ‘B’ appended to the Rules. For this purpose, the

Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and each Superindent of

Police in the Districts should maintain a list of Police Officers of the

City/District, who are on deputation to other Branches of the Police Force

such as the C.I.D, and other Departments of the State like, Anti-Corruption

branch on foreign service like deputation to Intelligence Bureau etc., Names

of all A.S.Is and H.Cs fulfilling the requisite qualifications mentioned in

Rule(4) should find a place either in list ‘A’ or list ‘B’. The names of A.S.Is,

10

and H.Cs, on these lists, should be arranged in the order of the rank and

seniority in the Bangalore City/District Police Force. The lists so drawn up

should be transmitted to their Dy. Inspectors General of Police, along with

the confidential and Service Records of the person in the lists, so as to reach

the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, concerned on or before 30 th April,

of the year in which the examination under the Rules is proposed be held. In

the case of the City of Bangalore, the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore,

should draw up the lists in the order of the rank and Seniority of the

personnel by 30th April of the year in which the examination is proposed to

be held.

In so far as the Railway Police is concerned, the Superintendent of

Police, Government Railway Police, will likewise prepare lists of A.S.Is and

H.Cs, working under him, in forms ‘A’ and ‘B’ and divide each list into 4

parts, viz., (i) containing the names of A.S.Is and H.C.s working in the

Railway Police Stations and Out Posts located in the City of Bangalore, (ii)

Railway A.S.Is and H.Cs in the Central Range, (iii) the Railway A.S.Is and

H.Cs in Northern Range, (iv) Railway ASIs, and ACs in Southern Range, as

the case may be. These lists shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector

General of Police, CID and Railways, on or before 30th April of the year in

which the examination under the Rules is proposed to be held.

Stage-2. On receipt of lists ‘A’ ‘B’ from the Superintendent of Police

(including Superintendent of Police, Railways) concerned, the Range

Deputy Inspectors General of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID & Railway, as the case may be, shall scrutinise the lists and

revise the lists suitable, if in their opinion, any one has been wrongly

11

included in or excluded from the list ‘A’. The revised list ‘A’ drawn by the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways, should be

transmitted to the Commissioner of Police Bangalore and the Deputy

Inspector General of police of the Ranges concerned, in whose jurisdiction

the Railway Police Stations and outposts are located. The Range Deputy

Inspectors General of Police shall intimate the Superintendents of Police

including the Superintendent of Police, Government Railway Police the

names of A.S.Is and H.Cs, who have been permitted to sit for the

examination. Only those who are in the list ‘A’ so drawn up the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore and revised by the Deputy Inspectors

General of Police concerned shall be allowed to sit for the examination to be

conducted by the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and

Deputy Inspectors General of Police. The list of ASIs and HCs, finally

permitted to appear for the examination by the Commissioner of Police,

Bangalore, and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned should be

sent to Chief Office in the name of the Asst. Inspectors General of Police

concerned.

Stage-3. As required under Rule(9) the Inspectors General of Police shall

make arrangements for conducting the tests specified, appointment of

examiners for setting question papers, printing and distribution of question

papers and for the valuation of answer papers and also fixing the date for the

written tests (i) and (ii) in Rule(8).

The written examination shall be conducted in the City of Bangalore

or in District Head quarters of each Districts or at such place as specified by

the Inspectors General of Police and shall be personally supervised by the

12

Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and the Superintendents of

Police in the Districts. It is only in the absence of Commissioner of Police

Bangalore/Superintendents of Police or in special circumstances, supervision

of the examination should be entrusted to one of the Deputy Commissioner

of Police in the City of Bangalore and the D.S.P, in Districts as the case may

be.

The A.S.Is and H.Cs. of the Railway Police Stations and Out Posts

permitted to appear for the examination, shall sit for the examination at the

District Head Quarters of the Districts in which the Railway Police Stations

and Out-Posts are located. The A.S.Is and H.Cs of the Railway Police

Stations and Out Posts located within the jurisdiction of the Commissioner

of Police, Bangalore, who are permitted to appear for the examination shall

write their examination at Bangalore City.

After the written examination in tests (i) and (ii) is over and the papers

valued by the Examiners appointed for the purpose by the Inspectors

General of Police, the result sheets shall be submitted to Chief Office in the

name of the Asst. Inspectors General of Police concerned for transmission of

the extracts to the concerned Deputy Inspectors General of Police and

Commissioner of Police.

The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore and the Range Deputy

Inspectors General of Police, shall thereafter, fix a suitable date for

personally conducting tests (iii) and (iv) prescribed in Rule(8). Only such of

those A.S.Is and H.Cs., who obtain a pass ie., obtain a minimum of 45% of

the marks in each of the tests (i) and (ii) shall be called up by the

13

Commissioner of Police, in City Bangalore and the Deputy Inspectors

General of Police of each Range for appearing for tests (iii) and (iv).

The tests (iii) and (iv) Prescribed in Rule(8) shall be conducted by the

Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and at the Head Quarters of

the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned. After completion of tests

(iii) and (iv), the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore, and

Deputy Inspectors General of Police in the Ranges, will draw up lists of

successful candidates who secure the required number of pass marks in the

proforms ‘C’ attached to this Standing Order. The names of the successful

candidates shall be arranged in the order of the total marks obtained in all

the four tests viz. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) put together. The names of Successful

candidates so arranged should be in the order of merit.

Stage-4. From among the successful candidates in Proforma ‘C’ arranged in

the order of merit, me number being limited to the number of vacancies

available in the City of Bangalore and in each Range in a year, shall be

deputed for training and the rest shall undergo training in the following year

according to the vacancies available in that year, for a period of six months

at the P.T.C., Mysore (vide Rule-11 & 12).

Stage-5. The Principal. P.T.C., Mysore, shall in consultation with the

Deputy Inspectors General of Police, Southern Range, Mysore, and after

obtaining the approval of the Inspectors General of Police, fix a date for the

commencement of the training at the P.T.C, Mysore, to the successful

candidates to be deputed for training, normally, either during July or August

each year and intimate the concerned Superintendents of Police,

14

Commissioner of Police Bangalore and the Range Deputy Inspectors

General of Police. Thereafter, on hearing from the Principal, P.T.C., Mysore,

the Persons ear-marked for the training in that year, will be sent for training.

As required in Rule-13 of the Rules, the Principal, P.T.C., Mysore,

will hold examination at the end of the training. He will prepare Range-wise

result Sheets, in the order of merit and transmit them to the Commissioner of

Police, Bangalore, and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police of the

concerned Ranges. He will also simultaneously cause the result of the

examination published in the M.P.G., under intimation to the Inspector

General of Police.

5. The A.S.Is and H.Cs. brought on the list and published in the Police

Gazette will be eligible for appointment on promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) in the

City of Bangalore and in the respective ranges. It is only after such a list is

exhausted, the A.S.Is, and H.Cs, brought on the subsequent lists and

published in the M.P.G. by the Principal, P.T.C. Mysore, shall be considered

for promotion to the rank of P.S.I (Civil).

6. Temporary Promotions: On account of paucity of lists referred in

para 5 certain officiating promotions have been made from among those who

are not on the existing select lists. All such promotions are liable to be

reviewed and replaced by A.S.Is, and H.Cs, brought on the list to be

prepared under these Rules. The appointing authorities, in an emergency in

case the list is exhausted may/fill up the vacancies of P.S.Is (Civil), in the

public interest, by promotion from among the A.S.Is and H.Cs, who possess

the qualifications laid down in Rule-4 of the Rules, temporarily and such

15

promotions are liable to be reviewed and replaced by the A.S.Is and H.Cs,

brought on the list and published in the M.P.G. under the existing Rules. The

temporary promotions referred to are required to be made on Range wise

basis from among persons fully qualified as mentioned in Rule 17 of the

Rules.

7. Any difficulties or doubts in giving effect to the provision in the Rules

in question, may be immediately got clarified from the Chief Office. The

receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.

STATEMENT “C: (RANGE) NR/SR/CR AND BANGALORE CITY

Sl. N

o.

Nam

e of

A

SI/H

C

Dis

tric

t Rank

Marks Obtained. Total columns (5) + (8)

Pass

es o

r Fa

ilure

sR

emar

ks o

f th

e C

I/D

IG

of P

olic

eTest(i) Test(ii) Test(iii) Test(iv)

Max. 100Min. 45

45 percent

Max. 100Min. 45

45 percent

Max. 50Min. 22 ½

22 ½percent

Max. 50Min. 22 ½

22 ½percent

Max. 300Min. 50

150 percent

ASI HC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Note:- In the case of A.S.Is and H.Cs of the Government Railway Police who appear for the examination in the District/city of Bangalore, It should be indicated in column 3 that they belong to the Railway Police.

16


No. 762/GNL-1/65, Dated: 28-12-1965

***In Continuation of the decission arrived at the Conference cited, the

Government have approved the Manual of Office Procedure for the DPOs

and other Unit Offices. A copy of the Government Order No. GAD. 41

OOM 1964 dated 26/27-07-1965 approving the Manual with certain

amendments is enclosed for reference.

2. The Government of Mysore have issued a Common Manual of Office

Procedure applicable for all the Departments in the Mysore State and

stressed that this Manual should be followed in all offices, subject to suitable

variations depending on the special situation of a particular Department.

3. The Police Department being a specialised Department and distinctive

in its day-to-day administration requires an Office Procedure well suited to

its needs to conduct its business smoothly, effectively and efficiently.

Accordingly a detailed system of Office Procedure for the District Police

Officers and other Unit Offices has been drafted within the ambit of the

Manual of Office Procedure for the DPOs and other Unit Officers introduction of

Reference: Item 12 of the Minutes of the Conference of Commissioner of Police, all Deputy Inspectors General of Police and the Superintendents of Police held at Bangalore from 05-01-1964 to 08-01-1964 Chief Officer Memo No. 420/SMS/63, dated 06-04-1964.

17

principles laid down by the Government of Mysore in their Manual of Office

Procedure.

4. The Manual of Office Procedure now issued is compiled mainly with

particular reference to the conditions prevailing in and the requirements of

the District Police Offices. The other Unit Offices should adopt the

Procedure and follow it with such suitable adjustments as may be necessary

in view of their staff position.

5. The Superintendents of Police of Districts should after carefully

studying the Procedure, re-organise the whole set up of their offices as

detailed in the Manual and draw up detailed allocation of duties among the

staff of the Office. It may be mentioned here, that in some of the Districts it

may be difficult to re-organise the offices as detailed in the Procedure for

want of sufficient staff. Quite recently the Government have sanctioned an

increase of certain number of Ministerial Posts of the District Police Offices

temporarily for a period of one year. These temporary posts have been

distributed to the under-staffed Districts, in Chief Office memo No. 155/RA-

1/58, dated 05-11-1963. It is, therefore, felt that there may be some

difficulties the Superintendents of Police should allocate the existing staff to

suit the convenience of the office and ensure that the new procedure is

effectively implemented.

6. The forms proposed in the Manual are, those prescribed by the

Government in their office procedure. Hence, the required number of

registers forms etc., may be obtained from the Government press on indent

directly.

18

7. It should be noted that the reference in para 26 of the Manual is only

to the office system and as such all Registers etc., Pertaining to the

Accounts, Stores, etc., will continue to be maintained as at present.

8. A few stenciled copies of the Manual as amended by Government are

sent herewith for your reference. This may be acknowledged. Further copies

required will be printed and supplied after obtaining the sanction of

Government.

Copy of letter No. GAD 41 OOM 64, dated 26/27-07-1965, from the

Chief Secretary to Government of Mysore, Bangalore addressed to the

Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.

****

I am directed to convey approval of Government to the Manual of

office procedure for the District Police offices with the following

modifications:-

i) It is considered necessary to mention the financial and accounting procedure as mentioned in paras 19 and 20. It is sufficient If the following provision is made.

“The Superintendents of Police drawing and disbursing officers for all District Police office staff. They are also controlling officers for the subordinate Police offices and staff. The Financial and Accounting procedure in respect of such

Manual of Office Procedure for the District Police offices and other Units

Reference: Your letter No. GB. IC/78/62 (PMS) dated 24-11-1964

19

responsibilities are governed by the provisions of the Mysore Finance Code, the Mysore Civil Service Rules, the Contingency Manual and the Book of Financial Powers. The officers and staff are expected to study and strictly follow the provisions contained therein”

ii)Paras-3, and 29(6) require recasting as noted below 3-Hours of attendance, to make their meaning clear.

A final copy of the Manual after incorporating the changes etc., may

be sent to Government.

The prescribed office hours are from 10-30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. on all

working days. Every member of the staff should attend the office

punctually and should be present in the office at the prescribed hours.

Heads of Section…………………..(as in the draft)

29(6) After registering all the papers in the General Receipt Registers of

the Sections, the Registration Clerk shall place them before the Manager.

The Manager will go through all the papers and note on them such

instructions as may be considered necessary. He will mark “File” on papers

that should be filed and if any of the papers require indexing in his opinion,

he will mark it also with the word “index” if there are……………(as in the

draft).

20


No. 7/M.P.M/66, Dated: 20-05-1966

***In Chief Office Standing Order No. 587 a common Drill Manual in

two parts viz. Part I and II was issued with instructions to follow the

procedure laid down therein in conducting drill and parade.

It has been found that the procedure now adopted in holding the

ceremonial parade is not only unsatisfactory but also differs from district to

district. While Chapter XXI of the common Drill Manual describes the

movements for each words of command, if does not lay down what items

should constitute a Police Ceremonial Parade. It has, therefore, become

necessary to issue a set of instructions to be followed in every district in

holding ceremonial parade.

A set of instructions is accordingly drafted and enclosed to this

Standing Order. The procedure now suggested is mostly according to the

existing practice involving simple movements, easy to practice and execute

efficiently and smartly. All the Superintendents of Police of districts and the

Unit Officers will please see that the procedure and words of command for

ceremonial parade detailed in the enclosed instructions are studied well and

practiced thoroughly by the officers and men of the district/units.

Receipt of this S.O. should be acknowledged by return post.

Ceremonial Parades-Procedure and words of command.

Reference: Chief Office S.O. No. 587, Communicated in Chief Office No. 2/MPM/1963, dated 11-01-1963.

21

PROCEDURE AND WORDS OF COMMAND FOR CEREMONIAL

PARADES

1.Strength of the Parade

The strength of the Ceremonial Parade shall normally consist of 6 or more Platoons depending on the available strength and the size of the parade ground. Every three Platoons shall be under the command of C.R.I, and each Platoon under the command of a R.S.I. or an A.R.S.I. The Strength of the Platoon shall be 31 all ranks including the Platoon Commander. The right guide shall be a smart H.C or a PC and he will be covered.

II. Parade Commander

The Parade shall be commanded by a Gazetted Officer of the rank of a Superintendent of Police or Asst./Dy. Superintendent of Police.

III. Parade Second In-Command

The Officer immediately junior to the Parade Commander shall officiate as Second-in-Command.

Iv. Outline Procedure

The Companies will be inspected by the Company Commanders, Platoons sized and Bayonets fixed before the Coys. March into the parade ground. The Coys. Shall be marched on the inspection line. The band/bands will commence playing on the words of Command:- and stop playing when the first Playing when the first Platoon approaches the markers flag. The Platoons shall halt independently. After all the Platoons come to halt the Parade Second-in-Command shall order get the Parade to Order Arms and dress them in open order.

QUICK MARCH

THE PARADE WILL

ADVANCE PARADE LEFT

TURN

22

On arrival of the Parade commander the Second-in-Command shall pay the appropriate compliments and handover charge of parade. The Parade Commander shall order arms and stand the Parade at EASE.

V. Intervals The Parade shall be in two halfes, the right half of parade and left half of parade. The two halfes shall be separated by an interval of 20/15 paces (depending upon the size of the Parade ground.) There shall be an interval of 7 paces between Coys, and 3 paces between Platoons,

VI. Position of Officers

The Parade Commander shall be 15 paces ahead i-command shall be 5 paces behind the parade commander. Company commanders shall be 6 paces in front of the middle file of centre platoon. The Platoon Commanders shall stand at 3 paces in front of the middle file of the Platoon.

VII. Bands The band or bands shall be stationed 15 paces behind tear rank of the parade covering the interval between the two half of the Parade. The drum major/majors shall be 3 paces in front of the Bandmaster/masters who will be 4 paces ahead of the middle file of the band.

There shall be no supernumerary in any rank or file.

VIII. Sequence of Paradea) Inspection

The parade will be at SLOPE Arms when the inspecting/reviewing Officer arrives. Immediately after the inspecting/ reviewing officer takes his position on

23

the saluting Base the Parade Commander shall pay the appropriate compliments and the bands simultaneously play the General or National Salute depending on the entitlement of the inspecting/ reviewing officer. (in) the case of Ministers of the Central Government, State Government, the Inspector General of Police and Dy. Inspectors General of Police, ‘General Salute’ will be played On occasions like Republic Day and Independence day, “NATIONAL SALUTE” shall be played immaterial of who the inspecting/reviewing officer is.)

(b)

(c)

The Parade will be brought to Slope Arms and then to Order Arms. The Parade Commander shall report to the inspecting/reviewing officer.

The Inspecting/reviewing officer will ask for the Parade to “STAND AT EASE”

The Parade Commander will then order:-

The inspecting/Reviewing Officer accompanied by the Parade Commander will proceed towards the right of the parade for inspection. The Parade Commander shall be to the right of the inspecting officer. As the inspecting officer approaches the right guide of No. 1 Platoon the Band will commence playing.

Note: The Inspection of the front rank will be from right to left. The centre rank from left to right and the rear rank from right to left.

OFFICERS-JR. OFFICERS AND-O RS.

ON PARADE . IS READY

FOR INSPEETION

SIR

“No. I PLATOON

STAND FAST REMAINDER

STAND AT EASE”

24

(d) As the inspecting/Reviewing Officer approaches the first file of the rear rank of No. 1 Platoon, No. 2 Platoon Commander shall call his Platoon to ATTENTION. As the Inspecting Officer Commences inspection of No. 3 Platoon, No. I Platoon Commander shall call his Platoon to STAND AT EASE Likewise when the inspection of No. 4 Platoon Commences, No. 2 Platoon shall be ordered to STAND AT EASE and so on. The Band will cease to play after the rear rank of the last Platoon has been inspected. If the inspecting officer moves towards the Band to inspect them the Bands shall continue to be at attention and if there is more than one band, the band masters shall salute together. The Band Master shall not leave his post unless called by the inspecting officer. The Band/Bands shall be called to STAND AT EASE after the inspecting Officer passes the front rank of the Parade. At all times the senior Band master shall command.

The Parade Commander shall accompany the inspecting/reviewing Officer up to the saluting base, unless otherwise ordered by the inspecting officer remain there till the inspecting officer takes his position, salute to the inspecting officer and return to his post.

IX Orders by thea)Parade Commander

The Parade Commander after taking position shall give the following words of Commanded:-

“PARADE ATTENTION

CLOSE ORDER MARCH-SLOPE ARMS MOVE TO THE RIGHT IN COLUMN OF

THREES RIGHT TURN

25

b) The Band commences playing and marches to the centre of the Parade ground after the last platoon has crossed the interval between the two half of the parade. The Parade Commander and Second-In command seep out and take their place left of the front rank of No. I Platoon in line with the No. I coy. Commander. The Coy. Commanders shall step out and take their positions to the left of the first Platoon Commander of their Coy. As the Platoon approaches flag “A” the Parade Commander shall order.

(All officers shall turn to the right

and remain where they are) PARADE BY

THE LEFT QUICK MARCH

“CHANGE DIRECTION LEFT-LEFT

WHEEL”c) As No. I Platoon approaches the

forming up line at Flag ‘A’ the Parade Commander sh.all order.

PLATOONS

As No. I Platoon approaches Flag ‘A’ the Platoon Commander shall order.

No. 2, 3 and other Platoon march close to the Last file of No. 1 Platoon, wheel to the right and again wheel to the left and halt at 5 paces interval between Platoons and 7 paces between Coy’s and turn left on Orders of the respective Platoon Commanders.

The Coy, and Platoon Commanders will keep their positions. The Band shall cease to play after the last platoon wheels to the left to come to a halt. After the last Platoon halts and turns left, the parade Commander shall order.

On the word of Command RIGHT DRESS all the Officers shall turn about.

“AT THE HALT FACING LEFT FROM CLOSE COLUMAN OF PLATOONS”

“HALT PLATOON WILL ADVANCE LEFT

TURN”

“ORDER ARMS RIGHT DRESS”

26

The drums shall commence rolling. The Platoons dress at arms interval. The rolling of the drums gradually subside and at the beat of the drum of the Officers will turn about and the men drop their Arms smartly and turn their heads to the front all simultaneously. The right guides SHALL NOT move out of their positions but align themselves with flag ‘A’. The Parade Commander shall then order.

No. I Platoon Commander will order. PARDE SLOPE ARMS PARADE WILL MARCH

PAST IN COLUMN OF

PLATOONS AT 20 PACES

INTERVAL

NO.1 PLATOON LEADING NO.1 PLATOON BY THE RIGHT

QUICK MARCHd) The parade Commander, Second-in-

command and 1st Company Commander shall march on the word of Command of No. 1 Platoon Commander. On approaching the saluting base (at flag C) the Parade Commander and the Second-in-command shall salute simultaneously. No. 1 Coy. Commander will salute on the word of command “No. 1 PLATOON EYES RIGHT”. The other platoons follow the same procedure but No. 2 and the last but one platoon before ordering “EYES RIGHT”. The Platoon Commanders shall order “EYES FRONT” Soon as the rear rank of the platoon passes flag “D”Z.

27

e) As the first Platoon approaches Flag ‘E’, the parade commander shall order:

“PLATOONS WILL MOVE TO THE

RIGHT IN COLUMAN OR

THRESS IN SUCCESSION”.

And the Platoon Commanders as they cross flag ‘F’ shall order:

and again after passing Flag ‘F’ they will order.

“MOVE TO THERIGHT IN

THREES TURN-CHANGE

DIRECTION LEFT WHEEL”.

Similarly on approaching Flag “G” the Platoons will wheel to the left and march up to their Marker Flags, on the inspection line. The Parade Commander shall order:

“PARADE THE HALT FACING

LEFT FORM LINE IN

SUCCESSION”.

The Platoons on reaching their markers Flag shall HALT and turn LEFT on the orders of Platoon Commander independently. At Flag ‘G’ as Platoons wheel to the left the Coy. Commanders shall mark-time and take their positions to the left of the second platoon commander of their respective Coys. The band/bands will counter march and come back to its/their original position and cease playing just before the platoon comes to halt on the inspection line.

The parade commander shall order:

On the Word of Command “CENTRE DRESS” the dressing will be done on the roll and best of the drums. The Parade Commander shall order.

` The Parade advances and comes to halt on the 15th step. The parade Commander shall give the appropriate salute. Call the parade to “SLOPE AND ORDER ARMS” and report to the inspecting/reviewing

PRADE-ORDERARMS-OPEN

ORDERMARCH-CENTRE

DRESS.

PARADE SLOPE ARMS-PARADE

WILLADVANCE IN

REVIEWORDER-BY THE

MARCH.

28

officer that the parade is over and seek his order to march off the parade.

The parade Commander after obtaining the orders of the inspecting/reviewing officer shall order the second-in-command to take over and march off the parade. He will then take his position to the right of the saluting base.

PARADE MARCHING a) OFF

The Second-in-command hall order PARADE WILLUNFIX BAYONET-

UNFIX-BAYONET

b)

The parade left guide shall on the word of Command UNFIX-take 15 paces to the front and timing for unfixing bayonets shall be taken from his movements. (If the parade consists of too many Platoons, the bayonets may be unfixed stationery in which case the words of command shall be “PARADE WILL UNFIX BAYONET-UNFIX-BAYONET-ATTENCTION”)

After unfixing the bayonets the parade second-in-command shall order:

“PARADE CLOSE ORDER MARCH-PARADE SLOPE ARMS-MOVE TO

THE RIGHT IN COLUMN OF

ROUTE-RIGHT TURN”

On the word of Command “RIGHT TURN” the Coy., and the platoon Commanders shall smartly turn to the Right and take their position as under:

Coy. Commanders in front of the first platoon commander of his Coy. and the platoon commanders in front of the Centre file of their respective platoons.

QUICK MARCH

C) The Parade Second-in-command shall order. Step out and take his place in front of No.1 Platoon. 5 paces ahead of o1 Coy. Commander.

29

d) The Platoons shall march beyond Flag “H” wheel to the left, again wheel to the left in line with Flag “a” and March past in column of route.

e) The Parade Second-in-command on approaching the saluting base shall salute independently. No.1 Coy. Commander and other Coy. Commanders shall synchronies their salute with the word of Command “EYES RIGHT” of the Platoon ahead of whom they are positioned.

The Parade Marches off the parade ground. The Band/Bands shall follow the last platoon and the Band Masters and the drum majors only shall turn their head to the right smartly and salute simultaneously as they approach Flag “C”.

30


No. 18//M.P.M/1966, Dated: 10-10-1967

***Attention s drawn to Standing Order No. 584 with which a copy of the

Band Fund Rule approved by the Government in No HD 24 PAA 61, dated

21-08-1962 was forwarded with detailed instructions for the proper

implementation of the rules.

2. Attention is also drawn to Chief Office memo No. 331/Law/59

(PMS) dated 24-12-1962 forwarding a copy of G.O. No. HD 19 PAA 1962,

dated 19-12-1962m amending rule 14(d) of the Band Fund Rules.

3. With the reconisation of the Bangalore City Police, it became

necessary to amend the rules so as incorporate the correct designations of the

officers of the Bangalore City Police. The Accountant General too pointed

out that while he has no objection to the constitution of a Band Fund, the

entire amount of hire charges collected from the parties should be taken as

receipts of the Department and all expenditure including the payment of

remuneration equal to 50% of the hire charges should be met from the

contingent grants of District Police Offices. Consequently draft amendments

were sent t the Government for approval. The Government has in Order No.

HD 135 PAR 66 dated 26-07-1967m issued necessary amendments to the

rules. A copy of the Government Order is annexed hereto.

Band Fund Rules-Amendments-furher instructions issued.

31

With the issue of there amendments the following instructions are

issued in partial modification of Standing Order No. 584.

(i) The entire amount of hire charges collected from the parties should be credited to the head of account “XIX Police-B-Police-Supplied to the Public Departments Private companies and persons”.

(ii) An amount equal to 50% of the hire charges collected may be drawn on a D.C. Bill and paid to the personnel of the band in such ratio as the Superintendent of Police or Deputy Commissioner of Police C.A.R., as the case may be decided.

(iii) The expenditure on account of repairs and replacements to the Band Instruments shall be met from the contingent grants.

(iv) A Band Fund Register shall be maintained in the form prescribed in G.O. No. HD 135 PAR 1966, dated 26-07-1967, in addition to the registers contemplated in rule 24 of the Band Fund Rules and entries should be made regularly in respect of every transaction relating to the Band and Band Fund.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE

Constitution of Band Fund in the Armed Police Modification of Rules.

Read:- 1. G.O.No. HD 24 PPA 1961 dated 21-08-1962. 2. Letter No. 31/Law/59(PMS) dated 27-10-1966 From the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore. 3. Letter No. Dep. III (DI) 11-39/112-113, dated 31-05-1967 from the Accountant General B’lore.

Order No. HD 135 PAR 1966, Bangalore dated 26-07-1967.

ORDER

32

Substitute the following amendment to the Rules for the

administration of Band Fund and Band in the District Armed Reserve and

the MARP of the Police Department issued in the G.O. dated 21-08-1962

read above:-

1. Amendment to the title of the Rules:- The following title shall be

substituted for the existing title:

“Rules for the administration of Band Fund and Bands in the District Armed Reserve and City Armed Reserve of the Police Department”.

2. Amendment of “Superintendent of Police, MARP.” And M.A.R.P.”:-

The words “Deputy Commissioner, City Armed Reserve” and City Armed

Reserve” shall be substituted for the words “Superintendent of Police,

MARP.” And MARP” respectively wherever they occur in the Rules.

3. Amendment to Rule 12:- For the existing Rule 12, the following rule shall

be substituted:

(i) A fund to be called as “Band Fund” shall be constituted in every district and in the City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, for the purpose of general maintenance and repairs to the band instruments.

(ii) The hire charges of the Band collected from the parties shall be initially treated as receipts of the department and credited to the head of account “XIX Police-B-Police-supplied to the Public Departments, Private Companies and persons” and then transferred to the Band Fund head-“T-Deposit and Advance Part II Deposit not bearing interest, C. other deposit accounts other Misc. funds, B. other funds, Band Fund”.

(iii) All expenditure, including the payment of 50% of the hire charges as remuneration to the members of the Band staff purchase of

33

instruments in replacement of the existing old and condemned instruments and the maintenance of the repairs to the Band Instruments shall be initially met from the contingent grants of the Police Department and then transferred to the fund head”.

4. Amendment to Rule 13:- For the existing rule 13, the following shall be

substituted:

“The management of the Band and the Band Fund shall be

entirely in the hands of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City

Armed Reserve in Bangalore City and the Superintendent of Police

in Districts subject to the general control of the Commissioner of

Police or the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police, as the

case may be. The Band Fund shall be operate personally by the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed

Reserve/Superintendent of Police of the District. The account of

the Band Fund shall be maintained by the Cashier of the office

concerned.

5. Amendment to Rule 15:- The existing rule shall be numbered as sub-

rule(I) and the following shall be inserted as sub-rule(2):-

“(2) In Bangalore City, permission to hire the Band for Public

or Private functions shall be granted by the Deputy Commissioner

of Police, City Armed Reserve. When he is absent from

Headquarters and when the matter is urgent, permission to hire the

band may be granted by the Asst. Commissioner of Police, City

Armed Reserve, Headquarters.

34

6. Amendment to Rule-16:- For the existing rule 16, the following shall be

substituted:

“The fees for the hiring of the Band shall be fixed by the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve/Supdt. Of Police in

consultation with the Commissioner of Police Bangalore/Range

Deputy Inspector General of Police by taking into consideration the

demand for Band, the rates charged by the professional local

Bandsmen and the increase in the cost of Band Instruments. Separate

rate shall be charged (I) for attendance not exceeding one hour (2)

for attendance of one hour and over but not exceeding two hours and

(3) for attendance of over two hours but not exceeding three hours.

The rates so fixed shall be reviewed once a year with a view to

making necessary changes in the rates after taking into consideration

the prevailing conditions in consultation with the Commissioner of

Police, Bangalore or the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police,

as the case may be.

7. Amendment to Rule-22:- For the existing rule 22, the following rule shall

be substituted:

“50% of the fees received as hire charges for the Band on each

occasion shall be drawn in the manner laid down in rule and paid to

the staff of the Band section in such ratio as the Superintendent of

Police or the Deputy Commissioner, City Armed Reserve, as the

case may be, may decide, as remuneration. The ratio of the

remuneration to be paid shall be fixed by the Superintendent of

35

Police/Deputy Commissioner to each member of the Band Section

on each occasion.

8. Amendment to Rule-24:- To the existing rule 24, and the following as

item No. V.

“ITEM No. V-Band Fund Register. This Register should be maintained in the appended form.

This order issues with the concurrence of Finance Department vide their U.O. No. 3887/WI/67, dated 15-07-1967

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore.

Sd/- Bhim Rao. Under Secretary to Government. Home Department.

36

BAND FUND REGISTER……………………………….. DISTRICTSl

. No.

To w

hom

hire

d

Rat

e of

hire

ch

arge

s

Dur

atio

n fo

r whi

ch

the

band

is h

ired

Hire

cha

rges

re

cove

red

T.A

. to

Ban

d st

aff

reco

vere

d

Tran

spor

tatio

n ch

arge

s rec

over

ed

Tota

l am

ount

re

cove

red

from

the

party

Dat

e on

whi

ch th

e am

ount

is re

mitt

ed

to th

e Tr

easu

ry a

nd

Cha

llan

No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Prog

ress

ive

tota

l of t

he h

ire

char

ges r

ecov

ered

Expe

nditu

re in

curr

ed fo

r pay

ing

the

50 o

f hire

cha

rges

to th

e st

aff

of th

e B

and

and

D.C

Bill

No.

in

whi

ch a

mou

nt is

dra

wn

Expe

nditu

re in

curr

ed fo

r the

ge

nera

l mai

nten

ance

of t

he B

and

Inst

rum

ents

incl

udin

g re

pairs

and

ne

w In

stru

men

ts p

urch

ased

in

repl

acem

ent.

The

D.C

. Bill

No.

. in

whi

ch th

e am

ount

is d

raw

n.

Prog

ress

ive

tota

l of t

he

expe

nditu

re in

curr

ed

Bal

ance

at t

he c

redi

t of t

he B

and

Fund

Rem

arks

.10 11 12 13 14 15

37


No. ACT-2/89/68, Dated: 08-04-1968

***In instruction No. 2, Contained in Standing Order No. 330, dated 21-

02-1958, cited above, a Register was prescribed for noting the expenditure

incurred from the S.S. Grants. Even this Register, prescribed in the year

1958, has not been properly maintained by some Officers, as noticed by me

during my inspections. This Register down not conform to the provisions

contained in Rule 47 of the Manual of Contingent Expenditure (Reprint-

1967). This Rule requires not only a Contingent Register but also a Cash

Book, to be maintained by each Unit Officer utilizing the S.S. Grants. In

order to maintain a proper account of the allotment granted to the Unit

Officers, the amounts drawn and utilized by such Officers within their

Financial Powers-(delegated in Government Order No. HD 244 PAC 1961,

dated 14-08-1961), the Unit Officers should personally maintain the

following two Registers, in supersession of the instructions contained in

instruction No. 2 in Standing Order No. 330, referred to above, viz.

1. S.S. Contingent Register.

2. Cash Book of S.S. Expenditure.

The following further instructions are issued regarding the maintenance of

these two registers.

Secret Service Expenditure.

Reference: 1) Standing Order No. 330, dated 21-02-1958. 2)Standing Order No. 330A, dated 14-06-19583)Chief Office Memo No. 14C. 35/58, dated 25-07-1958

38

1. S.S Contingent Register:- The Register will b maintained in the form

appended to this Standing Order.

Column 5 of the Register:- Whenever the Unit Officer incurs an

expenditure beyond his Financial powers, vide G.O. No. HD 244 PAD 1961,

dated 14-08-1961, the No. and Dated the orders of the higher authority

obtained for making payments should be noted in this column.

Column No. 6:- The Progressive expenditure incurred during the

financial year inclusive of the payment noted in Columns 1 to 4 should be

shown this column after recording each payment.

2. Cash Book of S.S. Expenditure:- The Cash Book should be

maintained in the form appended to this Standing Order as required in Rule

(47) (3) of Manual of Contingent Expenditure. The Cash Book should be

closed at the end of each day’s transaction and the balance struck under

attestation of the Officer.

39

APPENDIX TO STANDING ORDER No. 610 dated 08-04-1968

1.FORM OF SECRET SERVICE CONTINGENT REGISTER:

Sl,No.

Date ofPayment.

Nature ofPayment.

AmountPaid

No. and date of Sanction of the

Competent Authority

Total expenditure for

the yea inclusive of the present

payment.1 2 3 4 5 6

2.CASH BOOK OF SECRET SERVICE EXPENDITURE.

DATE Sl. No.

RECEIPTS PAYMENTParticulars(D.C. Bill No. And

Date)

AmountInitials

of Officer.

Date Vr. No.

ParticularsOf

PaymentAmount Initials of

Officer.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

40


No. PDS-2c-97/66, Dated: 11-10-1968

***Encouraged by the success of the cultivation of vacant plots of land in

the Police Lines in Dharwar, Raichur and at Audugodi in Bangalore and

having regard to the need for our active participation in the

‘Vanamahotasava’ and grow more food schemes which are of National

importance, leading to eventual augmentation of income for the Mysore

State Police Benevolent Fund, a proposal was sent to the Government for

sanction to utilize all the available vacant lands in the compound of the

Police Lines and other Police buildings for growing food grains, vegetables

and fruits, etc., and to credit the proceeds of the produce to the Mysore State

Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit Committee concerned. The

Government has accorded sanction to our proposals in their Order No. HD

240 PEG 67 dated 31-07-1968 a copy of which is annexed here to.

For the effective and profitable implementation of the scheme, the

following instructions are issued.

1) Intensive and extensive efforts should be made to utilize all the

vacant space in the compounds of the Police Lines and in the

compounds of other Police building for growing food grains,

vegetables, fruits etc., instead of allowing them to lie fallow.

The Mysore Police Benevolent Fund-Growing of vegetables, fruits etc., in the vacant plots of land in Police Compounds

41

2) While small sized fruit trees like fig tree, papaya, pomegranate can

be grown anywhere, fruit trees which grow in to big size such as

tamarind, mango, sapota, jack fruit etc., should not be planted too

close to the walls of the existing buildings as they are likely to

damage the foundation of the buildings. Such trees should not be

planted in the middle of the vacant plots of land either as they

would come in the way of future constructions in the area. As far

as possible, such trees should be grown all along the boundary of

the compound wall and on both sides of the roads and cross roads

in the premises of the Police Lines and the non-residential Police

buildings.

3) Whenever fruit trees and other trees such as cocoanut, are grown,

care should be taken to place only such trees, which flourish on the

soil and the climatic conditions of the area in consultation with the

Horticultural Department.

4) A detailed plan should be, worked out in consultation with the

Executive Engineer and the officers of the Horticultural

Department with a view not only to selecting the species of plant to

be grown in the area but also to selecting the places where each

species of plants should be planted so that when the plants come of

age the entire area becomes a miniature park and presents aesthetic

beauty to the area and there would be no necessity for clearance of

trees at a later date.

42

5) Similarly, such trees should be grown all along the perimeter of the

parade grounds and the play grounds of the Police Department.

6) Where there are large tracts of land in the possession of the

Department which are earmark for purposes like construction of

residential quarters and there is likely to be delay in the execution

of the project, the land should be brought under cultivation for

growing crops suited to the soil and climatic conditions of

consulting the Executive Engineer and the officers of the

Agricultural Department. If there is adequate supply of water,

vegetables and fruits could be grown with advantage. Otherwise,

dry crops like Hybride Maize, Ragi, puls and such other crops

could be raised.

7) Initial expenditure on seeds, seedings saplings manure etc. may be

met from the resources of Benevolent Fund. Utmost economy

should be exercised in this behalf. Regular accounts should be

maintained as to the number of trees of different species planted

food grains and vegetables grown and the expenditure incurred

then.

8) Manual labour required for cultivation including the growing and

regular maintenance of trees should be provided as far as possible

from the police personnel on off-duty who should be allotted a few

plants/trees each far regular watering etc.,

9) The produce should, as far as possible, be so as the personnel at

concessional rates and the proceeds credited to the Mysore State

43

Police Benevolent Fund. Where it is not possible to do so, he

produce may be leased out to the higher tenderer/bidder and the

lease amount credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund.

The Progress of the scheme should be incorporated in the annual

statement of receipts and expenditure under the Mysore State

Police Benevolent Fund.

10) There is no doubt that if sustained efforts are put into

successfully implement this scheme. It will turn out to be a good

reservoir of resources to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund

11) These instructions do not apply to the kitchen gardens which

every occupant of police quarters should be encouraged to

maintain and reap the benefit of produce to himself and the

members of his family.

12) The inspecting Officers should. During the course of their

inspection tour, study the implementation of the scheme and give

suggestions for their improvement.

13) Please acknowledge receipt..

44


The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund Growing of vegetables, fruits,

etc., in the vacant plots of land in police colonies and crediting the

proceeds to the Benevolent und – sanctions

***

Read:

Letter No. FD 2C 97/66 dated 31-07-1967 from the Inspector General

of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore.

Order No. HD 240 PEG 1967, Bangalore, dated 31-07-1968.

ORDER

The Inspector General of Police has sent proposals for sanction of

Government to the growing of vegetables fruits etc., in the vacant plots of

land in Police Colonies and other Police buildings and to the crediting of the

proceeds to the Mysore State Police – Bangalore Fund.

Government have examined these proposals and according sanction in

this behalf.

i) To the utilization of the available vacant land in the compounds of the Police Lines and other Police Buildings for growing food grains, vegetables and fruits in consultation with the Officers of the Agriculture and Horticulture Departments;

45

ii) To incur some expenditure from the Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit concerned for purchase of seeds, manure, etc.,

iii) To credit the proceeds of the produce to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit Committee concerned:

a) These proposals are implemented in consultation with the respective Executive Engineers of the PWD and so long as they do not involve any construction in the open space.

b) The produce is realized with the help of some voluntary labour:

c) The services of the Police Personnel is utilization during their of duty without affecting their official duties.

This order issues with the concurrence of the PWD, Finance

Department and General Administration Department vide their U.O. Notes

No. (I) PWD 4248 D8-5-68 No. (2) FD 2907/W&SI/68, dated 11-06-1968

and No. (3) GAD 3213 dated 27 respectively.


Sd/- G.S TELANG. Under Secretary to Government. Home Department.

46

No. 33/BF/69, Dated: 05-04-1969

MEMO

The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund Growing of Vegetables fruits,

etc., in the vacant plots of land Police compounds.

***

Attention is drawn to SO. No. 611 issued in this office memo No.

FDS-2C-97/66, dated 12-09-1968. It was directed inter-alia that the produce

should, as far possible. Be sold to the personnel at concessional rates and the

proceeds credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund and that

where it is not possible to do so, the produce should be leased out to the

highest tenderer/bidder and the lease amount credited to the Mysore State

Police Benevolent Fund. It was also directed that the progress of the scheme

should be incorporated in the Annual Statement of receipts and expenditure

under the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund.

The Annual statements of Income and expenditure relating to the

Benevolent Fund so far received from the Superintendents of Police for the

year 1968 do not indicate the number of trees of different kinds planted in

the police lines and police compounds the details of food grains and

vegetables grown and the income derived from the produce. In short, there is

no indication to show whether and to what extent, the scheme has been

implemented during the year. These details should be incorporated in the

Annual statements for the period from 1968 and onwards. If the statement

has already been sent. A brief report on the progress of the scheme should be

sent by way of supplement to the statement.

47

Now that the rainy season is approaching, immediate action should be

taken to plan the planting of suitable types of trees during the ensuing

VANAMAHOTSAVA, dig up sufficient number of pits and fill them with

manure etc. Where it is desired to bring vacant lands under cultivation,

necessary steps should be planned from now on.

Details showing the number of trees of different species planted from

time to time should be entered in a register kept for the purpose.

The result of action taken should be reported immediately after the

Annual VANAMAHOTSAVA is over and incorporate the details not only in

the Proceedings book of the District/Unit Committee but also the Annual

Statements.

48


No. 21/MPM/68, Dated: 21-05-1969

***Attention is drawn to S.O. No. 584 with which a copy of the Band

Fund Rule approved by the Government in No. HD 24 PAA 61, dated 21-

08-1962, was forwarded with detailed instructions for the proper

implementation of the rules. Attention is also drawn to memo No.

331/Law/59 (PMS) dated 24-12-1962 and S.O. No. 609 forwarding copies of

Government Order Nos. HD 19 PAA 62, dated 19-12-162 and HD 135 PAR

66 dated 26-07-1967 amending certain Rules of the Band Fund Rules and

issuing further instructions in the matter.

The Government have now in Order No. H.D 24 PAR 68, dated

09/14-05-1969, issued further amendments to Rules 7, 12(ii) and (iii) and 16

of the Band Fund Rules. A copy of the G.O. is annexed hereto.

Rule-7 as amended provides for Refresher Course to Band Masters

and Assistant Band Masters in addition to Bandsmen Rule-12(ii) and (iii) as

amended. Deals with the operations of Band Fund by exchange accounts in

the office of the Accountant General. Mysore, Bangalore Rule 1 provides for

fixing of hire charges for the first hour of attendance and for the subsequent

hours or part thereof.

The Commissioner of Police and the Superintendents of Police of

District will please take further action in this behalf.

Band Fund Rules Amendments further Instructions issued.

49


Rules for the administration of Band fund and Bands in the DAR and

CAR of the Police Department Amendments

***

Order No. HD 24 PAR 1968, Bangalore, dated 09/14-05-1969

With reference to the letter No. D III. A/A7/694, dated nill from the

Accountant General, Mysore, Bangalore, and the letter No. 21/MPM/68,

dated 26-06-1968 from the Inspector General of Police. Mysore State,

Bangalore, on the above subject, the Governor is pleased to make the

following amendment to the rules for the administration of Band Fund and

Bands in the District Armed Reserve and the M.A.R.P. of the police

Department issued in G.O. No. HD 24 PPA 61, dated 21-08-1962 as

amended in G.O. No. HD 135 PAR 66, dated 26-07-1967.

1. Amendment to Rule 7:-

Insert the words “Band Masters, Assistant Band Masters and” before

the word “Bandsmen” occurring in the first sentence of the Rule and

then read the second sentence as a Special Course of the training in

Music will be arranged for a period of one month in a year by the

Commandant. Palace Guards, Mounted Company, Mysore and the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore, in which the Band

Masters Assistant Band Masters and the Bandsmen will be given

training to refresh themselves so as to maintain the DAR/CAR Bands

in an upto date standard of Music”

50

2. Amendment to Rule 12(ii)

Add the following words:-

“An equal amount may be transferred to the Band Fund under the

deposit head of account “T Deposit and Advance Part II Deposits not

bearing Interest-C. Other Deposit Accounts-Other Miscellaneous Funds

(B) Other Funds Band Fund” as contribution by Government by contra

debit to “23 Police-h-Miscellaneous-Contributions to the Band Fund” by

making suitable provision there under each year in the Budget estimates

of Police Department.

2. Amendment to Rule 12(iii)

Add the following words:-

“Through a deduct head of account “23 Police-Deduct-Amount

recovered from other Government/Department, etc., Amount met from

Reserve Fund and Deposit Accounts of Band Fund”.

3. Amendment to Rule 16:

Subsequent the following to the second sentence of the existing Rule:-

“Separate fee for the hire of the Bands shall be fixed for attendance

not exceeding one hour and for each subsequent hour or part thereof in

excess of one hour.

This order issues with the concurrence of F.D vide their U.O. Note No

177/B dated 18-01-1969.

51


No. STS-II-2/69/1971 Dated: 10-05-1971

***Radio Communication Security is concerned with the prevention against

enemy interception of our Radio Communications for collection of

intelligence. Every communications has three users viz., the Sender,

Receiver Interceptor. It is the responsibility of both the Sender and Receiver

to ensure that the Interceptor gets the least possible Information from the

circuit which is detrimental to National Security. Therefore, while

originating messages for transmission over the Police Wireless Grids, it is

necessary to consider.

(a) the necessity for originating carefully worded messages which do not give vital information to the enemy and,

(b) the need for strict screening of Radio messages from security point of view.

In view of the great harm that Breach of Radio Security can cause,

every User should rate the Security valve of the contents of Radio Messages

and award appropriate security classification viz. TOP SECRET, SECRET

AND CONFIDENTIAL. Although it is not possible to prepare a

comprehensive list of the types of information which cannot be sent enclair

by Wireless, the types of information detailed in the Annexure should not be

transmitted in plain language over wireless.

Prevention of braches of Radio Communication security instructions regarding

52

The Superintendents of Police, as Screening Officers, should ensure

that messages containing any information which would be useful to the

subversive elements are rejected.

ANEXURE TO S.O O. 614

SEECRET

TYPE OF IFORMATION WHICH SHOULD NOT BE TRANSMITTED I

PLAI LANGUAGE OVER WIRELESS

It is not possible t prepare a comprehensive list of types list of types of

information that cannot be set enclair. In view of the great harm tat breach of

security can cause, every user. Before originating a message should rate the

security value of the contents of the same and award appropriate security

classification viz., Top Secret, Secret or Confidential. However, an

illustrative list, showing the type of information to be classified with its

appropriate security grading, is given below to enable utilization of

cryptographic cover or safe channels, as necessary, by the Radio Staff:

(a) Information connected with the Security classification normally warranted (where alternative indicated the text and volume of intelligence covered should decide the appropriate Classification

i) Designations of location strength movements, dispositions, holdings (i.e., armament and equipment and casualties.

Secret

ii) Movements of military special trains ships and aircraft carrying troops and military stores and equipment.

Secret

iii) Army leave policy and morale of troops

Secret

53

iv) Movement of high ranking military officers in or within border/sensitive areas.

Secret

V) Movements of refugees from war affected areas.

Secret

(b)Information relating to Armed Police Battalions

i)Disclosure of designation and location of armed Police Units

Note: Information pertaining to a detachment/party/Platoon to classified as Confidential).

Secret of Confidential

ii)Information indicating channel of command and affiliation of Police Units to armed Forces.

Secret

iii) Movement of Armed Police Units in border/sensitive areas.

(Note: Movement of small detachment/parties/platoons to be classified as Confidential


iv)Strength of Armed Police Battalions.

Secret

v) Operational activities, like patrolling, of Armed Police Battalions and special tasks in border/sensitive areas.

Note:-Routine Operational activities of small detachments parties/platoons to be classified Confidential).


vi) Tactical exercises/training maneuvers.

Secret

c) Information relating to Senior Officers:-

i) Names and designation of Officers of and above the rank of Superintendent of Police in border sensitive areas.

(Note:- Normally Confidential. For officer of the rank of DIG and above and officers on Security/vital assignment to be classified as Secret)


54

ii) Names and designation of special Branch Officers.

Secret

iii)Names and details of personnel deployed on duties connected with VIP Security

d) Information regarding communication circuit:

i) Details Communication facilities. Confidential

ii)Details of frequencies, call signs code signs, working schedules, composition of notes and location of radio stations.

Secret

Iii )Matters connected with crypt analysis.

Note:-Normally TOP SECRET except when the reference is made to own procedures or crypto devices assigned lower classification)

Top Secret/Secret

iv)Information regarding cipher systems and documents

Secret

e) Other information regarding border/sensitive areas.

i)Grid reference of Police Posts in border/sensitive areas.

(Note:-Normally Secret except when reference is for small posts established for short duration or the posts are static posts it should be assigned security classification confidential

Secret Confidential

ii)Situation reports in border/sensitive areas except when it is of a routine nature e.g. ‘NOTHING TO REPORT’ NO ACTIVITY NOTED/see’ ETC.,

Secret

iii) VIP tours in border/sensitive areas and security arrangements connected therewith.

Secret

iv) Police Officer, Conferences in border/sensitive areas.

Note: Normally Secret, but when matters of routine nature and of local implications are discussed or

Secret Confidential

55

depending on composition of the conference the radiograms to be assigned security Classification Confidential).

v) Information regarding deserters in border areas.

Confidential

vi) General state of morale of civil population in border/sensitive areas.

Confidential

vii)Large-Scale movements of refugees across the border specially when it is likely to after operations.

Confidential

viii) Plans for the construction of new air-strips, helipads, roads and bridges in border/sensitive areas.

Secret

ix) State of road and rail communications airfields and helipads in border/sensitive areas.

Confidential

f) Information of direct intelligence Value:-

i) Information of intelligence or counter intelligence value

Secret

iii) Intelligence reports regarding political/communal activity except when it is of a very routine nature and not likely to be of use to the enemy.

iv) (Note:- Normally SECRET but when they pertain to Foreign Nationals/Agents the radiograms are to be assigned security classification TOP SECRET)

Top Secret/Secret

g) ) Information concerning vital store:-

i)Recovery of large quantity of arms and ammunition from insurgents.

Confidential

ii) Large-Scale movement of arms, ammunition and explosive. (Note:-Normally SECRET except when the movement is in a limited and safe zone opposed to border/sensitive areas).

Secret/ Confidential

56

iii) Holdings, condition, demands and movement of vital stores such as vehicles, radio equipment, arms and ammunition in Armed Police Battalions.

h)Other miscellaneous information:-

i)Details of casualties as a result of enemy action.

Secret

ii) Information regarding morale of Police force.

Secret

iii)Information regarding suspected Enemy agents and infiltrators.

(Note:-Normally SECRET except when information pertains to vital enemy agent/agents the messages are to be assigned security classification TOP SECRET).

Top Secret/Secret

iv) Serious communal disturbances or clashes likely to provoke further troubles internally or to be exploited by the enemy.

(Note:-Normally confidential except where it relates to major disturbances leading to grave consequences)

Secret/ Confidential

v) Movements of Security prisoners Secret

vi) Authentic reports of sabotage. Secret

vii) Unauthorised movements of foreigners

Secret

viii)Any information which may be subject to censorship by the Government prior to being released to the press or details regarding contradictory press reports which are likely to cause agitation.

Confidential

I) Information relating to Armed Police Battalions:-

i) Disclosure of designation and location of Armed Police Units.

57

ii) Movements of Armed Police Units in border/sensitive areas except small detachments.

iii) Operational activities, like patrolling, of Armed Police Battalions and Special tasks in Border/sensitive areas.

J) Information relating to Senior Officers:-

Names and designations of officers of and above the rank of Superindent of Police in border/Sensitive areas.

K) Information regarding communication Circuit:-

Details of Communication facilities.

L) Other information regarding border/sensitive areas:-

i) Grid reference of Police posts in border/sensitive areas.

ii) Police Officers conferences in border/sensitive areas.

iii) Information regarding deserters in border areas.

iv) General State of morale of civil population in border/sensitive areas.

v) Large-scale movements of refugees across the border specially when it is likely to affect operations.

vi) State of road and rail communications, airfields and helipads in border/sensitive areas.

M) Information concerning vital stores:-

i) Recovery of large quantity of arms and ammunition from insurgents.

ii) Large-scale movement of arms, ammunition and explosives.

N) Other miscellaneous information:-

Serious communal disturbances or

58

clashes likely to provoke further troubles internally or to be exploited by the enemy.


No. CRM/5/Misc/1972, Dated: 22-03-1972

***I. Object:-

I need hardly emphasise that one of the principal functions of the

police is the prevention and detection of crime. Prevention must necessarily

take precedence over detection. For that purpose upto-date classified record

of really active criminals is a condition precedent for successful prevention

of crime. The MOB system is recommended as upto-date and readily

available reference of who is who of all really active criminal-whether local

or non-local and whether convicted, acquitted or suspected-as long as they

are considered active by the local police Officers, under the guidance of their

Supervisory Officers.

II. Existing method of maintaining record of criminal and exercising vigilance on them.

Order No. 1030, MPM, Vol. II prescribes the following Crime

Histories to be maintained at Police Station for continuous history of the

criminals and crimes by locality in order to facilitate the study of crimes and

to deal with them effectively.

Part-I-VII includes Station, Crime, and HistoryPart-I-Village statisticsPart-II Village crime Register of cognizable offences.

M.O.B at Police Station, DCRB and State CID levels

Reference: Chapter XXI, XXII, and XLIV, MPM, Vol-II

59

Part-III-Persons of village concerned in crime whether convicted or suspected.Part-III(a)-Outside criminals and suspects visiting the village.Part-IV-Important notes on factions, disputes and communalism.Part-V-General Conviction Register:Part-Vi-History Sheets.Part-VII- Station Crime Chart.

Order No. 1059 defines a rowdy for whom Rowdy Sheets should be

opened.

Order Nos. 1062 and 1063 prescribe the classification of criminals

according to their modus operandi and the method of maintaining vigilance

on them.

III. Check Register of know depredators:

According to Order No. 1078. Check Register of all KDs. Notorious

rowdies, habitual offenders and suspects has to be maintained in each Police

Station and Out Post.

Iv. Agency for exercising vigilance on the active criminals:

Normally the Beat Police is the agency for exercising constant

vigilance on the active criminals, supplemented by the Crime staff of Police

Stations in certain urban areas.

V. Inadequacy of existing records of active criminals.

The Police Station records of General Conviction Register, know

Criminals Register, Surveillance Register, Absconders Register, History

60

Sheets, SCH Part-III regarding convicted criminals and Check Register of

know Depredators and Suspect, normally include convicted criminals. But

these records generally suffer from omission of acquitted accused. Suspects,

receivers and associates. Further from the voluminous and complex nature of

the records, the local Police Officers do not have up-to-date and ready

reference to the active criminals of particular M.O. for search and

interrogation for the purpose of checking complicity in the reported property

crime. The MOB system with Main Index Cards of all the really active

criminals maintained in labeled pigeon holes overcomes these handicaps and

serves as the modern scientific aid to the detection of property crime.

The KDCR in practice served as a mini MOB. But with the inclusion

of inactive criminals and exclusion of active criminals, it does not serve the

purpose of being the Muster Roll of active criminals, as originally intended.

The above records should be continued and maintained up to date

because they are prescribed as the permanent records.

vi. Continued legacy of MOB.

At present with transfers of local Police officers from time to time,

valuable information about the active criminals gained by them is lost to the

Police Officers succeeding them simply because it is not classified and

maintained in MOB. The now Police officers have to start a fresh to collect

the information.

61

We maintain voluminous and complex records for far too many

criminals, most of them being inactive and quite often active ones being

omitted. Vigilance on the few active criminals included in the KDCR

becomes a futile exercise by the Beat & Crime Police.

VII. M.O.B. Principle:

The Principle of the Mob System is identification of offenders by

certain peculiarities observed in commission of property crime such as

means of entry into a house, story told and transport used. This principle is

based on the established theory that the criminals habituated to such

peculiarities persist in committing crimes normally by a particular M.O The

MOB system with Main Index Cards of active criminals maintained in

pigeon holed cabinet will serve as the up to date and readily available

modern scientific aid in the detection of property crime.

Each Police Station and DCRB should maintain MOB with Main

Index Cards of really active criminals whether convicted. Acquitted or

suspected or whether local or non-local. The Best Police should know and be

able to identify the active criminals whether local or non-local.

The basis for including an active criminal in the MOB should be:-

(a) Previous convocations.(b) No ostensible or meager means of subsistence.(c) Associates in crime.(d) Vices.

The MOB should be regarded as the who is who of all the really active

property criminals.

62

Absconders, illicit distillers/bootleggers, professional gamblers, rowdies,

hoarders and profitears, adulterators of essential commodities, manufacturers

and dealers of spurious drugs, adulterators of toddy with chloral hydrate,

smugglers of gold and other contraband goods, illicit dealers in arms and

explosives should also be included in MOB. The above apparently non-

property criminals are included in the MOB because it is possible for them

to become property criminals when pressed too hard by the Police in

preventing them from committing the non-property crime.

VIII. Categories of active criminals and others in the MOB of Rural Police Stations:

Main Index Cards with photographs will be maintained in the MOB

of the Rural Police Stations for the following categories of criminals

(individual cards being maintained wherever applicable under each of the

minor classifications):

Class-I Murder for gain, Dacoit, Robbery and Professional Poisoning.

(The cards under each one of the classifications will be kept in separate

covers or pads, in the same pigeon hole i.e. pigeon hole No. I)

Class II House breaking and TheftClass III House theft.Class IV Ordinary theftClass V Cattle TheftClass VI Receiving stolen propertyClass VII Cheating Criminal Brach of TrustClass VIII Counterfeiting coins and currency notesClass IX AbscondersClass X licit Distillers/Bootleggers

63

Class XI Professional GamblersClass XII RowdiesClass XIII Hoarders, Profiteers and Adulterators of essential

commodities.

IX. Categories of active criminals I others in the MOB of Urban P. Stns.

In the City/Town Stations, Main Index Cards will be maintained for

criminals failing under the following categories.

Class-I Murder for gain, Dcoity,Robbery and Professional Poisoning.

Class-II House breaking & TheftLock breaking including using false key.Window bar wrenching.Inserting hand or stickThrough the window to remove articles,Boring hole near the bolt,Making auger hole near the key hole,Lifting shutter of shop to permit young person to Squeeze in and removing tiles.

Class-III House Theft-Theft in house shop, boat or bank

Class-IV Ordinary Theft-Pocket picking, enticing children for purpose of removing their Ornaments u/s 369-379 IPC, Cycle theft, copperwire theft

(Telephone, telegraph, electric wire), car theft, scooter theftBatteries etc from parked cars.

Class-V Cattle theftClass-VI Receiving stolen property

Receivers of CyclesCopper wire

64

Cars,Scooters,Idols and antiques,Radios and transistors.

Class-VII Cheating-Duplicate currency trick passing of base metal as gold Bank Fraud Campering with cheques and drafts by erasing entries by chemical process and superscribing or altering the amount.

Class-VIII Counterfeiting India coins and currency and counterfeiting foreign currency and Travelers Cheques.

Class-IX Absconders.Class-X lllicit Distillers/BootleggersClass-XI Hoarders. Profiteers and adulterators of essential commodities.Class-XII Manufactures of spurious drugs and dealers in spurious, time-

barred and sub-standard drugs.Class-XIII Adulteration of Toddy with Chloral Hydrate.Class-XIV Smugglers of gold and other contra band goods.Class-XV lllicit dealers in Arms and Explosives.Class-XVI Rowdies.

X. K D C R Muster Roll of active criminals and others.

The corresponding Register of KDs and Suspects should be regarded

as the muster roll of the active criminals and other included in the MOB and

therefore should tally with the MOB.

For the purpose of enabling the local police officers to check the

frequency of vigilance exercised on the active criminals by the Beat and

Crime staff, the KDCR should be maintained and it should tally with the

MOB. The names of active criminals who are non-local and absconders

should be included in red ink for enabling the Local Police Officers to issue

65

“A” Rolls to other Police Stations in the case of the former and to take legal

Gazette notification and pursuit actions in the case of the latter.

XI. Later sub-Classifications:-

In the first stage, the Police Stations should have the MOB with Main

Index Cards of the active criminals and others. Once this stage has

developed satisfactory sub-classification of the active criminals should be

done in future.

XII. Success of MOB:

Success of the MOB as the modern scientific aid to detection of

property crime depends on the inclusion of really active criminals and others

by the local Police Officers, under guidance of their supervisory officers.

The latter should ensure that correct entries are made in the Main Index

Cards and they are brought uptodate from time to time. The local Police

Officer should append his dated signature after completing each Main Index

Card. The Supervisory Officer should scrutinise the Main Index Card and

append his date signature to his remarks.

With development of the MOB in Bangalore City and Districts it is

expected that in the not-too distant future the MOB which is who’s who of

the active criminals, will have developed to such an extent that detection of

property crime is assured.

66

By development of MOB the local Police will be able to exercise more

effective vigilance on the really active criminals thus ensuring prevention of

property crime and if such crime is committed, detection will not be

difficult.

The Superintendents of Police, Sub-Divisional Police Officers and

Circle Police inspectors should constantly check the Main Index Cards and

take their remarks with dated signatures to ensure that really active

Criminals are included, that all entries in them are correct and upto date and

that photographs are affixed.

Main Index Cards (specimen enclosed) will also be supplied shortly.

CRIME RECORD

MAIN INDEX CARD OF ACTIVE CRIMINALS AND OTHERS.

1. Name2. Alias(es)2(a) Age /193. FPB Sl. No. Classification.4. Born at5. Height6. Complexion7. Buird8. Eyes9. Hair10.Occupation11.Marks and peculiarities12.Race & Caste13.Education & accomplishment14.P. Stn MOB No.

67

15.District MOB No.16.CID No17.Address

1.2.

18.Photograph19.Frequents or stays at20.Movements and other information21.Police Officers who can identity22.Summary of convictions

Sl. No. Police Station Crime No. Section Sentence Date

23.Relatives & friends24.Father25.Wife26.Associates in crime with their MOB Nos.27.Receivers with their MOB Nos.28.MO Classification29. General Particulars including remarks regarding circumstances

of the above criminal taking to crime, no ostensible or meager means of subsistence, lawful occupation and income if any, land/house owned if any, earning, family members augmenting income, whether active for continuing watch.

30.Dress31.Habits & vices32.Sphere of activity33.Antecedents.

NOTE:- Remarks by Police Officers from PSI & above in chronological order their dated signature and rank

68


No. SMS/1/15/1972, Dated: 25-07-1972

***In the aforementioned Circulars instructions have been issued on.

1. The enforcement of the Railway property (unlawful possession) Act,

1966.

2. The action to be taken to protect Railway property, life and property of

the passengers on the railways and in railway premises.

3. That Superindent of Police, Railways should create a Special Intelligence

Cell for the collection of advance intelligence about the activities of

unsocial elements including wanton mischief on Railway and ensure

collection of advance intelligence about likelihood of tampering with

railway tracks in trouble some areas and appropriate preventive measures

are taken.

4. Maintenance of proper liaison with Railway protection Force and

Railway Administration.

Large scale thefts and pilferages of Railway Property Prevention of Instructions issued

Reference: Law Section Circulars Nos. 1773, 1812, 1816, 1869, 1887 and 2292

69

5. That Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence & Railways, the

Superintendents of Police of the Districts and Superintendents of Police,

Government Railway should arrange periodical meetings with the

officers of Railway Protection Force and Railway permanent way staff

and exchange Intelligence and.

6. The District Police should promptly render all necessary assistance to

Railway Police, when such assistance is sought for by the latter for

maintenance of Law and order in Railway police jurisdiction. Further

instructions were also issued that the Deputy Inspector General of Police

CID and the Superintendent of Police Railways should immediately.

i) Take steps for proper collection of information leading to detection of thefts of Railway property and set up in that behalf reliable sources of information.

ii) Ensure intensive supervision over the investigation of thefts of Railway property.

iii)At State level Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID should constitute Special Section for making continuous study of accidents of a serious nature on Railways and liaise on the subject with Railway authorities.

iv) Arrange for a close vigil in running trains and bring down incidence of crimes and

v) Intensify patrols around the transshipment yards and prevent thefts of Railways property deposited in those yards.

Those instructions should be strictly adhered to. In connection with

the protection of Railway property and putting down of large scale thefts

and pilferages of Railway property and the following further instructions

are issued.

70

With the co-operation of the R.P.F. lists of criminals operating in

Railway limits and habitual receivers involved in thefts and pilferages of

Railway property both in Railway Police cases and Railway protection

force cases should be compiled District wise by the Railway Police and sent

to the concerned Superintendents of Police to maintain proper vigilance

over these criminals.

To have greater surveillance over offenders booked under the Railway

property (unlawful possession) Act 1966, History sheets should

automatically opened for persons convicted thrice u/s 3 of the RP (UP) Act

1966 in accordance with order No. 10545 of the Mysore Police Manual

Volume II. Action should be taken to maintain the history sheets in respect

of these criminals as per instructions contained in orders 1052, 1055, 1057,

1060 to 1063 of the Police Manual Vol. II.

Action is being taken separately to amend order 1054 of the Police

Manual Vol. II to Provide for automatic opening of History sheets of the

persons convicted thrice u/s 3 of R.P (UP) Act.

Under Order 1976 of the Mysore Police Manual Volume II the

category of persons whose finger prints should ordinarily be taken for

permanent record is listed out. In this list at present in item No. (ix) all

persons convicted u/s 3 of the Railway Stores unlawful possession Act 1955

for unlawful possession of Railway Stores have been included. As the

Railway Property (unlawful possession) Act 1966 has replaced the said Act,

the item is now being amended to include the persons convicted under s3 of

the RP (UI) Act 1966. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.

71


No. C.R.M.332/GB/1972, Dated: 20-11-1972

***It has come to my notice during the inspections of the Districts that

there is no proper Co-operation and Co-ordination between the Local Police

& the Staff of C.B.-II (Food Cell), C.I.D, at the lower levels and some of

the Officers are not aware of the duties and functions of the Food Cell. C.I.D

and their units. In this connection the following instructions are issued for

guidance.

(1) In GO Nos. HD 167 SST 1964 dated 23-10-1964, HD 409 SST 1969 dated 10-12-1969 and HD 282 SST 1970 dated 27-12-1970. Sanctions were accorded for the creation of the Crime Branch-II (Food Cell) C.I.C. Units in the Regions and the Mobile Squads respectively and they have already started functioning in the State.

(2)The C.B-II (Food Cell) C.I.D Units in the Regions and the Mobile Squads are entrusted with the responsibility of collecting intelligence regarding crimes relating to food and other Essential Articles and also for tacking of hoarding and profiteering on food grains.

(3)The instructions issued in S.O. 472 and Law Section Circular 1753 regarding the respective functions of the C.I.D and the District Police when investigation of cases of the District are taken up by

Duties and functions of C.B-II (Food Cell) C.I.D. closest liaison between the local Police and the Food Cell, CID

Instructions Issued

72

the C.I.D and when the C.I.D assists the District Police in the investigation of the cases of the District should be borne in mind it should be noted that full co-operation and liaison between the two agencies is absolutely necessary for the collection of intelligence regarding crimes relating to essential commodities and for tacking crimes of hoarding and profiteering of foodgrains.

(4)When the staff of Crime Branch-II (Food-Cell) C.I.D the staff of the Units in the regions (Bangalore, Mangalore, Gulbarga and Belgaum) and members of the Mobile Squads appear at a Police Station on duty the Officer-in-charge of the police Station should ensure that they are treated with proper consideration and provide necessary assistance in the discharge of their duties.

(5)There should be closest liaison between the local Police and the staff of the C.B.-II (Food Cell) C.I.D whenever they have to act together in the discharge of public duties.

(6) In view of the urgency arising out of the food situation and the need to deal with it in an effective manner, there should always be the closest liaison between the local Police and the staff of C.B-Ii (Food Cell) C.I.D., appointed for the purpose.

` These instructions should strictly be adhered to and the

Superintendents of Police of the Districts should ensure that there are no

complaints in this behalf.

73


No. CB-1/259/1972, Dated: 08-01-1973

***In Government Order No. HD 1989 PEG 1963, dated 05-06-1963, the

Forensic Science Laboratory was placed under the control of the Special

Officer, CID now designated as Deputy Inspector General of Police C.I.D.

the aforementioned

2. After a review of the working of the Forensic Science Laboratory,

Government have in order No. HD 144 PEG 1972 dated 21-12-1972,

accorded sanction to place the Forensic Science Laboratory under the direct

control of the Inspector General of Police Copy of Government Order is

enclosed.

3. With immediate effect, the Deputy Inspector General of Police

CID will cease to be a controlling Officer in respect of the Forensic Science

Laboratory. All the pending files relating to the FSL. Which are in his

office should be transferred to the Chief Office fort with.

Large scale thefts and pilferages of Railway Property Prevention of Instructions issued

Reference: Law Section Circulars Nos. 1773, 1812, 1816, 1869, 1887 and 2292

74

4. Director FSL., should send proposal and refer all matters which

require orders of the Inspector General of Police or the Government to the

Chief office.

5. Deputy Inspector General of Police Hqrs. Will deal with all

matters relating to FSL in the Chief Office and help me in exercising

effective and personal control over the Institution and raising it the desired

standard.

6. All papers relating to the FSL received in the Sections of the

Chief Office should be promptly processed and put up to the Deputy

Inspector General of Police Hqrs. Through the Assistant Inspector General

of Police, Financial Assistant or the Section direct as the case may be. Who

will pass orders or put up the same for may orders wherever required.


Placing the Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore under direct the

administrative control of the Inspector General of Police Sanction of

***

PREAMBLE:

In the Government Order dated 05-06-1963 cited at (I) above sanction

was accorded to the establishment of a Forensic Science Laboratory, in the

State to function under the direct administrative Control of the Government

Reference: 1. G.O. No. HD 69 PEG 1963, dated 05-06-19632. G.O. No. HD 197 PEG 1966, dated 20-04-19673. G.O. No. HD 339 PEG 1970, dated 15-12-19704. Letter No. CB. 259 1972, dated 12-10-1972

from the Inspector General of Police B’lore.

75

in the Home Department and also to merge in it then existing Scientific

Laboratory of the Police Department. In the interest of the growth and

development of Forensic Science in the state. Sanction was accorded in the

Government Order dated 20-04-1967 cited at (2) above to place the Forensic

Science Laboratory, Mysore State, Bangalore under the administrative

Control of the Inspector General of Police. As the newly established

Forensic Science Laboratory required closer supervision and control to

ensure its proper functioning. Directions were issued in G.O. dated

15-12-1970 cited at (3) above to place the Forensic Science Laboratory,

Bangalore under the administrative Control of the Special Officer CID

Bangalore in addition of the units of C.I.

Government have now decided that the Forensic Science Laboratory

should be placed under the direct administrative control of the Inspector

General of Police so that, as part of the scheme of modernization of Police

force, he would be able to exercise personal control over the institution and

brought it to the desired standards.

Order No. HD 144 PEG 1972, Bangalore dated 21-12-1972, the

Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore under the direct administration

control of the Inspector General of Police Mysore State, Bangalore.


Sd/- (K.S Rajagopal). Under Secretary to Government. Home Department.

76


No. CB-1/259/1972, Dated: 08-03-1973

***Interdiction:-

Forensic Science is playing a dominant role in crime detection by

Scientific methods. It makes Crime detections easier, quicker and accurate.

It provides scientific evidence to solve judicial problems and supplies some

important links in the chain of evidence which are vital to the successful

prosecution of cases. It is, therefore, essential for all the investigation

Officers to have a clear idea of the various items of work undertaken in the

Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore and to make th best use of the

facilities available.

Forensic Science Laboratory:-

The Forensic Science Laboratory Which was established at Bangalore in

August 1967 is functioning under the charge of a Director who, in turn.

Functions under the direct control of the Inspector General of Police. It is

located in ‘OM MAHAL BUILDING’ on Miller Road, Bangalore, where the

offices of the Superintendent of Police Bangalore District and the Deputy

Inspector General of Police Central Range, are also located.

Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore Details of work undertaken – Instructions issued for the guidance of all

Investigating Officers and Superior – Officer.

77

Sections:-

The Forensic Science Laboratory is divided into the Following

eight Sections:-

1) Chemical Section2) Toxicology Section3) Biological Section4) Physical Section5) Ballistics Section6) Questioned Documents Section7) Serology Section and8) Photography Section

Chemical Section:-

The Chemical Section, Forensic Science Laboratory undertakes:-

i) Determination of alcohol in liquors and illicit liquors:

ii) Deciphering of erased and filed of numbers on stolen articles like cycles, cars and other automobiles.

iii) Determination of the origin of fire in cases of arson and incendiaries;

iv) Examination of narcotic drugs and

v) General chemicolegal examinations of articles seized in criminal cases

Toxicology Section:-

Toxicology section deals with examination of Viscera for detection of

poison different kinds.

78

Biological Section:-

Biological section Forensic Science Laboratory undertakes.

i) Determination of the presence of blood stains in cases of murder.

ii) Detection of seminal stains of objects in cases of sexual assault:

iii)Examination of biological stains involved in criminal cases:

iv) Examination of hairs, fibers and other vegetable matter which lead to the clue for identification of the accused.

v) Identification of a dead person with that of the photograph of the missing person by means of superimposition of the skull by photographic technique.

Physical Section:

Physical Section undertakes all types of examination.

i) Leading to physical clues such as coils, dust, paints, glass pieces in hit – and run accidents.

ii) Matching of weapons

iii)Matching of textiles

iv) Matching of cut ends of copper wires

v) Matching of any physical object found at the scene of crime.

Ballistics Section.

Ballistics section determines:i) Type of ammunition usedii) Type of fire usediii)Distance of firingiv) Angle of firingv) Fixing of fire arm used in the Commission of crime

Questioned Documents Section:

79

Questioned Documents Section deals with

i) Comparison of …………an various documentsii) Deciphering of erased matter of documentiii) Detection of additions, alterations and other main-pulsations in a

questioned documentiv) Determination of the age of ink and the type of ink used.v) Examination of paper used in a documentvi) Detection of forgery and the hand-writing.

Serology Section:-

One post of Serologist has been sanctioned. When the post is filled up, the

Serological examination of all stairs will be done in the Forensic Science

Laboratory of the State.

Photography Section:-

Photography Section is an auxiliary unit intended to cater to the needs

of all the other Sections in presenting the results with precision and accuracy

by means of photographic techniques,

Staff:-

The Forensic Science Laboratory is under the Director assisted by two

Assistant Director, Qualified Scientists and Scientific Assistants.

Equipment:-

The Laboratory has incurred considerable expenditure, in acquiring

highly sophisticated and latest equipments such as spectrograph,

spectrophotometer, Comparison Microscope Cameras and several types of

microscopes.

80

Mobile Forensic Science Laboratory:-

There is a Mobile Forensic Science Laboratory also which is meant for

assisting the investigation Officer in examining the scenes of Crimes for any

Finger Prints, Foot Prints, material objects and other physical clues found at

the scene which will provide the needed guidance to the investigation

Officer. It is equipped with a Photographic room, Laboratory tables, gas and

other equipments for examining physical clues on the spot.

Utilisation of the Facilities available in the Forensic Science Laboratory:-

With the many facilities available in the Forensic Science Laboratory as

stated above it should be the concern of every Superintendent of Police and

every Investigation Officer to make the best use of the FSL for the

successful detection and prosecution of cases.

The Superintendents of Police of Districts will, when they next visit

Bangalore, pay a Visit the F.S.L to gain an insight into the several types of

scientific work undertaken in the Laboratory in relation to the investigation

of Criminal cases. They should consult the Director, F.S.L in all cases

requiring scientific aids to investigation and encourage and direct the

Investigating Officers to avail themselves of the scientific aids to

investigation available in the FSL.

It may be noted that the Director Forensic Science Laboratory has also

been appointed as Chemical Examiner and the Assistant Director, Forensic

Science Laboratory as Assistant Chemical Examiner, Detailed instructions

81

for packing and transmission of the material objects to the expert are

contained in Chapter XXXVII, Mysore Police Manual (Volume II).


No. CB-5/86/1973, Dated: 01-05-1973

*** Rule 23 (2) Mysore Civil Services (Conduct) Rules 1966 lays down

that:

“No. Government servant shall, except with the previous

knowledge of the prescribed authority, acquire or dispose of any

immovable property by lease, mortgage, purchase sale gift or

otherwise either in his own name or in the name of any member of

his family.

Provided that the previous sanction of the prescribed authority

shall be obtained by the Government servant if any such

transactions is (i) with a person having official dealings with the

Government servant or (ii) otherwise than through a regular or

reputed dealer”.

2. Consequently, the Government servant is bound to obtain prior

sanction of the prescribed authority, if any transaction relating to

Mysore Civil Service (conduct) Rules 1966 Acquisition, Disposal of Immovable and Movable Property

Instructions Issued

82

immovable property including construction of a House is entered into

with a person with whom he has official dealings or if such transaction is

carried on other than through a regular or reputed dealer. In other cases,

he is bound to keep the prescribed authority informed of the transaction

before it is entered into.

3. Instances have come to notice where the Government servants

apply for House Building Advance or House Purchase Advance and

construct or purchase houses from out of the advance without either

obtaining prior sanction or without giving prior intimation as required by

rules. They are probably under the wrong notion that if they apply for an

advance for construction or purchase of a house, it amounts to giving

prior intimation or applying for prior sanction, as the case may be.

4. Obtaining sanction of the competent authority for construction or

purchase of a house is one aspect of the matter which is governed by the

provisions of the Mysore Financial Code. This does not dispense with the

requirement of Rule 23(2) Mysore Civil services (Conduct) Rule. 1966

which is different matter and has to be fulfilled. If a house is proposed to

be built through a regular contractor with whom the Government servant

has no official dealings, he should give prior intimation and in other

cases, he should obtain the prior sanction of the prescribed authority.

Failure to do so amounts to breach of conduct Rule.

1. Rule 23 (3) Mysore Civil Service (Conduct) Rules Requires that

every Government servant shall report to the prescribed authority every

transaction concerning movable property acquired or held by him in his

own name or in the name of any member of his family if the value of the

83

property exceeds Rs. 1,000/-in the case of a Government Servant holding

Class-I or Class-Ii post of RS. 500/- in the case of a Government servant

holding Class-III or IV post and that prior sanction will have to be

obtained if the transaction is with a person with whom he has official

dealings or otherwise than through a regular dealer.

2. Instances have also come to notice where Government. Servants

applying for advance for the purchase of Motor Car/Motor Cycle have

failed to apply for prior sanction or report the purchase of the Motor

Car/Motor Cycle as required by rules. As in the case of acquisition of

immovable property, it is the duty of every Government servant to apply

for prior sanction whenever he intends buying a motor car/motor cycle

otherwise than through a regular or reputed dealer or from a person with

whom he has official dealings. If the purchase or sale is affected through

a regular or reputed dealer or a person with whom he has no official

dealings, it will be sufficient if he sends a report of the transaction.

Failure to comply with this requirement Constitutes an infringement of

the conduct Rules warranting disciplinary action.

3. The attention of all the Officers in State Police and other

Government servants of the Department may be drawn to the above

provisions and they may be warned that failure top comply with the

provision of Rule 23 Mysore Civil Service Rule (Conduct) Rules. 1966

entails disciplinary action.

84


No. TRG 15/1973, Dated: 15-06-1973

*** In Pursuance of the provisions in Government Notification No. HD

GSR 161/71, dated 12-05-1971, the following detailed programme of

Practical Training of Civil Police Constables are laid down.

1. After the institution training in the M.S.P.T.S., Channapatna, the P.Cs.

on probation shall be pass-ported to their respective District

Headquarters, for practical training for a period of 6 months.

The Practical Training shall consist of the following programme.

1. MONTH:-

Training in the D.A.R regarding performance of Guard Escort, Picket

duties etc. In the first month of the practical training, the Recruit P.Cs shall

be attached to the DAR, Headquarters, and their training shall be supervised

by the R.P.I, R.S.I, under the guidance of the Superintendent of Police of the

District. The details of the practical training during the first month are as

follows.

Practical Training of Civil P.Cs after instituting training at M.S.P.T.S Channapatna

85

a) FIRST WEEK: The trainees shall be attached to the guards situated at

the District Headquarters, under an experienced and Intelligent HD.

Of the DAR. At the scale of not less than I. HD for every 8 recruit

PCs. The Recruit PCs. Shall be instructed about the rules, standing

Orders, and Circulars governing the performance of guard duty and

also the maintenance of the records concerning the performance of

guard duty including the entries in the Duty Roster, Passport, Arms

and Ammunition Register, Sentry Relief Book and Writing of Daily

Morning Report etc.

b) During this period the recruits under the Armed HD. Shall be posted

on guard duty in addition to the regular guard on duty at the places

covered by the guard.

SECOND WEEK:- Escorts:- The Recruits shall be instructed on the

provisions of the Police Manual, the Standing Order and Circulars relating

to Escort duties. They shall be attached to the regular Escort Parties under

the Officer in-charge of the Escort Party. While detailing Escort Parties, the

scale of the staff posted should be without taking into consideration the

Recruit Constables and no direct personal responsibilities should be

entrusted to the recruits at this stage. At the end of the 2nd Week’s training in

Escort and Guard duties, the Superintendent of Police or the Deputy

Superintendent of Police of the Headquarters, shall make an assessment of

training undergone and brief the trainees regarding the Guard and Escort

duties to facilitate their posting to independent duties.

86

THIRD WEEK: The Recruits shall be posted on regular guard duties

under the experienced Reserve H.C. by relieving the regular guard.

FORTH WEEK:- The Recruits shall be posted for independent Escort

duty under the experienced reserve H.C

If the opportunities of posting pickets arise, the recruits shall be posted to

pickets under the charge of an experienced H.C.

During the entire period of training in the First Month the recruits shall be

trained in the various aspects of drill on the weekly parade Days including

maintenance of arms kit Inspection and maintenance of kit list and order

governing the uniform etc. During this period the recruits should also be

given an opportunity to observe the orderly room proceedings of the

Superintendent of Police of the District and the disposal of public grievances

by the Superintendent of Police. The idea is to mould the character of the

trainee and build up correct attitude towards the public by making him know

directly the manners in which the Superior officer care for the public.

The RPI/RSI incharge of the Practical Training of the Recruit PCs.

Should send a Fort-nightly report to the Superintendent of Police in the form

prescribed in Appendix “A”

II. MONTH

In the 2nd month of their Practical Training the recruits shall be posted for

training in the Headquarters, Town Police station for the first-night and in

the Rural Police Station for the 2nd Fort-night. If the number of recruits is

87

large, they may be formed into two batches and posted to the Town and

Rural Police Stations simultaneously during the 1st and II Fort-nights.

During the period of their training at the Headquarters. Police Stations, as

stated above the Sub-Inspector of the Police Stations should ensure that the

recruits are not taken as substitutes for the regular personnel of the Police

Station. The Sub-Inspector and the Supervisory Officers should take

personal interest in imparting training in the following aspects:

a) The function of the Police Station and the duties of various ranks of Officers working in the Police Station.

b) Receiving of visitors, Telephone Messages etc., at the police station.

c) The maintenance of fundamental records in the Police Station.

d) Service of summons and Warrants, etc, first they should be attached to experienced H.Cs and PCs then independently

e) Performance of Beat patrolling and Traffic duties.

At the end of each Fort-night, the C. I of the jurisdiction shall send an

assessment report in the form prescribed in Appendix ’A’

THIRD MONTH

After the training in the Rural and Town Police Stations, the Recruit

Police Constables shall be sent to the Police Stations on the strength of

which they are borne. On reporting at the concerned Police Stations, the

training will be important on the following aspects:-

1st Fort-night

88

The Recruit PCs will be attached to the experienced HCs. And PCs,

posted on the following duties:-

a) Surveillance and verification of Bad Characters and their activities.

b) Night and Day Beat duties reporting of matters of Police interest.

c) Securing of witnesses for assisting the S.H.Os in enquiries etc.

d) VIP Security Duty.

e) They should also be taught the manner of collecting intelligence

regarding political, communal and labour activities. Preferably they

should be attached the Police station, S.B Personnel.

II Fort-Night:-

During the 2nd Fort-night the Recruit Police Constables shall be put in

independent charge of the specific duties in which they are trained during

the 1st Fortnight by duly taking into account the instructions and

observations of the Supervisory Officers made during the 1st Fort-Night.

FOURTH MONTH:

During the 1st Fort-night the Recruit Police Constables shall be

attached to Sub-Inspector, Head Constable or the experienced Police

Constable of the Police Station for the performance of the following

duties.

a) Court work including securing and briefing of witnesses, observation

of Court Proceedings and duties of Court police Constables etc.

b) Escort of Prisoners:-

Special emphasies being placed on explaining the practical risks to the

Security of the prisoner, the method of Security them, controlling the

prisoner and his behavior in the Court. Rules regarding escort and

89

responsibility of the escort Police Constable and the consequence of lapses

such as allowing the prisoner to escape etc.

c) Performance of duties at places of peaceful public assemblies.

In the 2nd Fort-night, the Recruit P.Cs shall be put in Independent

charge of the specific duties in which they were trained during the 1st

fort-night by duty taking into account the instructions and

observations of the Supervisor Officers made during the First-night.

FIFTH MONTH:

In the 1st Fort-night of the 5th month, the Recruit Police Constables

should be attached to the S.I and to the regular Station Writer for the

performance of Station Writers duties. The Recruit PCs should be

specially told about the maintenance of the Crime records and writing

and dispatching of various types of reports and statements.

In the II, Fort-night, the Recruit police Constables shall be put in

independent charge of the specific duties in which they were trained

during the 1st Fort-night by duly taking into account the instructions

and observations of the Supervisory Officers made during the 1st

Fort-night.

SIXTH MONTH

During this last phase of training the Recruit P.Cs should as much

as possible be attached to the PSI in regard to the performance of the

following aspect of duties:-

90

a) Visit to the Scene of Crime preservation of scene of crime and assisting the Investigating Officer.

b) Conducting of Search, seizure, Arrests and Raids.

c) Handling of Mobs and Unlawful assemblies etc.

d) Exercise of specific powers of a constable concerning the enforcement of the local and special laws with special reference to the Police Act and M.V. Act

e) Attention to Public grievances including obtaining of reports wherever necessary and special consideration to the weaker section of the community.

The Recruit Police Constables should be acquainted with the Rewards

and Punishments prevailing in the Department with Special reference to

those applicable to them with reference to Police Manual.

At the end of the 6 months of practical training, the Superintendent of

Police should review the Performance Reports sent by the concerned

officers and take action as is necessary.

1. General Instructions:- At the completion of training each month the

Superintendent of Police will review and issue his instructional

remarks. As the object of issuing such remarks is to give timely

correction and guidance, such remarks should be sent promptly at the

end of training every month. The review should/made in proforms-A

appended to these instructions.

2. At the end of six month practical training a consolidate report in

form B. should be prepared and sent to the Deputy Inspector General

91

of Police of the Range and copy to the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, Training.

3. The P.C. under practical training should not be granted leave of any

kind unless it is on very compassionate grounds in which case the

probationary period shall be extended to that extent.

4. The sequence of performance of duty in each month should be

guided by the opportunities that arise to impart a particular aspect of

training rather than by the serial number,. But it should be ensured

that the subjects laid down for a month are not changed and no aspect

prescribed for each month is omitted.

5. The forms prescribed, for the time being, be got cyclostyled in

adequate number in the District Police Officer and sent to the

concerned subordinate officers.

6. The trainees will be on probation for 24 years as per Home

Secretariat Notification GSR 16/71, dated 12-05-1971.

7. The work of the trainee during the post practical training period

should be watched closely by the immediate and superior officers. At

the time of confirmation of the individuals, the assessment reports

shall be taken into consideration.

8. There instructions will come into effect immediately starting their

P.C Recruits who underwent training in the 41st batch at M.S.P.T.S

APPENDIX – ‘A’

Sl. Name of Nature of Period of To assessment remarks

92

No. the Trainee

Training imparted Training

whom the

trainee was

attached

as to the training

undergone

of the superior officer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

APPENDIX – ‘B’REPORT OF PRACTICAL TRAINING OF POLICE CONSTABLES

Sl. No. Name Buckle

No.

Batch in which trained

Period of practical training

Brief remarks and duration of

training received

FROM TO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

93


No. SMS (5)-72/1973, Dated: 28-07-1973

***1. Under the Government Order mentioned above, Sanction is accorded

to the payment of cash awards not exceeding 2% of the value of the food

grains seized in each case (subject to the condition that reward is only

paid after the Police Department associated with the enforcement of

various Food Control Orders during the crop year 1972-73. Government

have also authorized the Inspector General of Police to regulate the

payment of rewards. Accordingly following instructions are issued:

2. Cash awards should only be paid after a case ends in conviction. [[[

3. The amount of reward payable shall not exceed 2% of the value of

food grains seized.

Sanction of cash awards in cases of seizure of food grains under the Essential Commodities Act.

Reference: G.O. No. FCL 2 EBT 1973, dated 06-03-1973

94

4. In computing the value of food grains seized, the prevailing

Government rate as ascertained from the Deputy Commissioner of the

District should be adopted.

5. The cash award order should contain a certificate by the

Superintendent of Police as to the correctness of the quantity/weight.

6. The cash awards should only be given in cases where the value of the

seized food grains is more the Rs. 500/- and payment to each individual

member of the Police Force is not less than RS. 1/-

7. Where a cash reward does not become due on account of the small

value of the food grains seized or where the Superintendent of Police

considers that a cash reward need not be given he may recognize the

good work done by issue of suitable Commendation Certificates.

8. It should be ensured that in no case more than one ward or cash

reward is given to any member of the Service in a case, for the same

good work.

9. Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police

may sanction rewards up to the limits prescribed in the Manual of

Financial Powers Part III 3(b) regarding sanction of Rewards (pages 402-

403). When the amount of award exceeds the powers of sanction by a

Deputy Inspector General of Police, such cases should be referred to me

for sanction. The expenditure should be initially met out of the Budget

Provision under ’23 Police eg. CID (5) Rewards” subject to recoupment

95

from the grants of the Food and Civil Supplies Department at the end of

the financial year.

10. The instructions contained in this Standing Order are applicable, for

the time being, for the crop year 1972-73,. Action is being taken to move

the Government to extend similar sanction for the crop year 19783-74.


No. TRG-1/67/1973, Dated: 18-09-1973

*** The subject of practical training of directly recruited Probationary Sub-

Inspectors of Police has been examined in the light of the recommendations

of the Committee on Police training set up by Government of India. It has

now been decided to revise the existing programme and increase the period

of Practical training from six month to one year a copy of the revised

programme of work is enclosed.

Consequent on the enhancement of the period of practical training, the

period of holding independent charge of Police Station is reduced to six

months.

The revised programme should be followed with immediate effect and

Probationary PSIs. Of XIV Batch now under practical training should be

Practical Training of Sub-Inspectors (civil) Extension of the period from 6 months to 12 months revised programme of

work-issue of

96

given training as per the revised programme of work making such

adjustment as necessary.

Please acknowledge the receipt of the Standing Order.

PROGRAMME OF WORK FOR THE SUB-INSPECTOR CADERS

DURING THE PRACTICAL TRAINING.

FIRST MONTH

Attachment to a Rural Police Station.

Police Constable:- To be employed on all kind of beat, K.D. Checking,

B.C. Roll enquiry, process service Traffic Duties etc.

As Head Constable Writer Special attention to be given to maintenance

of the Duty roster, General diary and the other Police Station records and

returns, the use of the Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes, receipt of

disposal of complaint. The inspections and question the subordinate to check

their knowledge.

SECOND MONTH

97

Attachment to a senior Sub-Inspector in a rural Police Station to learn

duties relating to the prevention of Crime Surveillance, checking of hotels,

dharmashala and other public places or huts likely to be visited by bad

characters, including bazaars in the interior and collection of intelligence

about crime and criminals generally. The probationers should be taken out

on our extensively.

THIR AND FOURTH MONTHS

Attachment to the Officer incharge of a rural Police Station to attend

inquests and at least six investigations. The probationers should be taught

how to collect clues for scientific examination and write case diaries

indecently. They should accompany the Circle Inspector for enquires and

investigations in at least two cases, attend one of his inspections and see the

Police arrangements on accasions for crowd control and mob dispersal. They

should be initiated into police relations work by introduction to politicians.

Pressmen Panchayat members & the local public & social workers & taught

how to develop understanding & tact. Special attention should be given to

the development of the correct attitudes, matters relating to man-

management, the role of the Police with regard to Social legislation and the

art of report writing.

The probationers should be taken for interviewing unidentified

prisoners in jail and explained how previous convictions are traced.

Note:- As far as possible Training in the first four months should be at the same Police Station.

FIFTH MONTH

98

Attachment to the prosecution branch under the direct supervision of the

Police Prosecutor/public Prosecutor. The Probationers should learn office

work, how to scrutinise challans and prepare briefs and accompany the

prosecutor to courts to watch the conduct of one sessions case from the

beginning to the end, including cross examination of witnesses and

arguments by lawyers for the prosecution and the defense.

SIXTH MONTH

Attachments with the District Special Branch. The crime Branch and the

(MOB) DCRB some cases of inter – district and inter State Crime would be

explained, besides, teaching F.P. work.

SEVENTH AND EIOGHT MONTH

Posting as a junior S.I. and extra investigating officer to a medium sized

Police Station where he would have an opportunity to investigate a variety

of offences and participate in different types of Police Station work.

NINTH AND TENTH MONTHS.

Posting as extra investigating officer to a City/Town police station.

Where the crime work is heavy. He would be required to go on night rounds,

Supervise beat work and be associated with the work relating to traffic and

Sarafa (Jewellery market) checking, handling law and order situations and

industrial problems and dealing with while collar crime, smuggling, vice

etc., the probationers should visit correctional instructions where-ever they

exist.

99


No. 125/RLN/2/1973, Dated: 24-12-1973

*** It has become necessary to adopt automation facilities in the

maintenance of crime and criminal records in view of the increased volume

of work. Computerisation of crime records is an important aspect of

modernization of Police Force.

Following are the two important objective of the computerisation of

crime records.

1. For the purpose of statistics, which in turn helps in generating

administrative reports at various Levels. It will also be helpful in research

and in making administrative decisions.

Computerisation of Crime Records Instructions regarding

100

2. For the purpose of helping the Investigating Officers in the

investigation and detection of cases, especially cases coming under Class I

to IX i.e properly crimes.

Besides these two important objectives, the computerisation will in due

course considerably reduce the scriptory work at various levels. Above all,

the incredible speed with which the date is retrieved in any required from

will contribute to the efficiency in the police performance.

At the outset, it has been decided to codify information in respect of

property offences only coming under Class I to IX as per Order No. 1698 of

Mysore Police Manual Vol. II and the offenders involved in those cases. In

Karnataka State, about 1500 cases under Class I to IX are being reported

every month. Out of these cases, about 400 to 500 cases are being detected.

At present, the forms viz., ‘A’”B’C” for crimes and three forms viz., ‘D’ ‘E’

‘F’ for criminals. In these forms, provision has been made to enter

information in a narrative form. The codification of this information will be

done at the State C.I.D. only. These forms Will be supplied to all Police

Stations in the State by the concerned Superintendents of Police till such

time printed forms are made available.

The Station staff is required to fill up these forms in a narrative form in

the space provided for that purpose at the various stages of investigation

prosecution and disposals in the court as per the following of the

instructions.

Computer form ‘A’ contents of Cols. 1 to 23.

101

As soon as a present crime is registered in the Police stations, the

Station House Officer should fill up this form as per the particulars available

form the First Information Report. The instructions for filling up these

colums are given in detail in the Annexure to this Standing Order.

In cases of automobile thefts and registration of cases pertaining to

counterfeit currency or coins, the Station House Officer should fill up

computer form “B” and this form should be enclosed to form No. ‘A’

Detained instructions for filling up the Colums 1 to 18 Computer form ‘B’

are given in the Annexure.

Computer form ‘C’ consisting to Columns 1 to 21 should be filled up

and sent in 3 stages. The first stage is when the Investigation is finalised and

the Station House Officer or the Investigating agency sends a final report to

the Court. The second stage is when the case is disposed of in the

Magistrate’s Court. The third stage is when the case is committed to the

Sessions Court and the case is disposed off in the Appllete Court, High

Court or Supreme Court. The detailed instructions for filling up the various

columns are given in the annexure.

Computer Form ‘D’ pertains to criminals and it consists of columns of

columns 1 to 38. The Station House Officer should fill up these colums as

soon as the criminal suspected or accused arrested in crime. The detailed

instructions to fill up computer Form ‘D’ are given in the annexure.

Computer From ‘E’ consisting of columns 1 to 17 should be filed up

by the Station House Officer after the receipt of the finger print

102

classification number etc. from the Director of Finger Print Bureau. The

detailed instructions for filling up this form are given in the annexure.

Computer Form ‘F’ consisting of columns 1 to 15 should be filled up

by the Station House Officer after the criminal is convicted in a Court of

law. Detailed instructions for filling up this form are given in the annexure.

As instructed above, the Station House Officer should send these

computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ promptly as and when each form becomes due, to

the Deputy Superintendents of Police Computer Wing c/o DIG. CID.

Bangalore though their respective DCRB.

On receipt of these forms the S.I. in charge of DCRB. Should post

the registers of DCRB. With the information contained in these forms. For

example, on the receipt of computer form ‘A’ he should post the register in

the DCRB. In form No. 189 as per order 1694 of the Police manual Vol II.

Likewise, on receipt of Computer Form ‘C’ if a case is reported as

undetected, register in Form No. 190 should be posted as per order No. 1695

of the Mysore police Manual vol. II.

After posting the DCRB, registers with the information contained in

computer forms ’A’ to ‘F’ these computer forms should be transmitted to the

Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Computer Wing. c/o the DiG. DIC,

Bangalore, forthwith as and when they are received from the Police stations,

The Sub-Inspector in charge of the DCRB, should keep a new register

in the prescribed proforma annexed hereto and enter receipt and dispatch of

103

computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ as and when they are received from the Police

Stations.

With the introduction of the above mentioned computer forms ‘A to

“F” the Stations House Officer may discontinue the preparation of forms

173 to 177 prescribed in order Nos. 1669 to 1675 of Mysore Police Manual

Vol. II. However the various records maintained in the DCRB, should in

future, be completed with the help of computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ which have

now replaced forms 173 to 177.

These order will come into effect in respect of crimes reported from

01-01-1974.

KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘A’FIRST INFORMATION REPORT (FOR CRIMES)

Dis

tric

t & p

olic

e st

atio

n

Cri

me

Num

ber

Yea

r

Sect

ion

of la

w

Nam

e of

the

com

plai

nant

Plac

e of

occ

urre

nce

with

ad

dres

s

occurrence

Dat

e of

FIR

No.

of a

ccus

ed in

FI

R

Acc

used

kno

wn

or

not k

now

n

MO

Mot

ive

Dat

e

Tim

e

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

104

MO

Maj

or

MO

Min

or

MO

Met

red

MO

Pla

ce

Tran

spor

t

Styl

e

Trad

e M

ark

Phys

ical

futu

res

Nat

ure

of P

rope

rty lo

st

Mat

eria

l out

of w

hich

m

ade

Des

crip

tion

of C

ultu

ral

prop

erty

or s

peci

al

mar

ks o

f ide

ntifi

catio

n

Tota

l val

ue o

f pro

perty

lo

st

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘B’

(Only for automobile thefts and Counterfeit Currency & Coin cases)

(FOR CRIMES)

Dis

tric

t & p

olic

e st

atio

n

Cri

me

Num

ber

Yea

r

Type

of A

utom

obile

Mak

e

Col

our

Mod

el

R.C

Num

ber

Cha

ssis

Num

ber o

r Fr

ame

Num

ber

Engi

ne N

umbe

r

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

105

Cur

renc

y In

volv

ed

Serie

s of c

urre

ncy

Seria

l Num

ber o

f cu

rren

cy

Cla

ssifi

catio

n N

umbe

r

Den

omin

atio

n

Type

of

Cur

renc

y Seized

Plac

e of

ap

pear

ance

Uttered

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘C’

(FOR CRIMES) POLICE DISPOSAL COURT DISPOSAL)

Dis

tric

t & p

olic

e st

atio

n

Cri

me

Num

ber

Yea

r

Val

ue o

f pro

perty

re

cove

red

No.

of a

ccus

ed a

rres

ted

No.

of a

ccus

ed

absc

ondi

ng

Dis

posa

l by

Polic

e

Dat

e of

dis

posa

l by

Polic

e

Act

U/W

cha

rged

Sect

ion

of c

harg

e sh

eet

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

106

No.

of a

ccus

ed in

ch

arge

shee

t

Nam

e of

cou

rt

Cou

rt ca

se ty

pe

num

bers

Dis

posa

l by

cour

t

Dat

e of

dis

posa

l by

cour

tD

ate

of d

ispo

sal b

y co

urt

Type

of S

ente

nce

Perio

d of

Sen

tenc

e

Nam

e of

inst

itutio

n fo

r su

perv

isio

n

Nam

e of

aut

horit

y fo

r su

perv

isio

nR

esul

t of a

ppea

l

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘D’

(FOR CRIMINALS)

Dis

tric

t & p

olic

e st

atio

n

Yea

r

FPB

Ser

ial n

umbe

r

MO

mot

ive

MO

maj

or

MO

min

or

MO

met

hod

MO

pla

ce

Sphe

re o

f ope

ratio

n

Vill

age

whe

re o

ffen

ce

occu

rred

N

atur

e of

pro

perty

st

olen

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

107

Materialout of which made

Trans Portused

Style assume

d

Trade mark

Name of

Associate if any

No. of convictions

12 13 14 15 16 17

KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘E’

(FOR CRIMINALS)

District & police station

YearFPB

Serial number

HS or CCR

number

DC number

PC number

CID number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

108

FPB Classificati

on

Date of offence

time of offence

week day

period of conviction

JailNumber& year

Location of Jail

Date of release

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

ANNEXURE

(Detailed instructions for filling up computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ as per

Standing Order 627)

COMPUER FORM ‘A’

In From ‘A’ columns I to 10 and 23 are explanatory.

Column 11. ‘MO Motive’ means Motive behind the commission of offence

under Class I to IX

Example: In a case of Murder for gain the Motive is gain. ‘Gain’ is the

motive in professional dacoity, robbery and HB & Thefts etc.,

109

Column 12. MO Major’ means Class I to IX

(Pertaining to property offences) the main offence will be one of the following)

‘MO Major’ : Class I 1. Murder2. Dacoity3. Robbery

Class II 1. House Breaking and Theft

Class III 1. House TheftsClass IV 1. Ordinary TheftsClass V 1. Cattle TheftsClass VI 1. Receiving or Possession of

Stolen Property

Class VII 1. CheatingClass VIII 1. Counterfeiting

Class IX 1. Criminal breach of Trust or Misappropriation.

Column 13. ‘MO Minor’ This classification has been done at the all India level, which should b e carefully studied for guidance.Example:

1. Murder for Gain MO Minor is (1) Culpable Homicide not amounting to Murder (2) Murder

II. Dacoity MO Minor is (1) Political (2) Professional

(3) Unclassified-- do –

III. Robbery MO Minor is IV HB & Theft MO Minor is (1) By day

(2) By nightV. Thefts MO Minor is (1) Arms & Ammunition (2) Cattle (3) Cultural Property

110

(4) Cycle (5) Motor vehicles (6) Pocket picking (7) Railway Property (8) Servants employed by

(9) Wire (10) UnclassifiedVI. Counterfeit Coins and Currency MO Minor is (1) Coins (2) Currency (foreign)

(3) Currency (Indian) (4) Security other than coins and Currency

(5) Un-Classified

Class I “MO Method’. This is the minor classification as per Order 1698 of Mysore Police Manual Vol, II,Examples :

1) In Class II Offences ‘L’ which was minor classification is taken as method,i.e. ‘L’ ‘H’ ‘R’ ‘W’ ‘A’ of the Mysore Police Manual.

i) Lock Breaking, (ii) Manhole, (iii) Removing tiles, (iv) Removing Widow bars etc.

Column 15. ‘MO Place’ means the Place where offence has taken place.

Examples:

(i) House, (ii) Temple, In Class, (iii) Office, (iv) Hotel (v) Airport, (vi) Road or Street, (vii) Open field (viii) Theatre. (ix) Railway Goods yard, (x) Jatra, etc.

Column 16. ‘Transport used the use of any transport for the purpose of commission of the offences; for reaching or leaving the scene of offence or transport used for taking the booty.

Examples:

111

i) Car, (ii) Lorry, (iii)Cycle, (iv) Cart etc. (See order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 17. ‘Style assumed’ or Occupation assumed’. This is the style adopted by the criminal for the commission of the offence. In other work, posing as somebody when actually he is not for the purpose of committing offence.

Examples:i) Mechanic ii) Mater Reader iii) Police Officer iv) Vendor,

(See Order No. 1700 of Mysore Police Manual vol. II)

Column 18. (‘Trade Mark’ or MO Special features’) This is the trade mark left behind by the culprit at the scene of offence.

Examples:i) Eating at the Scene of crimeii) Easing at the scene of crimeiii) Disconnecting electric supplyiv) Drugging watch dogsv) Display of weapons etc.

(See order No. 1701 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 19: ‘Physical features’ Any marked or pronounced physical peculiarity such as limping, squint eye, should be mentioned

(See Order No. 1699 of Mysore Manual Vol. II)

Column 20: ‘Nature of property lost’ Mention whether the property stolen Physical stolen is gold/silver ornaments. Clothes cash, radio, copper and brass utensils etc. (See Order No. 1704 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 21: ‘Materials of which made’ this refers only to cultural property

like antiques, idols and statues. The material like brass, bronze copper, panchaloha, Asthadhatu, gold, silver etc, out of which such objects are made of.

Column 22: ‘The description of cultural property’ such as Vishnu idol or Height and weight of the object or nay inscription or such

112

other marks should be mentioned,. Cultural property means idols statues and antiques etc.

COMPUTER FORM ‘B’

Column 1 to 3: ‘They are self explanatory, including column 6, 9 and 10.

Column 4: ‘Type of automobile’ means whether the stolen vehicle is a lorry, bus, van, car, autorickshaw, motor cycle, scooter, tempo, tractor etc.

Column 5: ‘Make’ means whether the vehicle is Fiat, Ambassador, Standard etc., among cars, Merceds Benz, Fargo etc, among lorries, Vespa Lambretta etc., among Scooters.

Column 7: ‘Model’ means the year of manufacture of the vehicle.

Column 8: ‘R.C. Numbers’ means registration certificate number of the vehicle like such as MYB 546 etc.

Column 11: ‘Currency involved’. This means the total number of notes found at the time of detection or at the time of registration of the case.

Examples: 100 rupees in Rs. 10 denominations ie. Numbering 10 (Rs. 10X10=Rs.100/-)

Column 12: ‘Series of Currency’ means the series mentioned in the notes.

Examples: i) A9 (Series)ii) AW/T (Series)

iii) S/E (Series) etc.

Column 13: ‘Serial number of currency’ is serial number on the note.

Column 14: ‘Classification Number’ is the number given to a particular forged note in the certificate issued by the Currency Expert at Government Security Press Nasik after due examination.

113

Column 15: ‘Denomination’ means whether the currency is of 5 rupee, 10 rupee or 100 rupee note.

Column 16: ‘Type of currency’. Type of currency includes regular currency note. National Savings Certificate, Debenture Bonds, Travellers Cheques Bank Drafts, Postal Orders etc.

Column 17: ‘Uttered’ means if the forged currency note or counterfeit coin is passed for circulation.

Column 18: ‘Place of appearance’ means the actual place or address where the currency was seized or found.

COMPUTER FORM ‘C’

Column 1 to 6, 8, 16, and 18 are self explanatory.

Column 7: ‘Disposal by Police, means any one of the following.i) Action dropped,ii) Charge sheeted,iii) Falseiv) Mistake of fact,v) Mistake of law,vi) Non-cognizable,vii) Not investigated u/s 157 (I) (b) Cr. P.Cviii) Transferredix) Undetected,x) Withdrawn.

Column 9: ‘Act under which charged, means under IPC or under other Acts, such as Forest Act Railway Stores (Unlawful possession) Act, Essential Commodities Act etc.

Column 10: ‘Section of charge sheet, means section of law noted in the 11, 12 & 13 charge sheet.

‘No. of accused in the charge sheet’ means total number of accused persons.

Name of Court’ is the actual name of the Court; Court CC No. is self explanatory.

Column 14: ‘Court case type numbers’ means whether the case is

114

i) Calendar case,ii) Miscellaneous case,iii) Summary trial caseiv) Sessions case,v) Criminal appeal (all types)vi) Juvenile case.

Column 15: ‘Disposal by Court’ means whether the case is

i) Acquitted,ii) Compounded,iii) Convicted,iv) Discharged,v) Proceeding stayed/dropped,

Transferred to to long pending case file (IPC)

Column 17: ‘Type of sentence’ means the nature of sentence vizi) Rigorous imprisonment,ii) Simple imprisonment,iii) Till rising of Court,iv) Committed to Borstal School,v) Committed to junior approved School,vi) Committed to information School,vii) Admonished,viii) Fined,ix) Notify resident after releasex) Probation of good conduct,xi) Bound over for good behavior,xii) RI and finexiii) Sl and fine.

Column 19: ‘Name of the institution for supervision means whether the accused is’ committed to the care of

i) Borstal School,ii) Junior Approved School.iii) Reception Home for Boys & Girls,iv) Senior Approved School,v) Vigilance Home or State Home,

115

Column 20: ‘Name of Authority for supervision’ means whether it is

i) Additional District Probation Officer,ii) District Probation Officer,iii) Guardian,iv) Parents,v) Police

Column 21: ‘Result of Appeal’ means whetheri) Acquitted on appeal,ii) Confirmed on appeal,iii) Sentence reduced on appeal,iv) Acquitted on revision,v) Convicted on appeal against acquittalvi) Sentence enhanced on revision.

COMPUTER FORM ‘D’

Column , 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 13 and 14 are self explanatory.

Column 3: ‘FPB Serial Number’. After receipt of search slip from the Finger Print Bureau, the serial number of the criminal is available if he is a previous convict. That number should be entered here.

Column 5: ‘Sex’ means whether Male or Female to be mentioned.

Column 7: ‘F/H’ means whether the person mentioned in Col. 8 is the father or husband of the criminal. Write accordingly in the column.

Column 9: ‘Religion’ means whether the accused is

i) Hindu ii) Muslimiii) Christianiv) Sikhs etc.

Column 10: ‘Caste’ means

116

i) Non-schedule caste;ii) Scheduled Caste;iii) Scheduled tribe.iv)

Column 11: ‘Tribe means

i) Waddars;ii) Korvers;iii) Banjars;iv) Lammanies;v) Kemparies etc.

Column 12: ‘Education level’ means whether the accused is

i) Illiterate;ii) Literate;iii) Primary School;iv) Secondary School etc.

Actual education qualification should be written.

Column ‘Habit’ means whether he is used to smoking, drinking visiting37 & 38 : prostitutes, gambling etc.

Column are self explanatory (See Order No. 1699 of Mysore Police15 to 36: Manual Vol. II)

COMPUTER FORM ‘E’

Column 1: 2 AND 17 ARE SELF EXPLANATORY.

Column 3: ‘FP SERIAL NUMBER Print Bureau, the serial number of the criminal is available if he is a previous convict. That number should be entered here.

Column 4: ‘MO Motive means Motive behind the commission of offence under Class I to IX

Example: Murder for gain in property offence. ‘Gain’ is the motive in professional dacoity, robbery and HB & Theft etc.

117

Column 5: ‘MO Major means Class I to IX (pertaining to property offences). The main offence will be one of the following;

Class I i) Murder ii) Dacoityiii) Robbery

Class II i) House Breaking and TheftClass VIII i) CounterfeitingClass ix i) Criminal breach of Trust or misappropriation.

Column 6: ‘MO Minor’. ‘This classification has been done at the all India level. It should be carefully studied for guidance.

Examples:

i) Murder for gain MO 1. Culpable Homicide not amounting to murder

2. Murder ii) Dacoity MO Minor is 1. Political

2. Professional3. Unclassified

iii) Robbery: MO Minor is -- do --

iv) HB & Theft: MO 1. By day Minor is 2. By night

v) Thefts: MO Minor is 1. Arms Ammunitions2. Cattle3. Cultural Property4. Cycle5. Motor Vehicles6. Pocket picking7. Railway Property8. Servants9. Wire

118

10.Unclassified

vi) Counterfeit Coins 1. Coins MO Minor is and 2. Currency (Foreign) Currency 3. Currency (Indian) 4. Security other than and Currency

Column 7: ‘MO Method’ this is the minor classification as per Order 1698 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II.

Examples:i) In Class II offences ‘L’ which was minor classification is taken as method, i.e ‘L’ ‘H’ ‘R’ ‘W’, ‘A’ of the Mysore Police Manual

i) Lock Breaking; (ii) Manhole, (iii) Removing lies; (iv) Removing window bars etc.

Column 8: ‘MO Place’ means the place where offence has taken place.

Examples:

i) House, (ii) Temple, (iii) Office, (iv) Hotel (v) Airport, (vi) Road or Street, (vii) Open Field, (viii) Theatre, (ix) Railway Goods Yard, (x) Jatra, etc.

Column 9: ‘Sphere of Operation’ means the station limits where the criminal as operated. Here the actual name of the Police Station should be mentioned.

Column 10: ‘Village where offence occurred’ means the name of the village where the actual offence has taken place.

Column 11: ‘Nature of property lost’ Mention whether the property stolen is gold/silver ornaments, clothes, cash, radio, copper and brass utensils etc.

Column 12: ‘Materials out of which made’ This refers only to cultural property like antiques, idols and statues. The material like

119

brass, bronze, copper, panchaloha, asthadhatu, gold, silver etc. out of which such objects are made of.

Column 13: ‘Transport used’ is the use of any transport for the purpose of commission of the offence; for reaching or leaving the scene of offence or transport used for taking the booty.

Examples:

i) Car (ii) Lorry (iii) Cycle (iv) Cart etc. (See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 14: ‘Style assumed’ or Occupation assumed. This is the style adopted by the criminal for the commission of the offence. In other words, posing as somebody when actually he is not, for the purpose of committing offence.

Examples:

i) Mechanic (ii) Meter reader, (iii) Police Officer (iv) Vendor. (See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 15: ‘Trade Mark’ or MO Special features’ This is the trade mark left behind by the culprit at the scene of offence.

Examples:

i) Eating at the scene of crime.ii) Easing at the scene of crime.iii) Disconnecting electric supply.iv) Display of weapons, etc.

(See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)

Column 16: ‘Name of the associates if any’ This is self explanatory.

120

COMPUTER FORM ‘F’

In this form all the columns except Col. II are self explanatory.

Column II: ‘Week Day’ Name of the week day on which the Offence was committed.

Example:‘Monday’

Karnataka State Police Receipt and Dispatch Register of Computer

Forms Maintained Police Station wise by the D C R B

Police Station

Crime Number

Date of receipt of Computer Forms Initials of S.L. DCRBA B C D E F

1 2 3 4

121

Date of dispatch of Computer Forms Initials of S.l. DCRB Remarks

A B C D E F5 6 7


No. 15/MPM/1973, Dated: 29-12-1973

*** The subject relating to the publication of departmental matters such as

appointments, transfers, punishments, rewards etc., in the Weekly Crime &

Publication of Departmental matter in the Weekly Crime & Occurrence Sheet under Part VI Instructions regarding

Reference: Order No. 1715 of Karnataka Police Manual Vol. II and Appendix XXIX

122

Occurrence Sheet’ Under Class V General” was discussed in the Police

Officers conference held in December, 1972. It was agreed to publish these

matters in Crime & Occurrence Sheets for the information of the members

of the Police Force particularly the members of the District Police

concerned. It is felt that the publication of matters such as appointments,

rewards, punishments and transfers would act as an incentive to the

members of the lower ranks in the force, to exert more and turnout better

work. It also serves as a deterrent factor against misbehavior on the part of

the member of the Force.

Superintendents of Police incharge of the Districts as, here by instructed

to publish matters such as appointments transfers, leave, rewards and

punishments in the Weekly Crime & Occurrence Sheets in Kannada under a

new Part viz Part VI General Establishment matters.

The receipt of the Standing Order may please be acknowledged.


No. Law-1/27/1974, Dated: 23-08-1974

*** In S.O. 361 dated, 10-05-1958 of Order 1563 of Karnataka Police

Manual Vol. II, Issued on the basis of Government Circular No. Law-91

(CRL-57) dated 01-05-1958 instructions were laid down regarding the action

Acquittals in criminals cases Appeal against judicial structures on investigations avoidance of instruction issued.

Reference: Law Section Circular No. 3222

123

to be taken in the case of acquittals and discharges in the courts of

Magistrates/Court of Session.

In their Order No. Law-114-Lag-1972, dated 30-12-1972 Government

have established the Directorate of Prosecutions Two Directors of

Prosecution have been appointed with head quarters at Bangalore and

Dharwar for the Revenue Divisions of Bangalore and Mysore, Belgaum and

Gulbarga respectively. Further in G.O. No. Law. 15PPE. 1973, dated

26-03-1973 Government have issued instructions regarding the functions of

the Directors Prosecutors. According to Para-II of G.O. dated 26-03-1973

the provision made in the said G.O. shall prevail over all other provision

made in any other previous Government Circular in respect of matters

connected therein. Therefore S.O. 361 and Order 1563 of KPIM. Vol-II

stand cancelled and amendment to K.P.M. Vol-II will be issued separately.

2. After the establishment of Directorate of Prosecution and issue of

Government Order No. Law 15 PPE 1973 dated 26-03-1973 (sent with LSC

3222) the Directorate of Prosecution is the agency to prefer appeals and

revisions in respect of cases ending in acquittal/discharge or where there is a

conviction only a minor offence the accused having been acquitted for more

serious offence in the court of any Magistrate or in a Session Court. The

Additional District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police are no longer in

the picture. But the responsibility of reviewing judicial structures and

commendations and lapses pointed out in Judgments still rests on the

Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors General of Police and

Superintendents of Police. For this purpose following instructions are issued.

124

3. The Directorate of Prosecution have been addressed to instruct the

PP/APPs in their jurisdiction to furnish with their remarks copies of

judgments in cases where the courts have passed strictures or

commendations on the investigation to the concerned Superintendents of

Police or the Commissioner of Police within a week of the pronouncement

of the judgment.

4. The Superintendent of Police should examine the judgment and

forward it within a week of its receipt, to the concerned Deputy Inspector

General of Police with his remarks mentioning the instructions issued for the

avoidance of such lapses in the subsequent cases and the action taken against

the defaulting police officer in the cases where strictures are passed and

suitable recognizing the services of the Investigating Officers whose work

has been commended.

5. The concerned Deputy Inspector General of Police should review

the judgment visa-vis the Superintendents, remarks and transmit the records

to the Chief Office with his remarks.

6. In the case of judgment pronounced by the High Court containing

structures the concerned Superintendent of Police or the Commissioner of

Police, should obtain a copy of the judgment and take action as indicated in

para 4 above.

7. The Superintendent of Police, while furnishing his remarks required

under paragraph-4 should specifically mention whether or not the structures

or remarks are justified and if unjustified what action has been taken for

125

their expunction. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, should also

furnish his specific opinion on this point.

8. Whenever the Superintendent of Police, finds that any structures or

other animadversions either against a Police Officer or generally on the

investigation of the case are wholly unjustified or excessive and deserve

expunction, he should take prompt action to move the Director of

Prosecution for addressing the Government for sanction for addressing the

Government for sanction to move the High Court, for expunction.

9. Whenever a revision is filed in the High Court/Court of Session for

the expunction of the structures or other adverse remarks, the Superintendent

of Police should obtain from the Director of Prosecution a copy of the

judgment and send it to this Office.

10. If the High Court/Court of Session decline to expunge the strictures

or other remarks, and maintain that they are justified, the Superintendent of

Police, should take appropriate action institute departmental proceedings

against the defaulting Police Officers, He should send a report of action to

this officer.

11. The Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors General of Police

and Superintendent of Police should maintain a Register of judicial

Strictures in which they should note:-

a) Station Crime Number

b) Court Case Number

c) Date of Judgment

126

d) A brief description of the judicial strictures

e) Action taken on the strictures

f) Instructions issued for rectification or avoidance.

The Register is useful for the officers to have an overall impression of

the judicial appreciation of the standards of investigation and prosecution in

a District.

12. Every judgment sent under this Standing Order should reach the

Chief Office within one month from the date of its pronouncement.

13. A quarterly statement of judicial strictures and commendations in

Form No. 161 for quarter ending with 31st March, 30the June, 30th Sept. and

31st December should be sent to chef office on or before 10th of the

succeeding month of the quarter.

14. The law Section in Chief office will compile and review the

strictures. The review will be sent to the Commissioner, Deputy Inspector

General of Police and Superintendent of Police

15. These instructions shall supersede the instruction contained in

Standing Order Nos. 361 and 583. Suitable amendments to orders 1563 &

1565 will be issued separately.

16. As soon as a copy of the judgment with the remarks of the officers

as indicated in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 is received in the Chief office, the

Crime Branch should at once examine it (with reference to the relevant

grave crime file, if it is a judgment in a grave crime) pass on the file to the

Law section obtaining the orders of thee Asst. Inspector General of Police.

127

17. The Law Section should examine the judgment and the remarks

furnished by the various officers and take action for the issue of appropriate

instructions for the rectification of the defects and lapses pointed out in the

judgment.

18. Whenever a copy of the judgment is received in the other sections

of the Chief Office and it contains strictures or remarks against any Police

officer or on the investigation or prosecution of a case, the concerned

section Superintendent should obtain in the orders of the AIGP. And send

the judgment to the Law section. The Law Section should take action as

indicated in paragraph 16.

19. Whenever a copy of the judgment referred to in paragraph-9 is

received in the Chief Office, the crime section should endorse it to the Law

Section and the Law Section should examine the judgment and take

appropriate action.

20. Whenever any subject or other important matter is required to be

examined in the Law Section the Section Superintendents of the other

Sections, should, whenever required by the Deputy Superintendent of Police,

Law Section supply him with all the information and the relevant files he

may need in that behalf.

21. Whenever the Inspection Notes of a DPO. Is received in the Chief

office the Crime Section, should examine it and see whether the instructions

conveyed in paragraphs 4 & 5 have been copied with and refer any points of

interest to the law Section for further action.

128

22. All departmental action arising out of judicial strictures in the

judgments of courts should be pursued by the crime section of the Chief

office till final disposal.

23. The Law Section in the Chief office should maintain a Register of

judicial Strictures as indicated in Instruction No. II.


No. 79/RLN-2/1972 Dated: 27-04-1974

***PREAMBLE:

The Government have had, under consideration, for sometime past,

the question of establishing a Corps of Detectives in the Criminal

Investigation Department for investigating cases involving economic and

financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge

of both law and investigation. In order to achieve maximum results in the

Establishment of Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department instruction regarding

129

detection of crimes and with a view also to inspiring public confidence in the

Police administration, it has been decided to build up a Corps of detectives

in the State CID.

2. The following eight Squads with the Executive Police Staff noted

against each will be known as the ‘Corps of Detectives’ working under the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Bangalore.

SP. DSPs PIs SIs HCs PCs1. Homicide Squad … 1 2 12 - - -2. Burglary Squad … - 1 6 4 - -3. Fraud Squad … 1 3 20 6 - -4. Counterfeit Squad … - - 10 2 - -5. Arms & Explosives Squad … 1 1 6 4 - -6. Vice Squad … - 1 6 4 - -7. Anti-smuggling Squad … 1 1 8 2 - -8. Special Enquiry Squad ... - 1 7 3 - -

Staff attached to the DIG, CID … - - - - 50 25 Total 4 10 75 25 50 25

3. Subject to the general control of the Inspector General the control

of the personnel and their work rests with the Deputy Inspector General of

Police CID. Except on ceremonial occasions, the Officers and men of the

CID, should not wear uniform and should not use Police Salute in greeting

superiors and others.

4. The existing executive strength of the CID is as under

DIG SP. DSP PIs SIs HCs PCsPhotoGraph

ers1. FPB - - 1 8 23 4 14 -2. Prohibition Intelligence

PermanentTemporary

- - - 1 2 - 2 -

- - - 1 4 - 5 -

130

3. C.I.B - - - 2 7 3 2 24. Permanent Investigation

Staff of CID1 1 2 14 8 12 29 -

5. Shimoga RTO Cases - - - 3 3 6 6 -6. Bangalore RTO Cases - - 1 2 2 4 - -7. Khadi Cell - - 1 3 - - 5 -8. Food Cell, CB-II, CID - 1 6 1 15 23 39 -

With the establishment of the Corps of Detectives, the F.P.B.

(Sl. No. I), The Prohibition Intelligence Branch (Sl. No. 2) both permanent

and temporary, the C.I.B (Sl. No. 3) and the Food Cell, CB-II, CID (Sl No.8)

will continue as here to fore with the staff as noted above. The permanent

investigation staff of CID comprising of 1 SP, 2DSPs, 14PIs, 8 Sis, 12 HCs

and 29 PCs. (Sl. No. 4), the temporary Staff sanctioned for the Shimoga

RTO Cases (Sl. No. 5), Bangalore RTO Cases (Sl. No. 6) and the Khadi Cell

(Sl No 7) are abolished.

5. The existing ministerial strength of the CID is as under:

HQA. I Dn.

II DN

Steno

Typist

Attender

Dalayat

1. Office of the DIG, CID, 1 5 10 1 2 - 72. F.P.B. - 1 - - 1 1 3

3. Prohibition Int. (Temporary) - - - - - - 1

4. Shimoga R.T.O. Cases - - 1 - 1 - -

5. Bangalore R.T.O. Cases - - - - 1 - -

6. Food Cell (CB-II) CID - 2 1 1 1 - -

131

With the implementation of the Government Order sanctioning the

Crops of Detectives, the ministerial staff and I Attender and 3 Dalayats

attached to the F.P.B (Sl. No. 2), I Dalayat attached to Prohibition

Intelligence (Sl. No. 3) CID (Sl. No. 6) will continue as noted above. The

ministerial staff comprising of 5 1 Division Clerks, 10, 2nd Division clerks

1 Steno and 2 Typists of the Office of the Deputy Inspector General of

Police CID (Sl No. 1) and the ministerial staff sanctioned for Shimoga and

Bangalore RTO cases (Sl. Nos. 4 and 5) is abolished. In their place, the

Crops of Detectives will have a ministerial staff of 4 Section Supdts, 10 Fist

Divisions Clerks, 16 Second Division Clerks, 12 Stenographers and 10

Typists as sanctioned by Government in addition to I Headquarters Assistant

(Gazetted) and 7 Dalayats.

5. In accordance with the Scheme drawn up by the Committee and

the provisions of the Police Manual, the executive staff, who do not form

part of the Crops of Detectives, will be as under.

i) Finger Print Bureau consisting of I DSP, * PIs, 23 Sis 4 HCs and

14 PCs

ii) Prohibition Intelligence: (Permanent and Temporary) consisting

of 2 PIs, 6 SIs and 7 PCs.

iii) Criminal Intelligence Bureau consisting of 2 PIs, 7 Sis, 3 HCs, 2

PCs and 2 Photographers.

iv) Food Cell (CB-II) CID consisting of I SP, 6DSPs, 1PI, 15 Sis, 23

HCs and 39 PCs.

v) HD Orderly (Armed)

vi) PC. Orderlies (Armed) 122

132

Sl Nos. V and VI will be borne on the strength of the City Armed

Reserve and formal orders may be awaited.

6. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. Will now have

under him the following branches with the staff as noted below.

DIG SP

.

DSP PI

s

SIs

Orderlies

Leg

al

advi

sers

Ass

t. ad

vise

rs

HC

s HCs(Armed)

PCs(Armed)

1. Finger Print Bureau - - 1 8 23 4 - - - -2. Prohibition Intelligence - - - 2 6 - - - - -3. Criminal Intelligence Bureau

- - - 2 7 3 - - - -

4. Crops of Detectives 1 4 10 75 25 50 - 122 1 15. Food Cell (CB-II) CID - 1 6 1 15 23 - - - -

HQ

A

Sect

ion

Supd

t1st

Dn

Cle

rks

2nd D

n C

lerk

s

Sten

oA

tten

ders

Dal

ayat

s

Phot

o G

raph

ers

Auditors

Sr. Jr.

1. Finger Print Bureau - - 1 - - 1 3 - - -

2. Prohibition Intelligence - - - - - - 1 - - -

3. Criminal Intelligence Bureau - - - - - - - 2 - -

4. Crops of Detectives 1 4 10 16 12 - 7 - 1 1

5. Food Cell (CB-II) CID - - 2 1 1 - - - - -

7. All correspondence intended for the branches of the CID should

be addressed to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Nrupathunga

133

Road, Bangalore-2. However, the correspondence relating to the following

Officers in the CID will be addressed as under:

1) Finger Print Bureau: Director Finger Print Bureau,Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore-2.

2) Police Computer Wing. Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Computer Wing, C/O

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Nrupathunga Road, Banglore-2.

The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, will ensure proper

distribution of papers to the concerned branches within the CID.

8. The Crops of Detectives will have is head-quarters in Bangalore

with jurisdiction through the State.

9. The Corps of Detectives now started in the CID is meant to be a

highly specialised mobile group of detectives investigating the cases referred

to them anywhere in the State. Only officers with outstanding ability in

investigation are selected for the Crops. Short courses of training will be

organised for them in the P.T.C Mysore, CID and the CBI, periodically.

10. The formation of the Crops of Detectives in the CID in no way

relieves the District Police of their responsibility for the prevention and

detection of crimes. These agencies in the CID will assist the District Police

by either.

a) Taking up the entire investigation of a case,

Or

134

b) Placing on officer at the disposal of the Superintendents of Police of the District.

c) Disseminating information regarding crimes and criminals by co-co-ordinating the work of the District Police where Inter-District criminals are concerned.

11. Application for taking over investigation by the CID or for

rendering assistance should be made to Deputy Inspector General of Police,

CID, Without his or the orders of the Inspector General of Police, no enquiry

should be undertaken by the Corps of Detectives; In all cases in which a

request by the Superintendent is refused. The Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID, should inform the Inspector General of Police.

12. The classes of crime to be investigated by the CID are enumerated

in order 1729 of Police Manual Vol II as follows:

a) Currency note forgery cases,

b) Cases of counterfeiting of coins,

c) Cases of professional poisoning

d) Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms.

e) Important cases in which foreigners are concerned (Including cases of International criminals and traffic in women by foreigners)

f) Cases of dacoity or house breaking of a peculiar nature which indicate the work of an adept gang not previously noticed or accounted for by the local Police.

g) Cases of fraud, theft or cheating of a peculiar nature which affect more than one District,

h) Cases of smuggling of opium, cocaine and other narcotics of an inter-State nature,

135

i) Important conspiracy cases whose ramifications extend to several Districts,

j) Gang cases,

k) Pornography,

l) Any serious crime which appears to have a political motive, including all offences connected with arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a political nature,

m) Cases of such & complicated nature as, in the opinion of the IGP or the DIGP or the District authorities, call for investigation by an Officer of the Corps of Detectives.

13. The distribution of the classes of crimes among the 8 Squads will

be as follows:

I) HOMICIDE SQUAD

i) Murder and murder for gain under (m) of Order 1729

ii) Cases of professional poisoning.

II) BURGLARY SQUAD

i) Dacoity, Robbery, House Breaking & Thefts falling under Order 1729.

ii) Thefts & theft of antiques falling under (f) or (g) of Order

1729,

iii) Gang Cases.

III) FRAUD SQUAD

Economic offences, fraud, cheating, misappropriation and criminal

breach of trust falling under (g) of Order 1729.

136

iv) COUNTERFEIT CURRENCY SQUAD

i) Forged currency notes.

ii) Counterfeiting of coins.

V) ILLICIT ARMS AND EXPLOSIVES SQUAD.

i) Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms.

ii) Any Serious crime which appears to have a political motive, including all offence connected with Arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a political nature.

iii) Manufacture and sale of illicit arms and explosive substances.

VI) VICE SQUAD.

i) Important cases in which foreigners are concerned (including cases of International criminals and traffic in women by foreigners).

ii) Abduction of women.iii) Pornographyiv) Kidnapping and maiming of children for begging.v) Activities of ‘call girls’ and night clubs,vi) Offences under the Excise Act, M. V. Act, Untouchability Act,

Habitual Offenders Act, S.I.T. Act and E.C. Act.

VI) ANTI-SMUGGLING SQUAD.

Smuggling of contraband articles like narcotics, drugs, LSD,

Hashish, Indian foreign liquor, gold, cloves etc., and foreign goods.

VI) SPECIAL ENQUIRIES SQUAD.

137

All confidential enquiries entrusted to the CID, by the Inspector

General of Police and Government, regarding complaints and allegations

made against persons and institutions.

14. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, will have full

discretion to re-allot cases to any specific squad where more than one Squad

is to take up investigation.

15. Information regarding offences of a specially heinous nature will

be conveyed over the Police Wireless by Superintendent of Police of a

District to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. These offences of a

specially heinous nature are enumerated in Order (160 Vol. I), which have

again been repeated in Order 1216(I) (Vol-II), of the Karnataka Police

Manual. Whenever information relating to these offences are received by

Radio Message by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. Such of the

crimes which are ordinarily dealt with by the DIC enumerated in Order

1729, mentioned supra, will be taken over by the CID automatically under

the Orders of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. In respect of

other offences, investigation by the Crops of Detectives will be conducted

under the specific orders of the DIGP, CID/IGP.

16. It should be noted that Sls and Officers superior in rank in the

CID are competent to undertake investigation at any place in the State any

offence and he shall be deemed to be an Officer in-charge of the Police

Station within the limits of which such place is situate.

17. When a case is taken up for investigation by the Corps of

Detectives, case diaries should be written and the concerned Crime Registers

138

(Form 20) maintained by the Superintendent of Police incharge of the

Squad. A weekly statement of cases and enquiries taken up by the CID will

his information by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID. A Crime

review of the cases handled by the CID will be submitted every quarter to

the Inspector General of Police giving also an abstract showing the progress

of pending cases in the form of a Quarterly Crime Abstract. Cases disposed

of should be rounded of in this abstract. A separate register should be

maintained for all enquiries other than investigations. This may be in Form

III of the new Officer Procedure.

18. As all the investigating Officers are stationed in Headquarters

itself, supervisory officers should frequently go through all the case diaries,

assess the investigation made and leave their instructions on case diaries

which would be communicated through Form No. 202, and ensure

compliance.

20. DUTIES OF OFFICERS

(i) Superintendent of Police :

The Superintendent of Police in-Charge of a squad will be completely

responsible for the proper and effective working of his Squad. He will see

that the records and documents to be maintained are kept up-to-date. He will

personally supervise the progress of investigation, issue instructions and

submit all prescribed returns to his superiors. He will visit scenes of

occurrence and direct investigations. In important cases he will take up

personal investigations. He should attend as many trials at Sessions as is

possible in cases pertaining to his squad.

139

(ii) The Deputy Superintendent /Asst. Superintendent of Police :

He will assist the Superintendent of Police in the functioning of the

Squad both in the office and in the field. He will be responsible to the

Superintendent of Police for the efficient working of the subordinate staff.

He will also take up cases for personal investigation when directed to do so.

He should attend the trails at Sessions in cases pertaining to his Squad.

(iii) Police Inspectors.

The Inspectors of Police form the main core of the Corps of Detectives

in taking up personal investigations and enquires. They shall submit case

diaries promptly and such returns are be prescribed from the time to time to

DSP/SP. They will be held fully responsible for the investigation and

detection of the cases entrusted to them.

(iv) Sub-Inspectors.

The Sub-Inspectors will not only assist the Police Inspectors but also be

given cases of personal investigation. They will submit their cases diaries of

their personal investigation promptly to the DSP/SP. When assisting the

Police Inspectors their reports will be sent to the concerned PI.

(v) HCs & PCS

HCs, and PCs, will be utilized by the Investigating staff for normal

field work like locating witnesses. Intelligence duties, execution of process

and such other functions which would otherwise consume the valuable time

of a busy I.O. It is to be stressed that they are a part of the Investigating

Team and should not be utilised as personal orderlies.

140

21. Diaries

The Superintendent of Police will submit monthly diary through the

DIGP, CID, to IGP. The DSP/ASP will submit their weekly diaries to the

DIGP, CID through their Superintendent of Police.

22. Police Inspects, Sub-Inspects.

The PIs and Sis will write a daily diary and submit a copy of the

Superintendent of Police through the DSP whether in headquarters or out in

field for investigation. The remarks of the superior officers on the daily diary

will be communicated to the concerned through memo form and compliance

obtained.

23 HCs, PCs note Book,

HCs and PCs will maintain note books to indicate the duties performed

by them each day produce them for check by the supervisory officers.

24. Other Officers attached to the CID.

(i) Legal Advisers.

One Senior and one Junior Legal Advisers are attached to the CID to

give legal advice. All 10s and other Officers will meet them often

personally and discuss their cases even during the stage of investigation and

before any charge sheet is placed. They will continue to consult them on

legal matters throughout the period of the disposal of the cases investigated

by them. The Legal Advisers will give written opinion on any matter when

referred to them by the DIG SP, CID.

(ii) Auditors

141

One Senior and one Junior Auditors are attached to the CID to assist the

IOs in fraud. Misappropriation and other cases. They shall assist in the

auditing and giving of expert advice in cases brought to them by the IOs and

also referred to them by the DIG, CID.

25. Ministerial Staff:

The Ministerial staff will be under the overall control of the DIG, CID

and its work will be supervised by the Headquarters Assistant. Allocation of

Stenographers and Typists will be done by the DIG, CID.

26. At present, the CID is provided with one Ambassador car, 2 Station

Wagons and 16 jeeps, 3 HC Drivers and 16 PC Drivers. In addition, the

Crops of Detectives has been sanctioned 6 Ambassador cars, 12 jeeps and 2

one tonner Police vans, 8 HD drivers, 12 PC Drivers, 3 HC mechanics and

10 cleaners. These will be borne on the strength of the City Armed Reserve

and formal orders may be awaited.

Allocation of vehicles and drivers to the Officers of the Squads will be

done by the DIG, CID. Officers utilizing the transport will personally sign

the log books

27. Posting of Officer to the CID

In view of the specialised knowledge required for staffing the Corps of

Detectives in the CID, the following general rules shall be followed in the

selection of the staff.

a) Police Inspectors.

142

The DIG, CID, will annually call for the confidential personal files of PIs

from all Deputy Inspectors General of Police of Ranges and the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, including those working in SSB and the

Railways, subject to the following:

i) The should not be above the age of 52 years.

ii)They should not have been overlooked for promotion as Dy. SP in

addition the DIG CID will call for the personal confidential files of

Sis brought on the select list as fit for promotion to the rank of PIs.

b) Sub-Inspectors of Police.

The DIG CID, will annually call for the confidential personal files of Sis

from all Deputy Inspector General of Police of Ranges and the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore including those working in SSD and

Railways subject for the following:


ii) They should not have put in atleast 5 years of service

iii) SI found unfit for promotion to the rank of PI should not considered,

iv) Preference will be given to those who are trained in CDTS and other specialised courses and the best cadet of each batch of SI cadets in the PTC, Mysore.

The DIG, CID will prepares a panel of names starting from the senior-

most SI

c) Head Constables.

The DIG, CID, will obtain from the Superintendents of Police, a list

of HCs suitable for being posted to the Corps of Detectives subject to the

143

following conditions. Preference will be given to those who are recipients of

Medals for Investigation and detection.


ii) Only such names as are on the promotion list are sent;

iii) 10 names from each District and 30 names from the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, Should be obtained.

He DIG, CID, will draw up a panel of HCs for being posted to the Corps

of Detectives.

a) Constable

The DIG, CID, will select PCs, for the Corps of Detectives subject to the

following. Preference will be given to those who are recipients of Medals for

investigation and detection.

i) They should be in the age group of 30 to 50 years with a clean record of service.

ii) They should have passed Matriculation Exam, or studied up to Matriculation

iii) A panel of names may be drawn up after calling for 10 names from each District and 30 names from the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore.

The DIG, CID, after scrutiny personal confidential files, will draw up a

panel of names of Officers who are considered fit for being posted to the

Corps of Detectives. Such lists together with the personal confidential files

will be sent to the Inspector General of Police, who after interviewing the

concerned Officers will make a final selection in consultation with the DIG,

CID/DP and DIGs.

144

28. It is firmly believed that the Corps of Detectives will come up to the

expectation and will equal, If not excel, the famed FBI or the Detectives of

Scotland yard.

29. A copy of Government Order is enclosed for the Information of all

Officers and it will come into force with immediate effect.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

Order No. HD 229 PEG 1972, Bangalore dated 15-04-1974

***

The Government have had under consideration for sometime past the

question of establishing a Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation

Department for investigating cases involving economic and financial

offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge of both

law and investigation. In order to achieve maximum results in the detection

of crimes and with a view also to inspiring public confidence in the Police

administration, it has been decided to build up a Corps of Detectives in the

State CID.

Establishment of a Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department

145

2. A committee of senior Police Officers was appointed to examine this

matter in all its details. The Committee has observed that an expansion of

the Criminal Investigation Department along the existing lines will not meet

the needs of the situation. With the opening up of the interior and improved

communication facilities and with the development of Science and

technology, criminals have acquired new and methods were unknown to the

criminals of an earlier era. Further, white collar crimes are being committed

more and more by intelligent cheats who adopt novel and scientific methods

to defy detection. Again, counterfeit currency cases and cases relating to

thefts of idols and antiques have also come to notice. Offences relating to

persons such as for begging are being committed. With the increase in

international tourist’s traffic, various other types of crimes are also likely to

be imported into India. In this race, the criminals should not be allowed to

get better of the police; the latter must keep themselves adequately equipped

and trained to meet the challenge.

3. The study of the crime statistics by the Committee has disclosed the

necessity for taking immediate steps to ensure that no important case goes

undetected for want of sustained investigation. For this purpose, the C.I.D.

would have to be manned by specially chosen officers of outstanding

detective abilities.

4. The Corps of Detectives will be divided into the following Squads,

each to deal with cases coming under a specific item of specialised crime

and manned by the staff noted against each:

S.P Dy.S.P

DETECTIVESPIs SI HC PC

146

s s sI. (1) Homicide Squad to investigate

important & complicated cases of murder 1 2 12 - - -

(2)Burglary Squad to investigate property offences committed by Interstate Criminals. - 1 6 4 - -

II. (3) Fraud Squad to investigate cases relating to misappropriation of funds belonging to Govt. & other institutions, cases of cheating & forgery etc.

1 3 20 6 - -

III (4) Counterfeit currency Squad to investigate cases of counterfeiting of Indian and Foreign Currency.

- - 10 2 - -

(5) Arms & Explosives Squad to investigate cases of illicit manufacture & smuggling of arms, ammunition and explosives

1 1 6 4 - -

IV (6)Vice Squad to Investigate Cases of abduction of women, kidnapping of Children & also offences under the Excise Act, Motor Vehicles Act, Untouchability (Offences) Act, Habitual Offenders Act, S.I.T. Act & Essential Commodities Act etc.

- 1 6 4 - -

(7) Anti-smuggling squad to investigate cases of smuggling of narcotics, foreign goods. 1 1 8 2 - -

(8) Special enquiries squad to enquire into complaints & allegations made against persons and institutions etc.

- 1 7 3 - -

147

V Staff attached to the DIG, CID - - - - 50 25 Total 4 10 75 25 50 25

LEGAL AND EXPERT SERVICES.

5. In view of the complicated nature of the cases to be handled, it is

considered necessary to provide the Corps of Detectives with the assistance

of one Legal Adviser on a salary of Rs. 1,500/-PM and one Assistant Legal

Adviser a salary of Rs. 600/-PM., both of them being appointed on contract

basis for a period of 3 years in the first instance.

6. The Committee has also recommended that one Senior Auditor and

one Junior Auditor may be provided for assisting the Crops of Detectives in

handling cases of misappropriation and fraud. The Senior Auditor and the

Junior Auditor will be drawn from the State Accounts Department on

deputation basis.

MINISTERIAL STAFF.

7. For running this organisation, provision of sufficient ministerial staff

is indispensable. Taking into account the existing staff available in the State

CID, the Committee has recommended the sanction of additional posts of 4

Section Superintendents, 10 First Division Clerks, 16 Second Division

Clerks, 12 Stenographers and 10 Typists.

TRANSPORT.

148

8. For the success of the Scheme, facilities for fast movement to all

corners of the State are absolutely necessary. Taking into account the

vehicles now available in the State CID, the Committee has recommended

the provision of 6 Ambassador Cars 12 Jeeps and two one ton vans.

INCENTIVES.

9. In order to attract the best talent available, the Committee has

considered various methods of providing incentives and has come to the

conclusion that one of the ways to get the right type of officers is to sanction

attractive special pays. Considering the special features of the work such as

anonymity, isolation, long hours of work heavy touring and also having

regard to the need for economy alround, the Committee has recommended

the following scales of Special pay to be attached to the posts.

1. Superintendents of Police Rs. 200/- p.m. each2. Deputy Superintendents of Police Rs. 175/- p.m. each3. Circle Inspectors & Auditors Rs. 150/- p.m. each4. Sub-Inspectors Rs. 150/- p.m. each5. Head Constables Rs. 75/- p.m. each6. Police Constables Rs. 50/- p.m. each

HEAD QUARTER

10. The Committee has suggested Bangalore City to be the Head Quarters

of the entire staff attached to the Crops of Detectives.

RESIDENTIAL QUARTERS

11. At present, residential quarters cannot be made available to the

staff in Bangalore City. The Committee has examined this problem and

suggested the outright purchase from the Housing Board of 75 Middle

149

Income Group Houses and 75 Loa Income Group Houses to accommodate

75 detective Circle Inspectors and 75 other detective executive staff or

requisitioning of houses through the house Rent Controller for being allotted

to the staff the rent being born by the Government. As this would take time,

the Committee has recommended the sanction of Special House Rent

allowance of Rs. 250/- P.M. to each of those to whom house cannot be

provided free of rent.

12. After careful examination, the Government are pleased to

accord sanction to the above proposals made by the Committee for the

establishment of a Crops of Detectives in the State CID, Bangalore, subject

to the following modifications.

a) Special Pay The rates of Special pay sanctioned to the staff are as

follows;

Post Rate of Spl;. Pay

1. Superintendents of Police Rs. 200/- p.m. 2. Deputy Superintendents of Police Rs. 175/- p.m. 3. Circle Inspectors & Auditors Rs. 150/- p.m. 4. Sub-Inspectors Rs. 120/- p.m. 5, Head Constables Rs. 75/- p.m. 6. Police Constables Rs. 50/- p.m.

b) Residential Accommodation.

The Inspector General of Police will take action to provide rent-free

residential accommodation to all the personnel of the Crops of

Detectives according to their entitlements. He will allot, to the extent

available, house constructed for police personnel to the staff of the

Crops of Detectives. If this accommodation is not adequate, he may

150

send proposals to Government for the sanction of House Rent

Allowance to the remaining staff.

13. Action should be taken to complete the preliminaries of interview and

selection of personnel so as to ensure that the best investigating talent finds

its way be made by the Inspector General of Police by deputation of existing

staff in the Police Department. The Inspector General of Police will lay

down suitable principles and procedure for their selections. Qualified

persons including retired Government Servants may also be appointed on

contract basis in accordance with the procedure laid down by Government

for such appointments.

14. The period of sanction for the Corps of Detectives with its staff will be

three years in the first instance.

15. This Order issue with the concurrence of the Finance Department, vide

their U.C No. FDC. 566/SI/74, dated 05-04-1974.

By Order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka


151


No. Law-1-17/1973 Dated: 07-07-1974

***1. In a recent meeting held with the Director of Prosecution,

Bangalore, the instructions contained in S.O. 429 dated 18-11-1958, were

reviewed in the light of the provisions of the New Cr. P.C and also in view

of the establishment of the Directorate of Prosecution. In this connection the

following instructions are issued for the guidance of I.Os. PPs, and APPs. In

supersession of instruction contained in S.O. 429, dated 18-11-1958.

2. On every date of hearing, the I.O. should attend the court with the

cases diary files and assist the Police Prosecutor in the conduct of the cases

by giving him necessary instructions.

Reporting of Court Progress and the disposal of cases in courts by the I.Os, and PPs/APPs.

152

3. If the I.O. is not able to attend the court in his cases on any date of

hearing, he should instruct his assistant (PSI. Jamadar or HC as the case may

be) to attend the court with the case diary files, contact the Prosecutor and

give necessary instructions.

4. The I.O. should as heretofore write court case diaries in the

Proforma-A or B annexed hereto as the case may be and send copies to all

concerned as heretofore.

5. The Form-A should be filled up on everyday of court hearing and

the special instruction given therein should be carefully noted. This court

case Diary is intended to assist the I.O. and other superior officers in the

Police Department to watch the progress and assist the prosecution agency

and court speedy trial of the cases.

6. Where a case is adjourned for more than six-hearings, an extra copy

of the court Case Diary in Form-A should be made for 7th and subsequent

adjournments and sent to SP/DCP concerned. It shall be the responsibility of

the SP/DCP concerned to examine such cases and take all necessary action

for speedy disposal of the cases.

7. On pronouncement of the Judgment, a court Case Diary in Form-B

should be prepared. In addition to copies being sent to Police Officer

concerned, a copy should be sent to APP/PP concerned. Under the new

procedure, further action for preferring an Appeal/Revision in case of

Acquittal/ Discharge or inadequate sentence rests with the Directorate of

Prosecutions. If the I.O or any of the superior Police Officers desire to make

153

any suggestion in such cases, they may do so to the Director of Prosecution

through the Superindent of Police /DCP. The suggestion, if any, made in

Col. No. 13 of Form-B1 will also be taken due note of by PP/APP.

8. In the cases in which there are Commendations/anim-adversions on

the investigation, it shall be the responsibility of the SP/DCP to

expeditiously obtain relevant judgment and take action as prescribed in S.O.

629, dated 23-04-1974

9. In consolation with Director of Prosecution, Bangalore a form for

reporting of progress of trial is introduced and it will be in Form-C attached

to this Circular. This will be prepared in duplicate, one copy being retained

in Prosecutor’s case file and the duplicate sent to S D P O. Concerned. On

receipt of the copy in SDPO, officer, he should compare it with the copy of

Court Case Diary in Form-A received from the I.O. and issue appropriate

instructions to the I.O. Station House Officer concerned.

10. Similarly on disposal of a case in the Court, the PP/APP will

prepare a Diary in Form-D in triplicate. He will retain the first copy, forward

the 2nd copy to Director of Prosecutions and the 3rd to SDPO, concerned for

his information.

154

FORM ‘A’

CASE DIARY FOR REPORTING PROGRESS OF CASE IN THE

COURT.

(S. O. No. ……………….(Date of Court Case Diary……………………..)

1. Station and Crime No.2. Section of Law3. C.C. Number.4. Property lost and recovered.5. Date of filling the charge-sheet6. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet laid.7. No. of accused in:

i) Judicial custodyii) arrested but on billiii) others.

8. No. of P.Ws. cited in the charge-sheet.

9. No. and date of last adjournment.10. No. of accused with names, who attended the court on the date of hearing.11. No. of accused with names who did not attend the court with reasons therefore.12. Action taken or proposed to be taken to ensure their attendance at the next hearing.13. No. of P.Ws. with names who attended the court on the date of hearing.

155

14. No. of witnesses examined and their names, showing against each as to how they fared.15. No. with names of witnesses present but not examined with reasons therefore.16. No. with names of witnesses who were not present in the court with reasons therefore.17. Date to which the case has been adjourned together with Sl. No. of adjournment.18. Reasons for adjournment.19. Remarks.

Signature or name of the 10 or Sl. Incharge of theOfficer attending the court. Police Station.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR WRITING THE COURT CASE DIARY

Col. No. 11- Herein show the names, way they could not attend.

Col. No. 15- Herein show the name of the witnesses who were present but could not be examined. It shall also be shown way they were not examined, whether they were bound over to appear at the next hearing.

Col. No. 16-Herein show the names of the witnesses who did not attend and why-indicate whether been bound over by court for appearance at the last hearing. Also indicate what action is being taken for their appearance at the next date of hearing.

Col. Nos.9And 17 - Indicate clearly the No. of adjournments when the case stands

adjourned for more than six times, an extra copy of the Diary should be prepared and sent to SP/DCP concerned.

Col. No. 18-This has to be carefully filled showing exact reasons, like want of presence of accused or witnesses, absence of Prosecutors or Defense Lawyers, want of time, etc.,

156

FORM ‘B’

CASE DIARY FOR REPORTING THE DISPOSAL OF CASE IN THE

COURT.

(S. O. No. ……………….(Date of Court Case Diary……………………..)

1. Station and Crime No.2. Section of Law3. Property lost and recovered.4. No. of accused involved 5. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet filed with names (where there are only few).6. Date of filling charge-sheet7. C.C. No. of the case.8. Date on which judgment is pronounced9. When convicted (give a list of accused convicted showing against each

the section under which convicted and the sentence passed).

(a) (b) (c) (d)Sl.No.

Name of accused Convicted Section of Law Sentence passed

10.Whether in the opinion of the IO/SHO the sentence passed is adequate

or not with reasons.

157

11.When acquitted or discharged (give a list of accused acquitted or

discharged with reasons therefore).

12. Whether there has any commendation or adverse remarks on

investigation. If so the nature of such remarks.

13. Remarks if any on action to be taken on discharge acquittal/

inadequate sentence.

Col. No. 5-Where there are few write them in the form, if not attach a

statement showing the name of all accused in the charge sheet.

I O or Officer attending the Court PSI. incharge of the Police station.

(a) (b) (c)Sl.No.

Name of accused discharged or acquitted

Reasons in brief for discharge or acquittal

158

FORM ‘C’

PROSECUTOR’S DIARY FOR REPORTING PROGRESS OF CASE IN

THE COURT.

(S. O. No. ……….(Date of Court Case Diary……………C.C. NO………...)

1. Station and Crime No.2. Section of Law3. Date of filling charge-sheet 4..No. of accused against whom charge-sheet LAID5. No. of accused in:

. i) Judicial custodyii) arrested but on billiii) others.

6. No. of witnesses cited in the charge – sheet. 7. No. and date of last adjournment.8. No. of accused who attended the court on the date of hearing.9. No. of accused with names who did not attend the court with reasons therefore.10. Action taken or proposed to taken to ensure their attendance at the next hearing.11. No. of witnesses with names, who attended the court with date of hearing.12. No. of witnesses examined and their names showing against each as to

159

how they fated.13. No. with names of witnesses present but not examined with reasons therefore.14. No. of witnesses who were not present in the court with reasons therefore.15. Date to which the case has been adjourned together with Sl. No. of adjournment.16. Reasons for adjournment.17. Remarks/

FORM ‘D’

PROSECUTOR’S DIARY FOR REPORTING THE DISPOSAL OF THE

CASE IN THE COURT.

Name of the Court…………………….…….……………………..)

1. Station and Crime No.2. Section of Law3. C.C. Number.4. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet filed with names. (where there are only few).

Note:- If there many accused a list of their names should be enclosed.

5. Date of filling the charge-sheet6. Date on which the judgment is pronounced.7. When convicted (give a list of accused convicted showing against each the section under which convicted and the sentence passed.)

(a) (b) (c) (d)Sl.No.

Name of accused Convicted Section of Law Sentence passed

Note: if there are many accused, a separate list should be enclosed.

8. Whether in the opinion of the PP/APP the sentence passed is adequate or not, with reasons.

160

9. When acquitted or discharged. (Give a list of accused acquitted / discharged showing against each the reasons for discharge or acquittal)

Note: If there many accused, a separate list should be enclosed.

10. Action proposed to be taken on discharge or acquittal together with a note as to whether it is a fit case for revision or appeal.

11. General remarks if any, (including adverse remarks commendation if any made by the court on investigation.

Public Prosecutor/Asst. Public ProsecutorSTANDING ORDER NO. 632

No. 75/RLN-2/1974 Dated: 25-07-1974

***In the year 1964 a Police Research Centre with a staff of 1 Dy. S.P., 1

P.I., I Ii Grade Typist and 3 Police Constable, was sanctioned by the

Government. The Research Centre was established, on the lines suggested

by the Central Bureau of Investigation. The function of this centre was to

cover among other items, the following:-

i. Trends and causes of serious crimes in different areas.

ii. Preventive measures their effectiveness and relationship with crime.

iii. Improvement in methods of investigation, utility and results of introducing scientific aids and equipment.

iv. Inadequacy of Laws, Co-ordination of laws relating to crime in various States.

v. Criminal gangs operating in more than one state.

(a) (b) (c)Sl.No.

Name of accused discharged or acquitted

Reasons in brief for discharge or acquittal

Police research Centre

161

vi. Crime amongst the treble people.

vii. Inter State note forgery and counterfeiting.

viii. Social factors I crime.

ix. Industrialisation and crime.

x. Juvenile delinquency.

xi. Kidnapping of women and children.

2. This Centre stated functioning from 07-12-1964 when a D.S.P. was

posted. In brief, the Centre could termed as a State Level Institution to study

and conduct Research on the various and varied types of problems

confronting the Police in the State and to suggest the possible solutions.

3. The following subject were studied in the Bureau and the results were

published in the form of Bulletins.

1. Kidnapping and maiming of children for purpose of begging.

2. Juvenile delinquency, its causes and measures for combating it.

3. Road Traffic accidents on Bangalore Bombay National Highway.

4. Statistics of Road Traffic accidents in Mysore State for the year 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969.

5. Statistics of cheating by bogus firms in India for the years 1960 to 1964.

6. Working of the automation of Crime Records.

7. Police Morale and Public relationship complaint against Police Officers, in Mysore State fop the year 1962 to 1967.

In all II Bulletins were issued which were printed in the Cr. I.G.

162

5. The All India Public Research Advisory Council recommended the

drawing up a modal Research Unit in 1971. A Bureau of Police Research

and Development was established by the Govt. of India with a view to

promoting a co-ordinate study of Police problems at the National level and

bringing about rapid application of Science and Technology to the methods

and techniques of the Police in the Country.

7. It was recommended that the Police Research Unit in every State

should be headed by a Superintendent of Police having considerable

experience, with one or more field units working under him. It was also

recommended that the Police Research Unit should be equipped with a

Statistical Branch and a good Library under a qualified Librarian.

7. On these lines the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka State

recommend to the Government, the strengthening of the existing Police

Research Centre and the proposals of the Inspector General of Police were

sanctioned in to by Government Order No. HD 140 PEG 72 Bangalore,

dated 27-02-1974.

8. The following is the sanctioned strength of the Police Research centre

now.

1. Superintendent of Police ----- 12. Dy. Superintendent of Police ----- 23. Police Inspectors. ----- 24. Sub-Inspectors ---- 25. Police Constables. ---- 126. Stenographer ---- 17. Typists. --- 2\8. Ist Division Clerk. ---- 1

163

9. 2nd Division Clerk. ---- 110.Senior Statistical Assistant ---- 111.Librarian ---- 112.Dalayat ---- 1

Total 27

The cost of the staff is met out of the grants sanctioned for the State C.I.D,

For administrative functions it is placed under the guidance, control and

supervision of the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training). The

following shall be the allocation of duties.

9. Superintendent of Police, He shall by in overall charge of the Police

Research Centre and guide and control all its activities including the

Statistical Branch and the Library He shall take up such Research work as

may be allotted from time to time by the Inspector General of Police. The

Superintendent of Police shall seek guidance from the Deputy Inspector

General of Police (Training, in all matters pertaining to his official work. He

shall apportion work to the two field units, each of which will comprise of

the Deputy Superintendent of Police, one Police Inspector, one Sub-

Inspector and one Typist.

The Superintendent of Police shall also organise and control the work of

his ministerial staff. He shall keep the Deputy Inspector General of Police

(Training), and through him the inspector General of Police informed of the

progress of the work assigned to the Police Research Centre. He shall review

the work of the research Centre once a month and put up a review to the

Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training). He should submit his

Monthly Diary to the inspector General of Police through the Deputy

Inspector General of Police (Training).

164

10. FILED UNITS: Each field unit will be under the charge of one

Deputy Superintendent of Police who will control and guide the work of the

Police Inspector and Sub-Inspector under him. He shall keep the

Superintendent of Police informed of the progress of the work assigned to

the field unit.

the Superintendent of Police may, with the approval of the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, Training, depute any field unit or part of it to

any place in the State for collection of required data particulars and such

other informations as he may consider necessary from time to time. The

Deputy Superintendent of Police will submit their weekly diaries in

duplicate and the Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors shall submit the daily

diaries to the Superintendent of Police through proper channel.

With regard to the routine work in the field units and the ministerial staff

the Superintendent of Police shall issue necessary instructions from time to

time.

11. The Commissioner of Police, Range Deputy Inspector General of

Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and the Superintendent

of Police incharge of the District and all other Units Officers are directed to

give all assistance to the Superintendent of Police, Research Centre as well

as member of the field units in the collection of data, statistics details of

cases etc. The Superintendent of Police, Police Research Centre will

normally write to the concerned officers in advance. It shall also be the duty

of all Unit Officers to furnish the required time to the Police Research

Centre. It may please be noted that the function of the Police research Centre

165

is research and study of various problems assigned to it from time to time by

Inspector General of Police and not mere collection and dissemination of

statistics.

12. All correspondence with the Police Research Centre should be down

on the following address:-

Superintendent of Police,Police Research Centre,Office of the Inspector General of Police,Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore-560 002.


No. 75/GLN-1/1974 Dated: 22-08-1974

***Attention is drawn to Chief office circular No. CRM.65/Misc/65, dated

20-10-1965 regarding the establishment of ‘Cell for the assistance of the

Public’ in all the offices. Copy of the circular is enclosed.

Government have now directed that the officers at the District,

subdivision and the Taluk level should be available at their respective

Headquarters on Shandy days and in case they are busy otherwise, they

should make alternate arrangements to hear the grievance of the public and

attend to them promptly copy of Government circular No. GAD-25 MAR:

1974, dated 16-07-1974 is enclosed.

Cells for assistance to the Public-arrangements for interviewing visitors to Public offices,

166

All the unit officers will please note these instructions for strict

compliance.

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

No. GAD 25 MAR/1974 Dated: 16-07-1974

CIRCULAR

***In Circular No. GAD. 1991 CAC 1965, dated 8th September, 1965,

instructions were issued to the effect that the Heads of Departments, should

arrange to set up a ‘Cell for assistance to Public’ in their offices and also in

the offices under their control. These Cells are expected to receive petitions

and representations, to arrange to hear the petitioners and to see that suitable

and prompt replies are given. The Heads of Departments are again requested

to ensure that the Cell are set up and that these Cells functions as per the

instructions.

Arrangements for interviewing visitors Public Offices Instructions regarding.

167

2. It would also be advisable for the officers of the district/sub-Division

and Taluk level to be available at their respective head quarters on ‘shandy’

day to enable the public to meet them and represent their grievances. The

Head of Departments are, therefore, requested to ensure that the officers are

available to the public on these days and that they make suitable alternative

arrangements in case they are busy otherwise.

Sd/-V.A. Gumaste,

Deputy Secretary to Government I/CGeneral Administration Department,

(Efficiency Research Bureau)

No. CRM. 65/MISC/1965, Dated: 20-10-1965

CIRCULAR

Cells for the assistance to Public

Reference: Government Circular No. GAD 91 OAC 1965, dated: 08-09-1965.

***The Government have directed that in all Officers a ‘cell for

assistance to the public’ should be set up. A copy of the Government

Circular dated 08-09-1965 is enclosed.

Immediate action should be taken to set up Calls for the assistance of

Public in all Unit offices of the Police Department. The Cell should be

attached to the Gazetted Assistant to the Head of the Office. Where there are

no Gazetted Assistants, the Manager of the Office should be in charge of the

Cell.

168

Whenever any member of the Public appears with a representation, he

should be heard in person by the Officer in charge of the cell and connected

files, if looked into and a suitable endorsement given to the party indicating

the stage at which the matter stands or the result of the action taken. No

information, however, should be furnished on any classified matter,

If the petition is being forwarded to any subordinate office, or is being

examined, the petitioner should be so informed. Where the petition requires

immediate examination by higher authorities, it should be put up to the

higher authorities and endorsement given to the party as per directions.

Wherever the Head of office directs the Cell to watch the progress or

disposal of the petition, the Cell should pursue the matter and report the

result to the Superior. All heads of offices should inspect the Cell once in a

month.

A board bearing inscription, both in English and Kannada ‘Cell for the

assistance of the Public’, should be put up at each Cell.

In Chief Office, the assistant Inspector General will receive all visitors

and receive their complaints. If any matter requires orders of the Inspector

General of Police and all material relating thereto are readily available to

enable the Inspector General of Police to taka a decision, the file should be

put up to the Inspector General of Police and his orders obtained thereon.

Every efforts should be made to hear grievances of the members of

public and attend to them promptly to make the Administration more

effective, realistic and prompt.

169

Copy of General Administration Department’s (Bangalore) Circular

No. GAD. 91. OAC. 65, dated 08-09-1965, addressed to all Heads of

Departments and others.

The Government of India in the Ministry of Home Affairs have issued

instructions to all the Ministries of the Government of India regarding

setting up of ‘Complaint Cells’ in the Departments of the Central

Governments as there has been a growing demand in parliament and out side

for suitable machinery for looking into public grievances and to make the

administration more effective, realistic and prompt.

The fact that there has been a growing demand for a special

machinery to look into public grievances indicated that the present

arrangements are not quite adequate. Hence it is considered necessary to

devise measures that will give substantial satisfaction to the public in the

matter of grievances against the administration and formalize some definite

procedure which could be adopted uniformally throughout the State.

The subject was discussed at the meeting of the Divisional

Commissioner held on 29-06-1965. A decision has been taken that at the

Divisional Commissioner’s Office a Cell for assistance to the Public’ should

be created to be placed in charge of one of the existing Gazetted Assistants.

Similarly in the Officers of the Deputy Commissioners also, a suitable cell

will be created and will be placed in charge of an officer of the status of a

Thasildar working as General Assistant or Revenue Assistant to the Deputy

Commissioner. Even the Officers of the Thasildars working as General

Assistant or Revenue Assistant to the Deputy Commissioner. Even in the

170

Offices of the Thasildars suitable machinery will be devised similar action

will be taken in all the Unit offices both at the District level and at the

Divisional level. The duties and functions of the ‘Cell for Assistance to

Public’ will be to receive petitions and representations, to arrange to hear the

petitioners and to see that suitable and prompt replies are given to the

petitioners, where any particular problem is not likely to be of easy solution,

the matter will be referred to superior officers. It should also be laid down

that the Deputy Commissioners and the Assistant Commissioners will

inspect periodically these cells and review the work done by them. It was

agreed that there was no need for the creation of additional staff for these

Cells and that Unit Offices themselves will reallocate the work amongst the

staff in such a way that the incumbents at clerical levels are relieved of other

duties to attend to this work. Officers to be placed incharge of these Cell,

however, need not be divested of their normal work.

The Head of Departments are requested to take action on the lines

indicated above to create ‘Cell for the Assistance to public’ in the

Departments under their control.

171


No. KPM-14/1974 Dated: 21-10-1974

***During my inspections of the District Police Offices I noticed that in

some District Police Offices the Office Order Book is maintained in bound

book from, where the gists of the order passed and entered therein and than

entries made in the Service Registers and Long Rolls wherever necessary. In

some other District Police Offices, however, the Office Order Book is

maintained in chicket book where copies of the orders have been pasted.

2. It is necessary to adopt a uniform procedure in the maintenance of

Office Order Book in the District Police Offices and other Unit Offices. In

this connection, the attention of the Superintendents of Police and other Unit

Officers is drawn to the Note to sub-rule (K) of Rule 24 in Chapter-II of the

Office Procedure for the District Police Offices under the heading ‘Matters

Office Order Book - proper maintenance of

172

relating to the Establishment Section’. These instructions should be followed

strictly. It is stated in the Note as follows:

“Separate District Office Order Book should be maintained for the

Ministerial and Executive staff. In this book all departmental orders

issued in regard to appointments, promotions, leave (Other than casual

leave) punishment etc., of any member of the staff ministerial or

executive, should be recorded. The number in the order book will run

serially from the commencement of the financial year and fresh book

will be opened each year. The Order Book and copies or orders will be

submitted to the Superintendent of Police or in his absence to the P.A.

for check and signature together with the concerned files.

3. From this it is clear that all departmental orders relating to

appointments, promotions, reductions, grant of increments, grant of leave

other than casual leave, suspension, punishment etc., should be recorded in

the Office Order Book than and there and each entry got attested by the

Superintendent of Police/Unit Officer or his P.A The pasting of the copies of

the orders, in the book, instead of recording the orders, is therefore,

incorrect.

4. The Office Order Book should contain the following headings:

i) Serial number:ii) Number and date of the order and designation of the authority passing the order;iii) Nature of the order in brief; andiv) Attestation

5. As already stated in the Office Procedure, the number in the Office

order Book will run serially from the Commencement of the financial year,

173

Fresh numbers will be given every financial year. The Office Order Book

serial number should be noted in the concerned file as a cross reference.

6. As for as possible, the entire order in verbatim should be recorded in

the Office Order Book if the contents of the order are short. If the contents

of the order are lengthy in nature only the gist of the order need be recorded.

While recording the nature of the order in brief in the Office Order Book

care should be taken not to omit the salient points of the order.

7. The Office Order Book should be maintained as a permanent Record.

The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.


No. CRM-14/SIA/Misc/1974 Dated: 30-10-1974

***In S.O. No. 618 (No. 76/RLN-4/74, dated 27-12-1972) detail

instructions were issued specifying the charter of duties of the Special

Investigating Agency in the North Eastern Range Gulbarga, to control

offences of dacoity in the two District of Gulbarga and Bidar consequent to

Government Order No. HD 312/PEG. 72, dated 29-11-1972 sanctioning the

creation of the Special Investigating Agency.

After a review of the working of the Special Investigating Agency and

discussion held with the Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern

Range, Gulbarga and Superintendent of Police, Special Investigating

Agency, it is felt that some of the cases of dacoity and robbery at present

investigated by the Special Investigating Agency are either of the technical

or trivial nature involving looting of crops, sheeps or cattle and committed

Special Investigation Agency-Charter of Duties

174

by local bad characters and which could be investigated by the Local Police.

Hence, to enable the Special Investigating Agency to devote their full time

to the investigation of important and grave cases of dacoities and robberies

committed by gangs the investigation of the technical and trivial cases of

field dacoities and robberies are entrusted to the Local Police. Accordingly

Para-6 of the Standing Order 618 is amended as follows:-

For Para-6(a) of the Standing Order No. 618 the following para may be

substituted:-

6(a) All cases of robberies and dacoities reported in the Districts of

Gulbarga and Bidar except technical cases and field, crop, cattle and sheep

dacoities.

Note: (1) Investigation of cases of field, crop, cattle and sheep dacoities and robberies will hereafter be investigated by the District Police.

(2) Where the value of property lost in a field, crops, cattle and sheep dacoities and robberies is more than Rs. 1,000/- the Deputy Inspector General of Police, NER Gulbarga may be a Special Order entrust the investigation to S.I.A.

This amendment will come into force from 01-11-1974.

175


No. STF-1/112/1974 Dated: 02-11-1974

***1. At present the monthly pay bills of Police personnel (both executive

and ministerial) are prepared by copying out all the names and other

particulars from the previous month’s pay bill incorporating changes that

have occurred in the emoluments and deductions during the month. This

process involves lot of copying work consuming much time and energy

sometimes resulting in delay in receipt of salary up to 4th or 5th of subsequent

month. The possibility of human errors like omissions, quoting wrong

numbers of insurance policies, provident fund account etc., cannot be ruled

out.

2. In order to obviate the aforementioned difficulties and to save time

and labour of the employees engaged in the job so that they can be more

Computerisation of pay Bills in the Police Department instructions regarding.

176

usefully employed on the jobs, it has been decided to computerize the pay

bills in the Police Department under the “Employee Pay Roll System.” The

Scheme has already been introduced in the Chief Office and partly in the

Offices of the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, Intelligence, C.I.D. and

Commandant, Ist Battalion, KSRP and it is proposed to extend the same to

other Police Offices in Bangalore City and to the District Offices in due

course.

3. The pay bill computerisation scheme covers the preparation of :

i) Monthly Pay Billsii) All deduction statements to be enclosed to the pay bills.iii) Statement showing the names of employees to whom increments are

due in a particular monthiv) Statement showing the names of employees who are due to retire

from service in a particular year on attaining the age of superannuation.

4. The system has the following advantages:

i) Every employee will get a neatly printed pay slips every month which he can keep as a permanent record.

ii) The pay slip will enable the employee to have full particulars of his pay and allowances and if anything is short-paid he can putforth his claim without any delay.

iii) By reporting the increments due atleast 2 months ahead, action can be taken to draw the same in time.

iv) Tedious calculations of average pay are saved any delay in payment of leave salary avoided.

v) The attendance statement furnished to the computer Centre every month forms the basis for building leave account & personal file of each employee. This enables quicker settlement of pension cases, collection of information about each employee etc.

vi) Tedious calculation of interest on House Building/Motor Car/Cycle etc. advance is saved.

177

vii) Recoveries from employees will be watched automatically once the particulars are furnished.

viii) Deduction statements will be prepared accurately, which correct numbers of provident fund account, insurance policies etc.

5. Detailed instructions regarding the pay bill computerisation scheme are

contained in the book-let “Employee Pay Roll System” issued by the

Karnataka Govt. Computer Centre, Vidhana Veedhi, Bangalore. Following

instructions are issued for the guidance of all the Unit Offices in this behalf.

1) It is of utmost importance that the particulars in the Multiple Master Card Layout format in the proforma prescribed in Annexure-3 are furnished very accurately as any error in the format may result in recording of wrong information on the tape and wrong calculation of pay allowances month after month.

2) The Check List should be scrutinised carefully and any error rectified before the final pay bill is printed.

3) The variable information should be furnished to the Computer Centre on or before the 15th of the month in the monthly changes Multiple Card format (Annexure-4) so that there may be sufficient time for the programmers to bring the Master Pay Tape up-to-date and give the check list well in time for verification and correction, if any.

4) The Pay bill are printed in triplicate. The original along with deduction statement should be sent to the Treasury. The second copy along with the schedules should be got stitched securely with a wrapper and the third copy handed over to the individuals as the Pay Slip along with salary at the time of disbursement. The deduction statement of the third copy may be neatly stitched and maintained separately for future reference.

178

5) Once in a year the paid acquittance rolls in which stamped acknowledgements of individuals have been obtained should be got bound and maintained as a permanent record in the Office.

6) The above instructions should be followed meticulously by all the concerned Unit Officers whose Unit Pay Bills have already been computerized.

7) The dates from which computerisation will be extended to other Districts/Units will be intimated in due course. It is proposed to gradually extend the system taking into account the capacity of the Computer Centre.


No. 16/KPM/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974

***Sub-Section (1) of Section 13 of the Karnataka Police Act 1963 lays

down that “Every Police Officer of and below the grade of Inspector shall,

on appointment, receive a certificate in the form provided in Schedule I. The

Certificate shall be issued under the seal of such Officer as the Government

may by general or special order direct’. Detailed instructions have been

issued in this behalf in Chief Office Memo No. 31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-

1968 (copy enclosed for ready reference).

Certificate of appointment to Officers of and below the rank of Police Inspectors instructions

issued.

179

2. Attention is also invited to Chief Office Law Circular No. 618,

dated 26-06-1965 forwarding a copy of Government Order No. HD 136

PEG 65 dated 08-06-1965 which specifies the Officer competent to issue the

Certificates appointment to Police Officers of and below the rank of

Inspector.

3. According to Section 13 (1) of the Karnataka Police Act 1963, it is

mandatory that Certificates of appointment be issued to Police Officers of

and below the rank of Inspector not only on first appointment but also

whenever there is charge of rank consequent on promotion, reversion etc.

after withdrawing the old one which should be cancelled and destroyed after

making necessary entry in the issue register.

4. Necessary number of certificates were got printed from the

Government Press for this purpose and distributed to all the District and Unit

Officers with this office Memo No. 31 MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 for issue

to the Officers of and below the rank of Inspectors working under them. Still

it is found that in some of the Districts/Units some of the Officers have not

bee issued with certificate of appointment.

5. All the District/Unit Officers will immediately arrange a through

check up whether all the Police Officers of and below the rank of Inspectors

in their District/Unit have been issued with certificate of appointment. If any

of them has not been issued, he should be issued with the same immediately

from out of the stock of certificates supplied to their Unit. If there is no

stock, indent may be placed with this office after making sure that all the

certificates issued previously have been taken to stock and accounted for

properly. All Indents for further supply of certificates of appointment should

180

invariably be accompanied by a certificate issued by the concerned

District/Unit Officer that “…………… (here indicate the number)

Certificates of appointment supplied vide Chief Office Memo No.

31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 have been taken to stock and accounted for

properly”

6. Every care should be taken by all the Officers to whom the

certificates are issued to see that they are not misplaced or lost and do not

fall into wrong hands. In case of loss it must be reported immediately to the

Unit Officer concerned detailing the circumstances leading to such loss. An

enquiry should be held by a Superior Officer to ascertain the genuiness of

the loss and an order passed to issue a duplicate on remittance penalty of Rs.

1/- Rupee one) only through a Challan under the head 0055 Police,

Miscellaneous receipts’ and necessary entries made in the concerned

register.

7. In this connection, attention is also invited to provision of Sub-

section (2) of Section 13 of the Karnataka Police Act 1963, which states that

“A Certificate of appointment shall become null and void whenever the

person named their in ceases to belong to the Police Force or shall remain

inoperative during the period in which such person is suspended from such

force”. In cases of deputation of Police Officers to other departments when

they cease to exercise the powers, functions and privileges of a Police

Officer under the Karnataka Police Act. 1963 and in cases of suspension, the

certificate of appointment should be withdrawn and kept in safe custody. In

cases of retirement, removal or dismissal, the certificate withdrawn should

be cancelled and destroyed after making necessary entry in the register.

181

Copy of Memo No. 31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 from the Inspector

General of Police to all Deputy Inspector General of Police and all the

Superintendents of Police.

Section 13 of the Mysore Police Act. 1963 – Certificates of

appointment printing and supply of .

1. Attention is drawn to sub-section (1) of Section 13 of the

Mysore Police Act. 1963 which reads as under:

“Every Police Officer of and below the grade of Inspector shall, on appointment receive a certificate in the form provided in Schedule I. The Certificate shall be issued under the seal of such officer as the Government may be general or special order direct”.

2. Attention is also drawn to G.O. No. HD 136 PEG 65 dated

08-06-1965, a copy of which was forwarded with Chief Office Law Circular

No. 618 dated 26-06-1965 in which the Government have specified the

officer who are competent to issue the certificates on appointment for police

officers of and below the grade of Inspectors.

3. In view of the wordings of section 13 (I) of the Mysore Police

Act, 1963 and the wordings of Schedule I, it is imperative to issue

certificates of appointment to Oikuce officers of and below the grade of

Inspectors not only initially on first appointment but also when he is

appointed to officiate in a higher post or whenever a change of appointment

from one cadre to another takes place.

182

4. Sanction of the Government in Order No. HD 192 PAC 67,

dated 16-01-1968, has obtained for the printing and supply of 42,000

certificates appointment. The director of Printing, Stationery and

Publications has been requested to print and supply the certificates of

appointment as noted in the annexure.

5. On receipt of the certificates, the Commissioner of Police, D.Is

G., Ss, P. and other Unit Officers excluding Commandant, MSRP, Banglore

will take the following action:

1) The certificates of appointment should be taken to stock in the

register of forms, registers and stationery.

2) Fresh certificates should be issued to all the members of the subordinate police unless it is considered that the certificates of appointment already issued under the repealed enactments which continue to be valid by virtue of section 178 of the Mysore Police Act, 1963 should continue till the appointment of the holder of the old certificate is changed.

3) The issue of certificates should be entered serially in a register to be opened for the purpose, the Sl. No. of the issue register being entered as the No. in the certificate of appointment.

4) Whenever there is change of appointment consequent on promotion, reversion etc., the old certificates should be withdrawn and kept in safe custody.

5) The old certificates of the persons should be destroyed when they are confirmed in a higher post and the fact entered in the Issue Register.

6) The certificates of appointment surrendered by the members of force at the time of quitting the force should similarly be destroyed making necessary entries in the Issue Register.

183


No. CRM/198/UT/Misc/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974

***1. On the suggestion of the Government of India that there should

be a Special Cell in the Office the Inspector General of Police to deal with

cases of Untouchability harassment/atrocities against Harijans the State

Government in their Order No. SWD 135 SSC 1974, dated 7th August 1974,

have sanctioned the creation of a Special Cell in the State, CID, Bangalore

consisting of the following staff:-

A Executive Staff

Superintendent of Police ---- 1

Creation of a Cell in the State CID, to deal with cases of atrocities committed on Schedule Caste People under the Untouchability (Offences) Act,

1955 Charter of duties.

184

Deputy Superintendent of Police --- 1Inspectors --- 2Sub-Inspectors --- 4Head Constables --- 4Police Constables --- 8Armed Police Constables (Drivers) --- 2

B. Ministerial Staff:

Section Superintendent -- 1Fist Division Clerks -- 2Second Division Clerks -- 2Stenographer -- 1Typist -- 1

2. The Cell will be located at Bangalore and subject to the general

control of the Inspector General of Police, the control of the activities and

personnel of the Cell rests with the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.

3. The Cell will be named as “Civil Rights Enforcement Cell”.

4. All correspondence intended for the Cell should be addressed as

follows:-

Superintendent of Police, Civil Rights Enforcement Cell.

Functions of the Cell:

5. The Cell will supervise and coordinate the work of all agencies

entrusted with the task of taking action on complaints of harassment, ill

treatment, social boycott and atrocities on the members of the Scheduled

Caste and the enforcement of the Untouchbility Offience Act.

185

6. The jurisdiction of the Cell will not be confined only to complaints

and cases coming within the purview of the U.T. Act but will include such

other complaints which may fall under one or more of the Acts or laws

including the I.P.C. in addition to the U.T. Act, where in an element of

harassment or atrocity on the members of the Scheduled Caste or Scheduled

Tribes is involved.

7. The Cell will take up for enquiry such complaints of harassment or

atrocity against the Scheduled Caste or such complaints of this type wherein

inaction by the local Police is alleged as are referred to it by the

Government/Inspector General of Police/Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID.

8. The Cell will call for reports of enquiry into complaints harassment or

atrocity against the Scheduled Castes received by the Cell.

9. The Cell will take up investigation of such of the cases of harassment

or atrocities gains Harijans as are referred to it by the Government Inspector

General of Police/ Deputy Inspector General of Police.

10. The Cell will keep as watch over the cases under U.T Act and

concerning atrocities, or harassment on Scheduled Castes registered and

investigated in the district, and give necessary instructions in this

connection. Further, the reports/Radio Messages/Grave Crime Reports

and progress reports presently being sent to the Chief Office will be sent

by the Unit Officers to the Cell. However, a copy of the report/Radio

Message should be sent to the Chief Office also.

186

11. The Cell will review the judgments in the cases referred to

above and take further action as contemplated in Standing Order No. 629.

12. The Cell will compile statistics relating to the enforcement of

the U.T. Act and complaints of harassment or atrocities against the

Scheduled Castes. Further, the Unit Officers will hereafter send the monthly

Statements to the Cell instead of Chief Office and will send such other

particulars or reports as may be called for by the Deputy Inspector General

of Police CID.

13. The Cell will compile monthly reviews relating to the enforcement

of U.T Act and put up the same for information to the Inspector General of

Police and the Government through the Deputy Inspector General of Police,

CID and communicate such remarks or instructions by the Deputy Inspector

General of Police/Government to the Unit Officers.

14. The Cell will keep a watch on Officers and others who do not

respect and execute the laws and rules and who abet the offenders against

the Scheduled Castes.

15. The Superintendents of Police of the Districts and the Officers of

the Cell will coordinate their efforts in such a manner as to avoid any

friction or difficulty in their smooth functioning.

16. For the purpose of investigation, enquiry or enforcement of the

U.T Act, all the Superintendents will give full co-operations and provide all

facilities to the Officers of the Cell.

187

17. The creation of the Cell in no way absolves the local Police of

their responsibility regarding the enforcement of the U.T Act or taking

action on complaints of harassment or atrocities against the Scheduled castes

and the local Police will continue to attend to this work with all alertness and

expeditiousness.

18. In all cases where Officers of the Cell take up investigation of

cases from the local Police, they will conduct investigation in toto, write

case diaries and send it to the Superintendent of Police Civil Right

enforcement Cell who will in turn transmit it to the Deputy Inspector

General of Police, CID. With his remarks. Copies of the case diaries will

also be sent to the jurisdictional police and others as is done by the CID

Officers.

DUTIES OF OFFICERS

19. Superintendent of Police:

The Superintendent of Police incharge of the Special Cell will be fully

responsible for the proper and effective working of the Cell. He will see that

the records and documents are maintained and kept upto-date. He will

ensure proper investigation of the case under the Act registred and

Investigated by the District Police and put up periodical review. He will go

through the quarterly statements submitted by the Districts, review the

progress made and submit them to the Deputy Inspector General of Police,

CID and the Inspector General of Police. In more important cases, he will

visit the scene of occurrence and liaise with the Superintendent of Police of

the District for prompt investigation. He will himself take up personal

188

investigation/enquiry in more important petitions of harassment/atrocities

against Harijans.

20. Deputy Superintendent of Police:

He will assist the Superintendent of Police in the functioning of the

Cell both in the Office and in the field. We will be responsible to the

Superintendent of Police for the efficient working of the subordinate staff.

He will personally visit the scene of occurrence in more important cases and

assist the District Police. He will also take up cases for personal

investigation enquiry whenever directed to do so.

21. Police Inspector.

They will take up for personal investigation, cases entrusted to them.

They will conduct enquiries into the petitions referred to them. They will

conduct enquiries into the petitions referred to them. They will submit case

diaries promptly in cases entrusted to them for investigation and such other

returns as are prescribed from time to time by Deputy Superintendent of

Police/ Superintendent of Police. They will carry out all other work

entrusted to them for the effective enforcement of the Act.

22. Sub-Inspector:

The Sub-Inspectors will assist the Police Inspectors in

investigation/enquiry conducted by them. They will also be given cases for

189

personal investigation by them. They will be deputed for conducting

enquiries into petitions and also for making confidential enquiries. They will

submit their case diaries in cases personally investigated by them promptly

to the Deputy Superintendent of Police/ Superintendent of Police. They will

submit their reports of enquiry into petitions to the Superintendent of Police

through the Deputy Superintendent of Police.

23. Head Constables/Police Constables:

Head Constables and Police Constables of the Cell will be utilised by the

officers of the Cell for normal field work like locating witnesses,

intelligence duties, execution of processes and such other duties. They are

part of the Cell and should not be utilised as personal orderlies.

24. Vehicles:

2 jeeps with 2 drivers are likely to be provided for the use of the Cell.

The Superintendent of Police will be responsible for the proper use of the

vehicles, when provided, their maintenance and up keep. Deputy

Commissioner of Police, CAR, will meet the expenditure on POL. The

Superintendent of Police will ensure that the log books are correctly written

by the officers using the vehicles.

25 Diaries

i) The Superintendent of Police will submit monthly diary through the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID to the Inspector General of

Police.

190

ii) The Deputy Superintendent of Police/Assistant Superintendent of

Police will submit their weekly diaries to the Deputy Inspector General

of Police, CID through the Superintendent of Police,

iii)Police Inspectors/Sub-Inspectors will write a daily diary and submit a

copy to the Superintendent of Police through the Deputy

Superintendent of Police whether in headquarters or out in the field for

investigation. The remarks of the Superintendent of Police on the daily

diary will be communicated to the concerned Police Inspector/Sub-

Inspector through the memo form and compliance report obtained.

26. Head Constables/Police Constables Note Book:

Head Constables and Police Constables will maintain Note Books to

indicate the duties performed by them each day and produce them for

check by the Supervisory Officers.

27. Ministerial staff:

The Ministerial Staff will be under the overall control of the

Superintendent of Police and its work will be supervised by the Deputy

Superintendent of Police.

28. Posting of Officers to the Cell:

Posting of Sub-Inspectors. Head Constables and Constables to the

Cell will be made by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.

It is hoped that this scheme of setting up of a Special Cell will result

in the better enforcement of the Untouchability (Offences) Act. 1955, and in

taking effective action in cases of harassment of Harijans and the practice of

191

Untouchability’ harassment, ill-treatment, social boycott and atrocities on

Scheduled Castes people by others, will be put to an end to.


No. 143/RLN-2/1970 Dated: 18-11-1974

***1. One of the important steps in the modernisation of Police Force, is the

computerisation of crime and criminal records. The criminals are moving

fast due to availability of fast transport and communication facilities.

Besides, the latest scientific gadgets and the modern innovations and

methods have been made use of in the criminal activities. There seems to be

Formation of Police Computer Wing at the State CID Headquarters and its functions.

Reference: Government Order No. HD 265 PEC 73, dated 17-09-1974

192

a steady increase in the incidence of conventional as well as other types of

crimes throughout the country during the recent years. Consequently the

work load of the Police has increased to a great extent, so also the volumes

of records pertaining to crimes and criminals.

2. Apart from the latest scientific aids and better means of transport

made available to the Police force in tacking crimes and tacking down the

culprits it is very essential that upto date information regarding the huge

number of professional criminals and crimes in particular and other types of

offences in general, should be available as fast as possible.

3. Application of modern computer technology in maintaining the

voluminous crime and criminal records can solve this problem effectively

and contribute to the efficiency of the Police performance.

4. The Computer could be pressed into service in several fields of Police

work and it is proposed to make use of the computer for the collection,

collation and dissemination of information relating to crimes and criminals

of the entire State to the investigating Officers to facilitate prevention and

detection of crime.

5. A beginning in the Karnataka State was made in Police Data

processing in the CID Bangalore. Consequent on the receipt of the uniform

computer code devised by a committee under the auspices of CBI, New

Delhi, the Karnataka State CID, have adopted these new codes.

6. Standing Order No. 627, dated 24-12-1973 was issued with the object

of coputerising the data pertaining to property offences coming under Class,

193

I to IX and the offenders involved therein from 01-01-1974. For this

purpose, the State CID has devised six main computer input forms viz. A, B,

C, D, E and F. The first there forms pertain to crimes and the next three

forms pertain to criminals. The Station staff is required fill up these

computer forms in a narrative form and send them to the Police Computer

Wing through their respective DCRB. The detailed instructions regarding

filling up these form and the various stages at which these forms have to be

sent are given in the various annexure to the Standing Order No. 627.

7. The codification of the information on these computer forms in being

done centrally by the Police Computer Wing, CID, Bangalore. After

codification, the forms will be sent to the Government Computer Centre,

Multistoried Building, Vidhana Veedhi, Bangalore for punching and

verification operations. The data then will be fed into computer and stored

suitable for use.

8. It is also proposed that in course of time, the Station staff will be

trained in the codification work and thereafter the Station staff will send the

input formats in both narrative and coded form to the Police Computer Wing

through their DCRB of the Districts.

9. The computerization in course of time is sure to reduce the scriptory

work to a considerable extent at the Police Station and other levels. The

incredible speed with which the informations is retrieved in any required

form by the computer will definitely contribute to the efficiency of the

Police administration.

194

10. The following Staff for the Police Computer Wing has been

sanctioned by the Government.

D.S.P - 1

P.Is. - 3

S.Is - 3

H.Cs - 4

PCs. - 10

TYPISTS - 2

11. The duties and functions of the staff will be as follows:

The Police Computer Wing is attached to his State CID and will

work under the overall supervision of the DIG. CID

12. DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE

The Deputy Superintendent of Police of the Police Computer Wing

will be responsible for the control and supervision over his staff. He should

make random checks daily as regards the work of coding done by the staff in

order to see that the coding work is done correctly. He should devise

registers which would show the receipt of input formats and the number of

formats which are coded by the staff daily. The D.S.P should also check up

the receipt of the input formats ‘A’ to ‘F’ from the different Police Station

and ensure that all information required in the formats are duly filled in by

the Station House Officers.

195

In case of receipt of incomplete formats, the Deputy Superintendent of

Police should send reminders to the concerned Police Stations to send the

complete information.

13. HAND BOOK

The Deputy Superintendent of Police should compile a hand Book

containing instructions for computerization work both in English and

Kannada for being distributed to all the Police Stations and other Units in

the State.

14. TRAINING

The Deputy Superintendent of Police will arrange for the training of

the staff of all the Police stations in the State in computerization work.

15. DUTIES OF INSPECTORS.

The Inspectors will discharge their duties in the Police Computer Wing

in accordance with the instructions given by the Deputy Superintendent of

Police. The Inspectors should assist the Deputy Superintendent of Police In

the computerization work. One P.I. and one S.I, will be earmarked for

programming in the computer Centre.

16. SUB-INSPECTORS HCs/PCs

The Sub-Inspector, Head Constables and Constables will be deployed

for coding in put formats received from the Police Station.

196

17. REGISTERS AND RECORDS

The Sub-Inspectors will be responsible for the proper maintenance of

registers and records.

18. MINISTERIAL

The two Typists sanctioned for the Police Computer Wing will attend

to the correspondence and other items of work under the supervision of the

DSP.

19. The DSP, PSI and the Sis working in the Police Computer Wing turned

out by them and submit the same to the S.P (C.A) COD., Bangalore.

20. The Police Computer Wing will be under the direct supervision of the

S.P. (C.A) COD, Bangalore.

21. The Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Computer Wing, will put

up a monthly review of the work done by the Police Computer Wing and

submit the same to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, through

Superintendent of Police (C.A) COD, Bangalore.

197


No. CB-3-28/1974 Dated: 16-11-1974

***In the Conference of the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector

General of Police and Superintendents of Police held on 1972 it was decided

that the type of Uniform that should be worn by the IPS Officers on different

occasions should be examined and appropriate instructions issued.

Accordingly the suggestions of the Unit Officers were obtained and the

I.P.S Uniform

198

matter examined by a Committee of Police Officers. Taking into account the

recommendations of the Committee, the following instructions are issued.

2. Ceremonial Review Order.

It will comprise of.

Peak cap, Jacket (gabardine or drill) slacks of the same material as the

jacket, khaki shirt blue tie, brown ankle boot/shoes, khaki socks, Sam brown

belt badge of appropriate rank, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger stick, Medals

and decorations. Swords will be worn when specially ordered. Similarly

cloth belt instead of Sam brown belt will be worn when specially ordered.

3. Working Dress.

Working Dress will be of the categories namely types (2) (3) and (4).

Working Dress type (2) will comprise of

Peak-cap, Khaki Bush shirts with cloth belt, khaki slacks, khaki socks,

brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle blue lanyard swagger stick and medal

ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.

4. Working Dress Type (3) will comprise of Peak-cap, khaki shirt,

web-belt with white Metal fittings, khaki slacks khaki socks, brown

shoes/ankle boots, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger stick and medal ribbons

with appropriate badges of rank.

199

5. Working Dress type (4) will comprise of Peck-cap shirts (Angola or

Culluar) web belt with white Metal fittings with or without khaki jersey

khaki gabardine slack khaki socks, brawn shoes ankle boots or jungle boots

whistle, blue lanyard swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate

badges of rank.

6. The specifications of various items of uniform article will be as laid

down in IPS Uniform Rules as amended from time to time.

Note:- The swagger stick will be a cylindrical stick of wood or leather

covered wood of 22” in length approximately of 4/5” diameter.

7. Ceremonial Review Order will be worn on following occasions.

i) Public Arrival and departure of the President of India.ii) Arrival and departure of Heads of State of other countries,iii)Republic Day Parade,iv) Independence Day Parade,v) Police Commemoration Day Parade.vi) Police Passing out Parades,vii) Presentation of Guard of Honour by Police to dignitaries,viii) When invited for Tea or At Home by the Governor/Chief Minister

on Republic and Independence Day, Officers will wearcloth belt instead of sam brown belt.

ix) While assuming a new Office.x) When calling for 1st time on Governor, Chief Minister Home Minister

or a Superior Officer.

200

xi) When calling on a Superior Officer on promotion or assumption of new Office.

xii) On arrival of Superior Officers for annual inspections.xiii) Ceremonial Parade during annual Inspections by Superior Officers.xiv) During annual Inspections of Superior Officer unless permitted to

be in working dress.xv) Any other occasions specified by the Inspector General of Police.

8. Sword will be worn with ceremonial uniform while commanding

parade.

9. Officers are permitted to wear either of the working Dress type (2)

and type (3) on normal duties. The Senior most Officer may direct the

wearing of any one type of working dress for any particular occasion.

10. Working Dress type (4) may be worn during cold weather and

monsoons. It may also be worn while on night round conducting raids,

marches and such other operation.

11. These instruction will come into effect from 01-12-1974


No. Law-1-159/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974

***1. According to Para 14 III of the S.O. 630 it is one of the duties of the

Fraud Squad of the Corps of Detectives, to investigate cases of fraud,

Investigation of mis-appropriation and criminal breach of trust cases pertaining to co-operative

societies-quarterly review of such cases-responsibility of the Corps of Detectives.

Reference: Standing Order No. 630.

201

cheating, mis-appropriation and criminal breach of trust falling under clause

(g) of Order 1729 Karnataka Vol II. In this connection the following further

instructions are issued.

2. Hitherto, the review of quarterly statements relating to cases of

mis-appropriation of co-operative Societies used to be put up to the

Inspector General of Police by the Law Section of the Chief Office.

Hereafter the quarterly statement of mis-appropriation cases in Co-operative

Societies should be sent by the Unit Officers to the Deputy Inspector

General of Police CID.

3. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad, C.O.D, should compile

the statement, review the cases and put up the same to the Inspector General

of Police through Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D, regularly for

being submitted to the Government.

4. Unit Officers should send the quarterly statements to the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, C.I.D, Bangalore, by the 10th of the succeeding

month and the Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should put up the

review of cases by the 20th of the month to the Inspector General of Police,

through the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. The quarterly

statement for the quarter ending 31-12-1974 should be put up the IGP by 20-

01-1975.

5. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad, should ensure proper

investigation of the cases of mis-appropriation in co-operative societies

registered and investigated by the District Police.

202

6. In more important cases he should visit the District and liaise with

the Superintendent of Police of the District for prompt investigations.

7. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should assist the

District Police in the investigation of the mis-appropriation cases in co-

operative societies by either,

(a) taking up the entire investigation of the case.

OR

(b) Placing an Officer at the disposal of the Superintendent of Police of the District.

8. Application for taking over the investigation by the C.I.D or for

rendering assistance should be made to the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, C.I.D Without his or the orders of the Inspector General of Police no

investigation should be taken up by the Fraud Squad. In all cases in which a

request by the Superintendent of Police is refused the Deputy Inspector

General of Police, C.I.D, should inform the Inspector General of Police.

9. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should avil the services

of the Special Auditor and his assistant attached to the C.I.D from the Co-

operative Department in the investigation of the cases.

10. Regarding the duties of the other Officers attached to the Fraud

Squad the instructions issued in Para 20 of S.O. 630 should be adhered to.

203


No. STS-II-2/174/1974, Dated: 17-12-1974

***During my inspections I observed that maintenance of

Departmental vehicles is neglected by the M.T. Section of the concerned

Units. Several damages both minor and major caused to the vehicles during

their run on duty are not set right immediately on their return, with the result

the conditions of the vehicles deteriorates further.

Maintenance of Police Motor Vehicles

204

2. Instructions regarding maintenance of vehicles are given in Rule

14 of the Rules for the purchase, maintenance and up keep etc., of Motor

Vehicles in the Police Department issued under G.O. No. HD 10 PMV. 61,

dated 05-03-1964 (communicated with Standing Order No. 596) and also

under order No. 2012 of the KPM

These instructions should strictly be followed by all officers

concerned.

While the Superintendent of Police and other Unit Officers should

ensure that the above instructions regarding maintenance of vehicles are

meticulously followed, they should also introduce with immediate effect, a

system of inspection of each vehicle on its return from duty so that defects,

breakages and damages etc. noticed are set right then and there and the loss

if any, caused due to negligence of any Officer is also made good, without

unnecessary loss of time. For this purpose the Unit Officer and in the case of

vehicle under C.A.R, the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, may

authorize an Officer of the rank of ARSI or above as considered necessary.

Such a system of inspection in addition to periodical inspections will go

along way in ensuring proper and efficient maintenance of Departmental

Vehicles thereby achieving long serviceability and maximum utility.

As regards vehicles kept at the disposal of SDPOs and C.Is in

places other than District Headquarters the Officer-in-charge of the vehicle

should check-up the vehicle daily on its return from duty and record in a

register to be maintained for the purpose, the defects, breakages etc., noticed

and the action taken to set them right and for recovery of loss caused etc.,

including the reports sent to the Superintendents of Police concerned.

205

The Superintendents of Police on receipt such report should

examine the matter personally and take appropriate steps. Whenever the

vehicles kept in mofussil places are brought to District Headquarters on

duty, they should be got checked up in the District M.T Section and repairs

got effected under orders of the competent authority.

The Range, Deputy Inspector General of Police, during their

inspection of the Districts, S.D.P.Os and Circles, should make it a point to

see that the maintenance of the vehicles at District Headquarters and at other

places is done properly and the system of inspection contemplated under this

Standing Order is also adhered to. In respect of vehicles maintained in CAR,

the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR and the Commissioner of Police,

will take similar action.

The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.


No. CB-179/1974, Dated: 16-12-1974

***It is observed that in several cases the Officer reviewing the remarks

made in the Annual Confidential Reports by the Reporting Officer has

differed with the remarks recorded without assigning any reasons for the

same. Whenever an Officer adversely reported makes a representation for

expunging the adverse remarks, it has been found difficult to meet the

Annual Confidential Reports of Subordinates Police Officers – Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors-Mode

of writing

206

several points raised by him as the remarks made are not based on any facts

and figures. The Annual Confidential Report folder of an Officer is an

important record which should give a clear picture his work and conduct and

plays an important role while making promotions. As such, it is imperative

that the Officers writing and reviewing the ACRs, should exercise utmost

care and caution while writing and reviewing their reports. It has also been

observed that adverse remarks are not promptly communicated to an Officer

with the result that while making promotions, the claims of an Officer due

for promotion has been overlook on the basis of adverse remarks even

though the adverse remarks have not been communicated to him. The

Government in their Official Memorandum No. GAD 33 SSR 1974 dated

02-12-1974 (copy enclosed) have also made comments in this regard.

During the Annual Conference of Police Officers held at Bangalore on

08-01-1974, the subject came up for discussion. In pursuance of the

discussions held, instructions were issued to all the Superintendents of

Police and Deputy Inspectors General of Police in this Office memo no. CB-

3/113/1974, dated 12th Aught 1974 regarding the writing of the Annual

Confidential reports, maintenance of Confidential personal files,

communication of Adverse remarks to the Officers etc. This subject again

came up for discussion in the recent Conference held from 3rd to 8th

December 1974. All the Deputy Inspector General of Police and the

Superintendent of Police fully participated, in the discussions and in

pursuance of the same, certain decision has been arrived at. For the guidance

of the Officers initiating the reports and for the guidance of those to whom

the Annual Confidential Reports are subsequently forwarded, the following

Instructions are issued:-

207

3. In Order to assist and help the Superintendents of Police/Deputy

Commissioners of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of

Police/Commissioner of Police in making a correct assessment of the work

of each Sub-Inspector and Inspector, the Superintendents of Police/Deputy

Commissioners of Police should obtain from each Sub-Inspector and

Inspector a report showing the work turned out by the

Sub-Inspector/Inspector during the calendar year. The report should be

obtained through proper channels and those of the Sub-Inspectors kept with

the Superintendent of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police and those of

the Inspectors of Police forwarded to the concerned Deputy Inspectors

General of Police/Commissioner of Police.

These reports will enable the Superintendent of Police/Deputy

Commissioners of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner

of Police to come to know of any good work by an Officer which, might

have escaped their attention during the year.

4. As soon as the Annual Confidential Reports of the Sub-Inspectors

are received by the Superintendents of Police Deputy Commissioners of

Police they should record their remarks. If there are any adverse remarks in

the Annual Confidential Reports the same should be immediately

communicated to the officers concerned and copies of the memos conveying

such remarks should be attached to the Annual Confidential/Reports and

forwarded to the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of

Police concerned for their perusal and return.

208

5. In the case of Inspectors of Police, the Deputy Inspectors General

of Police/Commissioner of Police should promptly communicate the adverse

remarks and forward to the Inspector General of Police the Annual

Confidential Reports together with a copy of the memo issued by the Deputy

Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police.

6. The good work done should also be communicated along with the

adverse remarks as required under the orders issued by the Government.

7. The procedure now laid down not only enables the Superintendents

of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police/Deputy Inspector General of

Police/Commissioner of Police to make a proper assessment of the work of

each Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector but also help them in promptly

communicating the adverse remarks if any.

8. The reports by the Sub-Inspectors/Police Inspectors referred to in

para 3 should not repeat not be filed in the personal files (Annual

Confidential Report Folders) but should be kept in separate volumes for any

future reference by the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioners of

Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police.

9. The above instruction will come into effect immediately and the

procedure should be followed in respect of Annual Confidential Reports to

be written up for the year 1974.

10. The receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.

209

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

No. GAD 33 SSR/1974 Dated: 02-12-1974

***It has been brought to the notice of Government that in certain

cases, while making promotions, the claims of Officers due for promotion

have been overlooked on the basis of adverse remarks in their Confidential

Reports even though these adverse remarks were not communicated to the

Confidential Report Communication of adverse remarks.

Reference: O.M. No. GAD 10 SSR 1972, dated: 10-03-1972

210

officers concerned, inspite of the instructions issued in the O.M. dated:

10-03-1972.

2. The Karnataka Civil Services (Confidential Reports) Rules, 1965

being statutory rules made by the Governor under article 309 of the

Constitutions, are mandatory in their operation. Rule I of these rules requires

that all adverse remarks shall be communicated immediately in writing to

the officer concerned. According to rule 9 of these rules as substituted by

Notification No. GAD 35 SSR 1969 dated 06-02-1970 which come into

effect on 05-03-1970, every officer to whom adverse remarks are

communicated can make a representation against these remarks. It is

therefore, necessary that in every case the adverse remarks must be

communicated and if this is not done, the action taken (or proposed to be

taken to the prejudice of an Officer) on the basis of these adverse remarks

would be against the principles of natural justice. Communication of adverse

remarks will have to be prior to taking any action thereon Promotional

claims of officers should not therefore, be overlooked solely on the basis of

uncommunicated adverse remarks.

Sad/-(N.P. Joshi)

Deputy Secretary to Government.General Administration Department (Service Rules)

211


No. 20/KPM/1974, Dated: 21-12-1974

*** During the Annual Conference of Superintendents of Police and

Deputy Inspectors General of Police held in December 1970 and 1972, one

of the subjects discussed was the desirability of re-introduction of the Old

Crime History Part I prescribed in the erstwhile State of Mysore. The matter

was referred in the 1972 Conference to a Sub-Committee consisting of the

Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Deputy Inspector General of

Maintenance of Crime Register Karnataka Police Manual Form No. 20 Instructions Issued

212

Police, Headquarters and the Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch I, CID.

Accordingly, the Sub-committee submitted its report on 03-01-1974It is

2. I discussed the report of the Sub-Committee with the proposed of

the subject (Item No. 4 of the Conference of 1972), two members of the

Sub-Committee and other Senior Officers. The discussions led to the

conclusion that there is no need to reintroduce Crime History Part I (Form

No. 78-i) of the Old Mysore Police Manual and increase the scriptory work

of the Station House Officer in view of the existence of Crime Register in

form 20 of the K.P.M. (copy enclosed) which is a permanent record

prescribed under Order No. 1224 of the K.P.M. and which has to be and is

being maintained in all Police Stations.

3. The salient points of the discussions and decisions are given

below:-

4. Order No. 1030 of the Karnataka Police Manual prescribes Crime

History Part I to VII as below.

Crime History (Part I) - Villages StatisticsCrime History (Part II) - Village Crime RegisterCrime History (Part III) - Crime RegisterCrime History (Part III-A) - Crime RegisterCrime History (Part IV) - Important notes on the Village Crime History (Part V) - General Conviction RegisterCrime History (Part VI) - History SheetsCrime History (Part VII) - Station Crime Chart.

5. Crime History Parts I to IV

213

Crime History (Part I) dealing with village Statistics is required to be

maintained in Form No. 90 and instructions in this regard are contained in

order No. 1032 of the Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part II) in

Form No. 91 is to contain all true cases pertaining to the village coming

under Class I to IX, enumerated in Order No. 1698 of the Karnataka Police

Manual. Instructions in this regard are given in orders 1033 and 1034 of the

Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part III) to be maintained in Form

No. 92 is a record of all criminals or suspects residing in the Village.

Instructions for maintaining in this record are found in Order No. 1036 of

the Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part III-A) in form No. 93 is to

contain the names of KDs. Ex. Convicts and suspects visiting the village.

Crime History (Part-IV) in form No. 94 is to contain confidential and

important notes on factions, disputes, festivals etc., of the village.

Instructions for the maintenance of this Part are contained in Orders 1038 to

1042 of the Karnataka Police Manual.

6. Crime History (Part I to IV) of the Karnataka Police Manual, which

is a record for each village, corresponds to Station Crime History Part IV

maintained in Form No. 78-IV as per instructions contained in Order No.

373 of the Old Mysore Police Manual. It also corresponds to Form No. 123

of the Madras Police Standing Orders and relevant provisions in Old

Hyderabad State. It also corresponds to village Crime Note Book Part I to IV

prescribed in Order No. 52 of the Bombay Police Manual 1950 (Volume

III). In fact, the Crime History Part I to IV now prescribed in the Karnataka

Police Manual is on the lines prescribed in Old Bombay Karnataka area and

is more comprehensive in format than the forms in the other Police Manuals.

Instructions regarding the maintenance of these forms in Crime History Part

214

I to IV have been given in Orders No. 1032 to 1042 the Karnataka Police

Manual.

7. Parts I, II, III, III-A and IV of Crime History which contain

information of villages should be bound together in loose leaf binders of the

standard pattern and of durable quality for each village so that fresh sheets

may be added, if necessary vide Order No. 1039 of the Karnataka Police

Manual.

8. Officers are therefore directed to ensure that Parts I, II, III, III-A

and IV of the Crime History are maintained in loose leaf binders, one binder,

being allotted to each village. Where this record has not been opened for any

village, it should be opened immediately and maintained in the new forms;

where these records have been maintained in the old forms, information

therein should be transcribed in the new forms and continued to be

maintained in the new forms without destroying the old record which should

however, be stitched or kept along with the new binder.

9. Crime History Part V.

Crime History Part V prescribed in form No. 248 of Karnataka Police

Manual is the General Conviction Register for the entire Police Station,

containing the names of persons convicted for Offences under Chapter XI,

XII, XVI, XVII and XVIII of the I.P.C and persons bound over Under

Sections 108, 109 or 110 Cr.P.C and others convicted under Telegraph

Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act 1955, Railway Stores (Unlawful

Possession) Act 1950, Indian Railways Act 1890, Karnataka Habitual

215

Offenders Act 1961 Karnataka Police Act 1963 and for other persons whose

names are to be brought on the register as per Orders No. 1044, 1045 and

1046 of the Karnataka Police Manual.

10. The corresponding Register in the Old Mysore State was form No.

80 of Old Mysore Police Manual Though this was prescribed as a permanent

record, it did not form part of Crime History of the Police Station. The

Crime History Part of III in old Mysore was in (form No. 78-III of old

Mysore Police Manual and consisted of cards. The corresponding record to

Crime History Part III (Form No. 78-III of Old Mysore) is MOB Cards now

prescribed in Standing Order No. 615 dated 22-03-1972. The form which is

now prescribed in S.O. No. 615 is more comprehensive and, as separately

directed. Should be maintained. It is a very useful record in the present

context and its correct and complete maintenance in the MOB Cabinet

should be ensured. In addition to this, the SHO has a loose-leaf index

offence wise written up in form No. 95 prescribed under Order No. 1050 of

KPM which is a very useful record for the investigating Officer.

11. There was an analogous register prescribed in order No. 59 of the

Old Bombay Police Manual 1950 (Volume III) in erst-while Bombay

Karnataka area to Crime History Part V containing all convictions of persons

in Cognizable cases. In Madras it was known as “Part III and General

Convictions Register” in form No. 126, A Similar record also existed in old

Hyderabad State.

12. The format now prescribed for the General Conviction Register

Part V of the Crime History of Karnataka Police Manual in form No. 248 is

216

more comprehensive and should be opened where they have not yet been

opened. The Old Volume of GCR in Police Station whatever name they

went by should not be destroyed, but they should be preserved, but they

should be preserved and the new Register in form No. 248 of Karnataka

Police Manual considered as a continuous record, the fresh entries being

made in the new form.

13. Crime History Part VI.

Crime History Part VI Prescribed in form No. 97 of Karnataka Police

Manual contains History Sheets of persons residing permanently or

temporarily in the Station limits who are know or belived to be addicted to

or to aid and abet the commission of Crime, whether convicted or not, or

who are belived to be habitual receivers. Instructions for the opening,

maintenance, closure and transfer of History Sheets are given in Order No.

1052 to 1058, 1060 and 1061. These forms correspond to the History Sheets

maintained in Crime History Part V of the Old Mysore Police Manual, and

analogous provisions in the Bombay Police Manual, Madras Police Standing

Orders and in Hyderabad Karnataka area. History Sheets, in future, shall be

maintained in form No. 97 of the Karnataka Police Manual. History Sheets

already opened in whatever form shall be transcribed in the new form. The

old History Sheets shall not be destroyed but on the other hand got stitched

to the new History Sheets of the respective Criminals.

14. Crime History Part. VII.

Crime History Part VII being the Station Crime Chart shall be

maintained as per instructions contained in Order No. 1064 of the Karnataka

217

Police Manual. This is nothing but a crime map and was being maintained in

all the regions now comprised in the Karnataka State even prior to the re-

organisation of the States. It is to be prepared one or more for each year as

required and Old Crime Maps preserved for any future reference.

15. Crime Register (Form No. 20 of K.P.M)

As stated in Paragraph 2 above, the Old Station Crime History Part I

(form No. 78-I) of the Old Mysore Police Manual has a parallel in form No.

20 of the Karnataka Police Manual which, however is more comprehensive

in the information it furnishes than form No. 78-1 of the Old Mysore Police

Manual.

16. According to Standing Order 540 issued by the then inspector

General of Police on 22-02-1961, all the Police Stations were required to

maintain the Cognisable Crime Register for the time being only in respect of

IPC cases at the Police Station level only. The question of introducing the

Register gradually for recording the cases under the Prohibition and other

Special and Local Laws and also un-natural deaths as the introduction of

such a Register at the Circle Police Office and SDPO level was left then, for

decision at a future date. On the introduction of the Police Manual in 1965.

Form No. 20 which is an improved version of the Cognisable Crime

Register came into being. The Karnataka Police Manual prescribes that

Crime Register in form No. 20 shall be maintained at different levels namely

Police Station, Circle Office, SDPO and DPO Instructions in this regard are

contained in Order 190 in respect of the SDPO and S.P., Order No. 217 in

respect of the Police Inspectors, Order No. 1224 in respect of Police Station

and Order No. 1890 in respect of Railway Police.

218

17. By a directive of Shri P.J. Lewis the then Deputy Inspector

General of Police, Northern Range, and later as Deputy Inspector General

of Police, Central Range, some time back and also by an oral directive of

his, in respect of Bangalore City, Crime Register For No. 20 is reported to

be divided and maintained in 7 parts as follows.

Part I - 5 Years Crime statisticsPart I I - Pending cases i.e. pending trail and pending

investigation entered in red inkPart III - Retaken cases i.e. undetected cases subsequently

detected.Part IV - Cognisable IPC & Non IPC cases.Part V - Accidental DeathsPart VI - Cases under Security Sections and preventive measures

U/S 54, 55, 107, 109, 110 and 151 Cr. PC and 55, 56, 96 and 98 Mysore Police Act and cases under P.D Act.

Part VII - Referred cases U/S 202 Cr. PC.

18. The advantages of making entries in regard to true professional

property of fences in one single record as obtaining in Form No. 78-1 of the

Old Mysore Manual to facilitate review have also been Mooted by some

Officers and considered.

19. Taking into account all aspects, the following instructions are

issued.

219

20. As a comprehensive format in Form No. 20 has now been

prescribed in Karnataka Police Manual the instructions contained in

Standing Order 540 dated 22-02-1961 should be considered as re-dundant.

21. The instruction issued by the then Deputy Inspector General of

Police, Northern Range, etc, and referred to in para 17 are hereby cancelled.

22. Crime Register Form 20 Part-A.

Crime Register in Form No. 20 prescribed in Karnataka Police

Manual shall be maintained in 2 parts in every Police Station including

Railways Police Stations.

23. In Part-A of the Crime Register (From No. 20) shall be entered, in the

order of their registration all cases of Crime coming under the following

Classes as well as attempts to commit those offences which are know or

believed to be the work of Habitual Professional Criminals.

Major Classifications:

Class –I - Offe3nces attended with violence.Class –II - House Breaking and theftClass –III - House Thefts,Class –IV - Ordinary theftsClass –V - Cattle thefts.Class –VI - Receiving or possession of stolen propertyClass –VII - CheatingClass –VIII - Counterfeiting.Class –IX - Criminal Breach of Trust or misappropriation

Minor Classification.

220

For the sake of brevity, the following minor classification by

‘Modus Operandi’ shall be adopted and entered in Col. No. 2 in Crime

Register (Form 20) under the caption “M.O. Classifications”.

Class –I

D - DacoityM - Murder for gainP - Poisoning or druggingR - Robbery

Class –II House Breaking and Thefts:

A - AugerB - Bolt holeC - Door lifted off hingesD2 - Lifting latch by inserting hand or implementD3 - Opening door not locked.E - EavesH - Holes on the wall or manholeK - Key (false) used to open lock or picking)L - Breaking lock or fasteningR - Roof-holeS - Scaling (Wall or roof)T - Threshold holeU - UnclassifiedW1- Window bars removedW2 - Window frame removedW3 - Inserting hand or stick through window

Class-III - House Thefts:

B1 - Bogus VisitorB2 - BunkB3 - BungalowC1 - Counter (Bank of Post Office)C2 - ClothesC3 - ClockG - GrainsL - Lanterns

221

S1 - SchoolsS2 - ShopsS3 - ServantsS4 - Sleeping Persons (From)T - TempleU - UnclassifiedV - Vessels.

Class-IV - Ordinary Theft::

A - Agricultural Implements (thefts of )B - Bandies of or fromC1 - Cycle theftsC2 - ClothesD - Children fromE - Electrical goodsF - Fairs and festivalsG1 - GrainsG2 - Garden produceH - Thefts from Bathing GnatsJ - JewelsL - LanternsM - Motor Cars-fromP - Pocket pickingS1 - SnatchingS2 - Sleeping persons-fromT - Time-Pieces of watches or clocksU - UnclassifiedV - VesselsW - Wire

Class-V - Cattle Thefts:

B - BuffaloesD - DonkeysG - Goats or SheepH - HorsesOS - Oxen for sale or ransomOK - Oxen for skin or meatP - Pigs

222

Class-VI - Receiving or possession of Stolen Properly:Class VIII Cheating:

B - Bogus agentC - Guilt jewelsP - PersonationU - Unclassified

Class-VIII - Counter feiting:

C - Making or passing counterfeit N - Making or passing counterfeit notes.

Class-IX -Criminal Breach of Trust or misappropriation:

C - CyclesD - DhobiJ - JewelsS - Servant or ClerkU - Unclassified.

Note: The Major and Minor Classifications listed above are those contained in Rule No. 1698 of the Karnataka Police Manual.

24.The nature of the property stolen shall be detailed in Column No. 6 of

Crime Register (Form 20). In column No. 12 any useful information shall be

noted respecting the Offence or any discovery made during the investigation,

any peculiarity in the offence, such as the use of fire arms or poisons,

offences in temples etc. If there are suspects the grounds for suspicion may

be mentioned briefly. In Col No. 14 shall be written cross reference to GCR

Volume and Sl. No. in respect of convictions for offences covered by Order

1043.

25. A red line shall divide the entries relating to each lunar month taken

from the fullmoon day.

223

26. It will be seen that when Crime Register Part-A in from No. 20 is

written up in the manner now prescribed in paragraphs 22 to 25 of this

Standing Order it will be a replica of Crime History Part I (Form No, 78-i)

of old Mysore Police Manual. In fact it will provide more and up-to-date

information than form 78-1 of Old Mysore Police Manual.

27. Crime Register in Form-20 Part-B

In Par-B of the Crime Register (Form-20) all other cognizable IPC

cases and cases of any other enactment where FIR in form No. 126 of KPM

is registered in accordance with Order No. 1194 of the KPM, shall be

entered in the Order of their registration.

28. General Instruction:

Continuous Crime Nos. are given in the order of their registration in

the Police Station. No. separate Crime Nos. need be given for the cases

entered in Parts A & B of the Crime Register (Form No. 20).

29. The Crime Register (From No. 20) in Parts A and B shall be

maintained for each calendar year commencing from 1St January to 31

December.

30. Each year cases pending investigation and trial of the previous

years should be brought forward in the new Crime Register to be opened for

the following year in the beginning of the Register in red ink in the

respective volume.

224

31. Old Crime Registers maintained in the Police Stations shall not be

destroyed, but maintained as permanent Station record.

32. Review by Circle Inspector of Part A of Crime Register:

A page or more shall be reserved at the end of entries for each

calendar year in Part-A of the Crime Register (In form 20s of the year for a

Review to be drawn by the Circle Inspector of Police.

33. Review by C.I. Of Part B of Crime Register:

A similar review should be prepared in respect of crimes not included

in Part-A as shown below:

(a) Non-Professional property Crime- The Review should not

increase or decrease under this head and the reasons for the same as well as

possibilities of these offences increasing or decreasing in the near future as

also suggest a course of action to prevent such offences in future.

(b) Cases of rioting and hurt giving broadly the reasons for their

occurrence examining whether adequate preventive action has been taken by

the local Police and suggesting future action for preventing such offences,

(c) Cases of Motor Vehicle accident, fatal or otherwise, studying

these cases with reference to place of occurrence, type of vehicle involved

and specific causes apart from the rashness or negligence on the part of the

accused so as to suggest remedial action by way of Traffic Engineering of

better enforcement or education of the public and drivers.

225

(d) Cases under the Security Sections of Cr. P.C and Karnataka

Police Act may be reviewed with a view to finding out whether effective and

adequate action has been taken against the right type persons.

(e) Referred cases shall be reviewed to assess if there is a tendency

in the public to have recourse to the Courts rather than the Police, in order to

devise ways and means restoring public confidence in Police.

(f) Special & Local Laws-a brief review of cases under all

important special and local laws such as Essential Commodities Act, S.I.T

Act, Untouchability (Offence) Act etc. shall be made. The Reviewing

Officer should find out whether action has been taken against the Habitual

Offenders Under Section 110 of the newly amended Cr. P.C. If action is not

taken by the Station House Officer, proper instructions should be given in

this regard.

34. Unnatural Deaths:

In cases of Unnatural and sudden deaths, there is no need to enter

them in Crime Register (Form No, 20) Unless a cognizable offence is

disclosed. In this connection, instructions contained in Chapter XXXV of

the Karnataka Police Manual shall be followed.

35. As prescribed in Order No. 1375(2) a resister in Form 143 shall be

maintained in each Police Station for recording the information sent to the

Magistrate about sudden or unnatural deaths. All cases of sudden or

226

unnatural deaths should be reported to the nearest Magistrate authorized to

hold the inquest in Form 142 of the K.P.M. in accordance with instructions

contained in Order 1375(I)

36. Review by Circle Inspector of Police of Unnatural and sudden deaths.

At the end of the calendar year one or two pages should be left in

Register in Form 143 in which the Circle Inspector should study the cases of

such unnatural death cause wise and death wise and leave useful instructions

for a proper study of such cases.

37. Maintenance of Crime Register (Form No. 20) of Circle Sub-Division

and District Level.

Maintenance of From No. 20 at Circle Office, SDPO and D.P.O levels

shall be Police Station-wise in single Volume, not in two parts, as at the

Police Station level. Cases will be entered in the Order of registration at the

Police Station.

38. To sum up, Crime History Part I to VII of the Karnataka Police

Manual shall be maintained in accordance with the instructions contained

therein. Crime Register (Form No. 20) shall be maintained in 2 parts at the

Police Station level and in a single Volume but Police Station-wise at the

Circle and Sub-Divisional and District levels. Mentioned above will provide

a comprehensive record of professional property offences and criminals

involved therein and will also serve as a ready reference to Investigating

Officers and to the Supervisory Officers to understand at a glance, the

incidence of property crime in the jurisdiction of the Police Station as a

whole in terms of time, space and nature and value of property, and Modus

227

Operandi and antecedents of criminals involved and enable a firmer grip on

the crime situation in the jurisdiction of the Police Station. The review

prescribed in Part-B of Form No. 20 will enable the Station House Officers

in understanding the incidence of Crimes other than property crime and take

such action as is necessary for prevention of or controlling such offences.

39. The Instructions contained in this Standing Order shall come into

effect from 01-01-1975.

40. The Crime Reviews of C.I. of Police referred at Paras 32, 33 and

36 in so far as Crime reported during the calendar year 1974 is concerned,

may be written up by the C.I. of Police in Crime Register (Form No. 20).

The review will be written up by the C.Is. by 21st January 1975 and

compliance reported by Superintendents of Police in this regard to Chief

Office by 10-02-1975

41. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.

KARNATAKA STATE POLICE

From No. 20 District……………………. Crime

228

Sl. N

o.

i) Crime No.ii) Name of complainant

iii) Date of reportiv) Place of occurrence and

distance from Police Stationv) Date and time of offence vi) Section of Lawvii) M.O. Classifications.

viii) Num

ber a

nd n

ames

of

accu

sed

or su

spec

ts

Num

ber a

nd n

ames

of

accu

sed

or su

spec

ts

Num

ber a

nd n

ames

of

pers

ons r

elea

sed

by th

e Po

lice

with

Dat

e &

tim

e

Nat

ure

and

valu

e of

pr

oper

ty st

olen

Nat

ure

of V

alue

of

Prop

erty

reco

vere

d

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Register Police Station………… Order No. 190, 217 & 1890

Brie

f fac

ts a

nd

prog

ress

of t

he c

ase

Fina

l rep

ort a

nd d

ispo

sal

of a

rres

ted

pers

ons

Dat

e of

Cas

e D

iarie

s

Dat

es o

f Ext

ensi

on

Poin

ts to

be

kept

in m

ind

Dat

e an

d D

ispo

sal b

y C

ourt

Ran

ks

8 9 10 11 12 13 14


No. 4/GC/1975, Dated: 04-01-1975

Training of Civil HCs/PCs in VHF wireless Communication

229

***

I. Under the scheme of modernisation of Police Force, we are taking

several steps. One such step is to modernize the Radio Communication. It is

our intimate aim to provide the Radio Communication. It is our ultimate aim

to provide the Radio Communication to all Police Stations in the State. As a

first step, it is proposed to extend Radio Communication to all Sub-

Divisions and Circle Headquarters during 1975-76 subject to availability of

wireless sets and necessary funds. The Radio Communication proposed to

be provided will normally consists of VHF communication with R/T system.

Such a VHF communication with R/T system can be operated by intelligent

and educated HCs/PCs who have aptitude for working on radio

communication. It is therefore proposed to train the required number of civil

Police Constables/Head Constable in operating VHF sets. It is only those

who are trained should be permitted to handle the concerned wireless

equipments.

2. A short course for a period of 12 working days will be organised in

Bangalore city at certain District Headquarters during the months of January

1975 to June 1975. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless will send two

teams of Instructors who will organise the course to impart necessary

training. The programme of training is given below:-

Name of the DistrictNo.

of Seats allotted.

Venue of Training. Period of From

Training To

TEAM-11) Belgaum 36 Belgaum 20-01-1975 01-02-19752) Dharwar 36 Dharwar 10-02-1975 22-02-1975

230

3) Chitradurga 36 Chitradurga 02-03-1975 15-03-19754) Bellary 18 Bellary 23-03-1975 05-04-19755) Raichur 18 Bellary 23-03-1975 05-04-19756) Bijapur 24 Dharwar 13-04-1975 26-04-19757) North Kanara 12 Dharwar 13-04-1975 26-04-19758) Shimoga 30 Shimoga 04-05-1975 17-05-19759) Bangalore City 30 Radio Grid

Bangalore02-06-1975 14-06-1975

10) 6 Radio Grid Bangalore

02-06-1975 14-06-1975

TEAM II1) Bangalore

District15 Radio Grid

Bangalore20-01-1975 01-02-1975

2) Tumkur 21 Radio Grid Bangalore

20-01-1975 01-02-1975

3) Mysore 24 Mysore 10-02-1975 22-02-19754) Mandya 12 Mysore 10-02-1975 22-02-19755) South Kanara 36 Mangalore 02-03-1975 15-03-19756) Kolar 15 Kolar 23-03-1975 05-04-19757) K.G.F 20 Kolar 23-03-1975 05-04-19758) Gulbarga 24 Gulbarga 13-04-1975 26-04-19759) Bidar 12 Gulbarga 13-04-1975 26-04-197510) Coorg 12 Mysore 04-05-1975 15-05-197511) Hassan 12 Mysore 04-05-1975 15-05-197512) Chickmagalur 9 Mysore 04-05-1975 15-05-197513) Bangalore City 30 Radio Grid

Bangalore19-05-1975 31-05-1975

14) Railways 6 Radio Grid Bangalore

19-05-1975 31-05-1975

(The training is inclusive of Ii Saturdays).

3. In allotting the seats, not only the number of circles have been

taken into consideration, but also the approximate number of candidates

required for any VHF communication that may be required to be organised

in the Districts in due course.

231

4. The Superintendent of Police should select from all the circles and

also from personnel posted in the Headquarters. The qualification prescribed

for the candidates to be selected for the training is as under:-

i) Should have good knowledge of English and Kannada and should preferably have passed S.S.L.C

ii) Should have put in minimum of 3 years service and should not be above 35 years of age.

iii) Should be able to write in neat and legible characters;

iv) The personnel selected should be such as fit to be posted in Police Stations located in the circles;

v) As the wireless set will be located in the Police Station, the candidates should not ordinarily be writers and others attached to Circle Offices.

5. After imparting training in wireless Communication to the HCs/PCs

the Superintendents of Police should ensure that the wireless sets are

handled and operated only by the trained Police Constables. As wireless

equipments are very costly it is not advisable to allow unqualified operators

to tamper with them.

Necessary facilities for training should be made available by the

Superintendents of Police at the places where training will be conducted.


No. SMS(1)271/1975, Dated: 07-01-1975

Essential Commodities Act-Seizures of food grains, other essential commodities and vehicles-Register to be

kept in DPO

232

***I have been finding that proper statistics of seizure of food –grains and

other essential commodities, their disposal etc., are not being made readily

available with the result that quite often the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID, and this office have been obtaining information by sending

wireless messages. The statistics reported are found quite often to be

inaccurate and incomplete.

With effect from 1st January 1975, a register in the enclosed proforma

should be maintained in the DPO. The register should be maintained Police

Station-Wise, setting apart a few pages for each Police Station. The entries

under several colums and the information should be recorded at every stage

promptly so that up to date information is available in the registered any

information required by the Superintendent of Police from their Sub-

Inspectors should be obtained at the time of holding monthly Crime

Conference.

The cases reported under the essential Commodities Act 1955 from

the 1st January should be brought on to this register.

Separately I will prescribing a monthly review in respect of which

instructions will follow.

The receipt of these Standing orders should be acknowledged.

Register showing seizure of foodgrains and other essential

commodities under E.C Act 1955

Police Stations…………………….. District…………………

233

Sl. N

o.

Polic

e St

atio

n

Crim

e N

o. &

Dat

e of

repo

rt

Whe

ther

det

ecte

d by

loca

l Po

lice

or C

B-I

I, C

ID (F

ood

Cel

l)

Nam

e of

acc

used

/whe

ther

lic

ense

e

Nat

ure

and

quan

tity

of fo

od-

grai

ns a

nd o

ther

ess

entia

l co

mm

oditi

es s

eize

d an

d th

eir

valu

e

If v

ehic

le s

eize

d, re

gist

ratio

n N

o. ty

pe a

nd n

ame

of th

e re

gist

ered

ow

ner

Whe

ther

repo

rt se

nt D

C U

/s

6A a

nd d

ate

of re

port.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Orders of D.C. regarding foodgrains and vehicles

Nam

e of

the

Cou

rt an

d D

ate

of

fillin

g ch

arge

shee

t and

C.C

. No.

Dis

posa

l of t

he C

ase

Rem

arks

Qua

ntity

con

fisca

ted

with

da

te if

veh

icle

-con

fisca

ted

with

dat

e.

Qua

ntity

pur

chas

ed a

t pr

ocur

emen

t rat

e/m

arke

t ra

te/ra

te fi

xed

by D

C, a

s pe

r the

ord

ers o

f the

D.C

.

Qua

ntity

rele

ased

to th

e pa

rty b

y D

C w

ith d

ate

if ve

hicl

e re

leas

ed to

the

party

with

dat

e

9(1) 9(2) 9(3) 10 11 12


No. CB-3/26/1973, Dated:20-01-1975

***

Karnataka State Police Service (Uniform)

234

In S.O. No. 642, (CB-3. 28/1974) dated 16-11-1974) instructions were

issued regarding wearing of Uniform by I.P.S. Officers on various

occasions, Karnataka State Police Service Officers on various occasions.

The following instructions are issued in respect of Karnataka State

Police Service Gazetted Officers and these will be effective from 26the

January 1975:-

2. Ceremonial Review Order. It will comprise Peak cap, Jacket

(Gabardine or Drill) slacks of the same material as the jacket. Khaki Shirt,

blue tie, brown ankle boot/shoes, Khaki socks, sam brown belt, badge of

appropriate rank, whistle, lanyard, swagger stick, Medals and decorations.

Swords blue will be worn when specially ordered. Similarly cloth belt

instead of Sam brown belt will be worn when specially ordered.

3. Working Dress: Working Dress will be of the categories namely

types (2) (3) and (4).

Working Dress type (2) will comprise of-

Peak-cap, Khaki Bush shirts with cloth belt, Khaki slacks, Khaki

socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle blue lanyard, swagger stick and

medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.

4. Working Dress Type (3) will comprise-

Peak-cap, Khaki shirts, web-belt with white Metal fittings, Khaki

slacks, khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger

stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.

5. Working Dress type (4) will comprise of-

235

Peak-cap-shirts (Angola or Cellular) web-belt with white metal

fittings with or without khaki jersey, khaki gabardine slack, khaki socks,

brown shoes/ankle boots or jungle boots, whistle blue lanyard, swagger stick

and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.

6. The specifications of various items of Uniform article will be as

laid down in KSPS Uniform Rules as amended from time to time.

Note: (1) The Swagger stick will be a cylindrical stick of wood or leather covered wood of 22” in length approximately 4/8’ diameter.

(2) The question of replacement of Web-belt by a crested leather belt

is under examination and competent orders will issue in due coure.

7. Ceremonial-Review order will be worn on following Occasions:-

i) Public-Arrival and departure of the President of India.ii) Arrival and departure of Heads of State of other countries.iii) Republic Day Paradeiv) Independence Day Parade,v) Police Commemoration Day Parade,vi) Police Passing-out Parades,vii) Presentation of Guard of Honor by Police to dignitaries.

viii) When invited fro Tea or at Home by the Governor/Chief Minister on Republic and Independence Day. Officers will wear cloth belt instead of sam-brown belt.

ix) While assuming a new Office.x) When calling for the 1st time on Governor, Chief Minister, Home

Minister or Superior Officer.xi) When calling on a Superior Officer on Promotion or assumption of

new Office.xii) On arrival of Superior Officers for annual Inspections.xiii) Ceremonial Parade during annual Inspections by Superior Officers.xiv) During annual inspections of Superior Officers unless permitted to

be in working dress.

236

xv) Any other occasions specified by the Inspector General of Police.

8. Sword will be worn with ceremonial uniform while commanding

parade.

9. Officers are permitted to wear either of the working dress type (2)

and type (3) on normal duties. The senior most officer may direct the

wearing of any one type of working dress for any particular occasion.

10. Working Dress type (4) may be worn during cold weather and

monsoons. It may also be worn while on night rounds conducting raids,

marches and such other operations.


No. 331/TEN, C1/74-75, Dated: 19-02-1975

***

Retirement of Government Servants on invalid pension

237

Attention is invite to Rule 273 of the KCSRs which inter-alia lays down

that Government Servant who by bodily or mental infirmity is permanently

incapacitated (i) for public service or (ii) for the particular branch to which

he belongs be awarded and invalid pension o his retirement. Note-2 there

under states that ‘Every effort should be made to find for such a Government

Servant other employment suited to his particular capacity’

2. Experience has shown that whenever a PC/HC or any other Police

Officer becomes physically disabled on amount of illhealth or in the course

of discharge of his duties, his case is as a matter of routine considered for

invalid pension and no earnest effort is made to find other employment

suited to his capacity. For instance, in Police Department itself there are

posts of Dalayaths in almost all the Police Offices which are less arduous

and exacting in character than regular Police duties.

3. Rule 278(b) of KCSRs, clearly lays down that in cases of partial in

capacity referred to under the second alternative certificate, a Government

servant should, if possible, be employed even on lower pay so that the

expense of pensioning him may be avoided. In this connection, it may be

pertinent to reproduce the relevant provisions of Rule 260 of the KCSRs

which reads ‘to pension a Government Servant still capable of useful service

is a waste of public money……’ Rule 279A KCSRs, fore warns

Superintendents of Police to be on their guard against endeavors to retire on

invalid pension, Officers who are capable of serving longer.

4. In spite of all the aforementioned provisions of rules, it is seen that a

number of cases of invalid pension particularly in the cadre of PCs/HCs are

238

coming up from some of the Districts for sanction and no effort appears to

have been made to find suitable alternate employment if necessary even in

other cadres on lower pay to the incumbents and the pension papers are

forwarded with a certificate that there is no other post in which he can be

employed and that he may be retired on invalid pension as a matter of

course.

5. Government have taken a serious view of the matter and have directed

that whenever it is certified by a competent Medical Officer that a

Government Servant is completely and permanently incapacitated for further

service in that particular branch to which he belongs or that he is fit for

further service of a less laborious character than the one which he is doing or

may after resting for a specific period of time be fit for further service of a

less laborious character than that which he has being doing, all efforts should

be made to find him an alternative employment suited to his particular

capacity even in another cadre on a lower pay and only when there is no post

suited to the level of capacity/incapacity of the official his/her case should

be recommended for invalid pension.

6. Another point which needs to be stressed in this connection is that

according to Rule 282 of KCSRs, a Government Servant who has submitted

a Medical certificate on incapacity for further service under Rule 275 of

KCSRs, must not be retained in service pending a decision on his

application for pension but may be given leave at credit for a period not

exceeding six months and permitted to retire at the end of that period.

Instances have come to noticed where some of the Superintendents of Police

have retained such officials in service pending a decision on their application

239

for pension and Government had to be approached for necessary sanction.

According to Note under Rule 282 KCSRs even in such cases not more than

six months service from the date to the Medical Certificate can be reckoned

for pension and as such it will not be proper to retain such officials on duty

once they are certified to be incapacities for the particular branch of work.

7. The above instructions may be kept in view by all the District and

Unit Officers while considering the applications of their subordinates for

invalid pension in future.


No. GNL(1)220/1974-75, Dated: 24-02-1975

***

Manner in which the Members of Parliament and Legislature should be treated when they meet Officers

at Public functions – instructions issued.

240

Instructions regarding the behavior of Police Officer toward

members of Parliament and Legislature are laid down in Orders 294 and 295

K.P.M. Vol I. These instructions are reiterated in Government O.M. No.

GAD. 23 PLX 68 dated 30-05-1968 according to which due courtesy should

be shown to the Members of Parliament and Legislature when they meet

Officers of the State Government on official business. When Officers are

unable to accede to the request or suggestion of the Members of Parliament

Legislature, the reasons for the Officers inability should be courteously

explained to them. Again in Government O.M. No. GAD 15 PLX 1972,

dated 28-11-1972, it is directed that whenever Members of Parliament and

Members of the State Legislature visit any Officer of the State Government,

the Officer concerned should make a note of their visit in a register showing

the date and time of the visit and the action taken on the request made by the

Member which should also be indicated in brief in the register. In this

connection, attention is drawn to Law Section Circular No. 3152 issued in

No. LAW. E2 75/72 dated 16-12-1972.

2. In Government C.M. No. GAD.4 PLX 75, dated 27-01-1975, the

Government have reiterated their earlier instructions and directed that due

courtesy should be shown to the Members of Parliament and Legislature at

all times, particularly public functions seats be fitting their position being

reserved for them. A copy of the Government O.M. dated 27-01-1975 is

enclosed.

3. In conformity with the Official Memorandum, the following

instructions are issued:

241

1) Members of the Legislature have important constitutional functions to perform and they should be given full assistance by Government Servants in this behalf.

2) Due courtesy should be shown to the Members of Parliament and

Legislature and other representatives of the Public at all times.

3) Whenever public functions are arranged by the Police action may be

taken to ensure the members of Parliament and Legislature in the area

and other representatives of the Public are invited and seats be fitting

their position are reserved for them.

Copy of Official Memorandum No. GAD 4 DLX 75, dated 27-01-1975

from the Additional Secretary to Government, General Administration

Department, Bangalore, addressed to the Head of Department.

Instructions issued in regard to the manner in which the members of

Parliament and Legislature should be treated when they meet Officers

at public function

In O.M. No. GAD. 23 PLX 68 dated 30the May 1968, instructions

have been issued regarding the manner in which Members of Parliament and

the State Legislature should be treated, when they Meet Officers on official

business.

In O.M. No. GAD 15 OLX 72, dated 01-12-1972 it has further been

directed that whenever Members of Parliament and Members of the State

Legislature visit any Officer of the Secretariat Departments, the Officer

concerned should make a note of their visit in a register, showing the date

and time of the visit and the action taken on the request of the Member,

which should also be indicated in brief in the register.

242

It has come to the notice of Government that due courtesy is not being

shown to Legislators at public functions organised by Government servants.

Government views this with concern. The Members of the Legislature have

important constitutional functions and they should be given full Asst. by

Government Servants in this respect. While therefore, reiterating the

instructions issued earlier, all Heads of Departments are requested to ensure

that due courtesy is shown to the Members of Parliament and to the

Legislators and other representatives of the public at all times, particularly at

public functions, seats be fitting their position should be reserved for them

the Heads of Department are also requested to issue suitable instructions to

their subordinates working under their administrative control in this behalf.


No. STS.1/3/113/1974-75, Dated: 21-02-1975

***

Revision of Uniform of Police Inspectors, Police Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors and equivalent

ranks.

243

1. G.O. No. HD 15 EXP 57, dated 23-07-19572. G.O. No. HD 141 PAC 63, dated 06-08-19633. G.O. No. HD 212 PEG 72, dated 03-12-1974

1. Consequent on the reorganization of States on 01-11-1956 Police

Forces belonging to 5 different States came under one administration in the

New Mysore State. Each of these five States had its own uniform for its

Police Force and therefore the need arose for having a common pattern of

uniform for all the members of the Police Force of the New Mysore State. A

proposal was sent to Government for prescribing a set of common uniform.

Government in their orders cited at Sl. No. I above sanctioned the proposal.

2. Subsequently proposals were sent to Government in 1963

prescribing common uniform to Assistant Sub-Inspectors Assistant Reserve

Sub-Inspectors and Government approved free supply of the same in their

Order cited at Sl. No. 2 above.

3. Since then changes have taken place in thinking and out-look of the

Police on the one hand and the attitude of the public towards the Police on

the other. The State has also been renamed as KARNATAKA. In Order to

enable the Police Force to keep pace with the spirit of the times and create a

favorable image in the public eye, it was considered necessary to revise the

Police uniform, so as to make it this not only functional but also

comfortable. In keeping with this trend, proposals were sent to Government

for permitting Sub-Inspectors also to wear open collar coats as in the case of

Circle Inspectors, instead of close collar coats and also for doing away with

the wearing of shorts, hose-tops and ankle putties. Government have

approved the same in their Order cited a Sl. No. (3) above. This leaves the

Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors who according to existing Order

244

may also wear shorts, hose-tops and Ankle putties and Assistant Sub-

Inspectors have to wear close collar coats instead of Open Collar Coats.

Proposals are being sent to Government separately to remove these

anomalies.

4. In Order to achieve uniformity and have a comfortable uniform for

the rank of Inspectors, Sub-Inspects and Assistant Sub-Inspectors and other

equivalent ranks in the Civil, Armed Reserve, K.S.R.P, and the KSP,

Wireless, the following instructions are issued.

Ceremonial Dress

The Ceremonial dress for the officer above the rank of Inspectors,

Sub-Inspector of the Civil Police, Traffic Police and equivalent ranks in

K.S.R.P, KSPW., District and City Armed Reserve shall comprise the

following.

Dark blue laced turban of silken material, Open Collar tunic made of

Khaki Drill/Terry Cot/Gabardine with white metal buttons, Khaki slacks of

the same materials as the tunic, Khaki full-arm shirt of cellular material

Khaki Tie of silken material, Sam-Browne Belt, Brown Ankle Boot/Shoes

with Khaki Socks, badges of rank made of white metal with colour ribbon of

silken material on shoulder flaps, KSP/KSAP/KSRP/KSPW badges of white

metal according to the branch to which they belong, Khaki Lanyard and

whistle.

Note:- 1. Instead of Khaki Tunic. Police Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors of Traffic Branch shall wear tunic of white Drill/Terry-cot Gabardine.

245

2. Medals and decorations will be worn over the left side chest pocket as usual.

5. Ceremonial Dress Will Be Worn On the Following Occasions.i) On public arrival and departure of the President of India, unless

otherwise directed: ii) Arrival & Departure of Heads of State of other Countries unless

otherwise directed:iii) Republic Day Parade.iv) Independence Day Parade;v) Police Commemoration Day Parade;vi) Presentation of Guard of Honour by Police to dignitaries,vii) Police Passing out Parade,viii) While calling on superior Officers by special appointment or interview,ix) While assuming a New Office,x) While calling for the first time on Superior Officers;xi) When calling on a Superior Officer on promotion or assumption of new office,xii) On arrival of Superior Officers for prescribed periodical inspections;xiii) Ceremonial Parade during inspections of Superior Officer,xiv) During instructions of Superior Officers unless permitted to be in Working Dress.xv) On any other occasion specified by Superior Officer of the rank of

Superintendents of Police and above.

6. Working Dress:

Working Dress will be of the categories ‘A’ and ‘B’ noted below:

TYPE ‘A’

Peak-up with badge, bearing words ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in

Kannada, Bush shirt of Khaki drill or cellular or terry cot with bone buttons

and cloth belt and khaki drill or terrycot slacks, Brown Shoes/Ankle boots

246

with khaki socks, Khaki lanyad, Whistle, Badges of rank with color ribbon

on shoulder flaps and Medal ribbons.

Note:- Sleeves of the bush shirt will be rolled up and pressed except after sun set when they may be rolled Down.

TYPE ‘B’

Peak-cap with badge bearing words ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in

Kannada, Full-arm open collar shirt of Khaki cellular/terrycot material with

bone buttons, slacks of Khaki Drill/Terrycot, brown leather belt, with crested

buckle of white metal with the word ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in Kannada

and Hindi as shown in the diagram appended, Khaki socks, brown

shoes/ankle boots, whistle with Khaki lanyard, Medal ribbons, with badges

of rank with colour ribbon on shoulder flaps.

Note:-1. Full Arm Shirt will be rolled up an pressed except after sun set when they may be rolled down.

2. For Parades other then Ceremonial Parade, working dress ‘B’ will be worn unless directed otherwise.

3. The Senior most Officers of the Unit of and the above rank of a Superintendent of Police may prescribe the type of working dress to be worn on any particular occasion.

7. The specifications of various articles of Uniform prescribed have

been given in appendix attached to this Standing Order.

8. As heretofore the Assistant Sub-Inspectors will be supplied with

free uniform whereas Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors and equivalent

rank to equip themselves out of the dress allowance paid to them annually.

247

9. These instructions will come into effect from 1st March, 1975.

10. The above instructions should be brought to the notice of each and

every Police Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors’ Assistant Sub-Inspectors and

equivalent rank in your District/Unit.

A P P E N D I X

CEREMONIAL DRESS

1. Turban.

Dark blue silk Turban, the end of which is trimmed with five stripes

of gold lace, each one inch (2.5 cms) wide, on a dark blue back-ground with

inter spaces of 1’’ (2.5 cms) each having 5 gold lace lines, three of which

will be in the middle, at equal distances and the other two on either edge of

the lace stripe; both at the commencement and end of the laced portion, there

will be five lines of gold lace, placed at equal distances, in a space of two

inches (5 cms), the turban to be tied in the Mysore pattern, over a conical

black kulla the top of which is covered with gold lace to a depth of 3” (7.5

cms), the cap being visible three inches (7.5 cms), from top above the

turban. The turban should be tied over a light mould or material. The

fringers will be of tassels of dark red silk and placed above the crown of the

turban being just visible from the front view. There should be 36 folds on the

left side of the turban, It should have a leather sweat band inside, and an

adjustable strap.

248

2. Khaki Drill (Or Khaki Gabardine/Terrycot) single breasted, cut as

lounge coat to the waist very loose at chest and shoulders but fitted at the

waist, military skirt to bottom edge. A silver plated hook on each side at the

waist. Length as in ordinary civilian lounge coat, i.e., covering the set.

Collar to be cut as in ordinary civilian lounge coat. Two patch breast pockets

above, 6 ½ inches (16.4 cms) wide and 71/2 inches (19 cms) deep to the top

of the flap, with a 2 ½ inches (5.7 cms) box pleat in the centre fastened at the

top with a small Karnataka Police button in Kannada; flap with button hole

to cover pockets 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) deep and 6 ½ inches (16.4 cms) wide.

Two expanding pockets below the waist (pleats at the sides) 9 ¼ inches

(23.5 cms) wide at the top, 10 ¼ (26.9 cms) inches at the button, 8 inches

(20.3 cms) deep to the top of the pocket, fastened at the top with a small

Karnataka Police button; flap with button hole, to covers pockets, 3 ½ inches

(8.8 cms) deep and 10 ¼ inches (26 cms) wide, the top of the pocket to be

tacked down at the corners in such a manner that the pocket can be expanded

at the top also if necessary. Four medium Karnataka Police buttons down the

front. The buttons should be so fixed that the bottom-most button covers the

naval and the topmost bottom fixed one-third distance between the naval and

the position of the tie-knot. Pointed cuffs, 5 inches (12.7 cms) high at the

point at 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) behind. Attached shoulder straps of the same

material as the garment fastened with a small Karnataka Police button.

The Jacket to be worn over a Khaki Shirt with attached collar with

sailor-knot Khaki tie.

3. Buttons

249

White Metal Buttons with “Gandabherunda” inscribed in the Centre

with the words “Karnataka Police” around in Kannada.

4. Slacks (48.3 cms)

Of the same materials as the tunic, without turn ups (plain ends) 19

inches/wide and shaped from instep to toe with two straight pockets on both

sides, without any hip pockets.

5. Full-arm Shirts

Khaki full arms shirt single cuffs with cellular material with turned

down collar, two breast pockets and attach shoulder straps. Bone buttons-8

medium sized on the front, one small on each pocket and one small on each

shoulder strap should be fixed. The flaps of the pockets to be provided with

press buttons on either end.

6. Khaki Tie

Khaki Tie made from silken material.

7. Belt

Sam Brown Belt with White Metal fittings.

8. Ankle Boots

Brown with plain toe caps.

9. Shoes

Plain brown leather with Plain toecaps

10. Khaki Socks

Made from nylon/woolen material.

11. Badges of Rank/(1.2 cm)

250

Three 5 pointed white metal stars of the ‘Stars of India’ pattern and I

inch (2.5 cms) broad, and a ribbon ½ inch/wide, half red and half dark blue

(red colour nest to the stars), an inch/from the base of the (2.5 cms) shoulder

strap, letters Karnataka State Police. The Stars should be slightly frosted, out

without any design in the centre, and should be worn with the points directed

towards the shoulder button. The letters should be in ½ in ch (1.2 cms)

block.

12. Ribbon Colour

13. KSP/KSAP/KSPW Badges

14. Lamyard Khaki

15. Peak Cap

Peck Cap of Khaki material with white or patent block feather peak

with a black band of oak leaf lace around. 4 ¼ inches (11.4 cms) total depth,

diameter across the top 10-3/8 inches (26.3 cms) for a cap fitting 21 ¾

inches (55.20 cms) in circumference, the top to be 1/8 inches (0.3 cms) large

or smaller in diameter for every ¼ inches (0.6 cms) by which the cap may

vary in size of head above or below the before mentioned standard, e.g., for

a cap 22 ¼ inches (56.4 cms) in circumference, the diameter across the top

to be 10 5/8 inches (26.9 cms) and for a cap 21 inches (53.3 cms) in

circumference, the diameter to be 10 inches (25.4 cms). The sides to be

made in four pieces and to be 2 1/8 inches (5.4 cms) deep between the welts.

“Karnataka Police” badge of white metal to be worn in the centre of the

band in front. The cap to to be set up on a band of stiff leather or other

material 1 ¾ inches (4.3 cms) deep. Chin strap of black leather 3/8 inch (.9

251

cm) wide buttoned on to two small buttons of the Karnataka Police. Buttons

placed immediately behind the corners of the peak.

16. Cap Badge

Of the same pattern as the one prescribed for the I.P.S. Officer (1 ½.

(3.7 cm) X2” (5cm) containing in the centre the figure of “Gandabherunda”,

surrounded by circular inscription “Karnataka Police” in Kannada and a

wreath below, with a broad pin at the rear for fastening with the cap.

17. Bush Shirt

Khaki cellular or drill/terrycot with plain front. Two breast pockets 6

½ inches (16.4 cms) deep and 5 ¾ inches (14.5 cms) wide with 1 ½ inches

(3.7 cms) box pleat in the centre each fastened at the top a small bone

button. The flap should be three pronged with button hole to cover the

pockets 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) deep and 5 ¾ inches (14.5 cms) wide. The

extreme prongs should be fastened to the pocket with press buttons. Two

expending pockets below the waist; pleats at the sides, 8 ¼ inches (20.9

cms) wide at the top and 9 ½ inches (24.1 cms) wide at the bottom, 8 inches

(20.3 cms) deep to the top of the pocket, fastened to a flap at the top with

bone button, flap with a button hole to cover the pockets 3 inches (7.6 cms)

deep and 9 ½ (24.1 cms) wide fastened at the top of the pocket; to be tucked

down at the corners in such a manner that the pockets can be expanded at the

top also if necessary. Four bone buttons (medium size) down the plain front.

Buttons should be so fixed that the sloth belt goes in the centre of the last

two buttons. The sleeves should be full length with single straight cuff each

having one small bone button. Attached should straps fastened with a small

bone button. The back be plain without pleats, with a vent at the centre of

252

the back at the bottom 10 inches (25.4 cms) long Attached ‘Stand & fall’

collar. Loops at the side seams to take a detachable cloth belt. Length of the

Bush shirt down to the love of the knuckles, when the first are clenched and

fully extended downwards.

The belt should be made of the same material as the “Bush shirt with

an inner lining of Khaki drill and 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) in with and will be

fastened by a double pronged white metal buckle.

18. Whistle and whistle Cord.

Metropolitan Police pattern whistle to be worn with braided whistle

cord of Khaki. The whistle cord will run through the left shoulder strap and

the whistle well be carried in the left breast pocket so that the whistle cord

goes straight from the left upper edge of the pocket to the arm pit.

19. Crested leather Belt

Crested leather Belt-Specification

Crested lather belt made of thick tan leather, brown in colour,

inscribed with the words KARNATAKA POLICE in Kannada and Hindi,

and ‘SAYHYAMEVA JAYATHE’ in Devanageri script as shown in the

diagram. The length of the belt should be 104 cms, long, 5cms. Wide with a

metal buckle 8 ¼ cms. Long & 5 ¾ cms. Broad attached at one end of the

belt fixed with a leather loop of 1.2 cms broad with a leather bedding 5 cms.

Broad 13 cms. Long underneath the white metal buckle and firmly stitched

to the loop. Two adjustable leather loops of 1.2 cms. With metal loop should

253

be provided for adjusting the belt. The metal buckle should have 2 holes in

the centre for affixing the crest of the monogram as shown in the diagram.


No. 40/Sports/1974-75, Dated: 11-03-1975

***

All India Police Duty Meet Intensive training

254

The All India Police Duty Meet is organised annually by the Central

Co-ordination Committee, All India Police Duty Meet Ministry of Home

Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi with the aim of improving the

standards of professional performance in the Police Forces of India. The

meet is usually organised in the First week of November every year in each

State by rotation. Although the Karnataka State Police is regularly

participating in all India Police Duty Meet ever since 1953, the performance

of our State has so far not been encouraging and there is need for

improvement.

2. This matter was discussed at some length in the Annual Police

Officers Conference held in January 1974. The Conference felt that the main

reasons for the repeated poor performance of our teams in the Meet were

defective selection procedure, lock of sufficient training and insufficient

time for coaching of those who are selected to participate in the Meet.

3. In Order to overcome these shortcomings and with a view to ensure

higher standard of performance by our competitors in the future Meets and

as the existing sanction of Government in GO No. HD. II PTR 71, dated 20-

09-1971, provided only for a limited scope for selection and training, a

detailed scheme for improving the method of selection and coaching of the

teams was worked out and proposals were sent to Governemtn in this Office

letter No. 40/Sports/74 dated 09-10-1974 for sanction.

4. The Government have since accorded sanction to the following in

their Order No. HD 26 PTR 1974, dated 01-03-1975 (copy enclosed)

255

i) For drafting to Range Headquarters (Viz. Belgaum, Gulbarga, Mysore

and Bangalore) from Districts/Units of the concerned Range,

including the Range formed for the other Units under the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, C.I.D and for City Police under the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, for a period not exceeding 4

days, competitors selected to participate in the Range level duty

Meets, not exceeding 75 in number for each of the six Range Level

Meets.

ii) For drafting to State Headquarters (Bangalore from the six Ranges for

a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected by the Range

Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Commissioner of Police

Bangalore & the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, in all not

exceeding 70 in number for participating in Final Selection.

iii) For retaining, out of the total of 101 competitors participating in the

Final Selection competitors selected for participating in the all India

Police Duty Meet, including those stationed in Bangalore, not

exceeding 50 in number, in the State Headquarters (Bangalore) for

giving intensive training for a period not exceeding 3 months as per

the existing sanction in GO No. HD 11 PTR 71, dated 20-09-1971.

iv) For deputing the following number of competitors to the All India Police Duty Meet every year.

256

Events Competitors Reserve/

Observers

1. Rifle Shooting 8 52. Revolver Shooting 3 23. First Aid & Ambulance Drill 4 14. Motor Transport 2 15. Scientific Aids to Investigation 5 + 5 56. Police Photography 2 17. Wireless 4 1

Total 33 15

In all not exceeding 50 in numbers, as per the existing sanction of and

below the rank of Police Inspectors to participate in the all India

Police Duty Meet every year.

v) To treat the period of absence of the members of the teams deputed

from the Districts/Units to the Range Level Duty Meets, from

Bangalore to the All India Police Duty Meet, including the payment of

T.A and D.A as on duty.

vi) To incur recurring expenditure towards them as detailed below.

1. a) Material required for use in the Rs. 1,200-00 6 Range Level Duty Meets at Rs. 200/-each Range.

b) Materials required for use at final 200-00 selection in Bangalore.

c) Materials required for intensive training. 400-00 Total Rs. 1,800-00

2. Entry fees in respect of each of the Competitions i.e. Scientific Aids

257

Investigation of Crime (2 competition), Police Wireless First Aid and Motor Transport, Police Photography and Rifle and Revolver Shooting (I competition each) at Rs. 25/- each (Total 6 competitions) (Instead of the EXISTING SANCTION OF Rs. 125/- At Rs. 25/- for each of the 5 competitions) Rs. 150-00

vii) To pay the extra dietary allowance of Rs.3/- per day to the non-gazettedPolice personnel during training at Bangalore (instead of Rs. 1/- as perThe existing GO No. HD 11 PTR 71,Dated 20-09-1971) i.e. for 50 personnelFro 3 months. Rs. 13,500-00

viii) T.A and D.A (as on tour) for attending the All India Police Duty Meet

for a period of 7 days.

ix) One Gazetted Officer to lead the ‘Scientific Aids to Investigation of Crime Competition Team’ as Liaison Officer as required by the all India Police Duty Meet Rules for which sanction already exists.

x) One Gazetted Officer, who has to lead the Rifle and Revolver

Shooting Competitions Teams as Captain of the Team for which already sanction exists.

5. The method of selection of the teams and their coaching should

confirm to the sanctions obtained from Government and on the lines

indicated hereunder:

6. Events:-The all India Police Duty Meet comprises Competition in

the following events:-

258

1. Rifle Shooting2. Revolver Shooting3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill4. Motor Transport5. Scientific Aids to Investigation6. Police Photography7. Wireless Transmission, Receiving and Mechanics.

7. Composition of teams:

According to the Rules for All India Police Duty Meet, the

composition of teams for each of the above mentioned events is as follows.

i) Rifle Shooting

Each State team should consist of 8 competitors at the rate of 2 for

each of the 4 practices viz (1) firing from the standing and kneeling positions

from a distance of 100 yards; (2) firing from kneeling position from a

distance of 200 yards; (3) firing from prone position at a target which would

be visible for not more than a period of 3 second, from a distance of 300

yards. There is no restriction on the number of Officers to be included in the

team.

ii) Revolver Shooting

Three competitors, will fire each of the four practices prescribed.

There is no restriction on the number of officers to be included in the team.

iii) First Aid & Ambulance Drill

The Team consists of 4 men and inclusion of I as reserve in

addition to the four men is permitted.

iv) Motor Transport

259

Each State can enter one team consisting of two Constable Head

Constable Drivers, one driver for the jeep and the other for the medium

vehicle. Persons trained or employed as Motor Mechanics are debarred. A

person who participates in the competition in one Meet will not be allowed

to participate in it for the subsequent three years.

v) Scientific Aids to Investigation

Each team consists of I Inspector, 2 Sub-Inspectors, I Assistant

Sub-Inspector or Head Constable and I Constable. Not more than two teams

may be entered by any State. A person who participates in the competition in

one Meet shall not be allowed to participate in it for the subsequent three

years.

vi) Police Photography

Each State can send two representatives to take part in this

competition. A competitor taking part in this competition will not be allowed

to Participate in it for the subsequent three years.

vii)Wireless

The team consists of 4 wireless Operators so that two wireless stations

may be operated simultaneously. One additional operator to serve as a

reserve is permitted. Any competitor competing in this competition will not

be allowed to participate in it for the subsequent three years.

8. Selection:

260

Hitherto, the practice has been to select competitors mainly from the

Police Units stationed in Bangalore as shown below:

1. Rifle Shooting K.S.R.P2. Revolver Shooting K.S.R.P3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill C.A.R.4. Motor Transport C.A.R.5. Scientific Aids to Investigation C.I.D.6. Police Photography C.A.R.7. Wireless Wireless Station in Bangalore

So much so, there has been hardly any involvement or participation of

competitors from the Districts and as a result, the opportunity to spot talent

from among them in the various fields of competition was not availed of.

The revised method of selection including holding of Range Level Meet is

shown in subsequent paragraphs.

9. Range Level Meets.

Each Superintendent of Police in charge of the District will select at

the rate of 2 competitors for each of the following events:

1. Rifle Shooting2. Revolver Shooting3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill4. Motor Transport5. Scientific Aids to Investigation6. Police Photography

(with regard to the remaining item of competition viz. Wireless, the

competitors will be selected by the Superintendent of Police Wireless,

Bangalore, and this will be adverted to later).

261

10. The selected personnel will assemble at the concerned Range

Headquarters for participating in the Range Level Duty Meet to be held for 3

days any time between March and July every year, the dates being fixed by

the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Range in consultation with the

Superintendents of Police of the Districts in his Range. Depending upon the

convenience weather condition and Law Order situation. The Range Level

Meets, however, should be over at least a week earlier to the Final Selection

at the State Level.

11. Thus, the number of competitors selected by the Superintendents of Police of Districts and deputed to their Range Headquarters will be as follows:

Name of Range & NO. of Districts

Number of Competitors

Rifl

e

Rev

olve

r

Firs

t Aid

Mot

or

Tran

spor

t

Sc. A

ids t

o In

vest

igat

ion

Phot

ogra

phy

Northern Range (4) 8 8 8 8 8 8North Eastern Range (4) 8 8 8 8 8 8Southern Range (6) 12 12 12 12 12 12Central Range (6) 12 12 12 12 12 12

The total Number of competitors who will participate in the Range

Level Duty Meets at each Range Headquarters will be as follows:

262

1. Northern Range - 48

2. North Eastern Range - 48

3. Southern Range - 72

4. Central Range - 72

Total 240

12. After holding the Range Level Duty Meet, the best candidates will

be selected by the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police at the rate of

two competitors for each of the 6 events and deputed to Bangalore for final

selection at State Level to be held in the last week of July every year or on

such dates as the undersigned may fix, taking into account the Law and

Order situation etc. The candidates selected and deputed to Bangalore by the

Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police will report to the following

Officers along with their equipment:

Candidates selected for Report to:

1. Rifle Shooting Commandant, 1st Bn KSRP, Bangalore

2. Revolver Shooting

3. First Aid Deputy Commissioner of Police

4. Motor Transport City Armed Reserve, Bangalore.

5. Scientific Aids to Deputy Inspector General of Police,Investigation C.I.D., Bangalore.

6. Police Photography

Thus, in all 48 candidates will be selected by the Range Deputy

Inspectors General of Police and sent to Bangalore.

263

13. City Police and Other Units

Apart from the Districts of the Ranges show above, we have the

Bangalore City Police Including the City Armed Reserve and various other

Units of the Department stationed in Bangalore City as well as outside

Bangalore City as shown below:

1. Bangalore City Police, including C.A.R.

2. Criminal Investigation Department, including Food Cell, Civil Rights Enforcement Cell, Mechanical Data Processing Section, Finger Print Bureau and Photographic Section, Bangalore

3. State Special Branch, Bangalore4. Railways, Bangalore,5. Police Training College, Mysore,6. Police Training School, Channapatna.7. Police Research Centre, Bangalore,8. Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID (Forest) Cell9. The 1st and IIIrd Battalions, KSRP, Bangalore10.The IInd Battalion, KSRP, Khanapur11.Mounted Company, KARP (Palace Guards), Mysore12.Dis-Mounted Company, KARP (Palace Guards), Mysore13.Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore.

14. In the case of the City Police, including C.A.R the Commissioner

of Police will hold the Range Duty Meet as done by other Deputy Inspectors

General of Police and select 4 candidates for each of the 6 events. The City

Police Range Duty Meet will be held for a period of 3 days between March

and July every year, the maximum number participating being restricted to

144; care being taken to make the participation board based of both Civil

and Armed men. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will hold

similarly the Range Level Duty Meet for all other Units mentioned in para

13, including his own Uint at Bangalore and select 4 candidates for each of

the 6 events. The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID Range Duty Meet,

264

like others, will be held for a period of 3 days between March and July every

year, the maximum number participating being restricted ro 144; of whom,

the maximum number drawn from places outside Bangalore being restricted

to 72; care being taken to make the participation broad based as to give

opportunity to maximum number of Units.

15. The candidates selected by the Commissioner of Police and the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID., should be deputed for the Final

Selection at State level held in to be the last week of July every year on the

dates as the under signed may fix. They should be directed to report to the

concerned Officers as mentioned at para, 12, with their equipment. The

number of candidates selected by the Commissioner of Police and the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, and deputed to the Final Selection

will in all be 48 in number.

16. Wireless

In respect of candidates for Wireless competition, the Superintendent

of Police, Wireless, in consultation with the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, Intelligence, Bangalore will select 5 best Wireless Operators, 4 to

from the team and I to serve as reserve.

17. Final Selection

The total number of competitors who will participate in the Final

Selection to be made in the last week of July every year or on the dates to be

fixed by the undersigned will be as follows.

1. For 4 Ranges at 12 Competitors 482. Bangalore City Police 24

265

3. Other Units 244. Wireless personnel 05

Total 101

The Final Selection of Candidates for participating in the All India

Police Duty Meet will be done by three Committees to be formed as under.

Committee No.1 Rifle & Revolver ShootingCommittee No.2 First Aid & Motor TransportCommittee No.3 Scientific Aids to Investigation and

Police Photography

Each year, the undersigned will nominate not exceeding three local Officer (to avoid expenditure on T.A. & D.A) to each of three Committees as members. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Training, Bangalore, will supervise the Final Selection to be held in the last week of July every year or on such dates as may be fixed by the undersigned. The number of candidates Selected for competing in the All India Police Duty Meet will be as follows.

Sl.No. Events Competitors Reserve/

Observers

Gazetted

Officers1 Rifle Shooting 8 52 Revolver Shooting 3 2 13 First Aid & Ambulance

Drill4 1

4 Motor Transport 2 15 Scientific Aids to 5 + 5 5 1

266

Investigation6 Police Photography 27 Wireless 4 1

Total 33 15 2

18. The 48 candidates selected at the Final Selection will be given

intensive training by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, the

Commandant, 1st Battalion, K.S.R.P, and the Director, Forensic Science

Laboratory, in the respective Fields, till they are deputed to compete in the

All India Policy Duty Meet in the first week of November every year. The

rest of the candidates, who are not selected after the final selection, will be

returned to their respective Headquarters immediately after the Selection.

19. The present scheme is to ensure a wide selection and bring out

talents from the Districts. All the Unit Officers are requested to pay special

attention to these instructions and select the best candidates at the District

level and Range level, so that we may be able to select a good Team for

competing in the All India Police Duty Meet.

267


***Read:- 1)

G.O. No. HD 11, PTR 1971, dated 20-09-1971

2) Letter No. 40/Sports/74, dated 09-10-1974, from the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka State, Bangalore.

Preamble:-

The Inspector General of Police has stated that the Karnataka State

Police have been participating in the various competitions such Rifle

Shooting, Revolver Shooting First Aid ambulance, Drill, Wireless, Police

Photography, Scientific Aids to Investigation and Motor Transport,

conducted at the All India Police Duty Meet organised by the Central

Co-ordinating Committee, New Delhi, every year, but the performance of

the State teams in those meets has not been satisfactory. The reasons for the

unsatisfactory performance are defective selection procedure, lack of

sufficient training and insufficient time for coaching these selected to

participate in the meet. In order to overcome these short-comings and with a

view to ensuring higher standard of performance by the competitors of this

State in future meets the Inspector General of Police has made certain

Police Department Sports All India Police Duty Meet Intensive training at Bangalore sanctioned.

268

proposals for giving intensive training to the participants and to ensure their

better performance.

Order No. HD. 26 PTR. Bangalore, Dated 1st March, 1975.

After careful consideration, sanction is accorded to the following

proposals of the Inspector General of Police.

For drafting to Range Headquarters (viz Belgaum, Gulbarga, Mysore

and Bangalore) from District/Units of the concerned Range, including the

Range formed for the other Units under the Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID for a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected to

participate in the Range Level Duty Meets not exceeding 75 in number for

each Range Level Meet.

2. For drafting to State Headquarters (Bangalore) from the Ranges for

a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected by the Range Deputy

Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID., and

the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, in all not exceeding 70 number (this

number excludes those who are already stationed in Bangalore City), for

participating in Final Selection.

3. For retaining, out of the total of 101 competitors participating in the

Final selection, Competitors selected for participating in the All India Police

Duty Meet, including those stationed in Bangalore, not exceeding 50 in

number, in the State Headquarters (Bangalore) for giving intensive training

269

for a period not exceeding 3 months, as per the existing sanction in GO. No.

HD 11 PTR 1971, dated 20-09-1971.

4. For deputing the following number of competitors to the All India

Police Duty Meet every year.

Events Competitors Reserve/Observers

1. Rifle Shooting 8 52. Revolver Shooting 3 23. First Aid & Ambulance Drill 4 14. Wireless 4 15. Police Photography 2 16. Motor Transport 2 17. Scientific Aids to Investigation 5 + 5 5

Total 33 15

In all not exceeding 50 in number, as per the existing sanction of and

below the rank of Police Inspectors to participate in the All India Police

Duty Meet every year,

5. To treat the period of absence of the members of the teams deputed

from the Districts/Units to the Range Level Duty Meets from the Ranges to

Bangalore for Final Selection; and from Bangalore to the All India Police

Duty Meet, including the period of intensive training as on duty and for the

payment of T.A and D.A as on duty.

6. To incur recurring expenditure towards them as detailed below:-

270

1. a) Material required for use in the Rs. 1,200-00 6 Range Level Duty Meets at Rs. 200/-each Range.

b) Materials required for use at final 200-00 selection in Bangalore.

c) Materials required for intensive training. 400-00 Total Rs. 1,800-00

2. Entry fees in respect of each of the Competitions i.e. Scientific Aids to Investigation of Crime (2 competition), Police Wireless First Aid and Motor Transport, Police Photography and Rifle and Revolver Shooting (I) competition each) at Rs. 25/- each (Total 6 competitions) (Instead of the existing sanction of Rs. 125/- at Rs. 25/- for each of the 5 competitions) Rs. 150-00

7) To pay the extra dietary allowance of Rs.3/- per day to the non-gazettedPolice personnel during training at Bangalore (instead of Rs. 1/- as perThe existing GO No. HD 11 PTR 71,Dated 20-09-1971) i.e. for 50 personnelFro 3 months. Rs. 13,500-00

8)T.A and D.A (as on tour) for attending the All India Police Duty

Meet for a period of 7 days.

9) One Gazetted Officer to lead the ‘Scientific Aids to Investigation

of Crime Competition Team’ as Liaison Officer as required by the all India

Police Duty Meet Rules for which sanction already exists.

271

10) One Gazetted Officer, who has to lead the Rifle and Revolver

Shooting Competitions Teams as Captain of the Team for which already

sanction exist.

The expenditure may be met from “2055 Police-6 District Police-13

other charges (Sports).

This order issues with concurrence of Finance Department vide

their U.O. No. FD 3643/WI/1974, dated 20-12-1974.



272


No. CB-5/259/1974-75, Dated: 12-03-1975

***

Attention of the Commissioner of Police Deputy Inspects General of Police,

the Superintendents of Police and other Unit Officers is drawn to the

Government Official Memorandum No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 07-05-1970

and 17-08-1970 communicated with this Official endorsements No. CB-5,

82/70, dated 27-05-1970 and 26-10-1970 respectively and Official

Memorandum No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 communicated in this

office endorsement No. CB-5-91/73 dated 25-02-1974 on the above subject.

According to the above mentioned Official Memorandums it is laid down

among other things as under:-

1. That a Register to watch the submission of Annual Property

Statements by Government servants shall be maintained by the

prescribed authority in the Form indicated in Annexure to Official

Memorandum dated 07-05-1970 for watching the submission of

the statements.

2. The statements for each Government servant should be kept in a

separate file with a docket sheet on the top in which the particulars

for the years for which the statements have been submitted should

be indicated. This file should be maintained by the prescribed

authorities according to which the Commissioner of Police/Deputy

Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules 1966 Acquisition of properties by Government Servants

Instructions issued.

273

Inspector General of Police and other Unit Officers are in the case

of Class III Staff of both Executive and Ministerial.

3. Before starting construction of house or extension thereof, the

Government servant should report or seek permission as the case

may be in Form I annexed to Official Memorandum No. GAD 7

SRC 73 dated 03-10-1973 and after completion of the

house/extension, the Government servant should report in Form II

to the prescribed authority with required details thereon.

Government in Official Memorandum No. GAD 6 SRC 74, dated 10-

02-1975 have issued further instructions for careful scrutiny of cases of

intimations of acquisition or applications for the grant of permission to

acquire properties by Government servants. Copy of the said Official

Memorandum is annexure hereto for guidance and strict compliance.

According to the Official Memorandum the prescribed authorities

should carefully scrutinise all informations of acquisition or applications

from the Government servants (Viz both the Executive and Ministerial) for

grant of permission to acquire property and examine them with reference to:-

1. a) The immovable properties, if any, already possessed b) Known sources of income and liabilities.

c) Whether there are possibilities of making use of the official position for acquiring property and,

d) Whether the Government servant concerned has to incur debts to acquire the property and if so whether having regard to his/her

existing liabilities the additional liability will be within his/her repaying capacity. If it is found that the acquisition of the property has no reasonable relation to his/her paying capacity and know

274

source of income, he/she should be asked to reconsider the request for permission. If it is only an intimation of having acquired the property further investigation should be caused.

2. In case of construction of extension of houses, the provision of

Official Memorandum No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 referred to

above should be strictly enforced to ensure that construction is not

undertaken beyond the financial capacity.

3. On scrutiny of the Annual Property Returns, if it is found that there

is any variations in the Annual property statements involving breach of

conduct Rules or the total assets are disproportionate to the Government

servants know sources of income, necessary action should be taken under

the rules. If needed further investigation should also be conducted.

4. In cases where discrepancies are established or assets possessed

cannot be supported by or are disproportionate to the known sources of

income, it should be brought to the notice of the undersigned to determine

what further action has to be taken including prosecution under the

Prevention of Corruption Act.

The Commissioner of Police, the Deputy Inspectors General of Police,

the Superintendents of Police of Districts and other Unit Officers should

scrupulously adhere to the instructions and strictly comply with them.

Receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.

OFFICIAL MEMORANDUM

275

No. GAD 6 SRC 1974, dated 10-02-1975

***Ref:- 1) O.M No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 07-05-1970 2) O.M No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 17-08-1973 3) O.M No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973

According to rule 23 of the Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules.

Immovable property can be acquired only with the previous sanction or

knowledge of the prescribed authority, it has been observed that the

prescribed authorities do not scrutinise such cases with reference to the

properties if any already owned by a Government Servant and whether

further acquisition of the property can be possible from his known sources of

income. Normally a Government Servant who has no sources of income

other than his salary will not be able to acquire more than one house or site

during his career. In order to ensure that a Government servant in acquiring

any property does not incur debts beyond his repaying capacity while

maintaining a standard of living befitting his status, it is considered

necessary to lay down the following guidelines for scrutinizing such cases:

1. All intimations of acquisition or applications for grant of permission to acquire property should be examined by the prescribed authorities with reference to; (a) the immovable properties, if any, already possessed by the Government servant, (b) his known sources of income and liabilities (c) Whether there are possibilities of the Government Servant making use of his official position for acquiring property, (d) whether the Government servant has to incur debts to acquire the property and if so, whether having regard to his existing liabilities the additional liability will be within his repaying capacity. If after considering the above aspects it is found that the acquisition of property no reasonable relation to the

Conduct Rules acquisition of properties by Government Servants Procedure.

276

Government servant’s paying capacity and his know sources of income, the Government servant should be requested to reconsider the request for permission to acquire the property. If it is only an intimation of having acquired the property, further investigation may be taken up if necessary, through the Vigilance Commission.

2. In case of construction or extension of houses the provisions of O.M. No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 should be strictly enforced to see that construction is not undertaken beyond the financial capacity of a Government servant.

3. As laid down in O.M. No. GAD 6 SRC 70 dated 17-08-1970, the Annual Property Returns submitted by a Government servant should be scrutinized every year to verify whether there are any variations in the annual property statements involving breach of the Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules which would necessitate action against him or whether the total assets of the Government Servant are disproportionate to his known sources of income which would warrant further investigation.

4. In the periodical review of the Annual Property Returns, where discrepancies are established or it is seen that the assets possessed cannot be supported by or are disproportionate to the known sources of income of a Government servant, the Vigilance Commission can be requested to investigate and determine whether action can be taken under the Prevention of Corruption Act.

The above instructions are brought to the notice of all prescribed

authorities for strict compliance.


277

No. 215/BF/1974-75, Dated: 23-03-1975

***1. Introduction:

In a democratic set up, as in our country, it is of paramount

importance for the efficient working of the various enforcement agencies,

particularly the Police Force, to enlist the unstinted support and Co-

operation of the Public in the performance of their day to day duties. Such

support and co-operation from the general Public can be secured more

generously and promptly, only if the public are periodically informed of the

duties and responsibilities of the Police and how they serve the needs of the

people.

While service to the people by the Police has to be every minute and

every day of the year, it helps to strengthen the Police public Relationship if

due publicity is given to such relationship between the Police and the Public

at least on one day in the year.

3. The general Public are aware that a day known as the ‘Flag Day’ is

being observed throughout the country by the Defence Forces for the welfare

of their ex-servicemen. It is only befitting that the Police Force of Karnataka

State also observe a ‘Flag Day’ as a day of dedication of our constant

concern for and service to the people of Karnataka State. The Second of

April each year would be the appropriate Day for the observance of such a

Flag Day as it is on this date in 1965 that the Karnataka State Police Act was

ushered in to serve the people in this vast land of Vishal Karnataka.

Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day observance of

278

4. To give effect to this a concept of dedication and service, a

proposal was sent to Government for observance of Karnataka Rajya Police

Flag Day in Chief Office letter No. 215 BF/74, dated 15-01-1975 and the

Government are pleased to accord sanction to the following in their Order

No. HD 25 PEG 75 dated 21-02-1975 (copy enclosed).

i) To observe 2nd April of every year as “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day”.

ii) To constitute State Committee and District/Unit Committees for operating the fund.

iii) To hold ceremonial parades on the “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day’, both at State Headquarters and District/Unit Headquarters to commemorate the day.

Aim and Object

The Police Flag Day should be held to rededicate our service to the

Police and for the benefit of the retired personnel of the Department.

6. Ceremonial Parade:

A ceremonial parade should be held at each District Headquarters

and in Bangalore City on the Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day i.e., on 2nd

Day of April each year, to observe the Flag Day. As many members of the

public as possible including M.Ps., M.L.As, M.L.Cs and leading citizens of

the District and officials should be invited. In particular all retired Police

Officers should be invited. The parade may be held either in the morning or

in the evening according to the convenience of the local administration. The

ceremonial parade should be simple but dignified and befitting the occasion.

279

It should be commanded by a young and smart officer. At three Range

Headquarters, of Belgaum, Mysore and Gulbarga the Divisional

Commissioner and the Deputy Commissioner in the other Districts should be

requested to take the salute. In the case of Bangalore the Chief Secretary will

be requested to take the salute. A brief report of the work of the Police and

their dedication to service should be read out by the senior most Police

Office. This is a day for reaffirming our dedication to the people of this

State. This aspect must be highlighted during the factions arranged during

the day. Wherever possible the Flag Day may possible be rounded off with

cultural shows etc., which will bring the Police and the public very much

closer.

7. After the parade, the Unit Officer should make it a point to speak

to the invitees and the retired Police Officer.

8. A fund called as “Karnataka State Ex-Police Officers Welfare

Fund” will be created. The resources of the fund will chiefly consist of

collections made by sale of small paper flags costing 20 paise on 2nd April

each year. It may also be augmented by such contributions as may be made

from Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund and such donations as may be

received with the prior sanction of the Government. The fund is proposed to

be gradually built up and utilized for the welfare of the retired officials of

the Department.

9. It is to be clarified that collection of money is not the aim of

introducing the Police Flag Day in the State. It is a day of dedication of

service to the People and a help and assistance to the welfare of the retired

280

officials of the department. The help and assistance to the retired Police

officers could take the form of securing gainful employment to the retired

officers, their sons, daughters and dependents.

10. MANAGEMENT

This Flag day Celebration and operation of the “Karnataka State Ex-

Police Officers Welfare Fund” account will be managed by State Committee

at the State Headquarters, Bangalore and by District/Unit Committees in the

District Units. The members of the committee will consist of the Serving

officers as well as retired officers who would like to be associated with the

scheme.

11. State Committee.

The State Committee at the State Headquarters will consist of the

following members.

i) Inspector General of Police Presidentii) Deputy Inspector General of Police H.Qrs Secretary.iii) Commissioner of Police Memberiv) One Deputy Inspector General of Police the Range Memberv) One retired Police Officer Membervi) Wife of serving Police Officer Membervii) Wife of a retired Police Officer Member

12. District Committee.

The District Committee will consist of the following members

i) Superintendent of Police Presidentii) One Serving Gazetted Police Officer in the District. Secretary.iii) One retired Police Officer living in the District. Memberiv) One retired Inspector of Police Memberv) One retired Non-Gazetted Police Officer Member

281

13. Each year, an amount not exceeding Rs. 16,000/- will be provided

from the Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund for the purpose of

organising the Police Flag Day. The amount will be provided by the

District/Unit funds on the basis of the Strength of the Police force. Each

District/Unit will maintain proper accounts for reflecting the transactions of

the “Karnataka State Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund”.

14. Printing And Supply of Flags

The State Committee will ascertain the requirement of flags for each

District/Unit and arrange to print and supply the flags,

15. Sale of Flags & collection of Amounts

The flags will be kept for sale in each Police Station, Sub-Divisional

Police Office and District Police Office. The sales should take place on the

2nd day of April each year and not on any other dates. Each Police

Station/Office should be supplied with a limited and accounted number of

empty ammunition box or any other suitable receptacle, duty printed in

white colour and bearing the inscription “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day”

on it in Kannada and English in blue colour. The lid of the box should be

provided with a slit for dropping the collections into it. The box should be

locked and sealed and the keys should be in the custody of the senior most

Police Officer present, who will be personally held responsible for making

collections. The District/Unit Officer should render accounts of the

collections made in his District/Unit to the State Committee in the proforma

appended within one week from the date of observance of the Flag Day.

282

16. As far as possible Flags should not be kept for sale in Police Out-

Posts or Check-Posts. Since the very idea behind the Flag Day is to

encourage meeting of the local Police officers with the local residents of the

area the sale of flags should be done by the senior officers of the Policed

Station going through by the residential areas of their jurisdiction taking to

the house-holders and selling a flag at each residence. The sale of flags on

the road by stopping cars and lorries and other vehicles invariably results in

resentment and complaints on the part of road users. It is therefore,

necessary that these sale of flags be done by the officers going with ex-

Police Officers going from area to area in their jurisdiction.

17. The Unit Officers should take special interest to organise the

“Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day” in a befitting manner.



Introduction of the Police Flag Day on 2nd April of every year

283

***Red:- Letter No. 215/BF/1974, dated 15-01-1975, from the Inspector General of Police Bangalore.

PREAMBLE:

The Inspector General of Police has proposed to hold “Police Flag

Day” on 2nd April every year for highlighting the police public relationship,

when ceremonial parades will be held at State Headquarters as well as in all

District and unit Headquarters and all retired Police Officers would be

invited to participate in the function the Amount collected by selling flags is

proposed to be credited to a new fund called “The Ex-police Officers’

welfare Fund” and utilized for the welfare and rehabilitation of Ex-

Policemen. This amount will not be used for the benefit of serving Police

Officers as there is a separate Benefit of serving Police Officers as there is a

separate Benevolent Fund for their welfare. The Inspector General of Police

has therefore requested sanction to the following proposals.

i) To observe 2nd April of ever year as “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day” (This date is indicated as the Karnataka Police Act came into force on 2nd April 1965.

ii) To print small paper flags costing about 20 paisa for being sold

throughout the State and to credit the amount so collected to a new fund called the Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund”.

iv) To constitute State Committee and District/Unit committees for operating the fund.

v) To hold ceremonial parades on the Flag Day both at State Headquarters and District/Unit Headquarters to commemorate the day.

Order No. No. HD. 25 PEG 1975, Bangalore Dated 21-02-1975

***

284

Sanction is accorded to the above proposals of the inspector General

of Police. He is requested to work out details for the establishment of the

“Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund’ and for making arrangements to observe

the “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day on the 2nd April of every year.

No. Governmental expenditure should be incurred on the

Celebrations.

This Order issues with the concurrence of the Finance Department

vide their U.O. No. FD 126/Int/WI/1975, dated 19-02-1975.



Proforma for accounting the collections on “KARNATAKA RAJYA

POLICE FLAG DAY” – Observed on 2nd April……………………..

Sl. No.

Name of District/

Unit

Placeof

saleof flags

No. offlags

received

No. offlagssold

Amountcollected Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7


No. 17/KPM/1974-75, Dated: 31-03-1975

285

***The Government, in their D.O. Letter No. GAD 28 IPN 1974, dated

01-10-1974, while pointing out that after the minimum scale of inspections

to be undertaken by Officer a different levels in the various Departments of

Government was prescribed in the Annexure to the GO No. GAD. 35 OPM

58 dated 001-04-1959, several Departments have expanded and new

Officers at divisional and other levels have been opened in certain

Departments and in certain cases the scale laid down in the Annexure has

been amended by the respective administrative Departments to meet the

changed organizational set up and have, therefore, desired that the matter

should be examined and a revised scale of inspection drawn up, keeping in

view the pattern and the norms indicated below:-

i) All divisional Offices should be inspected by the Heads of Departments concerned once a year invariably.

ii) All district offices should be inspected be inspected by the Divisional Head of Departments once a year invariably.

iii) All sub-divisional offices should be inspected by the district Officers once a year invariably.

iv) All the taluk offices should be inspected by the sub-divisional officers once a year invariably.

v) It should be the responsibility of the Head of the Department to further inspect a fair cross section of the Offices at the District, sub-division and taluk levels so as to have a reasonably well informed impression about the working of the Department. It would not, therefore, suffice if one office at each of these levels is inspected by the head of the Department he will have select a

Inspection of Subordinate Offices

286

few of these offices at the different levels keeping in view considerations of region and other aspects.

vi) The responsibility of the divisional Heads of Department are similar to those of the Heads of Departments except that their jurisdiction and powers are limited and less. They should, prepare their annual programme of inspections of the Offices at the different subordinate levels.

vii)Similar action will have to be taken by the District and sub-divisional officers of the Departments as indicated at (v) and (vi) above.

viii) It would also be the responsibility of the Head of the Department to ensure that, during a period of say, three or four years, he inspects all the District Offices in the State.

2. Though the scale of inspections already prescribed for the various

categories of Officers of this Department in Order No. 604 of the Karnataka

Police Manual Vol. I is in accordance with the pattern and the norms

indicated in the Government D.O. letter mentioned above, it was however,

felt that the table of inspections required a revision in view of some changes

effected in the administrative set up of the Department with the creation of

new establishments in the Department and these changes are to be

incorporated in the table of inspections.

3. Accordingly the scale of inspections of the various subordinate

offices of the Department was revised and a table of inspections showing the

existing and revised scales has been sent to Government with this office

letter No. 17/KPM/1974, dated 02-12-1974 and the approval of Government

is awaited. The proposed revised scale of inspection is as follows:-

287

Sl.No Inspecting Officer Office to be inspected

1 Inspector General of Police 1. Office of the Commissioner of Police & Offices of all the Deputy Inspectors General of Police.

2. 25% of the District Police Officers in each Range including DAR, M.T, Armoury DSB, DCRB and PIB

3. 25% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices in each Range and equivalent Offices in Bangalore City.

4. PTC, Mysore PTS Channapatna.

5. Railway Police Office or Police Wireless or State S.B. or State CID or Forensic Science Laboratory.

6. KSRP Bangalore or KSRP, Khanapura.

7. 10% of the Circle Offices in Ranges and equivalent Offices in Bangalore City.

8. 5% of the Police Stations.

2 Commissioner of Police Bangalore City

1. CAR Units, Armories, MTs., CSB., CCCS, CCB, Control Room and Special Squad.

288

2. All Divisional Police Offices .

3. 50% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices, including the Traffic Zones (C.Is. Offices) subject to a minimum of 8.

4. 25% of the Police Stations.3 Range Deputy Inspector General

of Police1.All the DPOs. in his Range’ including DAR, MTs., Armoury DSB, DCRB and PIB.

2. 50% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices in his Range.

3. 25% of the Circle Offices with a minimum of two in each District in his Range.

4. 25% of the Police Stations with a minimum of 6 in each District in his Range

5. Office of the SP, SIA, Gulbarga by DIGP, NER, Gulbarga

6. 1st & 3rd Battalions, KSRP by DIGP, Central Range, Bangalore.

7. 2nd Battalion, KSRP DIGP, Northern Range, Belgaum.

4. Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID Bangalore.

1. DCRB and PIB (If any) in every District.

289

2. State CID including Crops of Detectives, Mechanical Data Processing Section and Civil Rights Enforcement Cell.3. State C.B (II) Food Cell, CID & all its Divisional Units.4. F.P.B. and all Single Digit Units.5. Photographic Section.

5. Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore.

1. DSP in every District.2. Office of the SP, Railways3. Office of the SP, Wireless4. State Special Branch.5. 25% of railway Circle Offices,

subject to a minimum of 2.6. 25% of Railway Police Stations

with a minimum of 67. 20% of Police Wireless Stations

including Teleprinter Stations and Crypto Cell, Subject to a minimum of 6 Wireless Stations.

6. Deputy Inspector General of Polish Training, Bangalore

1. PTC, Mysore, PTS, Channapatna and other Officer in his charge including Research Centre.

7. Deputy Inspector General of Police Forest.

All Forest Squads in the Districts and Forest Cell at Headquarters.

8. Deputy Commissioner of Police, Law & Order, Bangalore.

1. Special Squad, Control Room. Two Divisional Police Offices the Sub-Divisional Police Offices, attached to the two Divisional Police Offices and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the Commissioner of Police.

2. All the Police Stations and Out Posts in the above two Divisions.

9. Deputy Commissioner of Police, Crime, Bangalore

1. Central Crime Records Section, Central Crime Branch,

290

two Divisional Police officers/ attached to the two Divisional Police Offices and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the Commissioner of Police.

2. All the Police Stations and Out Posts in the above two Divisions.

10 Deputy Commissioner of Police Traffic Bangalore

1. One Divisional Police Office, the Sub-Divisional Police Offices attached to the Divisional Police Office, Traffic C.Is. Offices, T.T.P and Records and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the Commissioner of Police.

2. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts in the above Division.

11. Deputy Commissioner of Police, Headquarters, Bangalore.

1. City Special Branch, one Divisional Police, Office the Sub-Divisional Police Offices attached to the Divisional Police Office and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the Commissioner of Police.

2. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts in the above Division.

12. Deputy Commissioner, of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore.

All CAR Units Armouries MTs and other Units in his charges,

13. Superintendent of Police of District.

1. DAR, District Armouries, MTs, DSB, DCRB, and PIB (if any)2. All the Sub-Divisional Offices in District.3. All Circle Offices in his District.4. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts.

14. Superintendent of Police, Railway Bangalore

1. DSB, DCRB and P.I.B. (if any) of Railways.

291

2. Sub-Divisional Police Offices.3. All Circle Offices in his charge4. All Police Stations and Out Posts in his charge.

15. Superintendent of Police, COD, CID, Bangalore.

All Branches under him

16. Superintendent of Police, CB-II, food Cell CID, Bangalore.

All Branches under him and offices of DSPs, Food Cell.

17. Superintendent of Police, Research Centre, Bangalore


18. Superintendent of Police, C.R.E Cell, Bangalore


19. Superintendent of Police, Special Investigating agency Gulbarga.


20. Superintendent of Police, State Special Branch, Bangalore.


21. Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Bangalore

1. All Zonal and Divisional Offices in his charge.2. 50% of Wireless Stations, including Teleprinter Stations and Crypto Cell.

22. Commandant, KSRP All Units in his Charge.23. Assistant Commissioner of

Police, Bangalore City1. All Sub-Divisional Police Office in their Divisional and Units attached to them

2.All the Police Station and out posts in their Divisions.

24. Assistant Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore City.

All Units and Offices in their charge twice a year

25. ASP/Dy S.P. of Sub-Divisions 1. All Circle Offices in his charge2. DAR in case of ASP/Dy. S.P in whose Headquarters DAR is stationed3. All Police Stations and Out posts in his charge.

26. ASP/Dy. S.P. in State S.B, Units and Offices in his charge twice a year

292

27. ASP/Dy. S.P. in State CID Units and Offices in his charge twice a year

28. Dy. S.P Armed Reserve Units and Offices in his charge twice a year

29. Dy. S.P. Wireless 1. All Zonal and Divisional Offices in the State.2. 50% of Police wireless Stations which are not covered in the inspection programme of Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

30. Assistant Commandant, KSRP Units in his charge twice a year

Note:-The above scale of inspection is in addition to the inspection of their own Offices.

4. Pending receipt of approval of Government, the scale of inspections

mentioned above should be adopted with immediate effect.

5. The Deputy Inspectors General of Police should, prepare their annual

programme of inspections of the Offices at the different subordinate levels

and similarly, the Superintendent of Police and other Unit Officers, should

in turn, prepare their annual programme of inspections.

6. While preparing the programme of inspections, the Deputy Inspectors

General of Police and his subordinate officers should keep in mind the

instructions contained in Orders Nos. 605 to 611 of the Karnataka Police

Manual Vol. I. As already stated in Order No. 605 of the Manual, these

inspections should also be supplemented by surprise checks and visits, with

a view to ensuring that the defects pointed out at the time of inspection have

been rectified and that there is general improvement in the standard of work.



293

No. SMS-1/1/1975-76, Dated: 04-04-1975

***1. Introduction.

Every year between March and June, Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, Deputy Inspectors General of Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Bangalore will hold a Regional, Conference of PSIs, PIs and DSPs as detailed below:-1 Commissioner of Police,

Bangalore.PSIs, PIs, ACPs & DCPs of the Civil Police & RSIs RPIs, ACPs and DCPs of the Car in Bangalore City

2 Deputy Inspector General of Police Ranges

PSIs, PIs and DSPs of the Civil Police & RSIs, RPIs and DSPs of the DAR in the Range along with their Superintendent of Police.

3 Deputy Inspector General of Police CID

PSIs, DSPs and Officers of the rank of Superintendent of Police working in

1) CID including Food Cell, CREC, MDP Section, FPB and Photography Section.2) S.S.B Bangalore,3) P.T.C. Mysore.4) P.T.S Channapatna5) Police Research Centre6) I, II and III Bns., KSRP7) Mounted and Dismounted Coys., Mysore.8) Police Wireless, Bangalore

Regional Conference of PSIs, PIs, DSPs and Superintendents of Police.

294

9) F.S.L. Bangalore 10) Forest Cell

2. Aims and Objects:

Aims and objects of the Conference are

1) To exchange view about measures to be taken for improving the

efficiency of the Police in the performance of their professional duties

particularly in matters relating to maintenance of peace, prevention of

crime and establishment of a good social order.

2) To discuss measures for improving Police methodology in the context

of changing political, social and economic conditions.

3) To discuss measures for promoting Police Welfare and boost their

morale.

4) To devise measures to enlist co-operation of the public in the

performance of police duties and project a good image of the Police.

3. Dates for Holding the Conference.

Conference will be held on any two days to synchronise with the dates on

which the Range Level Police Duty Meets are held.

4. Venue of Conference.

The conference will be held at the Range Head quarters or at any

place as may be decided by the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector

General of Police of Range or Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, as

the case may be, to synchronies with the venue of the Range Level Police

Duty Meet.

295

5. Subjects for Discussion

In the Month of January every year, Commissioner of Police, Bangalore,

Deputy Inspector General of Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General

of Police, CID, hereinafter called the Chairman in relation to each range will

all for subjects for discussion at the Conference from all the PSIs, PIs, and

DSPs of all the branches in the Range who will furnish the subjects with

supporting notes through their Superintendents/Unit Officers with advance

copies to the Chairman concerned with a view to avoiding delay. The

Chairman will go through the subjects and send a report to the Inspector

General of Police recommending inclusion of such of the subjects as are in

his opinion fit to be discussed in the Conference. After obtaining the

approval of Inspector General of Police, he will circulate the agenda with the

proposers note and his office noted, if any on each of the subjects.

6. Number of Officers Attending the Conference

The Number of officers attending the Conference will be equal to

approximately one third of the number of Officers in each of the three

categories not exceeding 70 in all. In the case of the Regional Conference of

the CID and specialised Units, the number of Officers called for the

Conference will be approximately one firth of the strength under each

category not exceeding 85 in all. The above number is in addition to

Superintendent of Police or equivalent rank who will also attend the

Conference.

7. Nomination of Officers for the Conference.

296

1) The Chairman of each Regional Conference will fix number of

Officers of each category to be nominated from each District/Unit taking

care to ensure that roughly one third of the number of Police Officers of

each category is deputed from each District/Unit.

2. The Superintendent of Police/Unit Officer will make the nominations

after ensuring that:-

1) Under each category, there is an equitable representation of direct

recruits and Promoties in the cadre of DSPs and PSIs and an equal

fair/representation of PIs who were directly representation of PIs who

were directly recruited as PSIs and those promoted from lower ranks.

2) There is an equitable representation of Civil Police & Armed Reserve

Police and of several specialised/auxiliary units in the case of the CID.

3) The same officers are not nominated year after year and they are

nominated by rotation so that in the course of 3 to 5 years all the PSIs,

PIs and DSPs will get an opportunity of participating in the

Conference.

8. 1) The Conference will be conducted by the Commissioner of Police,

Bangalore City in the case of Bangalore City, Deputy Inspector General of

Police of Ranges in the cases of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID in the case of specialised auxiliary Units.

297

2) The Officers nominated for the Conference will participate in the

discussion.

3) The Conference will commence with Introduction to Chief

Guest/Chairman and photograph.

4) The Chief Secretary to Government and the Commissioner for

Home Affairs have kindly consented to address some of the Conferences.

The undersigned would also like to participate in as many Conference as

possible.

5) Cultural Programmes may be held on the days of the Conference.

6) Tea and refreshments may also be arranged, the cost of photographs

and refreshments being shared equally by the participating Officers.

7) There should be an endeavor to discuss all the subjects on the

agenda.

8) Proceedings of the Conference should be issued by August latest

each year in consultation with the Inspector General of Police. The

Proceedings will be of immense use at the time of State Level Annual

Conference of Superintendent o f Police and Deputy Inspector General of

Police.

9) So far as the conduct of Regional Conference for the current year

1975 is concerned, the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector General of

298

Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will take

immediate steps to call for subjects and held the first Conference.


No. Law.E2-46/1975, Dated: 17-02-1976

***1. In their notification No. HD. 48 TMR 1972, dated 9

Government of Karnataka have amended the K.M.V. Rules 1963 by

inserting a fresh rule 327B after rules 327-A prohibiting persons from

driving motor cycles without wearing a safety fastened to his head with the

help of a leather strap buckled at the chin. This amendment comes into force.

W.e.f, 01-02-1976.

2. This amendment has been brought into force by the Government.

Largely due to the initiative of the Police Department Various studies

conducted by Organisation including the India Roads Congress have

revealed that a large number of deaths resulted from accidents involving two

wheeled vehicles like motor cycles and scooters. The cause of death

invariably was due to head injuries. The Police Department took up this

issue seriously and Government have now made the wearing of safety

helmets compulsory by the rider of motor cycle.

Wearing of crash helmets by the Motor Cycle Scooter riders of Police Department

Reference:- 1) C.O. Memo No. STS. 01-03-1949/72, dated 20th November-1972

2) L.S.C No. 3688

299

3. Members of the Police Force irrespective of rank will have to

observe these Rules scrupulously whether in their official capacity or on

personal work.

4. There would be three categories of Police Offices riding two

wheelers-

1. Police Officers officially riding motor cycles supplied by the

Department.

2. A Police Officer while not on duty, but in mufti, riding in official

vehicle given to him by the Department, &

3. A Police official in his private capacity riding his personal vehicle.

5. Before enumerating specific instructions on the wearing of safety

helmets by the 3 categories noted above, it may be mentioned that the

general public would be very keen to notice the reactions of the members

of the Police Force riding two wheelers, whether on duty or not. As an

enforcement agency under the law, members of the Police Force cannot

escape wearing the safety helmets without public criticism. We have

therefore to set an example in this connection and it may be generally

said that in all the above 3 categories, the officers riding the two-

wheelers shall not ride without a proper safety helmet. Any infraction of

the above instructions should be dealt with seriously.

1. Police Officers officially riding Motor Cycles supplied by the

Department.

Immediate action should be taken by the Unit Officers who have control

over two wheeler vehicles like motor cycles, to equip each such vehicle with

safety helmet one to the rider and one to the pillion-rider. These will be

300

purchased from Government funds and become part of the equipment of that

motor cycle. Serial number shall be given to the safety helmets as well as the

number of the motor cycle. On no account shall any one ride an official

motor cycle, without wearing the safety helmet.

2. A Police Officer while not on duty, but in mufti riding an official

vehicle given to him by the Department.

In many cities. Police Officers have been issued with motor cycles for

their normal duties. Some times while they are dressed in mufti or on off

duty, they are liable to using Government motor cycles. In such cases also,

the rider and the pillion rider shall wear safety helmets attached to

Government Motor Cycles.

3. A Police Official in his private capacity riding his personal vehicle.

In many of the rural areas, the Police Officers of the rank of Sub-

Inspectors and above have equipped themselves with motor cycles and

scooters out of their personal savings. These are being used by them both for

them official work as well as personal journeys. The general Public who

have to observe the amended rules are in no mood to make any allowance

for a Police Officers going about in a motor cycle or a scooter without a

safety helmet which the general public is expected to wear. The general

public would therefore criticize the Department and its officials who at any

time fail to observe the provisions of the Act. It is therefore ordered that

every Police Officers even in his private capacity shall provide himself with

a safety helmet while using his vehicle.

301

6. The following instructions are issued in respect of safety helmets to be

used in the Department:-

1) The safety helmet shall be made of fiber glass of the Indian Standard

specification with leather strap to be buckled at the chin.

2) The colour of the safety helmet may be of white colour

3) The helmets shall be with visors.

4) Al official motor cycles shall have proper arrangements made for keeping

2 safety helmets with the vehicle.

7) The above instructions will Mutatis Mutandis apply to Pillion

Riders.

8) The above instructions will come into force from 01-02-1976. As

far as the members of this department are concerned, all unit officers will

rake immediate steps to enforce the above orders.

302

STANDING ORDER NO. 659A

No. Law.E2-46/1975, Dated: 09-06-1975

***It has come to my notice that in one of the Police Stations when a Girl

was arrested on suspicion in a theft case men PCs were employed to search

the person of the suspect and for interrogation, which led to serious

allegations against the Police. This is highly irregular; in this connection the

following instructions are issued.

2. In Karnataka, Women Police units were set up in 19+60 in Important

town Police Stations as part of their normal strength. The strength of the

women Police has been progressively increased and has been disbursed over

a wide area. In S.O. 520 dated 5th August 1960 the duties on which women

Police have to be employed are listed out. Para 12 of S.O., 520 is re-

produced below.

3. “The duties on which the Women Police are to be employed shall be

as under.

i) Collection of information regarding Women Offenders

ii) Guarding and escorting of Women Prisoners while on Police

Custody.

iii) Arrest and Search of Women Offenders.

iv) Questioning and interrogating Women Offenders and Witnesses.

Employment of Women Police

303

v) Maintenance of Order at places where Women congregate in large

numbers eg. At temples, fairs, exhibitions and functions arranged

by Ladies Associations, etc.

vi) Guiding Women Passengers at Big Railway Stations and important

Bus Stands in Big Cities and Towns.

vii) Rescue of girls who are being used for prostitution or other criminal

purposes coming within the ambit of the law.

viii) Prevention of Juvenile Crime.

ix) Rendering of assistance to the Men-Police for enforcing the several

Provisions of the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and

Girls Act.

x) Rendering of assistance to the Men-Police while dealing with

labour troubles where Women workers are involved.

xi) Operation of Telephones in the Police Stations and Units during

emergencies.

xii) Doing Social work among the families of Police-men in the lines.

xiii) Performance of such other duties in which the need for employing

women Police is felt’.

4. While the list of duties mentioned in a S.O. 520 is fairly exhaustive, it

is once again emphasised that Women Police should be deployed in those

fields for which” they are best suited, such as offences involving women in

particular and children and young persons in general.

5. Whenever a brothel is raided the Spl. Police Officer entering on the

premises will have to remove there-from girls under the age 21 years who

are forced to carry on prostitution, and produce them before the appropriate

304

Magistrate. Further he has to conduct the search in the presence of 2 or more

respectable inhabitants of the locality. Sub-section (2)of Section 15 of the

S.I.T. Act 1956 requires that atleast one of such witnesses should be a

women. Once again, the help of women P.Cs. Will be necessary to secure

the presence of women panchas. Spl. Police Officers (Dy. SP.) should utilize

the services of women Police Constables whenever they raid brothels.

6. Whenever women suspects concerned in crimes are arrested and

interrogated the services of women Police Constables and HCs. Should be

utilized.

7. Sub-section (3) of section 100 Cr. P.C. 1973 lays-down a mandatory

provision, according to which while conducting house searches if the person

of a woman is to be searched, such search, shall be made by another woman

with strict regard to decency. In such circumstances the Police Officer

conducting the search should avail the services of women PCs.

8. It is reiterated, that in any aspect of Police work where women are

concerned, the services of women Police should be utilised more and more.

9. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.

305


No. 4/EST-6/1975-76, Dated: 26-04-1975

***Rule 107 of K.C.S.Rs. lays down that “Leave cannot be claimed as of

right. Discretion is reserved to the authority empowered to grant leave to

refuse or revoke leave at any time according to the exigencies of the public

service”. This makes it incumbent on the part of every Government Servant

to first apply for leave, get it sanctioned and then proceed on leave. This also

casts a responsibility on the competent authority to pass order either

sanctioning or rejecting the leave and communicating the same to the

Government authority to pass order either sanctioning or rejecting the leave

and communicating the same to the Government Servant before the date on

which he intends proceeding on leave. Instances have come to notice where

the competent authorities have not passed orders before the date of a ailment

and sanctioned L.W.A with retrospective effect. Many such cases can be

prevented by passing timely orders and communicating to the Government

servant concerned.

2. According to Note-3 under Rule 114(d) of K.C.S.Rs, “The authority

empowered to grant leave has not been given the power to alter the nature of

leave” applied for, provided that kind of leave is admissible and the

Absence of Police personnel – treating of –instructions issued

306

Government Servant concerned can be relieved by making alternate

arrangement for disposal of work.

3. Cases of unauthorized absence and overstayal of leave attract the

provisions of Rules 106-a and162 of KCSRs. According to which the

Government Servant is not entitled to any leave salary and the period is to be

debited to leave account as though it were half pay leave to the extent such

leave is due and as extraordinary leave to the extent the period of half pay

leave at credit falls short of the period of such absence or overstayal, unless

leave is sanctioned by the competent authority for such periods and the

Government Servant is also liable to disciplinary action for misconduct

unless he establishes to the satisfaction of the competent authority that he

was unable to perform or join duty for reasons beyond his control.

4. Analogous provisions exist in Order No. 524 of the K.P.M. which

states that “Absence of subordinate Police Officers without leave up to 20

days may be by infliction of any punishment referred to in the Disciplinary

Proceedings Rules. Leave without pay can be granted for periods of absence

without leave, even when leave with pay is admissible and this may be

sufficient in ordinary cases”. This does not mean that all cases of absence

should be treated as L.W.A.

5. Instances have come to notice where some of the competent authorities

are using this power as a matter of routine putting the Police personnel to

financial loss and inco0nvenience. Each case has to be decided on its merits

& where it is found that the absence or overstayal was beyond the official’s

control and unless it is found that the police officer applied for leave to

evade work and responsibility, eligible leave applied for should be

307

sanctioned. Government have also observed that the power vested in the

competent authorities under Rules 165 (3) to commute retrospectively

periods of absence without and used as a weapon to punish the Government

employees by granting L.W.A, even in case where sanction of eligible leave

is justified and is at their credit & have instructed to follow the rules strictly

while using their power in sanctioning leave and use their power properly

and to sanction leave strictly in accordance with the instructions issued

above.

6. Suitable amendments to Order 524 of the K.P.M. will be issued

separately.

Copy of Official Memorandum No. FD 25 SRS 75, dated 31st March

1975 from the Under Secretary to Government, Finance Department,

(Services-I) addressed to the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka’

Bangalore.

Misuse of powers by the leave sanctioning authorities in respect of the

periods of absence without leave.

According to Rule 107 of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules leave is not

to be claimed as of right and discretion is reserved to the authority

empowered to grant leave either to refuse of to revoke leave at any time

according to the exigencies of the public service. As such it is necessary for

every Government servant first to apply for leave and get it sanctioned and

then actually proceed on leave.

308

As per provisions contained in Note 3 below Rule 114 of the said Rules

the authority empowered to sanction leave has not been given the power to

alter the nature of leave applied for. Hence the Government servant should

get the leave of the kind he applies for, provided that kind of leave is due

and admissible to him under the Rules to the extent of the period he has

applied for and provided further that he can be relieved by the authority to

proceed on leave by making an alternate arrangement for disposal of the

work.

When a Government servant does not so apply for leave and get it

sanctioned before actually proceeding on leave and absents himself from

duty or when he overstays the leave sanctioned to him, without applying for

further leave, such absence becomes un-authorised absence and attracts the

provisions of Rules 106-A and 162 of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules

according to which he will not be entitled to any salary for such period of

un-authorised absence and that period is to be debited to his leave account as

though it were half pay leave to the extent such leave is due and as extra-

ordinary leave to the extent such absence unless the leave is granted or

extended by the competent authority for the days of such absence; and the

Government servant is also liable to disciplinary action for misconduct

unless he establishes to the satisfaction of the competent authority that he

was unable to join duty for reasons beyond his control.

But, however the authority competent to sanction leave may commute

retrospectively the periods of absence without leave into leave without

allowance under Rule 165(3) of the said Rules and not into any other kind

leave even though it is due to him.

309

It has been brought to the notice of Government that the authorities

empowered to sanction leave use this power as a weapon to punish the

Government employees by granting the leave without allowances even

though other kinds of leave is at their credit.

Heads of Departments are, therefore, requested to instruct their

subordinates in particular to follow the rules strictly while using their power

in sanctioning leave and to use their power properly and to sanction leave

strictly in accordance to the Rules explained above.

310


No. CB4, 380/1974-75, Dated: 02-05-1975

***On

the occasion of Republic Day every, year, Police Officers and others who

have been awarded medals or other awards are presented with these medals

or awards in the ceremonial Parade held on that occasion.

2. In order to notify the correct procedure regarding the manner in which

these medals and awards are present, the following instructions are issued:-

3. The order to precedence of wearing of various medals and decorations

issued by the President’s Secretariat – vide Notification No. 9 – Pres/73,

dated 27-01-1973 has been communicated to all Unit Officers – vide Chief

Office endorsement No. CB.4 206/73, dated 22-08-1973.

4. Medals and award are announced on the occasion of Republic Day and

Independence Day generally. The presentation of these medals and awards is

usually done only on Republic Day after the medals and awards are received

by that date from the Government of India. Thus on any Republic Day the

awards presented might relate to different years. Subject to the order of

precedence communicated in Notification referred to above persons

receiving an award on earlier occasion shall take precedence over persons

Procedure to be followed at the saluting bases on Republic Day parade for the Recipients of Medals and

Padaks.

311

whose awards were announced on subsequent occasion . Among those

receiving the same type of award announced on the same day will receive

their awards in the order of seniority.

5. Recipients of medals and decorations shall be lined up at a convenient

place near the dais at the parade-ground and will be marched up smartly in

front of the saluting base and made to halt facing the saluting base in single

rank or two ranks according to the number of persons so receiving the

medals or awards. Widows or children receiving awards on behalf of the

deceased or disabled person shall not be made to march but will be

conducted from their respective seats by an Officer earmarked for this

purpose for receiving medals or awards.

5. After forming up in front of the saluting base as and when the name of

the particular recipient is called out, the said recipient will come to

attention, step forward and remain standing till the duration of the

Citation, if any. After the Citation is over, he will smartly march up to

the VIP and halt two paces in front of him salute and take half a pace

forward to enable the VIP to pin the medal on his/her chest or present

the award. Immediately after the VIP. Pins the medal or hands over

the award and after hand shake with the VIP. If the VIP. Offers to do

so only, the recipient shall step back half a pace come smartly to

attention and salute and take half turn and quickly march off to take

his place among the spectators.

312


No. Law-1/18/1975, Dated: 07-05-1975

***1. In Standing Order No. 621, the duties and functions of the Special

Police Cell and Special Police Squads for prevention of smuggling of

sandalwood and other forest produce are envisaged.

2. It has been mentioned in Para 19 of S.O. 621 that the Sub-Inspector of

Police, Special Police Forest Squad, will maintain (1) Confidential records

and list of known and suspect offenders pertaining to forest offences; (2)

M.O.B. cards; (3) History Sheets for active receivers and suspects. After

studying the working of the squads, it has been decided to prescribe the

following records to be maintained by the Sub-Inspector of Police, Special

Police Forest Squad:-

i) District Information Book which will give full particulars of the forest areas, sandalwood growing areas, rosewood areas etc, the names of current forest officers, Range Forest Officers etc, the names of convicted offenders pertaining to forest offences, receivers pertaining to forest offences, suspects and any general information pertaining to forest offences. This will be on the lines prescribed already in the Police Manual as Circle Information Book maintained by the Circle Inspector of Police of the Circle. In this case, it will be maintained by the Sub-Inspector of Police for the entire District, but will specialise only about forest offences, it will include crime statistics about forest offences registered in all Police Stations in the District.

Special Police Forest Squads Registers and records to be maintained by the sub-Inspectors of Police.

313

ii)Weekly diary file, i.e, office copies of weekly diary submitted by the Sub-Inspector of Police to the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID (Forest), through the Superintendents of Police.

iii)File regarding particulars of monthly T.A, D.A etc.

iv) Confidential reports or records relating to persons suspected of indulging or abetting forest offences.

3. The M.O.B Cards and History Sheets should be maintained in the

Police Stations by the concerned Sub-Inspector of Police and made available

to the Sub-Inspector of Police incharge of the Forest Squad when required.

The Sub-Inspector of Police, Forest Squad, should pass on such information,

as he may have, to the Sub-Inspector of Police incharge of Police Station, so

that he may make necessary entries in the record of the Police Station

including M.O.B cards and History Sheet.

4. The Sub-Inspectors of Police, Special Police Forest Squads, should not

be burdened with other scriptory work and statistics or utilised for other

duties. They should concentrate all their efforts in detecting forest offences.

5. The use of the Squad and the vehicle allotted to the Squad should

be restricted to the duties mentioned in Para 14 of the Standing Order No.

621.

314


No. CB-4/35/1975-76, Dated: 16-05-1975

*** The Standing Order Nos. 642 and 650 instructions have been issued

inter-alia regarding wearing of medals and decorations by the I.P.S. Officers

and other Gazetted Officers of the State Police Service respectively.

2. The order of precedence of wearing of various medals and decorations

issued by the President’s Secretariat vide Notification No. 9-Press/73, dated

27-01-1973 have been communicated to all the Unit Officers vide Chief

Office endorsement No. CB-4. 206/73, dated 22-08-1973.

3. No instructions of the Government of India exist regarding the

occasions on which full medals and miniatures of Presidential awards are to

be worn by persons who are not members of the Armed Forces of the Union,

Police Force and recognized Fire Services. Government of India, Ministry of

Home Affairs, have now issued the following instructions in the matter:-

i) Where a civilian recipient has received more than one decoration

of the same series, the full medals or the miniature of the highest

decoration of that series only need be worn:-

Occasions when full medals and miniatures of the Presidential Awards may be worn

315

2) Occasions on which full medals may be worn irrespective of the time of the function:-

a) While attending a formal reception or departure of:-

i) the President of India; or

ii) Heads of Foreign States or Prime Ministers of Foreign States on State visit.

b) While calling on any of the dignitaries mentioned in clause (a)c) While the President of India visits any Institution or

establishment.d) While attending State Ceremonials.e) While attending State Funerals.f) While attending formal ‘At Homes’ at the Rashtrapathi

Bhavan/Raj Bhavan/Raj Nivases.g) While attending an Investiture Ceremony.

3) Occasions on which full Medal May be worn during the day time only:

a) While attending reception held by a visiting Head of State of a foreign country

b) While attending Civil functions.c) While attending other State functions at Rashtrapathi

Bhavan/Raj Bhavan/Raj Nivases.d) State functions in honour of Head of Foreign States or Prime

Ministers on State Visits.e) Receptions and functions by Head of Diplomatic Missions to

meet the Heads of States of their countries.

4) Occasions on which miniature medals may be worn after sun-set.

a) While attending a reception held by a visiting Head of State of a Foreign Country

b) While attending Civil functions.c) While attending other state functions at Rashtrapathi Bhavan/Raj

Bhavans/Raj Nivases.d) State functions in honour of Heads of Foreign States or Prime

Minister on State visit.

316

e) Receptions and functions by Heads of Diplomatic Missions to meet Heads of States of their countries.

The Commissioner of Police and the Superintendents of Police of

Districts should bring to the notice of the civilian recipients of the medals or

the miniature of the award residing in their respective jurisdictions, of the

above instructions, for their information and guidance.

317


No. TSC, 40/1975-76, Dated: 11-06-1975

***PART- 1

1. Introduction

2. Organisation

3. Existing wireless telegraphic communication system

4. Introduction of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) communication system.

5. District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) System.

6. Transportable stations to Superintendents of Police and S.D.P.Os.

7. Transportable stations to Range Dy. Inspector General of Police.

8. Mobility for Transportable stations.

9. District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Control Stations.

10.Working hours of Control Stations.

11.Staffing of District Communication Net Work

12.Training of District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) operators

13.Charge of Radio Equipment

14.Types of Radio Equipment

15. Ancillary and Auxiliary Equipment

16. Maintenance and repairs

17.Safety precautions

18.Duties of Radio operators

19.Arrangement for dispatch of radio message

20.Records and registers to be maintained at radio stations.

21.Inspections

POLICE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN THE STATE

318

22.Radio licenses

23.City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Scheme

24.Control Room

25.Staffing of the Control Room & radio stations.

26.Working house of the Control Room & its components

27.Records

28.Training of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) operators

29.Charge of equipment

30.Maintenance

31.Safety precautions

32.Inspection

33.Radio Licenses

34.Conclusion

APPENDICES

1. Existing Radio Net Work Appendix “A”

2. Proposed expansion of Radio Net Work Appendix “B”

3. Officers authorized to use Radio Appendix “C”

4. Authorised subjects for transmission Over Radio Appendix “D”

5. Message Writing Appendix “E”

Police Radio Communication System in the State

319

PART-1

1. Introduction

An efficient communication system is a sine guenon for efficient

Police administration. The technological advance in electronics achieved in

the West should help us to improve our communication system, built up

with limited resources and to make the fullest use of the same.

2. Organisation

On 01-11-1956, at the time of re-organisation of States, we had 39

Radio Stations scattered throughout the State on a three tier hierarchy of.

i) State Radio Headquarters:

ii) District Radio Station; &

ii) Sub-Station under the control of the District Radio Station.

It was felt necessary to extend the Radio communication system to other

parts of the State.

In the year 1959, the Government accorded sanction to the re-

organisation of the Radio Grid in their Order No. HD 63 EHT 58 dated, 20-

03-1959, by which each District Headquarters was provided with a static

station linked with the 4 main controls located in the Sate Headquarters at

Bangalore. The Superintendent of Police of 15 districts (except Mandya,

Chickmagalur, Hassan and Bangalore) were provided with transportable

radio stations. Additional transportable radio stations were also provided to

the senior Police Officers. In the districts of Karwar, Belgaum, Raichur,

320

Gulbarga and Bidar, 15 Taluka stations were opened making a total of 63

Radio stations in the State. In the year 1968 transportable stations were

sanctioned to the districts of Mandya, Chickmagalur, Hassan, Bangalore. A

static station to Channapatna in Bangalore District and a transportable

station to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern Range,

Gulbarga were sanctioned in 1969. All the above communication facilities

are on the wireless telegraphy system. This communication set up is

schematically represented in Appendix-A. For short range local

communication, V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Sets procured in the year 1957

consisting of I Control and 9 Mobil stations were being used fro V.I.P.

bundobust duties etc. A full fledged Control Room with a V.H.F. (Radio

Telephonic) set up was sanctioned for the City of Bangalore with 6

Patrolling Mobiles and 4 Officers’ Mobiles.

This as on date, in short, is the Radio communication system now

functioning in the Police Department in the State barring some local adhoc

changes and arrangements made from time to time.

3. Existing Wireless Telegraphic Communication System.

i) State Police Radio Headquarters:

The State Radio Headquarters, Bangalore is the centre of the Police

Radio Grid. There are 4 Control Stations working on four different channels

viz. A, B, C, & D channels which are linked by wireless telegraphic

communication system with the Police Radio Sattions located at each

District Headquarters and also certain important towns in the State as

explained hereunder. Control Station. “A” is linked with the 6 District

321

Headquarters of the Southern Range. Control Staten ‘B’ is linked with the

District Headquarters of Central Range and the towns of Danvangere and

Tiptur. Control Station ‘C’ is linked with 4 District Headquarters of

Northern Range and the towns of Hubli and Bagalkot. Control Station ‘D; is

linked with the 4 District Headquarters of North Eastern Range and Hospet

Town.

While the Radio stations located within the Range Net work are

linked each with the other, messages from a radio station of one Range to a

Radio station of another are relayed only through the Control stations at the

State Headquarters, as there is no direct contact between stations of different

Ranges.

The main function of the 4 Control stations at the State Headquarters

is to regulate the smooth and quick clearance of traffic in accordance with

the priority and time of receipt of the messages of the Radio Stations.

ii) District Radio Station.

All the District Headquarters (excepting Bangalore District) and

certain important towns mentioned in para 3 (i) above have been provided

with Radio stations working on wireless telegraphic communication system,

linked directly with the respective Control stations at the State Headquarters

and other stations within the Range.

iii) District Sub Nets.

In the Northern Range, the District of Belgaum and North Kanara are

provided with wireless telegraphic communication facility with certain

322

Taluka Headquarters. Belgum Sub-Control Station is linked with Police

Radio stations located at i) Nipani, ii) Chikodi, iii) Bailhongal and iv)

Khanapur. The Sub-Control at Karwar in North Kanara District is linked

with the Police Radio Station located at i) Supa, ii) Dandeli, iii) Sirsi, iv)

Kumta and v) Bhatkal. Similarly, in the North Eastern Range, Sub Nets exist

in the Districts of Gulbarga, Raichur and Bidar, with a Sub-Control at

Gulbarga linked with police Radio stations at i) Chincholi, ii) Yadgir and iii)

Shorapur; a Sub Control at Raichur is linked with the Police Radio Stations

at i) Lingsugur and ii) Koppal; and a Sub Control at Bidar linked with the

Police Radio station at Humnabed. No. such Sub-controls exist in the

Southern Range and Central Range.

iv) Transportable Radio Stations.

Transportable Radio (Wireless Telegraphic) sets have been provided

to each of the Superintendents of Police in charge of Districts to enable them

to keep in communication with not only their Headquarter stations while on

camp but also with other stations in their Districts, if any and stations within

the Range, as well as the respective Main Control stations at the State

Headquarters, Bangalore. Similar Transportable Radio (Wireless

Telegraphic) sets have been provided for the use of i) the Range Deputy

Inspectors General of Police to keep in communication with the Radio

stations in their Ranges, ii) the Deputy Inspector General of Police,

Intelligence, Bangalore and iii) the Inspector General of Police to keep in

communication with any of the Radio stations in the State.

v) District Flood (Radio) stations.

323

The Government have sanctioned at the rate of two Radio stations

with a staff of 2 Operators for meeting situations caused due to floods in

each of the Districts of Mysore, South Kanara, Bijapur, Belgaum and

Shimoga. These are Radio stations normally kept at the District

Headquarters. Whenever the Superintendent of Police requires these Radio

stations to be installed for such duties, he will provide a suitable vehicle and

instruct the Officer in charge of the Police Radio station to install and

operate the Radio station from the required location. The Government have

also permitted the use of these Flood stations in connection with other Law

Order duties when flood work is not there. The Superintendent of Police,

Radio Grid by radio message the installation of flood stations for Law &

Order duties and obtain his clearance.

4. Working House of the Radio stations.

The Main Controls located in the State Headquarters will work round

the clock by having hourly schedules from 0700 hours to 2300 hours. Such

working will be continued for the day to clear all messages on hand After

clearing the messages, the Control stations will order the District Radio

stations, to take hourly calls up to 0700 hours.

PART-II

324

5. Provision of Communication facilities between District Headquarters

and Circle Headquarters and Transportable Stations to Sub Divisional

Police Officers Incharge of Sub Divisions.

Recent years have indicated a steady increase in the Law and Order

commitments of the Police requiring the calling out of more and more Radio

stations for duties. Communication Channels between State Headquarters

and the District Headquarters and Sub Units have tended to be heavily

loaded resulting in delays in communication. It has become very necessary

for vocal direct communication to be established between the various

officers of the Districts and their Sub Unit offices. With this primary

objective in view, it is now proposed to make it possible for vocal i.e. V.H.F.

(Radio Telephonic) communication to be set up within the Police

Department to enable the Superintendents of Police and Sub Units to be in

direct communication with the Circle Headquarters. This Standing Order is

now issued to regulate and control the Wireless Telegraphic communication

system, the Radio Telephonic communication system and the operation of

the Control Stations Control Rooms, Transportable Stations etc. wherever

they are established within the State.

6. District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) System.

The District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) set up will comprise the

Control Station at the District Headquarters and a Station at each of the Sub-

Divisional Headquarters and Circle Headquarters. This will provide direct

vocal communication between the Unit Heads of the Districts

(Superintendents of Police) and the Sub Unit Offices up to the level of Circle

325

Headquarters and the State Headquarters, the wireless telegraphic

communication facilities now existing will be retained.

The District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) links will be provided to all

the Districts in the State except the Districts of North Kanara, Chickmagalur,

Shimoga nd Coorg. However trials will be conducted in this respect and the

V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) System brought into use wherever feasible in

these Districts. Pending the conduct of trials there will be H.F (Wireless

Telegraphic system of communication at the Sub-Divisional Headquarters

Circle Headquarters in these districts.

In addition to the above, the Superintendents of Police and the Sub

Divisional Police Officers with independent jurisdiction will also be

provided with a Transportable Station to work on the V.H.F system in to

Districts where V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) communication system will be

introduced and in to 4 Districts where Wireless Telegraphy system is going

to be extended, the Sub-Divisional Police Officers will be provided with a

Transportable Station on the Wireless Telegraphy system. This

communication set up is schematically represented in Appendix B-1 to B-3.

7. The V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Communication, unlike the H.F

(Wireless Telegraphic) communication system is only possible by direct line

or sight between the two Radio stations needing communication. To achieve

the line of sigh stations at high altitudes without obstructions in between are

more advantageously placed. Places having hill features are ideally suited

for such communication system In other places’ where there are no hill

features, aerial masts of sufficient hight have to be erected. In this State, at

326

present, we are using 4 hill features viz i) Nandi in Kolar District, ii) Jogi

Mutt in Chitradurga District, iii) Chamundi in Mysore District and iv)

Nrupathuga Betta in Dharwar District. The natural heights of this place

provide feasibility of communication to the Circle Headquarters of the

surrounding Districts. While it is the ultimate aim to have one Tower in each

District so that the stations within the District could be controlled from the

District Headquarters; With the availability of only 9 Towers at present, they

will be installed at the following places to serve the Circles shown against

them.. At the District Headquarters, the Towers can be installed either in the

premises of the District Police Office or at the District Armed Reserve

Police Headquarters, or at any other place in the City depending upon the

technical feasibility.

1. Bidar i) Bidar ii) Bhalkiiii) Humnabadiv) Aurad

2. Gulbarga i) Gulbargaii) Yadgiriii) Shorapuriv) Jewargiv) Shahabadvi) Allandvii) Chincholi

3. Bijapur i) Bijapur ii) Indi iii) Barewadiiv) Bagolkotv) Hungundvi) Jamkhandivii) Mudho

327

4. Raichur i) Raichurii) Manviiii) Lingsuguriv) Gangavathiv) Koppalvi) Kustagi

5. Bellary i) Bellaryii) Siruguppaiii) Hospetiv) Kuchgiv) Harpanahallivi) Hadagalai

6. Dharwar i) Dharwarii) Hubliiii) Gadagiv) Ronv) Shirahattivi) Haverivii) Ranebennurviii) Shiggaon

7. Belgaum i) Belgaumii) Hukeriiii) Chickodiiv) Athaniv) Bailhongalvi) Gokakvii) Saundatti

8. Mangalore i) Mangaloreii) Udipiiii) Coondapuriv) Putturv) Buntwal

9. Hassan i) Hassanii) Sakleshpuriii) Holenarasipuriv) Arsikere

328

At places which are District Headquarters the Station should

normally be located either at the District Police Officer or at the District

Armed Reserve Police Headquarters. Places which are both Circle

Headquarters, and Sub-Divisional Headquarters, the station may be located

at the Sub-Divisional Police Office. Places where two Circle Headquarters

such as the Town Circle and Rural Circle are located the station should be in

the Rural Circle Inspectors office.

8. The 4 hill features will cater to the following Circles:-

1. Chamudi (Mysore District)

i) Mysoreii) Nanjangudiii) Chamarajanagariv) Kollegalv) Mysore Southvi) Hunsurvii) Mandyaviii) Malavalliix) Nagamangalax) Srirangapatna

2. Nandi (Kolar District) i) Kolarii) Mulabagaliii) Chickballapuriv) Chintamaniv) Bagepallivi) Champion Feefsvii) Robertsonpetviii) Doddaballapurix) Hoskotex) Channapatnaxi) Kanakapuraxii) Nelamangalaxiii) Tumkurxiv) Madhugiri

329

xv) Pavagadaxvi) Tipurxvii) Siraxviii) Kunigalxix) Gubbi

3. Jogi Mutt (Chitradurga District)

i) Chitradurgaii) Hiriyuriii) Challakereiv) Davanagerev) Hariharvi) Jagalur

4. Nrupathunga Betta (Dharwar District)

Circles of Dharwar District which are not accessible through the Tower at Dharwar.

9. In the Districts of North Kanara, Shimoga, Coorg and

Chickmagalur, instead of the above mentioned type of V.H.F (Radio

Telephonic) communication system, the existing type of H.F (Wireless

Telegraphic) communication system will be introduced to Circle

Headquarters as shown below:-

i) North Kanara Karwar i) Karwarii) Kumtaiii) Sirsi iv) Dandeli

ii) Shimoga & Shimoga Chickmagalur

i) Shimogaii) Bhadravathiiii) Channagiriiv) Sagarv) Shikaripurvi) Thirthahallivii) Chickmagalurviii) Tarikere

330

ix) Koppaiii) Coorg Mercara i) Mercara

ii) Virajpetiii) Somwarpet

The Circle of Shimoga and Chickmagalur will be controlled by one

common Control located at Shimoga and in the case of Coorg, the Control

located at Mercara. In the case of North Kanata the Circles are already

covered by an existing wireless telegraphic communication system, with two

additional stations one at Supa and another at Bhatkal, which will continue.

10. Transportable Stations to Superintendents of Police and Sub-

Divisional Police Officers.

In the Districts where the District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic)

communication system will be established, the Superintendents of Police

and the Sub-Divisional Police Officers in charge of Sub-Divisions will also

be provided with Transportable stations as shown below:

SlNo. District Sub-Division

1. Bidar i) Bidar ii) Bhalki

2. Gulbarga i) Gulbarga ii) Shahabadiii) Yadgi

3. Bijapur i) Bijapur ii) Indi iii) Bagolkotiv) Jamkhandi

331

4. Raichur i) Raichurii) Lingsuguriii) Koppal

5. Bellary i) Bellaryii) Hospetiii) Harpanahalli

6. Dharwar i) Dharwarii) Hubliiii) Haveri iv) Gadag

7. Belgaum i) Belgaumii) Bailhongaliii) Chickodi

8. South Kanara i) Mangaloreii) Udipiiii) Puttur

9. Hassan i) Hassan

10 Mysore i) Mysore Cityii) Nanjangudiii) Hunsur

11. Mandya i) Mandya12. Kolar i) Chickballapur13. K.G.F. i) K.G.F14. Bangalore District i) Bangalore15. Tumkur i) Tumkur

ii) Tiptur16. Chitradurga i) Chitradurga

ii) Challakereiii) Davanagere

In the 4 Districts of North Kanara, Coorg, Shimoga and

Chickmagalur, where the Wireless Telegraphic system of communication

will cover the Circle Headquarters, the Sub-Divisional Police Officer in

332

charge of the following Sub-Divisions will be provided with a Transportable

station on the wireless telegraphy system:

SlNo. District Sub-Division

1. North Kanara i) Karwarii) Sirsi

2. Coorg i) Mercara3. Shimoga i) Shimoga

ii) Sagar4. Chickmagalur i) Chickmagalur

11. Transportable Stations to Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police:

The Deputy Inspectors General of Police of:

1) Central Range, Bangalore;

2) Southern Range, Mysore;

3) Northern Range, Belgaum &

4) North Eastern Range; Gulbarga

Will have a transportable set and this should be provided from the

Headquarter District. When they are operating in a City, they will use one of

the City Mobiles:

12. Mobility for the Transportable Stations

To enable mobility of the transportable stations, the radio sets should

be carried in the vehicles already allotted for the use of the officers.

13. District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) Control Stations.

In introducing the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system,

the District Control stations will be established as indicated in paras 7,8,

333

& 9. These Control stations will be located in the District Headquarters or in

the Hill features and will work with the group of V.H.F (Radio Telephonic)

stations or the H.F. (Wireless Telegraphic) stations as the case may be.

As its components in the Net, it has a static station located in every

Circle Headquarters and Transportable stations provided to the Sub

Divisional Police Officers and Superintendents of Police. The Control

stations regulates communication of message from the Radio stations in the

net according to the prescribed Radio Procedure.

14. Working Hours of Control Stations.

The District Control stations having either the V.H.F (Radio

Telephonic) communication system or the H.F (Wireless Telegraphic)

communication system, will work round the clock with hourly schedule calls

from 0800 hrs to 2000hrs. The Circle Headquarters will close down

normally at 2000hrs. But the close down will be given by the Control only

after all messages on hand, up to 19.30 hrs, are cleared. The working hours

of the Circle Headquarter stations may be extended by the Superintendent of

Police in times of need. After the Control station orders the close down, the

Circle Headquarters Operator will switch off the adio set for the day. If after

close down, a Circle Headquarters has a message for the Control station, the

Operator will switch on the set and pass the radio message. If the Control

station requires any particular Circle Headquarters to be opened after the

close down of the day, the Control station will instruct telephonically the

Circle Headquarters Operator to switch on the set and establish

communication.

334

The Transportable stations will inform the District Control Station as

soon as they enter the Net. The opening and closing of the Transportable

stations should be according to needs and in co-ordination with the District

Control station and also on any special instructions of the Superintendent of

Police of the District.

15. Staffing of District Communication Net Work,

i) Control Stations at District Headquarters.

As the Control stations at the District Headquarters have to regulate a

number of Radio stations in the Net, it requires to be manned by at least a

skeleton Radio staff and assisted by trained Head Constables/Police

Constables of the District Force.

ii) Circle Headquarter stations, Sub-Divisional Police Officers, stations

and Transportable stations of the District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic)

system.

These stations will be manned by the trained Head constables/Police

constables drawn from the existing sanctioned strength of the District Force

who have completed training as per Standing Order No. 647. The

Superintendents of Police Districts will see that only such trained personnel

operate the Radio equipment in these stations. It is the responsibility of the

Superintendent of Police to provide the trained staff and see that the working

of the Radio stations does not suffer for want of trained staff. The number of

such trained personnel should not fall short of the total requirement of the

District and in addition, there should be an equal number of such trained

personnel in Reserve. For this purpose, the Superintendent of Police will

issue necessary instructions to the Circle Inspectors. A list of trained

335

Operators in each District will be made available by the Superintendent of

Police, Radio Grid, so that the Superintendent of Police of the District may

allot the required number Superintendent of Police of the District may allot

the required number of such trained staff to each Circle Headquarters Station

and intimate such postings to the Superintendent of Police Radio Grid. In the

case of the 4 Districts of of North Kanara, Coorg, Shimoga and

Chickmagalur, Where the wireless telegraphic system will cover the Circle

Headquarters and the Sub Divisional Police Offices, the trained Radio staff

for the wireless telegraphic communication system will man the stations.

16. Training of District V.H.F (Radio Telephone) Operators.

Instructions have been laid down in Standing Order No. 647 for such

training. After the completion of the training, the Superintendent of Police,

Radio Grid should issue an identification badge of the following description

to such trained personnel to be worn by them on the right chest above the

breast pocket;

DWR 597

P.R. Doddannaver

RT Operator

The badge will be rectangular in shape, the length of the badge being

9 cms and breadth 3 cms. The badge should bear i) the name of the District

in abbreviated form the metal number of the Operator Below this ii) the

name of the Operator, Below this iii) the words “R/T OPERATOR”. The

size of the letters and figures should be 5 mms x 5 mms, White in colour on

a red back ground. The Superintendents of Police of Districts should see that

336

the V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) stations are operated by only such trained

personnel. The Radio equipment is not only is very important not only for

uninterrupted communication, but also for longevity of the equipment.

17. Charge of Radio Equipment.

The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the required

Radio equipment along with accessories and ancillaries for the Main

Controls and the District Radio Stations to the authorised Radio staff. In the

case of stations at Sub Divisional offices/Circle Headquarters/Police

stations. The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the same to

the Superintendent of Police of the Districts, who in turn should issue the

same to the Circle Inspector concerned on the scale prescribed by the

Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid. The Superintendents of Police should

make the Circle Inspectors responsible for the proper security and custody of

the equipment at the premises where it is installed. The equipment should be

handed over and taken over at the time of relief or transfer on a proper

charge list as in the case of other Government property.

18 Type of Radio Equipment

There are different type of radio equipment used in Police Radio Grid

in the state. The brief particulars of each type of equipment are given below:

1) Wireless Telegraphic System (H.F)

i) BC-191 Transmitter.

This is a Radio apparatus used in Mains operated Radio Stations for

sending radio messages. The system adopted on this transmitter is the

wireless telegraphy system using the Morse Code as is used by the

337

Telegraph Department. These are used in the Main Controls at the State

Headquarters and in the Radio stations at the District Headquarters.

ii) Safi Transreceiver.

This is a set with a lower power than the BC-191 Transmitter, but has

a receiver combined in it. The Mains version is used in District controls and

Circle Headquarters. Using the wireless telegraphic communication system.

The battery operated version is used as a stand-by set in Radio stations to

meet exigencies of failure of Mains equipment of failure of Mains supply.

iv) HM-30 Transreceiver.

This is a battery operated low power transmitter and receiver. It is

used as transportable Radio station or Emergency Radio station.

2. Wireless Telegraphic Cum Radio Telephonic system.

i) SSB-100W

This is a Mains operated Transmitter –cum-Receiver In this

equipment we can send and receive messages on the wireless telegraphy

method as in the case of BC-191. It is also possible to communicate through

Radio Telephony.

ii) Transreceiver GE-524 (SSB 15 W)

This is a handy portable battery operated transmitter and receiver.

Being a low power set, it is suitable for short distance communication. In

this set, transmission and reception of messages is possible on the wireless

telegraphy method, as well as the Radio Telephony method.

338

3) Radia Telephonic System (V H F)

i) MF – 753

This is a Transreceiver operated on Mains power supply. This is a

medium power set meant for static installation at District V.H.F Control

stations.

ii) GH – 650

This is a battery operated V.H.F. set, which can work with MF-753,

installed in Circle Head quarters Radio Stations and the Transportable Radio

stations. As a static at Circle Headquarters, it will be operated with a battery

eliminator. As a Transportable station, it will operate with a 12 Volts

battery.

iii) GV – 650.

This is a Walkie –Talkie set. It is a low power Transreceiver known as

Manpack set. It is can be carried-by hand or on the back easily. This set

gives short distance communication up to two miles.

19. Ancillary and Auxiliary Equipment.

To the Radio equipment described above used in Radio Stations, there

are ancillary and auxiliary equipment for the operation of Radio stations.

They are.

i) Power supply Unit

This unit consists of a device which supples the necessary power

required to operate the set. This power supply can be obtained either from

batteries or the Mains supply.

339

ii) Batteries.

For Transportable radio sets or radio stations where mains supply is not

available, batteries are used for sullying power to the radio sets. They are

also known as accumulators since they are able to accumulate electrical

energy in them. These batteries need charging after they are used.

iii) Battery chargers.

To Charge batteries, we need battery chargers which operate either

from Mains supply or Generators driven by petrol or Diesel oil.

iv) Antenna

For H.F. Radio stations were aerial of the necessary length need to be

installed at proper height to send electrical energy in the form of radio waves

and receive energy in the form of radio waves. In the case of V.H.F stations

an aerial of rod type is required to be installed at a proper height to enable

long distance communication

20. Maintenance and Repairs.

Radio Operators for the regular wireless telegraphy stations are given

adequate training on the daily maintenance and first line repairs of all Radio

equipment handled by them. In the case of the Radio stations at the Circle

Headquarters. Since these stations are operated by the Civil Head

constables/Police Constables with limited training in the handling of radio

sets, the following procedure should be adopted for the daily maintenance

and upkeep of equipment in the radio Station.

340

i) Once in three days, the Vent Plugs of the batteries should be opened

and the level of the acid checked. The acid level should be generally about

¼” above the top of the plates. If the acid level is decreased, only distilled

water should be added to the cells till the level is brought up, after which the

vent plug should be screwed tightly.

ii) The small pin holes know as the ‘Vent Holes should be kept clean

and free of dust.

iii) Battery terminals should be cleaned and treated with Vaseline or

petroleum jelly. Grease should not be used.

iv) The battery eliminator should be kept lean by dusting every day. A

sort bristled brush should be used to clean the equipment.

v) The fuse holder should be checked for its firm grip. The set or the

battery eliminator should not be opened since operators are not trained for

their repairs.

vi) Internal repairs of equipment should be carried out only by

qualified Radio Technicians, posted in different repair centers.

vii) The earthing wherever provided should be kept by damp pouring

water in the pipe provided for the purpose.

21. In the case of defects in equipment which need attention by Radio

technicians, the following procedure should be followed.

341

At present there are four Divisional Radio workshops which

undertake repair of equipment. These workshops have technicians trained

for the repair of Radio equipment used in the Radio Grid. Whenever any

Radio station in the jurisdiction of the Division as shown below needs

assistance of mechanical help, the Divisional Supervisor of the Concerned

workshops should be intimated by radio or telegram. On receipt of such

intimation, the Divisional Supervisor should depute a Radio technician to

attend to the defect.

The jurisdiction of each workshop is as follows;

District

Bangalore Divisional Workshop i) Bangaloreii) Tumkuriii) Chitradurgaiv) Kolar v) K.G.Fvi) Shimoga

Mysore Divisional Workshop i) Mysoreii) Mandyaiii) Coorgiv) South Kanarav) Hassanvi) Chickmagalur

Dharwar Divisional Workshop i) Belgaumii) Dharwariii) Bijapuriv) North Kanara

Gulbarga Divisional Workshop i) Gulbargaii) Raichuriii) Bidar

342

iv) BellaryAs and when District Workshops start functioning, the Officer in

charge of the District workshop will attend to the mechanical defects in

respect of the Radio stations in the District.

22. Safety Precautions:

Though the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) Operators viz Civil Head

Constables/Police Constables are immediately responsible for the safety and

custody of the equipment, it should be the ultimate responsibility of the

Circle Inspector to ensure proper safety and security of the radio equipment

and records. He should issue suitable instructions to his subordinates and see

that these instructions are complied with. He should verify this during his

visit to the Radio stations.

The V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Operators should particularly note the

following instructions regarding the safety measures:

i) Radio equipment is operated from the Mains power supply. The

Operator should not forget to switch off the set and the power supply when

the working of the Radio station is completed.

ii) The batteries contain sulphuric acid. When this acid is touched or

smeared on clothes, it causes burns on the body and damages the clothing.

The Operator should see that whenever he touches the battery terminals he

washes his hands clean to remove the effect of the acid.

iii) The socket from where the power plug of the power supply is

connected is liable to give an eclectic shock if the power terminals are

343

touched by hand. This shock is liable to cause danger to human life. The

Operator should take precautions to see that he does not touch the power

terminals.

iv) In case of fire, Fire Buckets with sand which are provided at the

Radio stations should be used to put out the fire. Where Fire Buckets are not

provided, the Circle Inspectors concerned should arrange to provide them.

v) The earthing system should be provided at each Radio station. The

earth wire going underground should be surrounded by most soil. For this

purpose, the pipe provided should be got regularly watered so that the soil

around the earth plate is kept wet to provide adequate protection to the radio

equipment and also the personnel operating the equipment in case of lighting

and thunderbolts.

23. Duties of Radio Operators.

Transmission and receipt of message in Radio stations should be done

according to the instructions laid down. Only certain categories of officers

are authorised to originate messages on the Radio Grid. A list of such

officers is attached at Appendix-C. Similarly, the subject matter of radio

messages which are transmitted on the radio grid is also specified to avoid

misuse of radio facilities and congestion of traffic. A list authorised subjects

is shown at Appendix-D.

In Order to ensure uniformity in clearance of radio messages a

prescribed procedure has been laid down in the matter of Message Writing,

344

Classification of Messages and assignment of Priorities to Messages. The

details of the same are shown in Appendix-E.

Under the terms of license issued for operating radio stations only

authorised persons can originate messages on subjects permitted in the

license. The originating Officers should see that these instructions are

complied with and no violations are made. The radio transmissions are

monitored and when any irregularities are noticed, they are brought to the

notice of the Inspector General of Police for necessary action. As such, no

room should be given for any irregularities. All messages should be written

in the prescribed form i.e. Form No. 261 or 262. Messages should be clearly

written and should be in telegraphic form. Verbose language should be

avoided. Addressing superior Officers as Sir Respected Sir’ etc., need not be

contained in a radio message. The brevity of the message adds to the

efficiency of the system since a shorter time is taken for transmission and

reception. Telephonic dictations of messages should be avoided since this

requires the radio Operator to leave the radio set which is not permissible

under the rules of procedure of the Radio system. In addition, such telephone

dictation is also liable to give room for mutilations which should be avoided.

24. Arrangement for Despatch of Radio Messages

The Officer holding charges of the Circle where the Radio station is

installed should arrange the despatch of radio messages to the addresses.

This work should not be expected of a radio Operator since he should not

leave the radio set.

There are several Radio stations working in a group known as Radio

Channel. Working of this group is controlled by the Control Station The

345

Prescribed Radio Procedure should be followed by the Control Station in

clearing message according to the Rules The Operators should follow

strictly the prescribed Radio Procedure and observe strict Channel

discipline. The originating officers should not interfere with the working of

the Channel and insist on their messages being sent first etc., as this

obstructs the smooth working of the channel.

25. Records and Registers to be maintained at radio Stations.

In the case of Wireless Telegraphy Stations, a list of records and

registers to be maintained is enumerated in the Karnataka Police Manual

Vol. II Page 533-Order No,. 1987. In Circle Headquarters which are

operated by personal trained for this purpose, the following records are

required to be maintained.

i) Radio Log Form No, 264)

This Log should be maintained in the prescribed manner. The Log

sheets should be page numbered and renewed every month. The Radio Log

given an account of the happenings on the Radio Channel consisting of

transmissions.

i. Office copies of ‘IN and “OUT’ message,ii. “IN’ Message Register in Form No. 253.

iii. ‘OUT’ Message Register in Form No. 254,iv. Despatch Register in Form No. 255,v. History Sheets of Radio equipment in Form No. 258,

vi. Superior Officers Visiting Book in Form No. 77,vii. Battery Maintenance Log Book in Form No. 257,

viii. Technicians Visiting Book Form No. 278,ix. Attendance Register in Form No. XIV

346

The Circle Inspector should see that proper storage facility is provided

for the records, as the radio station are confidential in nature.

26. Inspection.

Inspections of the Circle Headquarters Radio stations should be

conducted by the Sub Inspector (Technical)/Divisional Workshop

Supervisor once in three months. They should send the inspection notes to

the Superintendent of Police Radio Grid and the Superintendent of Police of

the District promptly for information necessary action. The Superintendent

of Police of the District and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer should

conduct annual inspection of the Radio station at the time of inspection of

the Police Station or the operating staff being under the control of the

Superintendent of Police of the District, he should see that the trained

operators discharge their duties in the Radio stations punctually and

efficiently, thus ensuring the proper working of the Radio stations.

27. Radio License.

Police Radio stations are established after obtaining a license issued

by the Wireless Planning and Co-ordination Wing of the Ministry of

Communications, Government of India. Therefore, the Superintendent of

Police, Radio Grid should arrange to obtain the licenses for all Police Radio

stations and issue them to the concerned officers. In the case of Radio

stations at Circle Headquarters, these license schedules should be issued to

the Superintendent of Police, who in turn should arrange to issue them to the

concerned Circle Inspectors. This license schedule should be preserved in

the premises where the Police Radio station is located. For this purpose, the

schedule should be framed and hung in the premises so that it will be open

347

for Inspection by the inspecting authorities including representatives of the

Mainstry of Communications authorise to inspect such licenses. The

Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should arrange renewal of such

licenses after paying the prescribed fees to the concerned authorities.

Operation of Radio stations without a license is irregular and should be

avoided.

PART – III

28. City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Scheme.

In the District. Headquarters and other places of importance, a City

V.H.F. Control Room will be established for functioning in the jurisdiction

of the City. The facilities provided in the Control Room, the equipment

provided and the components of the Control Room are bases on the area of

the City, its population and other special requirements. The system works on

the telephone and the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system

Based on the above considerations. The following places in the State will be

equipped with a Control Room and a complement of V.H.F stations as

indicated below. This scheme does not include Bangalore City.

SlNo. Place Control

Room Stations

1. Bidar 1 42. Gulbarga 1 83. Raichur 1 64. Bellary 1 65. Bijapur 1 66. Belgaum 1 87. Dharwar 1 128. North Kanara 1 4

348

9. Shimoga 1 810 Chitradurga

(Davanagere-Harihar)1 8

11 Tumkur 1 412 Kolar 1 413. K.G.F 1 414. Bangalore District

(Channapatna) 1 4

15. Mysore 1 1216. Mandya 1 417. Coorg 1 418. Chickmagalur 1 419. Hassan 1 420. South Kanara

(Mangalore) 1 10

The above mentioned Radio stations may be used either as static

stations or as Mobile stations, depending upon the local needs. When not

required, the radio sets should be kept in the Control Room, Depending upon

the local conditions including emergencies duration and deployment of the

stations within the City Net Work shall be under the personal orders of the

Officers, Transportable stations, the vehicle already allotted for thye use of

the officers should be used.

The City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic system comprise the following

components:

The City V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) system comprise the following

components:

i) The Control Roomii) Static Stationsiii) Mobile Stations

349

iv) Officers Transportable stationsv) Foot Patrol

29. Control Room

The Control Room should be located at a convenient place in the City,

either in the District Police Officer or the District Armed Reserve Police

Headquarters or in an important Police Station, depending upon the local

situation. However, the location should preferably be within easy reach of

the DAR and the Police Motor Transport Station. Every Control Room

should have a stand-to Armed Police Party. It must be kept ready at the

nearest possible location. The strength of the stand to party should be

determined by the Superintendent of Police and drawn from the D.A.R or

Civil Police, depending upon the circumstances. The stand-to party should

be provided with a Van. The movement of the stand to party should be

ordered by a properly authorised officer.

The Control Room should be provided with:

i) Telephone.

This telephone bearing No. 100 earmarked for the Police Department

by the P & T should be obtained from the P & T Department. Only incoming

calls are received over this telephone. In addition to this telephone, there

should be another regular P & T telephone which could be one of the

existing sanctioned telephones. Where the Control Room is located in a

District Police Office or in a building where there are several Police Offices

and there is an inter-communication telephone system provided, one such

inter-communication telephone should be provided to the Control Room.

350

ii) Radio equipment.

A.V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) set will be installed in the Control Room.

In addition, a stand-by battery operated set should be provided to meet

exigencies of failure of the Mains set or failure of Mains supply.

iii) Furniture.

The Control Room should have adequate furniture for the staff and an

almirah for the records.

iv) Maps.

On one wall of the Control Room, there should be hung a map of the

District and another detailed map of the Town. These maps should be

properly mounted on a firm base, with cork-sheet under the map Colored

drawing pins should be provided for marking purposes.

v) Black Board.

A black board should be fixed on another wall for noting instructions

on strategic moves etc.

vi) List of telephones.

A list of important telephone numbers including telephone numbers of

important essential public utility units such as Fire Brigade, Electricity

Board, Water Supply, Hospitals Air Port, Railway Stations, Bus Terminals,

351

Banks etc, should be prepared and hung on the wall neat the table where the

telephones are kept.

vii) Instructions on the working of the Control Room.

The Superintendent of Police or the Unit Officer under whom the

Control Room functions should prepare a com-prehensive set of instructions

detailing the duties of the Officials and the nature of supervision over such

officials. The instructions should ensure that the receipt of

information/complaints at the Control Room is properly recorded and

disseminated to the proper quarters for necessary action and such step as are

necessary are taken by the Control Room.

30. Staffing of the Control Room and Radio Stations.

The Control Room should be manned by officers not below the rank

of Head Constables drawn from the existing sanctioned strength of the

District and who are trained for the purpose. It is preferable to place at least

one Sub-Inspector of Police drawn by rotation from the existing strength to

supervise the working of the control Room. It will be the responsibility of

the Sub-Inspector to see that the staff of the Control Room works in

accordance with the instructions laid down by the Superintendent of Police.

The Sub-Inspector should also maintain a Diary to note down brief

particulars of the work done by him. The Diary should be submitted to the

Superintendent of Police once a week.

The static stations, Mobile stations, Officers, Transportable stations

and Foot Patrol should be manned by trained Head Constables/Police

Constables.

352

31. Working Hours of the Control Room and its Components.

The Control Room should work round the clock with hourly schedule

calls from 0800 hours to 2000 hours. As regards the static/Mobile/Officers

‘Transportable stations, the station will inform the Control Room as soon as

it enters the Net. The opening and closing of these stations should be

according to needs and in co-ordination with the Control Room and also on

any special institution of the Superintendent of Police of the District.

32. Records.

i) Control Room

The Officer in charge of the Control Room should maintain a Control

Room Daily Diary in the following proforma:

a) Date,b) Serial number of the Call received.c) The time of the call received and whether by telephone or radio,d) The particulars of the Call including source and the details of

complaint/information/instructions etc.,e) The action taken.f) The time of action taken.g) The response time. Response time means the duration of time

taken between the time of receipt of the complaint/information/instructions etc, and the time at which assistance was rendered or action taken.

h) Name, rank and initials of the officer receiving and attending to the calls.

i) Remarks of the Superior officer.

The Diary leaf should be written in duplicate by carbon process. The

Diary should be opened each day t 0000 hours and closed at 2400 hours. The

calls received either on telephone(s) or on the radio should be entered

serially as and when received, duly indicating whether it is a telephone call

353

or radio call. One copy of the daily diary should be sent to Superintendent of

Police or the Deputy Superintendent of Police in the absence of the

Superintendent of Police the following day at 0800 hours.

In addition to the Daily Diary, a Superior Officers, visiting Book in

Form No. 77 and an` Attendance Register in Form XIV should be

maintained in the Control Room. The other technical records such as the

History Sheets of Radio equipment in Form NO. 258, the Battery

Maintenance Log in Form No. 257 and the Technicians. Visiting Book in

Form No. 278 should be maintained by the District Radio Staff.

ii) Static Station.

The Officer in charge of the static station should maintain a Note

Book in the following proforms.

a) Date,b) Serial number of the Call c) The time of receipt of the calld) Brief particulars of the call including instructions received from

the Control Roome) The action taken.f) The time of action taken.

The Note Book leaf should be written in duplicate by carbon process

and the copy sent to the Control Room the following day at 0800 hours. The

Control Room staff should scrutinise the diary and in case of any default, the

diary should be sent to the Superintendent of Police Deputy Superintendent

of Police with the remarks of the Control Room Staff, for further action.

354

The Circle Inspector should see that proper storage facility is provided

for the records at the Control Room, as the Radio station records are

confidential in nature.

Training of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Operators.

Trained Radio Operators wearing identification badges as per

instructions laid down in paras 15 and 16, should man the Control Room and

its components

34. Charge of the Equipment.

The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the V.H.F

equipment. Accessories and ancillaries on the prescribed scale to the

Superintendent of Police of the District. The Superintendent of Police in turn

should nominate a suitable officer of his district to be in the custodian of

such equipment. The Daily Diary of the Control Room and the Note Book of

th other V.H.F. stations should clearly indicate the handing and taking over

of such equipment at the close of th shift duties.

35. Maintenance.

The V.H.R. equipment of the Control Room and the other stations

should be looked after by the officer in charge of the District Radio station

or other Radio staff sanctioned and posted for the purpose. The

Superintendent of Police should issue strict instructions that the equipment

should be properly handled and used and the repairs entrusted to qualified

Radio personnel nominated by the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid.

355

Normally, the City V.H.F. scheme will be provided with a skeleton

maintenance staff and where no such staff exists, the officer in charge of the

District Radio Station will requisition mechanics help from the concerned

Divisional Supervisors as enumerated in para 21. In case the Superintendent

of Police of the District needs any technical help, he should contact the

Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid.

36. Safety Precautions.

The instructions laid down in para 22 are applicable in the case of the

equipment used in the City V.H.F. Net.

37. Inspection.

As in case of the District V.H.F Control Station the Superintendent of

Police of the District should inspect the City V.H.F Control Room

periodically and ensure the proper functioning of the Control Room. The

Superintendent of Police Radio Grid, during his inspections, should look

into the technical aspects of the Radio stations and Control Station/Control

Room.

38. Radio Licenses

Wherever necessary, the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should

obtain a license for the V.H.F stations of the City Net Work also and the

procedure laid down in para 27 should be followed for these licenses also.

39. Conclusion

356

The above mentioned system will be introduced in each of the

District with effect from such date as may be determined by the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore and the Superintendent

of Police, Radio Grid in consolation with the Superintendent of Police of the

District.

Appendix ‘C’

OFFICERS AUTHORISED TO USE POLICE RADIO

The following are authorised to send messages on the Police Radio

provided they relate to the subjects specified:

1) All Ministers.

2) Chief Secretary to Government.

3) Secretary, Deputy Secretary and Under Secretary to Government,

Home Department.

4) District Magistrates and Sub-Divisional Magistrates,

5) All Police Officers of and above the rank of Station House Officer.

6) Central Intelligence Officers, Deputy Central Intelligence Officers and

Assistant Central Intelligence Officers of the Ministry of Home

Affairs, Government of India.

7) Police Persecuting Officers.

In cases of emergency, the Inspector General of Police may authorise

Officers of other Departments to use the Radio to clear messages subject

to the license regulations.

Appendix ‘D’

357

AUTHORISED SUBJECTS FOR TRANSMISSION OVER POLICE

RADIO

The Officers authorised to use the Police Radio should ensure that

messages pertaining to only the following subjects are handed in for

transmission on the Police Radio. Messages not pertaining to any of the

subject noted below will not be accepted for transmission:

I. Law & Order Category.

1) Court attendance in Police cases, summons, warrants, trials.

2) Information relating to arrests and movements of suspects.

3) Dacoities .

4) Murder cases.

5) Theft cases, arrest and proceedings relating thereto.

6) Searches, recoveries and possession of stolen properties.

7) Look out for stolen properties,

8) Escorts by Police personnel.

9) Corruption cases.

10) Information regarding accused persons in custody.

11) Verification of allegations against persons suspected in cases

investigated by Police.

12) Descriptive rolls of deserters-Military/Police.

13) Movement of criminals registered in the District Crime record

Bureau.

14) Foreign nationals-passport verification.

15) Evacuations of Mohammadans of Pakistan.

16) Crime statistics.

17) Identification Parade.

18) Failure of State Radio stations.

358

19) Demand for Police Personnel in emergencies.

20) Tour programmes of V.I.Ps (Ministers, Deputy Ministers’ Envoys

etc.)

21) Information relating to missing persons (Such as children, disabled

persons) effort by Police to trace.

22) Movement of Police Officers on duty.

23) Verification of antecedents of ex-convicts.

24) Death reports regarding Police personnel.

25) Violation of India air space by foreign aircraft

26) Violation of Narcotic laws and measures taken to prevent such

violation.

27) Opening of fire on mobs by Government servants in the discharge of

their Official duties.

28) Information directly pertaining to the rescue, relief and search of

aircrafts in distress.

29) Communal incidents where violence is threatened or has actually

taken place.

30) Strikes, hunger strikes and strikes by laborers’ or workers etc.

31) Movement of C.I.D Criminals.

32) Escape of Prisoners.

33) Outbreak of riot in prisons.

34) Hunger strike of Prisoners.

35) Movement of prisoners having a special back ground.

II. Semi-Law & Order Category.

1) Appointment and postings in Police ranks and statistics relating to

strength, promotions, demotions etc of Police personnel.

359

2) Police Personnel.

3) Character rolls, service books etc. of Police personnel.

4) Police Officers conference, inter-state and intra-state.

5) Police business indirectly related to law and order.

III) Service Messages of Police Radio Branch

Messages relating to communication and maintenance of the State

Police Radio such as daily equipment reports and other service matters.

Appendix ‘E’

MESSAGE WRITING

1. Letters are the best form of communication to issue orders and

instructions. Only when the time does not permit postal correspondence,

radio communication should be made use of.

2. Normally it will suffice if one copy of the ‘OUT’ message is sent

to the Radio Station for transmission. But where messages have to be

transmitted to stations covered by more than one channel, an additional copy

has to be sent for each channel. For example, if the message is addressed to

only one addresse, one copy of the message will be required. For multi-

address messages, an additional copy of the message has to be sent for each

channel. This method will avoid delay because no time will be wasted in

making copies of messages for transmission over the different nets.

3. Messages should b e written legibly, preferably in block letters or

typewritten. The standard message form should be used for the purpose.

360

4. Before accepting a radio message for transmission, the Radio

operator should scrutinise its contents and ensure that the details given

below are complete:

i) Address

Name(s) or designation (s) of the Official or the name of the

Department along with location is used and wherever abbreviated addresses

are available they are made use of. Titles and qualifications prefixed or

suffixed, will not be transmitted.

ii) Address for information to

In case of information to addressee(s), the instructions at serial

number (i) above should be followed.

iii) Address from

Instructions at serial number (i) above should be followed.

iv) Originator’s number.

The originator’s number should always be inserted in this column.

v) Date:

Date and month in figures on which the message is originated should be

written in this space. The year need not be mentioned.

VI) In reply to number.

The reference number of the correspondence to which the message is

a reply, should be entered in this space.

VII) Dated

361

The date of the reference to which the message is a reply should be

entered in this space.

Viii) Security classification.

Security classifications should be inserted in this column as shown below:

Classification Abbreviation

TOP SECRET TOP SECRETSECRET SECRETCONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIALUNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED

It will be the responsibility of the originator to give the correct

security classification or grading, consistent with the information contained

in the message. Until Cryptography is introduced in Police Radio, only

Unclass messages will be accepted for transmission.

ix) TextAs lengthy messages cause delay and congestion of radio traffic. It is

essential that brevity with indelibility is observed in originating radio

messages. In the case of verbose messages, the Radio station staff is

instructed to return them, requesting the originators to make the text more

concise. Use of phrases like ‘please’ kindly would be grateful’ etc., should

be omitted since omission of such phrases does not imply impoliteness in

radio messages. Messages written in tabular form or with mathematical

signs will not be accepted because they cannot be transmitted. Only the

following punctuation signs should be used:

a) Full stop written within brackets (.)

362

b) Inverted commas “ ”

c) Hyphen - -

d) Oblique or fraction bar /

e) Brackets ( )

f) Decimal point .

g) Apostrophe ‘

X) Priority

The Priority of the message is allotted by the originator in accordance

with the rules laid down in this regard.

XI) Originator’s signature.

The originator should sign on the radio message at the place provided

for, with designation and office seal. Message bearing no signature of an

authorised person, will not be accepted for transmission.

XII) Time of origin (T.O.O)

The time, in four figures, at which the originator signs the message is

inserted in this place. The first two digits indicate the hours and the two

other digits indicate the minutes. The time should be written, as in the

Railway and Telegraph departments. For instance 10 minutes past mid-night

should be written as 0010 instead of 12-10 am. Similarly, 15 minutes past

noon should be written as 12.15 instead of 12-15 P.M.

5. Security

As all wireless messages are subject to interception by any person

possessing a Radio Receiver, there is no security guaranteed in radio

communication. Nonetheless at present no facility exists over police Radio

363

for transmission of classified messages. Top Secret. Secret and Confidential

messages will, therefore not be accepted for transmission.


No. B-1.C.45/1975-76, Dated: 25-06-1975

***1. Preamble

There are a number of Units of this Department located in Bangalore

City. The accommodation facilities provided to the Police Officers in the

ranks of Sub-Inspector of Police and equivalent rank in Bangalore City has

been none too good in the past as it is also in the case of other ranks.

While we have been making all out efforts for providing

accommodation to our Officers in Bangalore City by constructing quarters

and acquiring ready built houses under various schemes, yet we have to go a

Allotment of Accommodation to Police Officers of the rank of S.Is and P.Is and equivalent ranks in Bangalore City.

364

long way achieve our aim of providing 100% accommodation to the staff.

While we are in the process of getting more and more quarters, it will be

necessary make the best of available quarters with the Department.

Consequent on the establishment of a Corps of Detectives in the State

CID., The housing position in Bangalore City become still more acute and

the Government, who were approached with the problem, were pleased to

accord sanction to acquire 100 ready built house at Kengeri Satellite Town

from the Karnataka Housing Board for the COD. Similarly, sanction of

Government was also obtained for acquiring 36 tenements at HAL 2nd Stage

from the Karnataka Housing Board for the staff of the State Special Branch.

2. House Allotment Committee

In order to regulate the allotment of quarters with a view to making

the best use of the available quarters and to ensure that a maximum number

of Officers are benefited, a ‘House Allotment Committee’ is constituted,

consisting of the following officers.

i) Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Bangalore,

ii) Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City,

iii) Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore.

The Committee should draw up its own rules and procedure to be

followed in regard to the allotment of quarters. The Committee should also

draw up minutes and notes in respect of each meeting.

3. Guide Lines:

The Following guide lines and suggestions may be kept in view by the

Committee.

365

i) All the Government quarters available with the Department in

Bangalore City should be categorized as ‘ear marked quarters ‘and’ other

quarters’. The ear-marked quarters are those which are situated next to a

Police Station, built for the staff of the concerned Police Station. Similarly,

the quarters constructed at the CAR. Headquarters are quarters ear-marked

for the CAR staff and those constructed at KSRP. Headquarters, for KSRP

personnel.

ii) In the present set up, for want of adequate number of quarters, it is

possible that some of the Officers would have been in occupation of quarters

meant for lower ranks. In view of the paucity of accommodation, such an

arrangement could continue.

iii) If a Police Officer occupying quarters is promoted, but wishes to

continue to occupy the same quarters instead of moving into the quarters

meant for the higher rank, he could be permitted to do so by the Committee,

unless the quarters occupied by him is an ear-marked quarters.

iv) In the case of Officers who wish to reside in their own houses or in

rented houses, they could be allowed to do so and permitted to draw normal

HRA, unless they are required to reside in ear-marked quarters or in quarters

nearer to their places of duty, for administrative reasons.

v) While considering allotment of the other quarter’s which are not

ear-marked, the Committee should keep in view the requirements of Police

366

Officers working in other branches like Vigilance Commission, CID Forest

Bangalore District, IGP’s Office etc.

vi) The Committee may consider giving weightage to the Officers

occupying posts which entail frequent transfers.

vii) Whenever a Police Officer is transferred from one unit to another

within the City, normally he should not be disturbed from the quarters

without consulting the Officers to whose Unit he is transferred, unless the

quarter which is required to be vacated is an ear-marked quarters.

viii) Whenever the Committee taken up consideration either allotment

of quarters of quarters or vacation of quarters, of Officers working in other

branches like SVC, Forest Cell etc., the senior most officer from the

concerned branch may also be invited to attend the meeting.

4. Unauthorised occupation.

The Committee should nominate suitable Police Officers not below the

rank of Sub-Inspector to conduct checks periodically for detecting and

reporting unauthorised occupation of Government quarters if any, and also

to ensure that the quarters allotted are used for the bonafide purpose for

which they are allotted.

5. Maintenance & up-keep of quarters:

Though the responsibility of the maintenance of the quarters rests on

the PWD and though it is also our desire that the Unit Officers should be in

close contact with the Officers of the PWD with a view to getting as much of

367

maintenance repairs to our buildings as possible carried out and as quickly

as possible. We should also share some of the responsibility for the proper

up-keep of the buildings by putting forth our own efforts, however small

they may be. The Police Officers occupying quarters should be advised to

keep the building and its premises clean to scrape of mass collected on roofs

and walls, wash off dirt and stains from painted wood works such as doors

and windows, patch up small holes in walls etc. They should be discouraged

from rearing cattle fowls, keeping pets like dogs etc, and prevented from

growing trees the roots of which can cause damage to the foundation of the

building. The occupant of Government quarters should take as much interest

in the proper maintenance and up-keep of the quarters allotted to him as he

would do in the case of his own private house. The Committee should

nominate suitable Police Officers not below the rank of Sub-Inspector for

each block or group of quarters to go round the premises periodically with a

view to ensuring proper maintenance and up-keep of the buildings. These

checking officers should also ensure that the occupants do not keep water

and electricity charges in arrears , giving room for disconnection of these

services.

6. Register of buildings:

A register called the ‘Register of Buildings of Police Department, has

been prescribed by the Government in G.O. No. Uni. 1020-24/P & S. 17-56-

2, dated 14-12-1956, This is a very important register which is a record

showing the life history of each of the building in possession of the

Department. These registers have been supplied to all Unit Officers. The

register should be maintained properly and entries are posted up-to-date.

368

7. General.

The allotment of quarters by the Committee should be so made as to

ensure the best use of the available accommodation and to the satisfaction of

a maximum number of Officers.


No. 26/GNL(1)1975-76, Dated: 11-07-1975

***

It is one of the important functions of the Superior Police Officers that

whenever they visit Police Stations for Inspections, on surprise visits or

other duties, they should hear the requests and difficulties of the subordinate

Police Officers particularly the Police Constables and Head Constables

working there and take prompt action for their redressal. It has come notice

that this important aspect of work is not receiving as much attention as it

deserves.

2. All members of the Police force should have easy access to their

Superior officers to put their difficulties relating to their service matters like

non-receipt of salary, increment T.A., non-settlement of leave, promotion

Interview of Subordinate Police Officers by the Superintendent of Police – Instructions issued.

369

etc. For this purpose,. The Superintendent of Police should set apart half a

day or full day if need be o0nce in a week, when he should grant interviews

to all the subordinate officers who want to meet him to represent their

difficulties relating to their service matters. All the subordinate officers in

the District should be instructed that permission to meet the Superintendent

of Police should not normally be refused except in rare cases due to

exigencies of Services, in which Superintendent of Police during the

subsequent week. The fixing up of an appointment earlier would facilitate

reference to concerned records and files.

3. As regards Circle Inspectors and Police Sub-inspectors the

Superintendents of Police should make it a point to hear their difficulties and

requests at the time of monthly Conferences and take prompt action.

4. Similarly Deputy Inspectors General of Police and Commissioner of

Police, should give instructions to their subordinates of all ranks.

5. At the State level also, I have no objection to meet the provided

proper representations are made and I am furnished with advance notes

when I can fix up suitable dates for interview.

6. This healthy practice gives an opportunity to the staff at lower levels

to represent their problems to their official superiors.

7. I would like to meet as many members of Police Force as possible

during my Inspection tours. I want Superintendent of Police and Deputy

Inspectors General of Police also likewise met as many members of th

Police Force during their Inspection Tours.

370

8. At the same time it should be made clear to all the rank and file that

they should not misuse this opportunity for vexatious or false representations

to the Superintendent of Police and other superior Officers.

9. This may be explained to all the Police Officers and men in all the

Districts and Units and they should be made to feel that at any time they can

have free access to their superior Officer.


No. PENH. CI-/1975-76, Dated: 02-07-1975

***

Government of Karnataka have published the Karnataka State

Employees’ Family Benefit Fund Rules in Part I of Karnataka Gazette

dated May 29, 1975. Copy of the same is enclosed for ready reference.

2. The salient features of the Scheme are:

i) The Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund Rules

(hereinafter referred to as the Rules) come into force with effect from 1st

April, 1975. All the Employees who were or are in service as on or after

01-04-1975 are legible for the benefits under the Rules.

ii) The Rules are applicable to all employees including Class IV

temporary employees persons on foreign service and on deputation and all

Karnataka State Employees Family Benefit Fund Rules Instructions issued.

371

India Service Officers borne on the Karnataka Government Cadre.

Membership is compulsory and no employee can be made an exception to

these Rules.

iii) For the period from 01-04-1975 to 31-03-1976 the Government

contributes Rs. 10/- per month on behalf of each employee, and no

contribution repeat no contribution shall be collected from any employee

during this period under the Rules. Contribution shall commence from the

pay of the official for March 1976 payable in April 1976.

iv) If an employee dies while in service on or after 1 st April 1975

his/her nominee shall be paid Rs. 10,000/- in lump sum in lieu of his/her

contribution.

v) In the case of superannuation or if any employee demits office on or

after 30-04-1975, he shall be paid the actual amount contributed by him plus

the Government contribution at the rate indicated in Schedule II of the

Rules.

vi) The above benefits accreting under the Rules are in addition to the

various amenities provided under the Karnataka State Police Benevolent

Fund Rules, to which all the members of the Police Department will

continue to subscribe as heretofore.

3. Procedure.

A monthly contribution of Rs. 10/- shall be collected from each

employee irrespective of rank commencing from the salary for March 1976

payable in April 1976 in the pay bill by opening a separate column’

372

Contribution to Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund’ A

schedule shall be attached to each pay bill in the following form.

Schedule of Contribution to Karnataka State Employees’ Family

Benefit Fund For the Month of 1975.

SlNo.

Name of the Office.

Name of the Official Rank Metal No.

If any Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6

4. As already stated no contribution need be recovered during 1975-76

(01-04-1975 to 31-03-1976) as Government will pay first year’s

contribution. Contribution should only be recovered from pay for March

1976 due on 01-04-1976.

5. No contribution shall be recovered from an employee, if he is

sanctioned extraordinary leave or leave without allowance if it exceeds one

month. In such cases the contribution shall be recovered from the salary for

the first month in which he has been paid salary for a part of the month and

not recovered for the subsequent month when the total period of L W A.

exceeds one month.

6. The recovery towards contribution shall continue till the last month

preceding the date of superannuation. For instance, if a Government Servant

attains the age of 55 years on 15th January (to be retired with effect from 31st

January as per the existing orders) the recovery should be made up to the

end of December. This does not apply to cases of extension and re-

373

employment, where the recovery shall stop from the month preceding the

date of superannuation (55 years in the case of State Government Servants

and 58 years in the case of I.P.S Officers borne on the Karnataka

Government cadre).

7. The card of contributions shall be written in duplicate for each

employee, one card to be given to the employee after making necessary

entries and the other to be maintained by the Head of the Office in the case

of N.G.Os An entry shall be made in the Service Register of the Official

concerned regarding opening of the card. Prompt entries shall be made

whenever contributions are not recovered for periods of L.W.A. exceeding

one month in the card maintained by the Head of the Office/Department. In

case of transfer of N.G.Os the card shall be transferred along with the

Service Register L.P.C. etc., to the Head of the Office under whom he/she is

transferred.

8. The Drawing Officers will particularly note that they will be held

personally responsible for non-recovery of contribution from any employee,

whose salary he has drawn during a particular month.

9. Promptness in settlement of claims is the Key Word under the

‘Rules’. The period of one week to pay 80% of the actual amount

contributed by the employee in cases of superannuation or demission of

office for any reason and Rs. 10,000/- family benefit in cases of death of the

employee while in service should be strictly adhered to.

374

10. The order of nominations prescribed under Rule 9(i) of the Rules

shall be strictly followed in paying the lumsum amount of Rs.. 10,000/- in

the event of death of the employee. For this purpose the nomination shall be

obtained in that order and if any of the relatives mentioned therein are not

existing or dead, it may be indicated like that in the nomination form to

prevent future complications and delay in settlement of claim. Particular care

should be taken to see in the case of unmarried officials that they invariably

nominate their wife/husband on their marriage and the previous nomination

is cancelled.

11. The nomination form shall be countersigned by the Head of the

Office before pasting in the service Register Head of the Office before

pasting in the service Register and entries made to that effect in the Service

Register. Any charge in nomination should be entered both in the

nomination form duly attested and in the card of contributions.

12. While it is the duty of the Head of Office to obtain nominations

within one month and in the case of new entrants before drawing his/her first

month’s pay, it shall be the duty of every employee to keep the nomination

up-to-date in case of marriage or death of any of the nominees.

13. For the purpose of Head Office and official superior to

countersign the claim of the nominated in the event of death of the employee

and to sanction/payment in case of superannuation or demission of office.

Officers of the Rank of Superintendents of Police/Commandants/Principals

and above who are the District/Unit Officers, who maintain their Service

Registers and draw the salary shall be the Officers responsible to settle the

375

claims of NGOs and the Head of the Department in the case of G.Os Claims

of officers on foreign service or on deputation from this Department are to

be settled by the District/Unit/Officer of this Department, from where he

went on deputation within one week repeat one week from the date of the

event.

14. The claim shall be preferred in establishment pay bill form No.

MFC. 24 by the Head of Office in case of NGOs and Form MFC. 13 in the

case of G.Os.

15. The Director, Printing and Stationary has been addressed for

printing and supplying sufficient number of Schedule I and forms ‘A’ and

‘B’ prescribed under the Rules and on their receipt, they will be supplied to

all District and Unit Officers.

16. Within one month from the date of receipt of forms nominations

should be obtained from all the officials in the District/Unit, countersigned

and pasted in the Service Register after making an entry to that effect in the

Service Register. Similarly cards should be prepared in duplicate in respect

of each employee, one handed over to the employee after making necessary

entries under acknowledgement and the other retained in the Office for

maintenance and compliance reported.

17. Immediate action should be taken to settle the claims in respect of

employees who died on or after 01-04-1975 and those retired on or after 30-

04-1975 by preparing manscript forms till such time printed ones are

supplied.

376

18. In case of death of an employee while in service after 01-04-1975

and before making a nomination under these Rules, the lumsum payment of

Rs. 10,000/- shall be made to the person nominated under the Karnataka

Government Insurance Department/Hyderabed State Life Insurance

Fund/Life Insurance Corporation of India Policies held by the deceased

employee or where no insurance policies are held to the nominee in respect

of his/her Provident Fund.

19. A certificate that the claims of all those who died on or after 01-

04-1975 and retired or demitted office on or after 30-04-1975 have been

settled should be sent to this office immediately. Thereafter a similar

statement should be sent every quarter ending 31st March, 30th September

and 31st December. The report will be in the form attached to this Standing

Order.

20. In the case of Gazetted Officers (including IPS Officers the

Pension Section in Chief Office will take immediate action to obtain

nominations and the C.B Section will open and maintain cards. Immediately

on the occurrence of the event, the card shall be brought up-to-date and

transferred to Pension Section for settling claim.

21. Pleas acknowledge receipt of this Standing Order.

Statement of claims under Karnataka State Employees,

Family Benefit Funds Rules, 1975

For the Quarter Ending…………………

PARA 19 OF S.O. 669)

377

Sl. N

o.

Nam

e of

the

Em

ploy

ee

Ran

k

Dat

e of

dem

issi

on o

f of

fice/

deat

h

Dat

e of

sett

lem

ent o

f 80

% c

laim

Fam

ily

bene

fit

Rea

sons

for

dela

y in

se

ttle

men

t of c

laim

be

yond

one

wee

k

Dat

e of

sett

lem

ent o

f cl

aim

in fu

ll (in

cas

e of

de

mis

sion

of o

ffic

e)

Rea

sons

for

dela

y in

se

ttle

men

t of c

laim

in

Col

. 6 b

eyon

d on

e m

onth

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Signature and Designation of theDistrict/Unit Officer.

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKAFinance Department

Karnataka State Employees Family Benefit Fund Rules issued

Preamble:-

While presenting the Budget Estimates for 1975-76, the Minister

for Finance and Housing had announced the establishment of a Family

Benefit Fund for the employees of Government as a Welfare measure.

Order No. FD 170 PID 1974, Dated 19th May 1975

Government are pleased to direct that a Family Benefit Fund called

the Karnataka State Employees, Family Benefit Fund shall be established

with effect from 1st April, 1975. Government are also pleased to approve the

rules appended to this order for administering the said Fund.

378

2. The Director, Karnataka Government Insurance Department,

Bangalore shall administer this fund and it shall be audited by the

Accountant General, Karnataka.


Sd/- (T.R. Satish Chandran).

Financial Commissioner and Secretary to Government. Finance Department.

Karnataka State Employees Family Benefit Fund Rules 1975.

1. These Rules shall be called the Karnataka State Employees, Family

Benefit Fund Rules.

2. These Rules shall come into force on the 1st day of April 1975.

3. These Rules shall apply to all Karnataka Government Employees

including Government Employees under temporary appointments and

monthly rated work charged establishment (other than gang coolies) persons

on Foreign Service and on deputation and All India Service Officers borne

on the Karnataka Government Cadre.

Rates of Contribution.

379

4. A monthly contribution of Rs. 10 shall be paid by the Government

Employee. In the first year of the scheme the Government shall contribute

on behalf of each employee a sum the second year and onwards the

employee shall contribute a sum of Rs. 10 every month commencing from

the pay of the official for March, 1976 and it shall continue till the end of the

calendar month preceding the date of his superannuation No. contribution

shall be made by employee during the period of his extraordinary leave or

leave without allowance if it exceeds one month. The deduction shall be

made from the monthly pay bills.

Account of Contribution

5. A separate column shall be opened In the Pay bill register for the

contributions deducted.

Card of Contribution

6. (i) In the case of Non-gazetted employees and Gazetted

Employees whose pay is drawn on establishment pay bills, a card in the

form prescribed in Schedule I shall be written up in duplicate for each

employee indicating the date of commencement of contribution to the fund

and the periods spent on extra-ordinary leave. One copy of the card should

be given to the subscriber and the second copy should be maintained by the

head of the office after making necessary entries regarding opening of the

card in the service Register.

380

ii) Periods spent on extraordinary or leave without allowance during

which contribution was not made by the employee shall be noted in the copy

of card maintained by the Head of the Office. The card shall be transferred

along with other transfer documents in the case of transfer of employees.

iii) In the case of employee drawing his own pay, one copy of the

card should be given to the concerned employee and the second copy will be

maintained by the Head of the Department who will note the periods of

extraordinary leave when contribution to the fund was not made.

Functions of Drawing Officers.

7. The pay Drawing Officers will be held personally responsible for

the prompt recovery of the contribution. In the case of employees drawing

their own pay, the Accountant, General, Karnataka and the Treasury Officer

will watch the recovery. In respect of employees on deputation or on foreign

service the foreign employer should effect the recovery and remit the same

to Government.

Payment in the event of Superannuation, etc.

8. In the case of superannuation or if an employs demits office for any

reason, he shall be paid within a period of one week from the date of

superannuation or demitting of office 80 percent of the actual amount

contributed by him till then at the rate indicated in Schedule II. Fractions of

a year will also be taken into account while calculating the amount payable.

The balance of 20 percent will be paid after verifying the period of

extraordinary leave availed by him/her. For the purpose of refunding the

381

contribution the total amount payable should be worked out from the

beginning of the calendar month in which the contribution was first

commenced and the end of the calendar month prior to his date of

superannuation after deducting the period spent on extra-ordinary leave.

Persons entitled to receive Family Benefit.

9. i) If an employee dies while in service his/her nominee who shall be

his wife/her husband/sons/unmarried and widowed daughter (including

adopted children)/father/mother/brothers below the age of 18 years and

unmarried and widowed sisters/wife and children of pre-deceased son (in

that order) shall be paid Rs.10,000/- in lumpsum in lieu of his her

contribution within a period of one week from the date of preferring the

claims. If subsequent to nomination the employee gets married, he/she shall

invariably nominate his wife/her husband and the previous nomination shall

become null and void. If none of the nominees are alive, this lumpsum

amount shall be paid to the legal heirs of the deceased employee.

ii) The nomination shall be in Form-A. This statement shall be

countersigned by the Head of Office and pasted in the Service Register of

the employee, after making entries in it. Any change in the nomination

intimated by the employee will have to be entered on the card of

contributions and pasted in the Service Register by the Head of the Office.

In the case of employees drawing their own pay, the nomination should be

sent to the Head of the Department within one month of the nomination.

No. FD PID 1974, dated 9th May 1975

382

iii) It shall be the duty of every employee to keep this nomination upto

date; It shall be the duty of every Head of Office to obtain nominations from

the members of his staff who are covered by this scheme within a month of

publication of these Rules. In the case of new entrants his/her first month’s

pay shall not be drawn unless he/she files his/her nomination.

iv) In the event of death, the official nominee shall prefer his/her claim

on a prescribed from i.e. Form-B countersigned by the official superior of

the deceased. If the official superior is not a gazetted employee, the nest

higher officer of gazetted rank shall countersign the form.

Administration and Audit

10. The Director, Karnataka Government Insurance Department shall

administer this fund and it shall be audited by the Accountant General,

Karnataka.

Head of Account

11. The following shall be Heads of Accounts for transactions relating

to this fund,

i) Contributions: 811. Insurance and Pension Funds-(a) State

Government Insurance Fund-(4) Karnataka Government Employees’ Family

Benefit Fund (Receipts).

383

ii) Refund of Contributions: 811. Insurance and Pension Funds-(a)

State Government Insurance Fund-(4) Karnataka Government Employees’

Family Benefit Fund (Payments).

i) Payments at the time of retirement.

ii) Payment of lumpsum amount in the event of death while in service.

Sanctioning Authority

12. In the case of non-gazetted employees, the Head of the Office

shall be sanctioning authority for the refund of contribution on

superannuation or payment of lumpsum benefit in the vent of death of the

employee while in service, while in the case of Gazetted Employees the

immediate superior officer and in the case of Heads of Departments, the

Government will be the sanctioning Authority. Claims relating to employees

on foreign service will be settled by the Heads of their parent departments.

No. FD 170 PID 1974, Dated 19th May 1975

Schedule-1

(See Rule-6)

Karnataka Government Employees, Family Benefit Fund

1. Name of the employee …………………

2. Date of Birth ………………….

3. Designation and time Scale .…………………

4. Whether O.B. Policy has been taken …………………. If Yes

384

Policy Number Premium

5. Department/Office …………………..

6. Date of Commencement of Contribution ………………….

7. Period of extraordinary leave during Which not made …………………

8. Date of exit ……. …… by retirement/by Death

9. Name of the nominee, age and Relationship …………………..

No. FD 170 PID 1974, Dated 19th May 1975

FORM-B

Karnataka Government Employees, Family Benefit Fund

CLAIM APPLICATION FORM

Form of application to be filled in by the nominee to receive the

payment under Karnataka Government Employees, Family Benefit Fund

Rules.

Note:-All answers to be filled in legibly. Answers must be given in words Strokes of the pen or dots or dashes cannot be accepted as replies.

1 a) i)Name of the deceased employeeii) Designation

385

iii) Name of the office in which deceased official was working at the time of death

b) i) Place of deathii) Date of deathiii) Cause of death

2 a) Name of the Claimantb) Agec) Relationship with thed) Occupatione) Address

3 Name/s and age of the survivingRelatives of the deceased

Name Marital status Age

i) Husband/Wifeii) Sonsiii) Daughter/s M/W/siv) Motherv) Fathervi) Brother/svii) Sister/s M/W/s

viii) Wife and Children of pre-deceased son

4 a) The nature of title under which the amount is claimed e.g. as nominee or legal heir or executor or administratorb) If the claim is made on behalf of a minor, the name and exact nature of his/her title and how the claimant is preferring a claim on his/her behalf

I, …………………………………… Hereby solemnly declare that

the answers to all the above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Signature of the Head of Office Signature of the Claimant

386

With Office Seal

Designation

Address

Countersignature of nest higher officer of Gazetted rank when the Head of

office is not a Gazetted Officer.


No. 7,COMP//1975, Dated: 17-07-1975

***As an important step in the direction of the Modernisation of Police

forces in the Country, the Computerisation of Crime and Criminal Records

was conceived by the permanent Committee of DISG, CID 1970 in India.

The Committee devised uniform Computer Codes and Card designs to be

adopted by the constituent States in India. It is envisaged that the

information pertaining to some forty different categories of Crimes which

Amendment to Chapter XLIII of the Karnataka Police Manual Vol-II

387

fall not only under major criminals acts, but also under special and local

laws and the criminals involved in such crimes should be brought under the

purview of Computerisation. But in the State of Karnataka it was though fit

to make a beginning by Computerising the information pertaining to

property crimes, Viz., the offences that come under Class I to IX of order

1698 of KPM Voi II and the criminals involved in these cases at present,

with twin objectives of generating statistical reports for administrative and

other purposes on the one hand, to obtain useful and practical advisory

memos to aid the IOs in their day to day investigation work on the other

hand. Therefore, nine card formats were devised & grouped under six main

Computer forms Viz., Computer forms ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ and ‘F’ Form ‘A’

‘B’ and ‘C’ pertain to crimes where as Forms ‘D’ ‘E’ and ‘F’ are meant for

getting information regarding criminals. Standing Order No. 627 dated 24 th

December 1973 was issued for the purpose of Computerising Crime and

Criminal records in respect of crimes reported from 1st January 1974

onwards.

From the careful study of modus operandi classification as given in

the All India Computer Codes, with reference to MO classifications given

under chapter XLIII (District) Crime Record Bureau), it became obvious that

there are some differences between these two types of classifications, i.e.,

between KPM Vol II and All India Computer Code Book. With a view to

reconcile the differences in the MO classifications, the design of M O.

Classifications as given in the All India Computers Cods has been adopted

with a few more new additions. The Karnataka Police Computer Code Book

contains these new additions also.

388

Under the circumstances, it was thought necessary to rewrite a few

orders under chapter. XLIII (District Crime Record Bureau) of KPM Vol. II

with necessary modifications Hence this Standing Order has been issued. All

the Officers and men in the Department should be thoroughly conversant

with this order since, it has direct bearing not only on the maintenance of

Criminals records in the DCRBX or CCRS as the case may be, but also on

the Computerisation of Crime and Criminal records.

Order 1668 to 1697 under Chapter XLIII of KMP Vol II are retained

without changes. Order No. 1703 is also retained without changes Order

1705 to 1722 are also retained without changes only the order 1698, 1699,

1700, 1701, 1702, and 1704 are rewritten with necessary changes and

modifications.

Fifteen forms and Registers Viz., forms No. 20, 91, 97, 113, 173, 176,

183, 190, 191, 192, 197, 217, 250, 251 of KMP Vol.III contain column or

colums for noting MO classification. Out of these sending of information on

forms 173 and 176 has been discontinued as they have been replaced by

Computer forms ‘A’ and “C’ as per Standing Order No. 627 dated 24 th

December 1973, MOB Card also contain provision for nothing MO

classifications. In view of the modified MO classifications under this

Standing Order, the detailed instructions for filling up MO classifications in

these forms and registers are given at the end of this Standing Order.

In Place of Order No. 1698 of KMP Vol.II the following order shall

be substituted.

389

Modus Operandi Index:

1698. I) The cards for this index will be arranged in the order of the

different modus operandi classification and other characteristics in drawers

assigned to the main heads of crime. The following are the terms used in the

MO classifications. MO major, MO minor and MO methods.

i) MO Major:- MO major means offences listed under class I to IX

under this order )Property offences). For example, Dacoity is MO major.

Similarly murder for Gain, Robbery, Poisoning or Drugging are the MO

major classifications under class I offences. House breaking and theft is the

MO major under Class II.

ii) MO Minor:-All the MO major heads under Class I to IX have been

further sub-divided into MO minor heads, except offences like poisoning

and drugging, receiving of stolen property cheating, criminal breach of trust

and misappropriation. For example under Dacoity, Political, professional

and unclassified are the Minor heads. Similarly under house breaking and

theft, by day or by night form the Minor heads.

iii) MO Methods:-MO methods are the methods or means adopted by

the criminals for the commission of offence. For example, Bomb throwing is

a method Main hole is a method. Bogus visitor as an hawker etc., is a

method under various classes offence.

The index heads will be the codes given in the following Crime classification. Classes of Crime-MO major, MO minor and MO methods classification:

390

Class I: Offences attended with violence.

Major Heads

Code

16 --- Dacoity47 -- Murder for Gain60 -- Professional poisoning69 -- Robbery

Dacoity-Code 16,-The following are the Minor Classifications under

Dacoity.

Code

01 --- Political02 -- Professional03 -- Unclassified.

The following are the MO methods used in the commission of Dacoity

Code

A04 --- Acids throwingB16 -- Bomb throwingB04 -- Blunt weapon use or show of C04 -- Chilly powder throwingC13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show ofH01 -- Fire Arms use or show of G01 -- GaggingP04 -- Poisoning or DruggingS06 -- SnatchingS07 -- Stabbing weapon or instrument use or show ofT05 -- TortureW10 -- Wrongful confinementU99 -- Unclassified

391

Murder for Gain-Code47:- The following are the Minor classifications under Murder:

Code01 -- Culpable Homicide not amounting to Murder02 -- Murder

The following are the M.O. methods used in commission of Murder:

CodeA04 --- Acids throwingB04 -- Blunt weapon use or show of B16 -- Bomb throwingC13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show ofD18 -- DrowingD19 -- DruggingE04 -- ExplosivesE05 -- ExposureF01 -- Fire Arms-use or show ofM02 -- MiscarriageP05 -- Poisoning-AconiteP06 -- Poisoning-AconiteP07 -- Poisoning-Ammonium SulphateP08 -- Poisoning-ArsenicP09 -- Poisoning-by other slow poisoningP10 -- Poisoning-ChloroformP11 -- Poisoning-Copper SulphateP12 -- Poisoning-CyanideP14 -- Poisoning-DrinksP15 -- Poisoning-foodP16 -- Poisoning-GasP17 -- Poisoning-Insecticide/PesticideP18 -- Poisoning-LiquorP19 -- Poisoning-MadarP20 -- Poisoning-MercuryP28 -- Poisoning-UnclassifiedS07 -- Stabbing Weapon or instrument-use or show ofS09 -- Strangulation-by

392

S11 -- Suffocation-byT01 -- Throttling-byT02 -- Throwing into waterT03 -- Throwing under/from a moving vehicleT04 -- Throwing under/from a moving trainW10 -- Wrongful confinementU99 -- Unclassified

Professional poisoning-code 60:- There is no MO minor

classification under professional poisoning.

The following are the MO methods used in professional

poisoning:-

Code

F02 -- Food stuffsI05 -- InhalationI06 -- InjectionO03 -- Offering SweetsP05 -- Poisoning-AconiteP06 -- Poisoning-AlcoholP07 -- Poisoning-Ammonium SulphateP10 -- Poisoning-ChloroformP11 -- Poisoning-Copper SulphateP13 -- Poisoning-DaturaP14 -- Poisoning-DrinksP15 -- Poisoning-foodP17 -- Poisoning-Insecticide/PesticideP18 -- Poisoning-LiquorP19 -- Poisoning-MadarP20 -- Poisoning-MercuryP21 -- Poisoning-OleanderP22 -- Poisoning-OpiumP23 -- Poisoning-PanP24 -- Poisoning-PrasadamP26 -- Poisoning-By SweetsP27 -- Poisoning-By TobaccoU99 -- Unclassified

393

Robbery-Code 69-The following are the Mo minor classifications

under Robbery:

Code

01 -- Political02 -- Professional03 -- Unclassified

The following are the MO methods used in the Commission of Robbery.

CodeA04 --- Acids throwingB04 -- Blunt weapon use or show ofB16 -- Bomb throwingC04 -- Chilly powder throwingC13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show ofF01 -- Fire Arms-use or show ofG01 -- GaggingH01 -- Fire Arms use or show of P04 -- Poisoning or DruggingS06 -- SnatchingS07 -- Stabbing weapon or instrument use or show ofT05 -- TortureW10 -- Wrongful confinementU99 -- Unclassified

Class II House Breaking Theft-Code 31-The following are MM

minor classifications under House Breaking and theft:-

Code

01 -- By day02 -- By night

The following are the MO methods used in the commission of

House Breaking and theft:-

394

Code

A03 -- Accomplice/servant facilitating entry.A05 -- Adjoining premises-fromA07 -- AugerB01 -- Balconies-entry throughB07 -- Bogus enquiryB08 -- Bogus MessageC05 -- Chimney-entry throughC06 -- Climbing ladderC08 -- Climbing pipesC09 -- Climbing ropesC11 -- Concealment in premisesC14 -- Cutting the wire gaugeD03 -- Door/borrowing key and making wax impressionsD04 -- Door/Crawling under and betweenD05 -- Door/fan light overD06 -- Door/opening of finding owners keyD07 -- Door/opening by forcing latch/kunda/chatkaniD08 -- Door/opening by forcing hingesD09 -- Door/entry by breaking/removing glass panelD10 -- Door/entry by cutting glass panelD11 -- Door/entry by removing glass panelD12 -- Door/entry by lifting rolling shuttersD13 -- Door/entry by cutting pad-lockD14 -- Door/entry by punching pad-lockD15 -- Door/entry by using boring or drillingD16 -- Door/unlatching after boring or drillingD17 -- Door/opening door not locked E01 -- EavesH02 -- Hole: Bolt holeH03 -- Hole: Roof hole by removing thatchesH04 -- Hole: Roof hole by removing slates/tilesH05 -- Hole: Wall hole by removing thatchesH06 -- Hole: Wall hole by removing wood/ brick workI07 -- Inserting hand or stick through windowS05 -- Sky light entry throughS06 -- SnatchingV02 -- Ventilator entry through

395

V03 -- Veranda entry throughW01 -- Walls Scaling overW02 -- Window bars-forcing/removing/cuttingW04 -- Window frame removingW05 -- Window glass breakingW06 -- Window glass cuttingW07 -- Window removingW08 -- Window grills forcing/removing/cuttingW11 -- Wrongful restraintU99 -- Unclassified.

Class III Houses Thefts-Code 77:-The following are the MO minor

classification under House thefts:-

01 -- Arms and Ammunitions02 -- CattleTA -- Children from03 -- Cultural04 -- Cycle05 -- Motor Vehicles06 -- Pocket picking07 -- Railway Property08 -- Servants or employed by09 -- Wire10 -- Unclassified11 -- Schools/Colleges12 -- Sleeping persons from13 -- Temple14 -- Vessels

The following are theJ MO methods used in the commission of

House Breaking and theft:-

Code

A02 -- AbstractionA03 -- Accomplice/servant facilitating entry.A08 -- Automobile-after borrowingA09 -- Automobile-by breaking open window panes

396

A10 -- Automobile-by using duplicate keyA11 -- Automobile-disappearing after hiringA12 -- Automobile-towedA13 -- Automobile-by trick/fraudB07 -- Bogus enquiryB08 -- Bogus MessageB10 -- Bogus visitor as AgentB11 -- Bogus visitor as AstrologerB12 -- Bogus visitor as beggar/SadhuB13 -- Bogus visitor as HawkerB14 -- Bogus visitor as to inspect/building for repairs

B15 -- Bogus visitor as seeking information about neighbourC15 -- Cattle/operating alongC16 -- Cattle/operating with associatesC17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraudD19 -- DruggingE02 -- Exchange of property with the connivance of

keeper/priestE03 -- Exchange of property without the knowledge of

the keeperF02 -- Food stuffP02 -- Pocket picking-operating alongP03 -- Pocket picking-operating with associatesP04 -- Poisoning or druggingS03 -- Shop liftingS06 -- SnatchingU99 -- Unclassified.

Class IV Ordinary thefts-Code 78:- The following are the MO

classification under ordinary thefts:-

Code

01 -- Arms and Ammunitions02 -- CattleTA -- Children from03 -- Cultural04 -- Cycle05 -- Motor Vehicles06 -- Pocket picking

397

07 -- Railway Property08 -- Servants or employed by09 -- Wire10 -- Unclassified12 -- Sleeping persons from14 -- Vessels15 -- Bathing Ghats16 -- Fairs and Festivals


ordinary thefts:-

Code

A02 -- AbstractionA08 -- Automobile-after borrowingA09 -- Automobile-by breaking open window panesA10 -- Automobile-by using duplicate keyA11 -- Automobile-disappearing after hiringA12 -- Automobile-towedA13 -- Automobile-by trick/fraudB07 -- Bogus enquiryB08 -- Bogus MessageB10 -- Bogus visitor as AgentB11 -- Bogus visitor as AstrologerB12 -- Bogus visitor as beggar/SadhuB13 -- Bogus visitor as HawkerB14 -- Bogus visitor as to inspect/building for repairs

B15 -- Bogus visitor as seeking information about neighbourC15 -- Cattle/operating alongC16 -- Cattle/operating with associatesC17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraudD19 -- DruggingE02 -- Exchange of property with the connivance of

keeper/priestE03 -- Exchange of property without the knowledge of

the keeperF02 -- Food stuffP02 -- Pocket picking-operating alongP03 -- Pocket picking-operating with associates

398

P04 -- Poisoning or druggingS03 -- Shop liftingS06 -- SnatchingU99 -- Unclassified.

Class V Cattle theft-Code 79-The following is the MO minor

classification under Cattle thefts:-

Code-02. Cattle

The following are the Mo methods used for the commission of

Cattle thefts:

Code

C15 -- Cattle/operating alongC16 -- Cattle/operating with associatesC17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraudU99 -- Unclassified

Class VI Receiving of Stolen Property-Code 66-There is no MO

minor and Mo methods classification for the offences of receiving of stolen

property.

Class VII Cheating-Code 10-There is no MO minor classification

for Cheating. The following are the MO methods used for the commission of

offences of cheating:-

Code

B02 -- Black mailingB05 -- Bogus ChequeB06 -- Bogus ClaimB07 -- Bogus R.RB17 -- BusinessC03 -- Charitable SocietyC06 -- Chit fund/lucky scheme/lottery, etc,C10 -- Company

399

C12 -- Copy right infringementsD02 -- Documents (order form, credentials, tickets letters,

receipts postal papers).

Code

G02 -- Government propertyI01 -- Identity Card-false forgedI02 -- Imitation jewelry ornamentsI04 -- Infringement of trade markI08 -- InsuranceM01 -- Matrimonial allianceP31 -- Postal servicesR01 -- RailwaysR02 -- Registration officeS01 -- Share-forged/shop-forgedS12 -- Supernatural powers-claiming ofT06 -- TrickeryV01 -- Valuable security (promissory note/cheque)U99 -- UnclassifiedClass VIII counterfeiting-Code 12-The following are the MO

minor classifications under the offence counterfeiting of coins and

Currency.

01 -- Coins02 -- Currency (foreign)03 -- Currency (Indian)04 -- Security other than Coins and Currencies 05 -- Unclassified


Counterfeiting of Coins and Currency:

CodeB03 -- Block methodC01 -- Cast methodC02 -- Cast and struck method (combined method)H01 -- Hand engraving methodL01 -- Lithographic processM01 -- Mould drawn method

400

T01 -- Photographic processS01 -- Striking methodW09 -- Wood engraved methodU99 -- Unclassified

Class IX Criminal Breach of Trust and Misappropriation Code 13

& 45 Respectively-The following are the MO minor classifications under

Criminal breach of Trust:-

Code01 -- Bank02 -- Chitfund organisation 03 -- Co-operative Society04 -- Cycles05 -- Financial firms06 -- Government organisations07 -- Industrial/business corporations08 -- Postal09 -- Social organisationsCode10 -- Trustee-religious11 -- Trustee-Other than religious12 -- Unclassified

The following are the MO methods adopted in the commission of

Criminal Breach of Trust:-

Code

B18 -- By presidentB19 -- By SecretaryB20 -- By OfficerB21 -- By clerk/office bearer/employeeB22 -- By servant/peon/attenderB23 -- By memberB24 -- By DhobiB25 -- By trusteeB26 -- By others/public

401

B27 -- By hiringU99 -- Unclassified

Misappropriation-Code-45:- The following are the MO minor

classification under misappropriation:-

01 -- Bank02 -- Chitfund organisation03 -- Co-operative Society04 -- Cycles05 -- Financial Firms06 -- Governmental organisations07 -- Industrial/business corporations08 -- Postal09 -- Social organisations10 -- Trustee-religious11 -- Trustee-other than religious12 -- Unclassified

The following are the MO methods adopted in the commission of

Misappropriation:

Code

B18 -- By presidentB19 -- By SecretaryB20 -- By OfficerB21 -- By clerk/office bearer/employeeB22 -- By servant/peon/attenderB23 -- By memberB24 -- By DhobiB25 -- By trusteeB26 -- By others/publicB27 -- By hiringU99 -- Unclassified

2) The list is made as exhaustive as possible. Some of the items may not

apply to all districts and some Districts may need a few additional items.

402

Any addition to the list should be made with the approval of the Deputy

Inspector General of Police Criminal Investigation Department. The Station

House Officers should note the appropriate classification in the various

reports sent by them to the Bureau. The D.C. number of the District in which

the criminal resides, the D.C numbers, if any, assigned to him in other

districts, his name with aliases his place of residence with the name of the

Police Station, the name or names of Police Station limits and districts

where the criminal has operated and full modus operandi details will be

noted in columns 1-7 respectively in the body of the card. The type of crime

will be entered below the bottom line of the card. The names of the criminals

addicted to the particular type should be entered on both sides of the card.

The card will be in form No. 192. Example:- House Breaking and theft by

lock breaking during night is entered as “3102D07”. (31-MO major, 02-MO

minor, D07-method).

3) When a criminal commits a crime which falls under more than one

head, his name should be entered under each card and the full modus

operandi details entered in column 7 of the card. Column 7 is of special

significance because in locating a criminal, the apparently minor details of

the modus operandi are even more important than the broad classification

outlined above. Hence, all details and particulars regarding the method of

entry nature of the building attacked nature of weapons employed, kind of

property stolen, from of violence used and all criminal characteristics such

as eating food at the scene of crime using detonators or crackers and using

boulders to break open the door should be noted in detail in column 7. When

a crime of any particular modus operandi is reported, the criminals whose

names and other particulars are found on the card bearing the index head of

403

that particular modus operandi will be examined besides other Indices and

records in order to point out to the Investigating Officer as to who among

them, are likely to have committed the offence. In doing this, details of

modus operandi, and not merely its broad classification, should receive

attention.

In place of Order No. 1699 of KMP Vol II the following order shall be

substituted.

Descriptive, Deformity and Physical Peculiarities Index:- 1699, (a) Index

cards in form No. 193 will be maintained for such physical peculiarities,

identification marks and criminal characteristics of dossier criminals. The

class f descriptive deformity and physical peculiarity will be typed below the

bottom line of the card in the same way as for modus operandi index cards

and the D.C. numbers and names of criminals and the details of peculiarities

or characteristics noted on the card. If a criminal has more than one physical

peculiarity or distinct deformity, then his name should find a place under all

those heads. For example, if a criminal has his ears low set, a scar on his left

arm and conspicuously high forehead and is bow-legged, his name should

find a place in the cards “Ears-low set – “Arm left-marks, moles, scars”, etc,

“Forehead conspicuously high”. “legs-bow legged’ and “Scars” A typical

list of physical peculiarities and deformities is given below. Any addition to

this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General,

Criminal Investigation Department.

Abdomen-Pot-bellied Burn Marks-On the nose Burn Marks-On the Chin

404

Back - Flat Burn Marks-On the back leftBack - Bulging Burn Marks-On the back rightBack - Round shape Burn Marks-On the StomachBack - Lunch Burn Marks-On the left leg Beard - Goatee (thigh)Beard - Imperial Burn Marks-On the right legBeard - Long (thigh)Beard - Long flowing Burn Marks-On the left footBeard - Short Burn Marks-On the right footBeard - TrimmedBeard - Untrimmed Chest-BroadBuild - Fat Chest-BonyBeard - Medium Chest-FleshyBuild - Stocky Chest-Pigeon chestBuild - Thin Chest-ProtrudingBurn Marks - on the fore Chin-Dimpled

Head

Burn Marks - on the left Chin-Doubled Cheek Chin-Markedly longBurn Marks - on the Right Chin-Markedly small Cheek Chin-Pronouncedly smallBurn Marks - on the left Chin-Pronouncedly square Shoulder Complex-DarkBurn Marks - on the right Complex-Fair Shoulder Complex-UglyBurn Marks - on the left Complex-Wheatish

Fore armBurn Marks-On the right Deformities-Fingers/fingers Fore arm extraBurn Marks-On the chestDeformities-Fingers/fingers Eyes-Conspicuously small Missing Eyes-DarkDeformities-Hand-left Eyes-Freckled

Limping Eyes-Iris blueDeformities-Hand-Right Eyes-Iris brown Limping Eyes-Iris cats (yellow)Deformities-Lame Eyes-Iris GreenDeformities-Leg left limping Eyes-Iris MnarooDeformities-Leg-right Eyes-Light

405

Limping Eyes-Markedly wide setDeformities-Lobeless Ear Eyes-Markedly close setDeformities-One arm Eyes-Markedly close set Missing Eyes-ProtrudingDeformities-One leg missing Eyes-Squint in right eyeDeformities-Stooping Eyes-SunkenDeformities-Toe/toes extra Eyes-Wearing SpectaclesDeformities-Toe/toes Eye Borws-Conspiciously Missing arched

Ears-High set Eye Brows-StraightEars-Left deformed Eye Brows-ObliqueEars-Left missing Eye Brows-LongEars-Low set Eye Brows-ShortEars-Lobes pierced Eye Brows-Nearly unitedEars-Lobes not perched Eye Brow-DistendedEars-Markedly large Eye Brow-ThinEars-Markedly small Eye Brows-ThickEars-Markedly protruding Eye Brows-Pencilled

From the head Eye Brows-BlackEars-Right deformed Eye Brows-GrayEars-Right missing Eye Brows-RedEars-DeafEyes-Artificial one eye Face-forehead-broadEyes-Blind in one eye Face-forehead-conspicuouslyEyes-Blinking highEyes-Bulging Face-forehead-conspicuouslyEyes-Conspicuously lowFace-forehead-Deep Habits-Race goer Horizontally wrinkled Habits-Smoker/ganja/opiumFace-forehead-narrow Habits-Snuff takerFace-forehead Hairs-Bald Pronouncedly bulging Hairs-BlackFace-forehead Hairs-Bleached/dyed Pronouncedly receding Hairs-BrownedFace-long Hairs-Curly/wavyFace-Oval Hairs-GreyFace-pox pitted Hairs-Grey/whitepatchFace-Prominent cheek Hairs-Side burns

Bone Hairs-straight

406

Face-Flabby cheeks Hairs-WigFace-Wrinkled Hand-Right exceptionallyFace-Round largeFace-Square Hand-left exceptionally largeFace-Smiling Hand right exceptionally smallFoot-Splay footed right Hand-left exceptionally smallFoot-Splay footed left Head-Prominently bigFoot-Pigeon toed right Head-Prominently smallFoot-Pigeon toed left Head-Egg shapedFoot-right exceptionally large Head-Bent forwardFoot-right exceptionally Head-Inclined backward

Small Head-Turned side ways to Foot-left exceptionally the right Large Head-Turned side ways toFoot-left exceptionally The left

Small Height-Mention actual HeightHabits-BraggingHabits-Chew betal Leg-bow leggedHabits-Chewgum Leg-Knock kneedHabits-Chew tobacco Leg-Elephantiasis leftHabits-Cinema Crazy Leg-Elephantiasis rightHabits-Drink liquor Leg-Varicose veinsHabits-Gambler Leg-LeprosyHabits-Prostitute Monger Leucoderma-Cheek leftLeucoderma-Cheek right Mole-ForeheadLeucoderma-Chin Mole-Foot rightLeucoderma-Ear left Mole-Foot leftLeucoderma-Ear right Mole-Hand leftLeucoderma-Eye brow left Mole-Hand rightLeucoderma-Eye brow right Mole-HeadLeucoderma-Forehead Mole-leg rightLeucoderma-Hand left Mole-leg leftLeucoderma-Hand right Mole-Lip lowerLeucoderma-Head Mole-Lip UpperLeucoderma-Lip upper Mole-NeckLeucoderma-Neck Mole-NoseLeucoderma-Nose Moustache-ClippedLips-Markedly thick Moustache-DroppingLips-Markedly thick Moustache-Handle barLips-Markedly thin Moustache-Pencil

407

Lips-Protruding Moustache-Tooth brushLips-SpoutingLips-Upper lip markedly Neck-Prominently thick

Long Neck-Prominently thinLips-Upper lip markedly Neck-Adams apple prominent

Short Nose-Turned upLips-Upper lip markedly Nose-Aquiline

Over hanging Nose-LongNose-Pierced

Mole-Back Nose-Pug Mole-Birth marks Nose-Deviating towards leftMole-Cheek left Nose-Deviating towards rightMole-Cheek right Nose-Markedly dilatedMole-Chin nostrilsMole-Chest Nose-Line of nose convexMole-Ear left Nose-Line of noseMole-Ear right Prominently concaveMole-Eye brow left Nose-SnubMole-Eye brow right Nose-Tip pointed upwardScar- Back Speech-Soft spokenScar- Cheek left Speech-StammeringScar- Cheek right Speech-Squeaking/hoarseScar- ChestScar- Chin Tattoo Mark- Cheek leftScar- Ear left Tattoo Mark- Cheek rightScar- Ear right Tattoo Mark- ChestScar- Eye brow left Tattoo Mark- ChinScar- Eye brow right Tattoo Mark- brow leftScar-Face Tattoo Mark- Ear rightScar-Forehead Tattoo Mark- Eye brow leftScar-Foot left Tattoo Mark- Eye brow rightScar-Foot right Tattoo Mark- ForeheadScar-Hand left Tattoo Mark- Hand leftScar-Hand right (figure)Scar-Hand Tattoo Mark- Hand rightScar-Leg right (figures)Scar-Leg left Tattoo Mark- Hand rightScar- Lip lower (letters)Scar-Lip upper Tattoo Mark- Hand leftScar-Neck (letters)

408

Scar-Nose Tattoo Mark-HeadScar-Birth mark Tattoo Mark-NeckShoulder-Left dropping Tattoo Mark-NoseShoulder-Right dropping Tattoo Mark- Thigh leftShoulder-Stoops (figure)Speech-Fast Tattoo Mark-Thigh leftSpeech-Feminine (letters) Speech-Looking down Tattoo Mark-Thigh rightSpeech-Looking obliquely (figure)

To the right Tattoo Mark-Thigh rightSpeech-Looking obliquely (letters)

To the left Teeth-BrokenSpeech-Lound spoken Teeth-False tooth or teethSpeech-Nasal Teeth-Metal fillingSpeech-Slow Teeth-Metal tooth or teethTeeth-Missing Walking-Unusually shortTeeth-Protruding strides

Teeth-Stained Walking-Unusually quick Strides

Walking-Unusually Walking-Unusually slow Strides strides

(b) Full details of the physical peculiarity or Criminal characteristics

should be noted in column 8 of the card.

(c) If a person, has a mole on the back, he should be indexed under item

Moles, the details of moles e.g., size colour, exact location, being given in

column 8 of the card. The same thing applies to other marks also.

(d) Only pronounced physical peculiarities should be noted, a slight

departure either way from the normal-appearance being overlooked.

(e) If the perpetrator of a crime, whose identity has not been established,

is know to posses a given physical peculiarity the card bearing the index

409

head of the physical peculiarity will show the criminals having that

peculiarity.

In place of order No. 1700 of KPWM Vol. II the following order shall

be substituted:

Style Occupation Assumed Index:

1700. Index cards should be in Form No. 194 and will be maintained for

each style. It indicates criminals’ alleged trade or profession at the time of or

immediately prior to commission of offence. The class of style will be typed

below the bottom line of the card and other particulars entered as shown in

the card. A typical exhaustive list of styles is given below. Any addition to

this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General

of Police Criminal Investigation Department.

1 Account 37 Assistant Engraver2 Accounts Officer 38 Assistant Lecturer3 Acrobat 39 Assistant Manager4 Actor 40 Assistant Matron5 Additional Assistant 41 Assistant Medical Officer6 Addition Govt. Pleader 42 Assistant Photographer7 Additional Public Prosecutor 43 Assistant Public Prosecutor8 Additional Secretary 44 Assistant Rationing Officer9 Additional Supdt. Of Police 45 Assistant Representative10 Administrative Officer 46 Assistant Secretary11 Administrator 47 Assistant Sub-Inspector12 Admiral 48 Assistant Supdt. Of Police13 Advocate 49 Assistant Surgeon14 Advocate General 50 Assistant Treasury Officer15 Adie-de-camp 51 Assistant Village Officer16 Agent 52 Assistant Warden17 Agricultural Officer 53 Astrologer 18 Agriculturist 54 Astronomer19 Analyst 55 Athlete20 Anthropologist 56 Attender

410

21 Appraiser 57 Attorney22 Architect 58 Attorney General 23 Archeologist 59 Auctioner24 Armesture-winder 60 Auditor25 Armourer 61 Auditor General26 artisan 62 Author27 Artist 63 Ayah28 Artiste 64 Baker29 Assistant 65 Bandit30 Assistant Auditor 66 Bank Account Holder31 Assistant Collector 67 Banker 32 Assistant Commandant 68 Barber 33 Assistant Commissioner 69 Basket-weaver34 Assistant Conservator of forest 70 Bearer35 Assistant Editor 71 Beautician36 Assistant Engineer 72 Beedi Maker73 Beggar 109 Chief Conservator74 Bender (Glass) 110 Chief Controller75 Beneficiary under will 111 Chief Electrical Officer76 Binder 112 Chobdar77 Biologist 113 Chowkidar78 Bishop 114 Cigar maker79 Blacksmith 115 Cigarette Machine80 Blacksmith blower operator81 Bleacher 116 Cune operator82 Block maker 117 Civil Engineer83 Blow room carder 118 Clarionettist84 Blow room worker 119 Cleaner85 Boat-man 120 Clergy man86 Boiler man 121 Clock repairer87 Book Binder 122 Clerk88 Brewer 123 Clown89 Broker 124 Coach builder90 Business man 125 Cobbler91 Bucher 126 Coffee blender92 butler 127 Coffin maker

128 Collector93 Cabinet maker 129 Commandant94 Camea man 130 Commercial tax officer

411

95 Captain 131 Commissioner 96 Care taker 132 Company employee97 Carpenter 133 Composer98 Carpet maker 134 Composter99 Carrier 135 Compounder100 Cashier 136 Computing clerk101 Chairman 137 Computing Machine102 Chancellor Operator103 Charcoal burner 138 Conductor104 Charcoal burner 139 Confectioner105 Charted Accountant 140 Conservator of forests106 Checking Inspector 141 Constructor107 Chemist 142 Consultant108 Chief Auditor 143 Contractor

144 Controller 179 Deputy Mayor145 Cook 180 Deputy Minister146 Coolie 181 Deputy Registrar147 Copper smith 182 Deputy Speaker148 Coroner 183 Deputy Supdt. Of Police149 Correspondent 184 Deputy Surveyer150 Councilor 185 Deputy Tahsildar151 Counsel 186 Designer152 Countess 187 Dispatcher153 Grane hoist operator 188 Destitute154 Courtesan 189 Detective (private)155 Credit customer 190 Dhoby156 Cremator 191 Diplomat 157 Crusher of all seeds 192 Director158 Cultivator 193 Distiller 159 Curator 194 Distributor160 Curer of tobacco 195 District Collector161 Customer 196 District Judge162 Cutter 197 District Revenue Officer163 Dacoit 198 District Supdt. Of Police164 Dairy worker 199 District Veterinary Officer

412

165 Dancer 200 Driver166 Darner 201 Doctor167 Dealer 202 Draftsman168 Dean 203 Drainage Cleaner169 Decorator 204 Dramatist 170 Defense personnel 205 Draper171 Demonstrator 206 Drawer172 Dentist 207 Drawing Master173 Deputy Collector 208 Dress Maker174 Deputy Commandant 209 Driller175 Deputy Conservator of forests 210 Driver of Cycle Rickshaw176 Deputy Inspector 211 Drug Inspector177 Deputy Jailor 212 Dry Cleaner178 Deputy Manager 213 Duffador

214 Dyer 251 Forest Ranger215 Editor 252 Frogeman216 Electrical Engineer 253 Fortune teller217 Electrical Fitter 254 Frogman218 Electician 255 Furnaceman219 Electroplater 256 Furrier220 Embalmer 257 Gangman221 Embroiderer 258 Gardener/mali222 Employee 259 Garment maker223 Employer 260 Gasman224 Engineer 261 Gas Machanic225 Engraver 262 Gate keeper226 Estate Officer 263 Geologist227 Etcher 264 Ginner228 Examiner 265 Glazier229 Excise-Guard 266 Godown keeper230 Expert 267 Goldsmith231 Extruder 268 Government Analyst232 Farmer 269 Government pleader233 Farm Manager 270 Gramsevak234 Farm Owner 271 Grinder235 Farm Supervisor 272 Grocer236 Farm Worker 273 Guard

413

237 Fakir 274 Guide238 Fibre preparer 275 Hair Dresser239 Field Officer 276 Hammersmith240 Financier 277 Hernes maker241 Fire Fighter 278 Hat maker242 Fireman 279 Hawker243 Fire Serviceman 280 Head Constable244 Fisherman 281 Head Gear maker245 Fisfery Guard 282 Head Master246 Fitter 283 Headmistress247 Fight Engineer 284 Health Inspector248 Food Canner 285 House keeper249 Foreman 286 Hunter250 Forester 287 Husker

288 Hut builder 322 Labourer289 Havildar 323 Labour Welfare Officer290 Havildar Major 324 Lace maker291 Income-Tax Officer 325 Landlord292 Industrialist 326 Lusker293 Informant 327 Last Grade Government Servant294 Information Officer 328 Laundryman295 Inspector 329 Law Secretary296 Inspector General of Police 330 Lecturer297 Inspector General of Prisons 331 Legal Advisor298 Inspector General of

Registration332 Legal Practitioner

299 Installer-Telegraphs 333 Legislator300 Instructor 334 Librarian301 Installer-Telephone 335 Lieutenant302 Insurance Agent 336 Lift Operator303 Insurance Officer 337 Line man304 Interpreter 338 Liner305 Investigator 339 Literary man/writer/poet306 Invigilator 340 Leader307 Jailor 341 Log Feller308 Jeweler 342 Magicion309 Jewelry Engraver 343 Magistrate

414

310 Jockey 344 Maharaja311 Joint Register 345 Maharani312 Joint Secretary 346 Maistry313 Journalist 347 Major314 Judge 348 Manager315 Junior Assistant 349 Mahout316 Junior Engineer 350 Manufacture317 Junior Inspector 351 Mariner318 Junior Reader 352 Marker319 Jurer 353 Marshall320 Kilnman 354 Mason321 Knitter 355 Master

356 Motor 393 Optician357 Maternity Assistant 394 Orator358 Mayor 395 Ovenman359 Mayouress 396 Overseer360 Mechanic 397 Packer361 Mechanical Engineer 398 Painter362 Medical Officer 399 Palmist363 Meniel 400 Parcher364 Merchant 401 Partner365 Mesmerist 402 Pastor366 Messenger 403 Pawn-Broker367 Metalurgical Engineer 404 Peasant368 Meteorologist 405 Peari-Diver369 Midwife 406 Peddler370 Milk-man 407 Peon371 Miller 408 Perfumer372 Mimic 409 Personal Assistant373 Miner 410 Pharmaceutical Chemist374 Mining Engineer 411 Pharmacist375 Minister 412 Philanthropist376 Money-lender 413 Photo-Artist

415

377 Monk 414 Photographer378 Motor-Vehicle-Inspector 415 Photographic Assistant379 Movie Camera Operator 416 Photo Lithographer380 Moulder 417 Physician381 Museum Curator 418 Photo Litho Operator382 Musician 419 Physicist383 Navigator 420 Physio the-rapist384 Novelist 421 Plantation Manager385 Nurse 422 Planist386 Nursing Attendant 423 Planter387 Nursing Orderly 424 Plate maker (Photography)388 Nursing Superintendent 425 Plumber389 Office Boy 426 Piecer390 Officer 427 Pilot391 Oil-Man 428 Pimp392 Operator 429 Pipe fitter430 Piper 468 Reader431 Pledge 469 Reborer432 Points man 470 Record Clerk433 Police Constable 471 Recruit434 Police Radio Officer 472 Recruit435 Politician 473 Referee436 Porter 474 Regional Probtn. Officer437 Postman 475 Registrar438 Potter 476 Relative 439 Pounder 477 Reporter440 Priest 478 Representative441 prince 479 Research Analyst442 Princess 480 Research Assistant443 Principal 481 Residential Medical Officer444 Printer 482 Retails Trader445 Private Secretary 483 Revenue Division Officer446 Process Server 484 Revenue Inspector447 Producer 485 Richman/Seth448 Professor 486 Rickshwpuller449 Project Officer 487 Room Boy450 Proof Reader 488 Rubber Stamp Maker451 Proprietor 489 Ryot452 prosecutor 490 Saddle Maker

416

453 Prostitute 491 Sadhu454 Psychiatrist 492 Sailor455 Psychologist 493 Saint456 Public Prosecutor 494 Sales Assistant457 Public Servant 495 Sales man458 Publisher 496 Sanitary Worker459 Punch-Card Machine 497 Sawyer

Operator 498 Scavenger460 pundit 499 School Assistant461 Passenger 500 Scrabber462 Quack 501 Sculptor463 Quarryman 502 Secretary464 Radiographer 503 Section Officer465 Ranger 504 Security Officer466 Rationing Officer 505 Senator467 Rattan-Weaver 506 Sepoy

507 Sergeant 545 Superintendent508 Servant 546 Supervisor509 Sower 547 Surgeon510 Sheet-Metal-Worker 548 Surveyor511 Shariff 549 Sweeper512 Ship Wright 550 Sweet-meat-maker513 Show maker/repairer 551 Syrong514 Shop Keeper 552 Tailor515 Shroff 553 Tahsildar516 Signaller 554 Tanner517 Silversmith 555 Tapper518 Sizer 556 Tax Collector519 Snuff Manufacturer 557 Taxi Driver520 Social Worker 558 Tea-Blender521 Solicitor 559 Teacher522 Solicitor General 560 Technician523 Speaker 561 Tele-communication524 Special Officer Operator525 Special Representative 562 Telegraphic Operator526 Spinner 563 Telephone Operator527 Spray-Painter 564 Ticket Collector528 Station Master 565 Ticket Inspector

417

529 Statistician 566 Ticket Seller530 Stenographer 567 Time Keeper531 Steno-typist 568 Tindal532 Steward 569 Tinker533 Stock-Broker 570 Titled person534 Stone-Carvers 571 Tobacco preparer535 Stone-cutter 572 Tool maker536 Stone-Dresser 573 Tourist 537 Stone-Keeper 574 Tourist Guide538 Street-vendor 575 Tourist Officer539 Student 576 Trader540 Sub-Collector 577 Traffic Controller541 Sub-Editor 578 Tram Car Driver542 Sub-Inspector 579 Translator543 Sub-Registrar 580 Treasurer544 Sub-Treasury Officer 581 Turner

582 Tutor 602 Warder583 Typist 603 Ware-House Keeper584 Tyre Builder 604 Warper585 Tyre man 605 Warter586 Tyre retreader 606 Washerman587 Umpire 607 Watchman588 Under Secretary 608 Watch-repairer589 unemployed 609 Water man590 Upholsterer 610 Weaver591 Unclassified 611 Welder592 Vaceinator 612 Well-Digger593 Vakil 613 Well Driller594 Valuers 614 Wholesale Dealer595 Veterinarian 615 Whole salw Trader596 Veterinary Doctor 616 Winder597 Veterniry Surgeon 617 Wireless Operator598 Village

Accountant/pamtwari/karnam618 Wireman

599 Village Headman/Patil 619 Woman Welfare Officer600 Village Policeman/

Sherishtadar/Talayari620 Wood-cutter

601 Vulcaniser 621 Works Manager

418

In place of Order No. 1701 of KPM Vol. II the following order shall be

substituted.

Trade Mark/MO Special features Index

1701. Index cards should be in Form No. 195 and will be maintained for

each trade mark employed by the criminal. Trade mark indicates

extraordinary act done by criminals not associated with crimes such as

easing at the scene of crime or disconnecting Electric supply. The trade mark

will be typed below the bottom line of the card and other particulars entered

as shown in the card. A typical exhaustive list of trade marks is given below:

Any addition to this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy

Inspector-General Criminal Investigation Department:-

1. Abstraction from articles in transit by post.

2. Abstraction from articles in transit by road,

3. Abstraction from articles in transit by Rail

4. Committing Sexual assaults on inmates

5. Consuming food/drinks at the scence

6. Disconnecting Electric supply,

7. Disconnecting Telephone connections

8. Disguise-use of

9. Displaying Weapons

10. Disposal of dead bodies-abandonment

11.Disposal of dead bodies-Burial

12.Disposal of dead bodies-Cremation

419

13.Disposal of dead bodies-Mutilation/Disfigurement/conceal

identity

14.Disposal of dead bodies-throwing in cannal/river/well sea

15.Diverting attention of the victim

16.Drugging watch-dog

17.Drunk while committing offence

18.Easing at the scene of crime/offence

19.Eliciting information from a child

20.Exceeding the right of private defense-by

20A. Exit-otherwise than by way of entry

21.Exit-by same way as entry

22.Fabricating alibi or other evidence for committing

23.Inmates-absent-while

24.inmates-present a sleep-while

25.Inmates-present but awake-while

26.Language/dilect spoken of different area

27.Language/dilect spoken of local area

28.Limited search for valuables

29.Location-end of street

30.Location-Isolated/solitary house

31.Location-middle of the street

32.Location-new extension/outskirts

33.Masked face

34.Operating in dark nights

35.Operating in dark without lights

36.Operating in regular Electric lights

37.Operating in silence

420

38.Operating in Moon light Night

39.Operating using Torch light/match stick

40.Placing obstruction on approach or path

41.Positioning themselves near/about the house

42.Railway route-on the

43.Railway route-of the

44.Ransacking and abandoning boxes

45.Ransacking premises for valuables

46.Safe breaking by chemicals

47.Safe breaking by ordinary methods

48.Selective removal of valuables

49.Sleeping person-from

50.Smearing faces on clothes of victim

51.Smoking while committing offence

52.Stationary vehicles from

53.Surveying target before commission

54.Threat of harm or injury holding out.

55.Throwing Acid/Alkalis/Irritant on the victims

56.Using codes while operating

57.Use of oil by the offender on his body

58.Using obscene or abusive language

59.Using Anesthetics or Drug on victim

60.Using blades/Scissors/or other cutting instruments

61.Using fingers only

62.Using force or causing injury

63.Using real of faise keys to open boxes, cupboards or places of custody

421

64.Using violence for escape.

65. Using violence to open boxes, cup boards or places of custody.

66.Unclassified.

67.Wearing unauthorised uniform

In place of Order No. 1702 of KMP Vol II the following order shall be

substituted:-

Transport MO Conveyance Index 1702; Index cards should be in Form

No. 196 and should be maintained for each type of conveyance used before,

during or after the commission of an offence. The type of conveyance will

be typed below the bottom line and particulars entered in other columns. A

typical exhaustive list of conveyances is given below. Any addition to this

should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General,

Criminal Investigation Department.

1. Air Craft 13. Motor Cycle2. Animals other than Horse 14. Railway train3. Auto-Cycle 15. Scooter4. Auto-rickshaw 16. Ship/steamer5. Byckle 17. Tanker6. Boat/Barge/Launch 18. Tempo7. Bullock cart 19. Tanga/Jutka8. Bus 20. Tractor9. Car 21. Tram10. Cycle Rickshaw 22. Truck/Lorry11. Horse 23. Unclassified12. Jeep In place of Order No. 1704 of KMP Vol. II the following order shall be

substituted: Stolen/MO Property Index:

1704. All identifiable property lost in cases published in the weekly

crime and occurrence sheet which has not been recovered at the time of its

publication, will be indexed. The property recovered index and information

422

in respect of properties seized under suspicious circumstances received by

the Bureau either from Station. House Officers or through. Crime and

occurrence sheets of neighboring districts should be carefully checked with

the properties indexed in the Bureau to see whether they are concerned in

any crime of the district. If any of the properties seized is identical with that

lost in a case, the fact should be immediately intimated to the Station House

Officer in whose case the property was reported lost and the Station House

Officer who recovered the property under suspicious circumstances. If an

item of property indexed is recovered, the entry relating to it should be

scored out from the index and the date of tracing it noted. A typical

exhaustive list of identifiable properties to be indexed is given hereunder.

Any addition to this list should be made with the approval of the Deputy

Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation “Department. The pro-formas of

the index will be in Form No. 201.

Agriculture Products:

1. Frults 10. Bulls2. Grains 11. Camel3. Grocery 12. Cat4. Oils 13. Cows5. Sandal Wood 14. Dog6. Vegetables 15. Donkey7. Unclassified 16. Elephant

17. GoatAnimals: 18. Horse8. Buffaloes 19.Monkey9.Bullocks 20. Parrot

21 Peacock 42 Sten Gun22 Pigeon 43 Sword23 Pigs 44 Cnclassified24 Poultry Building and Building Materials25 Sheep 45 Asbestos sheets26 Unclassified 46 Barbed wire fencing

423

Arms and Ammunition: 47 Buildings27 Aruve/Axe 48 Buildings Machinery28 Bow and Arrow 49 Cement29 Bullets/Catridges 50 Cement Blocks/Cement/Posts/

slates/bricks30 Dagger 51 Door frames/Iron frames31 Fire Arm Parts 52 Frames-Wooden32 Gremades 53 Door fittings33 Hatchet 54 Glass articles34 Machine Gun 55 Marble/stone blocks/slabs35 Musket 56 Metal beams/Rods/Sheet36 Pistol 57 Metal Brackets37 Revolver 58 Metal chain, fittings/frames/

pipes/wires etc.38 Rifle 59 Paints and allied matriales39 Shot Gun-Double Barrel 60 Pumps40 Shot Gun-Single Barrel 61 Sanitary ware and fittings41 Spear 62 Scaffolding materials63 Tiles-roof 100 Unclassified64 Tiles-floor Drugs and Chemicals:65 Tiles-wall 100

AAlcoholic Beverages

66 Timber/logs/beams/scantlings 101 Charas67 Window/frame-Iron 102 Cocoine68 Window frame-Wooden 103 Cocoa Leaf69 Wooden fittings 104 Codeine70 Wooden Poles 105 Dature71 Unclassified 106 Medicinal preparationCultural Property: 107 Nerphine72 Idols 108 Opium73 Jewellery 109 Opium Derivatvies74 Manuscripts 110 Poppy75 Metal ware 111 Sidhi76 Paintings 112 Unclassified77 Sculptures Electrical and Electronic Goods:78 Unclassified 113 Air-ConditionerDocuments: 114 Air-Cooler79 Accounts Books 115 Amphlifies/loudspeaker/

Microphones and allied equipments.

80 Bills 116 Aluminium Wire81 Cheque Books 117 Batteries

424

82 Coupons 118 Brass Sheets83 Files 119 Brass Wire84 Government Security 120 Bulbs/Switches/Light fittings85 Hundies 121 Cable86 Identity Cards 122 Clock-Electric87 Invoice 123 Copper Wire88 Ledger 124 Dynamos/Motor Electric89 License 125 Ran90 Mortgage Deed 126 Grinder91 Pass Book 127 Hair Drier92 Pass port 128 Heater-Air/Heater93 Permit 129 Immersion Rod Water/Oven94 Ration Cards 130 Iron-Electric95 Registration Certificate 131 Kettle-Electric96 Shares 132 Meter Electric97 Title Deed 133 Motor Pumps/Starter98 Will 134 Radios99 Warrants/Railway/Bus 135 Radiogram

136 Record Player/Records for Radiograms.

170 Clothing

137 Refriograms 171 Crockery138 Sewing Machine 172 Cutlery139 Shaver 173 Edibles140 Tape Recorder 174 Furniture/Fittings141 Telephones 175 Keys142 Teleprinters 176 Linen/upholstery143 Television 177 Pencils144 Toaster-Electic 178 Pens145 Transformers 179 Purses146 Transistor 180 Stationery147 T.V Accessories 181 Stove148 Washing Machine 182 Toilet articles149 Water Coolers 183 Typewriters150 Welding Equipment 184A Wrist watches151 Wire Copper other than

Telephone & Telegraphic184 Vessels/Kitchen ware

152 Unclassified 185 Silver VesselExplosives: 186 Unclassified153 Bombs/Crackers Implements and Instruments:154 Chlorate Mixture 187 Agricultural Implements155 Cordite 188 Mechanical Instruments

425

156 Detonaor 189 Musical Instruments157 Dynamite 190 Optical Instruments158 Fire works 191 Photographic Instruments159 Fulminate 192 Scientific and Laboratory

Instruments160 Grenade-Hand 193 Surgical Instruments161 Gun Powder 194 Unclassified162 Nitrate Mixture Jewellery:163 Nitro Compound 195 Worn on Ankle Anklets164 Unclassified 196 Worn on Arms-Armlet/Bracelet

Bangles etc.,Household Articles: 197 Worn on Ear-Ear-Ear Rings/ Stud

etc.165 Bags 198 Worn on Fingers-Rings166 Boxes167 Carpets 199 Worn on Head-Crown/Coronet,

other types etc.168 Cigaratte Lighter 200 Worn on neck-chain-necklace

etc.169 Clocks/Time pieces

201 Worn on Nose-nose Screws-Ring etc.

233 Frances (French)

202 Worn on shoulders-Brooch pin etc.

234 Letter of credit)

203 Worn on waist-waist band/waist cord

235 Money orders

204 Gold Jewels (others) 236 Paise coins205 Unclassified 237 Postal orders (Foreign)Leather and Rubber: 238 Postal Orders (Indian)206 Automobile Accessories-Leather

or Rubber239 Pounds Sterling

207 Foot Wear 240 Promissory Notes208 Hot water bottle 241 Rupee coins209 Pipes (leather or Rubber) 242 Rupee Notes210 Rubber and Canvas Sheets

Tarpaulin243 Share

211 Skin and Hides 244 Stamp212 Sports Goods 245 Stamp paper213 Suits Goods 246 Travellers cheque214 Suit Cases 247 Yen (Japanese)215 Tyres and Tubes 248 Unclassified216 Unclassified Railway Properties:

426

Machinery and Accessories: 249 Carriage Fittings (Railway)217 Automobile parts 250 Coal (Railway)218 Calculating Machine 251 Locomotive fittings (Railway)219 Machine Tools 252 Personal effects (Railway)220 Milling Machine221 Printing Machinery and

Accessories253 Ambulance

222 Pumps 254 Auto-Cycle223 Tube wells 255 Auto-Rickshaw224 Unclassified 256 Bicycle225 Bicycle accessories 257 Boat-BargeMoney & Valuable Securities: 258 Bullock Cart226 Bill of Exchange 259 Bus227 Bonds 260 Car228 Cheques 261 Cycle Rickshaw229 Coin 262 Hand Cart230 Dench Mark 263 Hand Rickshaw231 Dollar 264 Jeep232 Drafts 265 Lorry

266 Motor Cycle 276267 Pull Rickshaw Unclassified:268 Road Roller 277 Books/journals/periodicals269 Scooter 278 Cigar/cigarette/beedi270 Station Wagon 279 Metal Ingots271 Tempo 280 Metal Sheets272 Tonga 281 Metal Wire273 Tractor 282 Publicity sign boards/ posters/

leaflets.274 Trailor 283 Yarn275 Truck

Fifteen forms and registers under KPM Vol. III contain column or

columns for noting modus operandi details or MO classifications. MOB card

as prescribed under Standing Order No. 615 dated 22nd March 1972 has also

provision for noting MO classifications in detail.

427

Following are the forms under KPM Vol. III which contain column

OR columns to note down MO details Or MO Classifications.

SLNo. Name and No. of the form Total No of

Colums Columns No. for MO details

1 Form No. 20 Crime Register 1 to 7 Sub-column VII of Col.2 MO

classifications.2 Form NO. 91 Crime

History part II Village Crime Register

1 to 12Col. 10 and 11 Crime

classifications and Modus operandi

3

Form No. 97 History sheet 1 to 9

Co. 7 MO details Col. 23 Sub-Col. I sec. & modus operandi.

Col. 24 Section and modus operandi

4 Form No. 113 OV card 1 to 11 Col. 9 modus operandi.5 Form No. 173 Crime

Report 1 to 8 Col. 8 modus operandi.

6Form 176 Weekly station

crime report. 1 to 11

Col. No. 9 and 10 classification major minor

Col. II further classification and particulars

7 Form No. 183 Register of HS persons. 1 to 8 Col. 4 MO details

8 Form No. 189 Register of crime reports. 1 to 8 Col. 2 Station Crime Number

Section, and Modus operandi9 Form No. 190 Register of

undetected cases. 1 to 13 Col. 4 Modus operandi

10 Form No. 191 Name index register 1 to 6 Col. 5 Modus operandi give all

MO’s11

Form No. 192 MO index 1 to 6Modus operandi and sample

entry-IIL breaking lock or fastening

12 Form No. 197 Wanted Index Card 1 to 10 Col. 7 Modus operandi etc

13 Form No. 217 Conviction memo 1 to 11 Col. 8 (b) MO details

14 Form No. 250 Check register of convicted

persons1 to 11 Col. 2 Modus operandi

428

15 Form No. 251 descriptive particulars of HS to be

communicated to Railway PS

1 to 15 M.O details etc.

The detailed instructions fill up the MO classifications on the various

forms and registers in the light of modified MO classification are as follows:

Form No. 20 Crime Register’

MO classifications have be noted down under sub-columns (vii) of

column 2 in this register. Here MO major, MO minor, and MO method of

the particular crime reported should be noted clearly.

Examples:-

i) A dacoity committed by professionals, by throwing bomb is noted

as ‘ 1602B16”

‘16’ is the code for dacoity-MO major

‘20’ is the code for professional-MO minor

‘B18’ is the method of bomb throwing MO method

ii) A murder committed by the use of explosive is noted as “4702E04”

‘47’ is the code for Murder-MO major

‘02’ is the code for murder MO minor

‘E04’ is the use of explosive-MO method

429

iii) If a person dies of Aconite poisoning due to the administering the

poison by a professional, with a gain as motive, usually a case of murder is

registered along with other offences as the case may be. If the victim does

not die on administering this poison, the MO classification are noted as

‘6000P05”

‘60’ is the code for professional poising-MO major

‘00’ means there is no minor classification under professional

poisoning-MO minor.

‘P05’ means administering Aconite poison-MO method

iv) A Robbery committed by a professional throwing chilly powder on

the victim is noted as “6902C04”.

‘69’ is the code for Robbery MO major

‘02’ is the code professional MO minor

‘C04’ is the method of throwing MO method Chilly powder on the victim

v) In a case of House breaking and theft committed during night time,

by the scaling over a wall the MO classifications are noted as “3102W01”.

‘31’ is the code for House breaking and theft MO major

‘02’ is the code for ‘BY’ night’ MO major

‘W01’ is the code for Wali Scaling over MO method

vi) If a servant commits theft of food stuff from the house, the MO

classifications are noted as “7708F02”.

‘77’ is the code for House thefts MO major

‘08’ is the code for servant/ employee MO minor

‘F02’ is code for food stuff MO method

430

vii) In a case of theft by Pocket picking by a culprit operating with his

associates, the MO classifications are noted as “ 7836P03”

‘78’ is the code for ordinary thefts MO major

‘06’ is the code for pocket picking MO minor

‘P03’ is the code for operating with associates MO method

viii) in a case, a culprit commits theft of a cattle operating alone, the

MO classifications are noted as “7902C15”

‘79’ is the code for cattle theft MO major

‘02’ is the code for cattle MO minor

‘C15 is the code for cattle-operating alone MO method

ix) Receiving or possession of stolen property has only major

classifications denoted by Code ‘66’. There are no MO minor and MO

method classifications. This offence is denoted by Code. “66000000’.

‘66’ is the code for receiving or possession of stolen MO major Property.

‘00’ means there is no MO minor classifications MO minor

‘00’ there is no method under this head MO method

x) The offence of cheating has only MO major and MO method

classifications. It has no Mo minor classification. An offence of cheating by

Black Mailing is noted as “1000B02”.

‘10’ is the code for cheating MO major

‘00’ means no minor classifications MO minor

‘B02’ is the code for black mailing MO method

431

xi) A case of Counterfeiting of Indian Currency by Lithographic

process is noted as “1203L01’.

‘12’ is the code for Counterfeiting of coins and currency MO major

‘03’ is the code for Indian currency MO minor

‘L01’ is the code for Lithographic Process MO method

xii) A case of criminal breach of trust involving a bicycle which was

fired, is noted as 1304B27”.

‘13’ is the code for criminal breach of trust MO major

‘04’ is the code for bicycle MO minor

‘B27’ is the code for, by-Hiring MO method

xiii) Misappropriation of funds of a social organisation by the

president of that organisation is noted as “4509B18”

‘45’ is the code for misappropriation MO major

‘09’ is the code for social organisation MO minor

‘B18’ is the code for, by-President MO method

In addition to the use of codes as instructed above, the MO

classifications may also be indicated in long hand for some time to come, so

that, the Station staff would easily understand these classifications, till such

time, they understood the codes readily without the aid of long hand. For

example: under Code”3102W01” the words “HBT, by night, by scaling over

wall”, may be written.

2) Form No. 91:-Crime History Part II-Village Crime Register

432

Under Column 10 of this form, Crime classifications has to be noted,

whereas under Col. II modus operandi has to be noted. Crime classifications

means the class or classes of crime under which the given offence falls. All

the property offences fall under class I to IX. For the convenience of

Computerisation, all the major offences indicated by class I to IX are given

separate code numbers as noted earlier in this Standing Order.

For Example:-The Code number for Dacoity is ’16’ It should be

noted under column 10 of this form as crime classification. In addition to

this “Class I” may also be written (Dacoity falls under class I).

Under col. II which is meant for noting modus operandi all the Mo

classifications namely, Mo major. Mo minor and Mo method should be

noted. Though Mo major is noted under col. 10 as crime classification, for

clarity sake the MO major may also be noted in col. II under modus

operandi, along with Mo minor and MO method classifications.

Example:- A Dacoity committed by a professional by throwing bomb

is noted as ‘1602B16’

‘16’ is the code for Dacoity MO major

‘02’ is the code for professional MO minor

‘B16’ is the code for bomb throwing MO method

Also see the instructions given for filling up form No. 20 (Crime

Register).

3) Form No. 97:-History Sheet.

433

MO details have to be noted along with other features as the case may

be under col. 7, 23, and 24. All the three MO classifications, viz., MO major

MO minor, MO method of each of the offence, the history sheeter is

involved should be noted please see the instructions given for filling up Mo

classifications in form No. 20, (Crime Register).

4) From No. 113-OV card

Under col. 9 modus operandi details will have be noted Instructions

given for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20, (Crime Register) may

be followed.

5) Form No. 173:-Crime Report

With the introduction of Computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ for reporting crimes

and criminals data, under class 1 to IX, sending of information on this form

has been ordered to be discontinued as per the Standing order No. 627 dated

24th December 1973. This form is replaced by Computer form ‘A’.

6) Form No. 176-Weekly Station Crime Report

This form has been replaced by Computer forms ‘A’ and ‘C’ as per

Standing Order No. 627 dated 24the December 1973.

7) Form No. 183-Register of HS persons who have been out of view but

not wanted in any case.

434

Under col. 4 of this form, Mo details, nature of building, kind of

property the culprit is addicted to attack or steal and other details will have

to be noted. For filling up MO details, please See the instructions given for

filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register), Other details,

such as kind of property etc., are self explanatory.

8) Form No. 189-Register of Crime Reports.

Under column No. 2 in addition to other particular such as Station

Crime Number section, the MO details have to be noted. For writing MO

details, please go through the instructions for filling up MO classifications in

form No. 20 (Crime Register).

9) Form No. 190-Register of undetected cases.

Under col. 4, the MO details have to be noted. For writing MO details,

please go through the instructions given for filling up MO classifications in

form No. 20 (Crime Register).

10) Form No. 191-Name Index Register

MO details should be noted in respect of each class of offences, the

criminal has committed. Please see the instructions given for filling up MO

classifications in form No 20 (Crime Register).

11) Form No. 192-MO Index.

435

Full MO details and criminal characteristics should be noted in col. 7. For

noting the MO details see the instructions in form No. 20 (Crime Register).

Phrases “Modus operandi-sample entry: II-L Breaking lock or fastening

given at the foot of this form may be deleted.

12) Form No. 197-Wanted Index Card.

Column 7 of this form is intended for noting modus operandi style, trade

mark and transport used. For noting modus operandi details, please see the

instructions for filing up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime

Register).

13) Form No. 217-Conviction memo.

In col. 8 along with other particulars, MO details should be noted please

see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime

Register).

14) Form No. 250-Check Register of exconvicted person.

In col. 2 the modus operandi details should be note…………please see

the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime

Register).

15) Form No. 251-Descriptive particulars of HS persons to be

communicated to Railway Police Station.

Col 7 of this form is intended for noting modus operandi, means of

transport used, kind of property stolen etc. For noting down Mo details,

please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20

(Crime Register).

436

16) MOB CARDStanding Order No. 615).

Under MO classifications, MO major Mo minor and Mo method of each

of the offences the MOB criminal is addicted to, should be clearly noted.

Please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20

(Crime Register). These instructions should be strictly adhered to in future.

This Standing Order comes into effect from 1st September 1975.

STANDING ORDER NO.671

Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act, 1964

Karnataka Village Defence Parties Rules, 1965

Karnataka V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules, 1975

Instructions thereof

INDEX

Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act 1964 and Karnataka VDP

Rules 1965 as amended by Karnataka VDP (Amendment) Rule – 1975

1. Introduction.

437

2. Organization

3. Constitution of V.D.P.

4. Recruitment

5. Qualifications for appointment as member of V.D.P.

6. Procedure for appointment.

7. Functions and duties of V.D.P.

8. Duties of the Dalapathi and other members of V.D.P.

9. Unnatural deaths-Action by Dalapathi

10.Other Duties of Dalapathi

11.Procedure to be followed in the case of accidents of Aircrafts.

12.Communication of information concerning peace and crime to

constables on beat duty.

13.Other duties of members of V.D.P.

14.Term of Office

15.Uniform and equipment.

16.Registers to be maintained by teh Dalapathi.

17.Control of discipline.

18.Disciplinary action.

19.Protection against prosecution.

20.Punishment

21.Responsibilities and duties of Police Officers

22.Training of V.D.P.

23.Miscellaneous

24.Compensation.

438

No. Law. 1-158/74, Dated August 1975

Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act 1967 Karnataka V.D.P. Rules

1965 Karnataka V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules 1975

Ref: LSCs 748, 771 and 3298

1. Introduction:

Policing of Rural areas is a very important aspect of Police

Administration. With the coming into force of the Karnataka Village Offices

Abolition Act 1961, the offices of Police Patels and other Village Servants

in all the areas except the Bombay Karnataka Area stand abolished. Sec. 129

of the K.P.Act 1963 contemplates the appointment of village Police. The

question of abolition of hereditary system of Police Patels and the inherent

defects in the present set of Police Patels has been engaging the attention of

Government. With a view to strengthening the Village Police and making it

an instrument for maintenance of public order and controlling crime, it has

been decided by the Government to strengthen the V.D.Ps and invest powers

in the Dalapathi in charge of V.D.P. Accordingly Govt. have issued

instructions that there should be no more appointments of Village Police

consisting of Police Patels as contemplated U/s 129 K.P.Act 1963 and the

existing incumbents should cease the function as soon as Dalapathies are

appointed to perform the duties in accordance with the V.D.P. Rules.

Pursuant to this decision the Govt. have amended the V.D.P. Rules 1965.

The V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules 1975 issued in Govt. Notification No. HD

187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975 is enclosed.

439

The V.D.P. Act 1964 (34 of 1964) is in force in Karnataka State from

01-11-1965. The V.D.P. Rules 1965 issued by the State Govt. in exercise of

the powers conferred by sec. 19 of V.D.P. Act 1964 is in force with effect

from that date. As envisaged in sec. 3 of the Act, Karnataka Govt. have

directed the Supdt. of Police of every district in the State to constitute V.DPs

for such villages within his jurisdiction as he may consider necessary. (Vide

Govt. Notification No. S.O 33/53 dated 16/18 the October 1965).

2. Organisation:- The I.G.P. is the head of the V.D.P. in

Karnataka State and he exercises general control over them. The Supdt. of

Police is the head of the V.D.P. in his jurisdiction. The administration of the

V.D.P. is vested in the Supdt. of Police subject to the general control and

direction of the Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police having jurisdiction over the area

(Sec. 5 of the Act).

Every Village Defence Party within the jurisdiction of the P.S. is

subject to supervision and control by the Sub-Inspr. of Police of the Police

Station who is appointed as the Station Village Defence Officer. All V.D.Ps

in the district are subject to the supervision and control by a Police Officer

now below the rank of P.S.I., appointed by the Supdt. of Police as District

Village Defence Officer (Rule 3).

3. Constitution of V.D.P.:- The V.D.Ps should be constituted by

the S.P. in such villages or groups of villages as considered necessary by

him. As far as possible 10% of the population of such village or groups of

villages should be appointed as members and each V.D.P. should assist of

not more than 48 members. For every V.D.P. there should be a Dalapathi

appointed by the Superintendent (Rule 3).

440

4. Recruitment:- The Supdt. of Police of the District is the

appointing authority for appointing V.D.P. members and Dalapathi. In this

duty he has the assistance of a committee consisting of the following

persons.

i) A.S.P/Dy. S.P. having jurisdiction over the village concerned.

ii) The State Village Defence Officer.

iii) The Chairman of the Village Panchayath.

iv) The Village Accountant (Rule 4).

5. Qualification for Appointment as Member of V.D.P.:- A person

to be appointed as a member of V.D.P. should have the following

qualifications:-

i) He should have attained the age of 20 years and should not have completed the age of 50 years and should be residing in the village.

ii) He should have passed the 4th standard examination in any language

iii) He should undergo medical examination in accordance with the direction of the S.P. and found physically fit and

iv) He should not be a member of or otherwise associated with any political party or any organisation which taken part in politics or engaged in political movement or activity of any character.

The Supdt. of Police is empowered to relax the conditions regarding

the educational qualification in the case of any person, if that person is

otherwise capable of understanding the duties, functions or responsibilities

of a member of V.D.P. Govt. can also direct, by an order in the official

gazette, that in respect of any area the conditions regarding the educational

441

qualification for appointment of a member shall be such as it may specify in

such order.

Persons having previous convictions under chapters XII and XVII of

the I.P.C. or other offences involving moral turpitude are also not elegible to

be appointed as members of V.D.P. (Rule 5).

6. Procedure for Appointment:- In making appointments to the

V.D.P. the Supdt. of Police should consider among others.

1. the character and antecedents of the person.

2. his civic sense of responsibility towards others in the village

and

3. his reputation and social influence, before appointing any

person as member of the V.D.P. (Rule 5).

The Supdt. of Police either during the inspection or visits to the Police

Stations should prepare a list of members of Village Defence Recruitment

Committee. While the Station Village Defence Office and S.D.P.O are

common members, the names of Chairman and the Village Panchayath and

the village Accountant for each village or group of villages will be different.

Before starting recruitment it may be necessary for the S.P. to give

intimation to a particular village or group of village through the S.H.O. to

the effect that recruitment of members of the V.D.P. will be made on a

particular date and such of those persons who are willing to be selected as

members of V.D.P. may appear at a selected place in the village.

442

On the date fixed the SP should visit the village along with the

members of the village Defence Recruitment Committee.

Application in form ‘A’ should be supplied to all the persons who

desire to be appointed as members of V.D.P. and after the applications are

properly filled up, the SP with the assistance of the members of the V.D.R.

Committee select such number of persons within the limit of 10% of the

population of the village or group of villages not exceeding 48 members.

Every member selected to the V.D.P. should attest a pledge in Form ‘C’

before the S.P. or an officer authorised by him. A certificate of appointment

in Form ‘B’ should be issued by the Supdt. of Police to each of the VDP

(Rule 6, 7 and 8).

From amongst the members constituting a V.D.P. the Supdt. of Police

should appoint a literate person as Dalapathi.

In selecting a person as Dalapathi the S.P. should consider among

others,

a) the ability of the person to command

b) his reputation with the other members of the party and the esteem

and regard they have for him.

The Supdt. of Police should issue an additional Certificate of

appointment in Form ‘B’ to the member appointed as Dalapathi (Rule 13).

7. Functions and duties of V.D.P.:- Ordinary functions and duties

of V.D.P. Members consist of

a) guarding of the village.

b) patrolling for the purpose of prevention of crime.

443

c) protection of persons and property in the village.

d) assisting when necessary, the ordinary police in maintaining public

order and peace.

e) performing such other duties as may be assigned to them from time

to time by the State Govt. of the Superitendent.

NOTE:- A member appointed for any area of a Taluka is also liable to

serve in any other areas in the same Taluka in the case of an

emergency (Rule 16).

8. Duties of the Dalapathi and other members of V.D.P.:- It shall

be the duty of the Dalapathi and every member to communicate forthwith to

the nearest Magistrate or to the Officer incharge of the nearest P.S.,

whichever is nearer any information which he may possess respecting.

i) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or

vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is the

Dalapathi.

ii) the resort to any place within, or the passage through, such village

of any person whom he knows, or reasonably suspects, to be thug,

robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender

iii) the commission or, or intention to commit in or near such village

any offence, punishable u/s 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 231, 232, 233,

234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381, 382, 392, 393,

394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458,

459, 460, 489A, 489B, 489C and 489D of the Indian Penal (Code

Rule 16A).

444

9. Unnatural Deaths – Action By Dalapathi:-

A Dalapathi receiving information that a person

a) has committed suicide or

b) has been killed by another or by an animal or by machinery or

by an accident; or

c) has died under circumstances raising reasonable suspicion that

some other person has committed an offence; shall after

communicating that information to the officer incharge of the

nearest PS.

i. proceed to the spot and arrange for guarding the corpse

and its surroundings;

ii. Assist the Magistrate of the Police Officer as the case

may be in any inquest, inquiry or investigation which

may be held in that behalf.

iii. when called upon by the Police Officer, aid him by

providing a conveyance for taking the corpse to a

Hospital for post-mortem examination or arrange for the

disposal of unclaimed dead bodies.

NOTE:- The Dalapathi is entitled to the payment of reasonable expenses

incurred by him in providing a conveyance or disposing of the

corpse as the case may be (Rule 16B).

10. Other Duties of Dalapathi:- Subject to the orders of Supdt. of

Dalapathi should perform all the duties prescirbed by the Act and these rules

in particular

445

i. act under the orders of the Officer in charge of the PS and Police

Officers superior to him;

ii. furnish any reports or information called for by such Police Officers;

iii. keep the officer in charge of the PS constantly informed as to the state

of crime and all matters connected with the V.D.P.

iv. communicate to the officer in charge of P.S. any information which he

may receive of gangs of robbers or suspicious persons who have

entered his own or any other village, and to co-operate in all matters

and ways for the general security of the village;

v. report to the office in charge of the P.S. the arrival in his village of

suspicious strangers and all information which he may be able to

collect regarding such persons;

vi. in the likelihood of any breach of the peace taking place, give

immediate intimation to the nearest P.S. with a view to steps being

taken to prevent its occurrence (Rule 16C)

11. Procedure to be followed in the Case of Accidents to Aircrafts:-

1. Every Dalapathi of a village of whose jurisdiction any aircraft

accident occurs shall forthwith send a report to the nearest P.S. and if any

person is injured thereby to the nearest medical officer.

2. After sending a report as required above, the Dalapathi should

take steps-

i. to guard the wreckage;

ii. to prevent meddling by unauthorised persons;

iii. to prevent tracts and marks caused by the aircraft on the ground

from obliteration;

446

iv. to ascertain and record the names and addresses of all eye

witnesses;

v. for the removal of the Aircraft or any parts thereof to such an

extent as may be necessary for bringing the wreckage to a place

of safety when the aircraft wrecked on water and

vi. for the removal of the aircraft or any parts or contents thereof as

may be necessary for,

a. extricating persons or animals;

b. preventing the destruction of the aircraft or its contents

by fire or any other cause; and

c. for preventing any danger or obstruction to traffic (Rule

16D).

12. Communication of information concerning Peace and Crime to

Constable on beat duty:-

On receiving information that a Police Constable has arrived in the

village for the performance of beat, the Dalapathi should communicate to

him all information concerning the state of crime and the peace of the village

(Rule 16E).

13. Other Duties of Member of V.D.P.:-

It is the duty of the every member of V.D.P.:-

a) to obey and execute all orders lawfully issued to him by the

Dalapathi and any Police Officer;

b) to endeavour by all lawful means to give effect to the lawful

commands of his superior;

447

c) to the best of his ability to obtain intelligence concerning the

commission of cognizable offences or designs to commit such

offenses;

d) to lay such information and take such other steps consistent with

law and with the orders of his superiors as shall be best calculated

to bring offenders to book to prevent the commission of offences;

e) to prevent to the best of his ability the commission of public

nuisances;

f) to aid a Police Officer or another V.D.P. Member when called on

by him or in case of need, in the discharge of his duties in such

ways as would be lawful and reasonable on the part of the Police

Officer or the V.D.P. Member;

g) to use his best endeavour to prevent any loss or damage by fire;

h) to use his best endeavour to avert any accident or danger to the

public;

i) to report for with to the Dalapathi all matters when, under these

rules, the Dalapathi is required to report to the Officer in charge of

the P.S.;

j) to patrol any part of the railway line as may be allotted to him by

the Superintendent irrespective of the village to which he belongs;

k) to report to the Dalapathi the movements of criminals entered in

the register maintained by the Dalapathi;

l) to report to the Dalapathi the presence of suspicious strangers; and

m) to discharge such duties as are lawfully imposed upon him by the

Dalapathi (R 16F)

448

The Dalapathi has authority to require all members of V.D.P. to aid in

performing the duties entrusted to him and it is the duty of the members of

the V.D.P. to help the Dalapathi (Rule 14A).

14. Term of Office:-

The term of office of a member of V.D.P. is 5 years subject to the

following conditions:-

i. if any member is found medically unfit to continue as a

member, his appointment may be terminated before the expiry

of the term of his office;

ii. after the expiry of the term a member is eligible for

reappointment.

iii. The services of a member may be terminated at any time by the

S.P. after giving one month’s notice or he may be suspended

from membership of the V.D.P. for such period as may be

specified by the Supdt. of Police.

iv. A member may, with the approval of the Supdt. of Police resign

his office after giving one month’s notice (Rule 9).

15. Equipment:- Every member will be supplied with a rectangular

Aluminium badge, two inches in length and one and a half inches in width,

bearing the letters “VDPM”.

16. Registers to be maintained by the Dalapathi:- The Dalapathi

should maintain the following registers:

i. V.D.P. Membership Register – Form ‘D’;

ii. Muster Roll in Form ‘E’

449

iii. Visit Book in Form ‘F’

iv. The Register of K.Ds notified offenders and persons ordered to notify residence u/s 356 Cr. PC. 1973 – Form ‘G’

v. Register of Suspicious strangers in Form ‘H’

vi. Stray Cattle Register in Form ‘J’

Note:- These registered should be produced by the Dalapathi for inspection

by superior officers.

17. Control and Discipline: 1) The V.D.P. organisation in the

District is under the control of and subordinate to the S.P.

2. The Dalapathi and members of the organisation should discharge

such duties as may be assigned to them by the S.P. or an officer authorised

by him.

3. When a V.D.P. is acting in conjuction with the ordinary Police

force, the senior officer os cuh party present is under the immediate control

and subject to the directions of the senior officer of such Police force.

18. Disciplinary Action:- If any Dalapathi or member of V.D.P. is

found unfit to discharge his duties or is found to be indisciplined, he may be

removed by the S.P. by a written order recording his reasons therefor.

However, an order of removal should be made in accordance with the

provisions of clause (2) of Article 311 of the Constitution of India (Rule 14).

A person who ceases to be a member or resigns his membership

should forthwith deliver up to the Supdt. of Police or to such person and at

450

such place as the S.P. may direct his certificate of appointment or of office,

and the arms, accoutrement, clothing and other articles which have been

issued to him as such member.

Any Magistrate and for special reasons which are recorded in writing

at the time, any Police Officer not below the rank of DSP/ASP may issue a

warrant to search for and seize, wherever they may be found, any certificates

arms, accoutrements, clothing and other necessaries not so delivered up. The

warrant should be executed in accordance with the provisions of the

Cr.P.C.1973 by a Police Officer, or by any other persons if so directed by

the Magistrate or Police Officer.

Note:-The provisions does not apply to any article which has become the

property of the person under orders of the S.P. (Rule 11).

Any person appointed as a member who during the term of his office

is convicted of an offence under Chapter XVI or Chapter XVII of the IPC or

any other offence involving moral turpitude ceases to be a member

(Rule 12).

The Inspr. Genl. of Police, Dy. Inspector Genl. of Police, and Supdt.

of Police or any Police Officer authorised by the S.P. may call out any

member of V.D.P. for training or to discharge any of the functions or duties

assigned (Sec.12).

Every member of the V.D.P: when called out for duty has the same

powers, liabilities, privileges and protection as a Police Officer appointed

under the Karnataka Police Act.

451

19. Protection Against Prosecution:- Previous sanction of the SP is

necessary for prosecuting a member of V.D.P. in respect of anything done or

purporting to be done in the exercise of his power or the discharge of his

functions or duties as such member (Sec.13).

20. Punishment:- 1) Without reasonable excuse neglecting or

refusing to obey order when called out for duty or to discharge his functions

as a member of V.D.P.

2) Refusal to obey any lawful order or direction given to him for

the performance of his duties, are punishable with imprisonment upto one

month and/or find upto Rs.100/- [Sec.15(1)].

3) Wilful neglect or refusal to deliver up his certificate of

appointment or of office and the arms or any other articles according to the

provisions of sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 14 is punishable with imprisonment upto

15 days and/or with fine upto Rs.50/- [Sec.15(2)].

4) Wilful neglect or refusal to deliver up his certificate of

appointment and the arms or any other article according to the Sub-Sec. (2)

of Sec. 14 by a person in custody of the certificate of appointment arms

article etc. of a member of V.D.P. when he dies is punishable with fine upto

Rs.50/- [Sec 15(3)].

Note:-Sanction of the S.P. is necessary for prosecuting a member of the

V.D.P. for offences mentioned in items 3 and 4 under Sec. 14(2) it is

the duty of a person in custody of the certificate of appointment arms

452

etc. belonging to a member of the V.D.P. after his death to forthwith

deliver to the S.P. the said certificate of appointment arms and articles

[Sec. 15(4)].

The offences punishable under sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 15 viz without

reasonable excuse neglecting or refusing to obey orders or to discharge his

functions as a member of the V.D.P. or to obey and lawful order or

directions given to him for the performing of his duty [Sec. 15(1)] is a

cognizable offence U/R Sub-Sec.(5) of Section 15.

Members of the V.D.P. acting under the Act or deemed to be public

servants within the meaning of Sec.21 of the IPC.

Member of the V.D.P. is not dis-qualified from being chosen as a

member of any local authority merely by reason of the fact that he holds an

office of profit under the Govt. by virtue of his being a member of the

V.D.P.

Written permission of the S.P. or other Officer authorised by the S.P.

is necessary for a member of the V.D.P.

i) to resign from office or,

ii) to withdraw himself from duties of member of V.D.P. (Rule

16H)

21. Responsibilities and Duties of Police Officers:- The following

duties devolve on several ranks of officers in the administration of the

V.D.P.:-

453

I. Superintendent of Police:- a) The S.P. should expeditiously

constitute V.D.Ps. where such V.D.Ps do not exist, and where they exist to

reorganise the same for effective enforcement of the revised provisions. He

should in particular refer to Rules 4 and 5 of the Rules about the constitution

of Committees and qualifications prescribed for membership.

b) He should train the members of V.D.Ps. as to how they should

assemble at a given place at a signal and in (1) nigh rounds, (2) lathi drill

and (3) musketry for a few selected men.

c) They must be employed by him when necessary on such of the

duties mentioned in Rules 16, 16A, 16B, 16C, 16D, 16E and 16F and ensure

during his itinerary in the District that these duties are performed.

d) The S.P. in the District should appoint an officer not below the rank

of PSI as the District Village Defence Officer for the direction and

supervision of V.D.Ps. in the district and a Station Village Defence Officer

not below the rank of a H.C. for the direction and supervision of V.D.Ps

within the local limits of a P.S. (vide S. 10 of the Act). These officers are

under the direction and control of the Supdt. of Police.

II. Sub-Division Police Officer:- a) It is the duty of the S.D.P.O to

assist the S.P. in making appointments of members and Dalapathi.

b) He should supervise the work of the Dalapathi and ensure that the

records viz.,

454

i. V.D.P. Membership in Form ‘D’;

ii. Muster Roll in Form ‘E’

iii. Visit Book in Form ‘F’

iv. The Register of K.Ds notified offenders and persons ordered to

notify residence u/s 356 Cr. PC. 1973 – Form ‘G’

v. Register of Suspicious strangers in Form ‘H’

vi. Stray Cattle Register in Form ‘J’ are properly maintained by

him.

c) He should at the time of his visit to the village write his remarks

about the performance of the duties of the V.D.Ps. in Form ‘F’ maintained

by the Dalapathi.

d) He should also supervise the work of the Station Village

Defence Officer and ensure that he is supervising the work of the V.D.Ps.

properly by giving proper directions.

e) The SDPO should ensure that the Dalapathi communicates

information regarding;

i) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or

vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is a Dalapathi.

ii) the resort to any place within, or the passage through, such village

of any person whom he knows, or reasonably suspects, to be thug,

robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender; and

455

iii) the commission or, or intention to commit in or near such village

any offence, punishable u/s 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 231, 232, 233,

234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381, 382, 392, 393,

394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458,

459, 460, 489A to D of the IPC.

iv) about unnatural deaths to the nearest P.S.

He should also check up the action taken correspondingly by the

S.H.O. of P.S.

III a) The Station Village Defence Officer:- He is the local P.S.I. of the

jurisdictions of the Station and has to supervise the work of the V.D.P. and

control its activities.

b) Whether Dalapathi in charge of a V.D.P. communicates to him the

information in Rules 16A to 16D, he should take prompt action.

c) Whenever a beat constable is sent to any village where a V.D.P. is

functioning, he should scrutinise the beat report of the P.C. and take action

regarding all matters communicated by the V.D.P. and Dalapathi regarding

the State of Crime and the peace of the village.

d) During his visit to the village, he should contact the Dalapathi and

the V.D.P. members and peruse the records and registers maintained by the

Dalapathi. He should note down the names of the strangers entered in the

Register of arrivals of strangers of suspicious appearance and after coming

to the station send a Bad Character Enquiry Roll Form ‘B’ Form III K.P.M.

Vol. III for knowing about the antecedents of these persons, to the native

456

station of the strangers for the detection of any crime which has occurred in

the village or in the vicinity of the village from which these strangers have

arrived. During the visit, after perusing the register maintained in Form ‘G’

note the absence of the notified offenders (H.Os) and take action to

prosecute them.

e) The Station Village Defence Officer in his capacity of the P.S.I. in

charge of the P.S. should issue instructions in writing in the best books of all

the beat PCs proceeding on village beat, to invariably contact the

Dalapathies of the villages where they are going to facilitate exchange of

Intelligence.

IV. District V.D.P. Officer:- District V.D.P. Office appointed by the

S.P. should work under the control and supervision of the S.P. and should

carry out such duties of supervising the work of the V.D.P. in the district as

directed by the S.P.

22. Training of V.D.P.:- The V.D.Ps. with the added

responsibilities have to be alert and also to capable of protecting themselves

as they would now be on duties without the immediate supervision of a

Police Officer. Training in self-defence, arrest of a violent prisoner, escort of

a prisoner or prisoners, guarding of a prisoner or prisoners, guarding of dead

bodies by relays, will have to be taken up. Their rights and responsibilities

will have to be explained to them.

Miscelleaneous

23. The V.D.P. is a voluntary organisation:- Police Officers should

treat members of the V.D.P. with all courtesy and consideration. Though

457

suspension and prosecution are indicated for any lapses on their part, Police

Officers should so manage that there is no opportunity to resort to those

steps (Rule 16 G).

Compensation:-

If a member of the V.D.P. suffers any damage to his person or

property while under training or on duty he is entitled to the payment of such

compensation as may be determined by the State Government.

However, he is not entitled to such compensation if such damage is

caused by his own negligence or wilful act or omission in contravention of

the provisions of the V.D.P. Act 1964 or Rules or orders or directions issued

by his superior (Sec. 17).

Note:- The SP should send a detailed report to the Chief Office about

instance of damage caused to a number of VDP while on training or duty as

contemplated in Sec. 17 of the Act.

25. The Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police of the Ranges and Supdts. of

Police of the Districts should take immediate steps to organize V.D.Ps in

their Districts.

26. Progress made in organizing the V.D.Ps should be reported by the

Supdts. of Police every month to the Chief Office so as to reach this office

before the 10th of every month required in Para 10 of LSC 3298.

458

27. Copies of 1) The Karnataka VDP (Amendment) Rules 1975

published in Govt. Notification No. HD 187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975

and the State Govt. letter No. 187 PCA 74 dated 26-7-75 are annexed hereto.

Abolition of the system of Police Patels

I am directed to state the Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act, 1965

provides for constitution of VDPs for the maintenance of peace and order in

the village in the State. Section 19 of the said Act empowers Govt. to make

rules to carry out the purpose of the Act and in accordance with this; the

Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules 1965 have been issued under section 3 of the Act,

Govt. may by Notification direct any Supdt. of Police to constitute such

V.D.Ps for such villages coming under his jurisdiction and the members of

such parties will discharge functions and duties in relation to the Defence of

Village, protection of person, security of property and obserervance of

public order in the village. The IGP is the head of Village Defence Parties in

the State and the Supdt. of Police of the district is the head of the concerned

village Defence Parties in the areas in which he is appointed as the

Superintendent. The administration of these V.D.Ps in an area is subject to

the general control and direction of the DIGP having jurisdiction over the

village concerned. The act contemplates appointment of Dalapathies by the

Supdt. of Police whose powers and duties shall be such as may be

prescribed.

2. Sec. 129 of the Karnataka Police Act, 1963 contemplate

appointment of Village Police, Govt. are considering how best the V.D.Ps

should be strengthened and in pursuance of this Govt. are contemplating

amendment of the Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules 1965 with view to make this

organisation of powerful force in the village which could discharge the

459

functions and duties of protection of persons, security of property and

observance of public order in the village. In the circumstances Govt. have

decided that there should be no more appointments of village police

consisting of Police Patels as contemplated U/s 129 of the Karnataka Police

Act, 1963 and the existing incumbents should cease to function as soon as

Dalapathies are appointed to perform their duties in accordance with the

Village Defence Parties Rules.

460

No. HD 187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by section 19 of the Karnataka

V.D.Ps Act 1964 (Karnataka Act 34 of 1964), the Govt. of Karnataka hereby

makes the following Rules further to amend the Karnataka Village Defence

Parties Rules 1965 the draft of the same having been previously published as

required by sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 19 of the said Act, in Notification

No.GSR.202 (HD 187 PCA 74) dt. 26-7-1975 in Part IV-2-C (i) of the

Karnataka Gazette (Extra-Ordinary) dated 26th July 1975 namely:-

1. Title and Commencement:- (1) These rules may be called the

Karnataka V.D.Ps (Amendment) Rules, 1975.

(2) They shall come into force at once.

2. Amendment of Rule 2:- In rule 2 of the Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules,

1965 (hereinafter referred to as the said rules) after clause (e) the following

clause shall be inserted namely:-

“(ei) ‘Village’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Karnataka

Land Revenue Act, 1964 (Karnataka Act 12 of 1964)”.

3. Amendment of Rule 4:- In Rule 4 of the said rules:-

(1) Item (3) shall be omitted;

(2) Items (1) and (2) shall be renumbered at items (2) and (3)

respectively; and

(3) before item (2) as so renumbered the following item shall be

inserted, namely:-

461

“ (1) Assistant or Dy. Supdt. of Police having jurisdiction over the

Village concerned”

4. Amendment of Rule 5:- In sub rule(1) of rule 5 of the said rules-

(1) the word “and” at the end of clause (b) shall be omitted.

(2) at the end of clause (c) the word “and” shall be inserted and

(3) after clause (c) the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-

“(d) if he is a member of or is otherwise associated with, any political

party or any organisation which takes part in politics or is engaged in

political movement or activity of any character”.

5. Amendment of Rule 9:- In the third proviso to sub-rule (1) of rule 9

after the word “notice” the full stop shall be removed and the following

words shall be added, namely,

“or may be suspended from membership of the V.D.P. for such period

as may be specified by him”.

6. Instruction of new rule 14A:- After rule 14 of the said rules, the

following rule shall be inserted, namely:-

“14A. Authority of Dalapathi ever members of V.D.P:- The Dalapathi

shall have authority to require all members of V.D.P. in whatever capacity

ordinarily employed, to aid in performing the duties entrusted to him and it

shall be the duty of the members of V.D.P. to help the Dalapathi.”

7. Insertion of New Rules 16A to 161:- After rule 16 of the said rules

the following rules shall be inserted, namely:-

462

“16A. Duties of the Dalapathi and other Member of V.D.P:- (1):- It

shall be the duty of the Dalapathi and every member to communicate

forthwith to the nearest Magistrate or to the Officer in charge of the nearest

P.S, whichever is nearer, any information which he may possess respecting:-

a) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or

vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is the

Dalapathi.

b) the resort to any place within, or the passage through such village

of any person whom he knows or reasonably suspects to be thug,

robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender, and

c) the commission of, or intention to commit in or near such village

any offence, punishable under sections 143, 144, 145, 147, 148,

231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381,

382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449,

450, 457, 458, 459, 460, 489A, 489B, 489C and 489D of the IPC.

16B. Unnatural Deaths:- Action by Dalapathi:- (1) A Dalapathi

receiving information that a person –

a) has committed suicide, or

b) has been killed by another or by an animal or by machinery or by

an accident or

c) has died under circumstances raising reasonable suspicits that

some other person has committed an offence, shall after

communicating that information to the officer in charge of the

nearest P.S.

463

i) proceed to the spot and arrange for guarding the corps and

its surrounds,

ii) assist the Magistrate or the Police Officer as the case may be

in any inquest, inquiry and investigation which may be held

in that behalf,

iii)when called upon by the Police Officer, aid him by

providing a conveyance for taking the corpse to a Hospital

for post-mortem examination or arrange for the disposal of

unclaimed dead bodies.

(2) The Dalapathi shall be entitled to the payment of reasonable

expenses incurred by him in providing a conveyance or disposing of the

corpse as the case may be.

16C. Other Duties of Dalapathi:- Subject to the orders of the

Superintendent, the Dalapathi shall perform all the duties prescribed by the

Act and these rules and in particular:-

i) act under the orders of the Officer in charge of the PS and Police

Officers superior to him;

ii) furnish any reports or information called for by such Police

Officers;

iii)keep the officer incharge of the PS constantly informed as to the

state of crime and all matters connected with the village Defence

Party.

iv) Communicate to the officer in charge of the PS any information

which he may receive of gangs of robbers or suspicious persons

464

who have entered his own or any other village, and to co-operate in

all matters and ways for the general security of the village.

v) Report to the officer in charge of the Police Station the arrival in

his village of suspicious strangers and all information which he

may be able to collect regarding such persons;

vi) In the likelihood of any breach of the peace taking place, give

immediate intimation to the nearest Police station – with a view to

steps being taken to prevent its occurrences.

15.D Procure to be followed in the case of accidents to aircrafts:-

1) Every Dalapathi of a village in whose jurisdiction any aircraft

accident occurs shall forthwith send a report to the nearest PS and

if any person is injured thereby to the nearest medical officer.

2) After sending a report as required by sub-rule (1) the Dalapathi

shall take steps.

i) to guard the wreckage;

ii) to prevent meddling by unauthorised persons;

iii) to prevent tracks and marks caused by the aircraft on the ground

from obliteration;

iv) to ascertain and record the names and address of all eye witnesses;

v) for the removal of the Aircraft or any parts thereof to such an

extent as may be necessary for bringing the wreckage to a place of

safety when the aircraft wrecked on water; and

vi) for the removal of the aircraft or any parts or contents thereof as

may be necessary for

465

a) extricating persons or animals;

b) preventing the destructing of the aircraft or its contents by fire or

any other cause; and

c) for preventing any danger or obstruction to traffic.

16 E. Communication of information concerning peace and crime to

constables on beat duty – on receiving information that a Police Constable

has arrived in the village for this performance of beat, the Dalapathi shall

communicate to him all information concerning the state of crime and the

peace of the village.

16F. Other duties of members of village Defence Party:- It shall be the

duty of every member of Village Defence Party

a) to obey and execute all orders lawfully issued to him by the

Dalapathi and any Police Officer;

b) to endeavour by all lawful means to give effect to the lawful

commands of his superior;

c) to the best of his ability to obtain intelligence concerning the

commission of cognizable offence or designs to commit such

offences;

d) to lay such information and take such other steps consistent with

law and with the orders of his superiors as shall be best calculated

to bring offenders to book and to prevent the commission of

offences;

e) to prevent to the best of his ability the commission of public

nuisances;

466

f) to aid a Police Officer or another Village Defence Party Member

when called on by him or in case of need, in the discharge of his

duties in such ways as would be lawful and reasonable on the part

of the Police Officer or the V.D.P. Member.

g) to use his best endeavour to prevent any loss of damage by fire;

h) to use his endeavour to aveit any accident or danger to the public;

i) to report forthwith to the Dalapathi all matters which under these

rules, the Dalapathi is required to report to the Officer in charge of

the Police Station;

j) to patrol any part of the railway line as may be allotted to him by

the Superintendent irrespective of the village to which he belongs;

k) to report to the Dalapathi the movements of criminals entered in

the register maintained by the Dalapathi;

l) to report to the Dalapathi the presence of suspicious strangers; and

m) to discharge such duties as are lawfully impose upon him by the

Dalapathi.

16 G. Treatment of Members of Village Defence Party:-

Police Officers of all ranks shall treat the members and Dalapathi with

special consideration and endeavour to the best of their ability to maintain

the dignity of the Village Defence Party.

16 H. Under what conditions a Member or Dalapathi may resign.

Except with the written permission of the Superintendent of Police or

other officer authorised by the Superintendent of Police in this behalf, no

member or Dalapathi shall resign office or withdraw himself from the duties

thereof.

467

16 . Honorarium and Remuneration:-

1) Every Dalapathi shall be paid such honorarium as may be fixed by

order by the State Government from time to time.

2) The payment of honorarium to the Dalapathi under sub-rule (1)

shall be subject to proper maintenance of the prescribed records and

satisfactory discharge of the functions enjoined on him under the Act or any

other enactment and these rules or any other rules.

3) Every claim by a Dalapathi for his honorarium shall be supported

by certificate issued by the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police

having jurisdiction over the area for which the Dalapathi is appointed and be

countersigned by the Superintendent of the Districts.

8. Amendment of rule 18:- In rule 18 of the said rules, in sub-rule (1),

after clause (iii) the following clauses shall be added, namely:-

i) Register of known depredators notified offenders and persons

ordered to notify residence under section 356 of the Code of

Criminal Procedure 1973 (Central Act No.2 of 1974) in

form “G”.

ii) Register of suspicious strangers in Form “H”.

iii)Stray Cattle Register in Form “J”.

By Order and in the name of the Governor ofKarnataka

Sd/- K.S.RajagopalUnder Secy. to Government, Home Department

468

“FORM G”

Register of known Depredators, Notified Offenders and Persons Ordered to

notify residences u/s 356 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 (Act No.2

of 1974)Village ………………. Circle ……………………. District……………….

SlNo

Name and

fathers name

Caste and Calling

Age

Relatives’

names & the

residence

Date of

movement from

village

Movements

Whither

goes

Date of

report to

Police

Date of

return to Villa

ge

Date of report

to Police

on return

to village

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

FORM ‘H’

Sec. Rule 18Register of Arrival of Strangers of Suspicious Appearance

Name of the Stranger

Stranger’s native country and village

Age

Case and profession

Description

Date of Arrival

Date of Departure

Whence coming

Where going

Date of report

Remarks as to their general appearance whether suspicious, their movements in the Village including names of persons visited and any other information which could be gathered through the village police concerning their wandering gangs to the specially noted.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

469

FORM ‘J’

Sec. Rule 18

STRAY CATTLE REGISTER

NOTE:- 1. Column No. 9 should only be filled in after the case is taken on file. 2. The serial No. of this register should be noted in the Station House Diary also ……………. Circle.

Sl. No. of

complaint

Name of the Villag

e in which loss

occurred

Name of the complaint and the owner

No. of

cattle

lost

Value of cattl

e

Date of

loss

Description of

cattle

Particulars of

complaint showing when and where and now the

cattle were missed

If case registere

d for investigation Cr. No. and Section

Remarks1.Complainant No. of the SHD

2.Whether cattle were

traced

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Copy of the Standing Order No.672 and No. SBC 165/75 dated 13-87-

1975 from this office.

Security arrangements for the Chief Minister & other Ministers of

Karnataka State.

Detailed instructions for the protection for the Chief Minister and

other Ministers of Karnataka State have been laid down in Rules 886 to 887

of Police Manual, Volume-1.

Instructions have also been issued from time to time regarding the

provision of adequate security to the Chief Minister and other Ministers of

the State depending on the circumstances. In the prevailing atmosphere and

disturbed condition in some parts of the country and continuing threats from

certain elements to persons in authority, the above instructions issued

470

already require to be augmented depending upon the local condition, in

addition to the instructions already contained in the Police Manual the

following further instructions are issued:-

(1) Residence at Bangalore:-

Chief Minister: (a) An armed guard drawn from the City Armed

Reserve will be provided to guard the residence of the Chief Minister by day

and night. This guard should prevent any un-authorised person from

intruding into the premises.

(b) 6 plain clothes gun men armed with the revolver/pistol will be

provided as personal guard for the security of the Chief Minister. Two gun-

men will always be on duty at all times and will be in close attendance on

the Chief Minister while in Bangalore, whether he be at his residence or in

his chambers.

(c) In addition to this, two Sub-Inspectors in plain clothes one from

City Special Branch and one from State Special Branch will be detailed as

personal security Officer.

(2) Ministers:-

3 Plain clothes gun-men from the C.A.R. armed with revolvers/pistols

will be provided as personal guard for the security of the Ministers,

Ministers of State and Deputy Ministers. Their duties will be so arranged

that one gun-man will be on duty at all times and will be in close attendance

on the Minister while in Bangalore, whether be at his residence or his office.

471

(3) It will be the responsibility of the Dy. Commissioner of Police,

City Armed Reserve to frequently check the guard, the gun-men at the Chief

Minister’s residence and also the gun-man provided for the security of the

Other Ministers.

The Chief Minister and most of the Ministers have their residences in

the jurisdictions of the Asst. Commissioner of Police, Seshadripuram. He

should arrange frequent patrolling specially during nights in the areas. Beat

Constables also should be briefed to be vigilant in these areas. In respect of

Minister residing elsewhere the Jurisdictional Assistant Commissioners of

Police will make arrangements for proper patrolling.

(4) In Camp Outside Bangalore:-

(a) When the Chief Minister or the Home Minister camps at District

Head Quarters, the Superintendent of Police will post a guard drawn from

the D.A.R. at the camping place. An officer of the rank not below the

Assistant Reserve Sub-Inspector should supervise the guard.

(b) When the Chief Minister or the Home Minister camps in places

other than the District Headquarters, a Police guard should be provided from

the strength of the Police Station concerned and the Sub-Inspector incharge

of the Police Station will supervise the guard.

(c) As regards other Ministers and Deputy Ministers, Guards need not

be posted unless situation demands it. If the Chief Minister or the Home

Minister or other Ministers desire with-drawal of the guard, it should be

withdrawn

472

(d) One uniformed constable without arms should be posted on duty

where the Chief Minister or other Ministers make halt.

(5) Local Police may augment these arrangements, if due to local

situations and needs such precautions are considered necessary

augmentation will be advisable when there is specific information of hostile

demonstration, specific security hazards, etc. Special staff to screen visitors

will also be an useful addition so that none who is not checked or not

verified could approach the Ministers. However an officer deployed for

screening visitors should work in close collaboration with personal staff of

the Ministers.

(6) Road Journeys:-

When the Chief Ministers or other Minister makes a road journey by

car, plain clothes gun man provided for him will travel in the front seat of

the car.

Normally no escort or pilot car is necessary for the Ministers.

However, if any demonstration of disturbance is apprehended on the road, an

escort should be provided. As regards the Chief Minister or Home Minister

escort must be provided and the Superintendent of Police should accompany

him during his entire tour in the District.

(7) Journey by Train:-

The Plain clothes armed gun man will accompany the Chief

Minister/Minister. The gun man will travel in the compartment close to the

compartment of the Chief Minister/Ministers. One should be on duty while

the other is on relief. At all stopping places, the gun man will keep a watch

473

on the compartment of the Chief Minister/Minister particularly on the off-

side to see that no intrudes enter the compartment.

When the journey is through a disturbed sector, where troubles are

anticipated, an escort should travel in the train if this is considered

necessary. The Supdt. of Police, Railways will arrange for a close watch on

the compartment of the Chief Minister/Minister by deputing beat Police

Constables.

When the Minister arrives or departs from the Railway station, the

senior most Railway Police Officer present at the Railway Station should

receive or see off the Minister.

When the Chief Minister/Minister/departs/arrives at Bangalore, the

Supdt. of Police should be present. Else where in the State, the jurisdiction

Supdt. of Police should present.

8) Journey by air:-

Normally, there is no need for any gun man to accompany the Chief

Minister/Minister, when he travels by plane. The gun man will see him off at

the Airport and protective duties will be taken over at the destination where

the plain clothes gun man will be provided to remain with the Chief

Minister/Minister, during his Road journeys and arrangements made at the

camp. However, in respect of stay at places outside the state, particularly in

Delhi, it is desirable that the gun man in the establishment of the Chief

Minister/Minister is sent in advance to take over the duties at the other end.

When the Chief Minister/Home Minister arrives or departs by air, the

jurisdictional police officer not below the rank of a Supdt. of Police should

474

be present. In the case of Ministers, an officer not below the rank of a Sub-

Inspector should be present.

9. Journey by Steamer:-

A plain clothes armed gun man should travel in the same ship vessel

whenever the Chief Minister/Minister undertakes any journey by steamers.

10. Law and Order:-

Whenever crowds are anticipated to gather to meet and hear the Chief

Minister/Minister it will be the responsibility of the Superintendents of

Police if at District Headquarters or the Senior most local Police Officer

concerned to make adequate arrangements for maintaining order and

security as enjoined under the Police Act.

11. Parties and Functions:-

The Superintendents of Police in District Headquarters and the

Senior-most Police officer in other places will be responsible for making

necessary arrangements for maintaining order and Security at public or

private functions which the Minister may attend.

It will be necessary to provide plain clothes armed staff to provide a

protective cordon, if required by the local conditions in the vicinity of the

Chief Minister/Minister and also to deploy similar staff at strategic positions

in the gatherings.

The Superintendents of Police or the Senior-most Police Officer

should establish necessary liaison with the host or the Organisers in advance

and check up the places of meetings or the gatherings.

475

The Superintendent of Police or the Senior-most local Police Officer

will make such Police arrangements as the local conditions warrant. The

plain clothes gun man attached to the Chief Minister/Minister will be in

attendance on the Chief Minister/Minister during these functions.

Absolute minimum requirements in all cases, however, will be that the

Chief Minister/Minister must not run the risk of unqutorised or undesirable

persons coming into close contact with them.

(12) Whenever the Chief Minister/Minister reposes to visit or pass

through another state, the Secretary to the Chief Minister and Private

Secretary to Minister will send intimation in advance to the State concerned.

Intimation will also be sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police,

Intelligence and Railways, Bangalore by them in order that he may inform

the concerned State C.I.D. to make necessary security arrangements.

(13) Instructions for the Protection of Ministers of other State

Governments.

The Commissioner of Police in Bangalore City and the

Superintendent of Police of the Dist. are responsible for the security

arrangements in connection with the visits of the Ministers of other State

Govts. No additional protective measures are necessary, if the Minister is

staying in Raj Bhavan.

Necessary security arrangements will be made for guarding the

residence and for protection during journeys by road railway and air and at

public functions as in the case of the Ministers of Karnataka State.

476

If the Ministers of other State do not bring their own gun man or if

they express a desire to have one Special Branch officer will be deputed by

the Commr. of Police or the Supdt. of Police of the Dist. as the case may be.

(14) The Supdt. of Police, Railways is responsible for the protection

of Minister of other States while they travel by train and he will depute an

officer not below the rank of a Head Constable to accompany the Minister

throughout the journey by train within the State.

477


No. STF. 1/20/75-76, Dated 12th September 1975

Computerisation of Pay Bills in the Police Department – Further Instructions issued

Reference is invited to Standing Order No.638 communicated in this

Office No. STF 1/112/74, dated 2-11-1974 wherein instructions regarding

Computerisation of Pay Bills in the different Districts/Units were issued.

The scheme was introduced in the month of August 1974 and was gradually

extended to other offices and Districts and now the Pay Bills of 25,608

Personnel in the Police Department are covered under the scheme. Coorg is

the only District, where the scheme has not been introduced, while a small

number is still to be covered in the Districts of South Kanara, Gulbarga,

Kolar and Bidar.

2. Experience during the last 13 months has shows that the

Scheme has not stabilised itself in some of the Districts/Units mainly

because of lack of interest and want of care exercised by some of the

Officials handling the computerized Pay Bills. Months after month through

the reviews and memos instructions are issued pointing out the common

errors and to adhere to the schedule but unfortunately they do not appear to

have had the desired effect and the same mistakes are repeated. This state of

affairs cannot be allowed to continue any further and the following further

instructions are issued for strict guidance in future.

3. Following are some of the common omissions and commissions

observed in the preparation and submission of master data formats and

monthly changes:-

478

(1) The Schedule for handing over the Master Data formats on 15 th

and monthly changes on 19th is not adhered to strictly. They continue to be

brought to the computer centre as late as 25th or 26th of the month from some

of the Units with the result the preparation of check lists and draft pay bills

of the other units in the tape are also held up and consequential delay in the

printing of monthly pay bills. Officials from some of the Units start

preparing the monthly change formats after 19th or 20th after coming to

Bangalore. This deserves to be strongly discouraged.

4. As per Note below Article 80-A of the Karnataka Financial Code, the pay

bills are expected to be presented 7 days in advance to the State Huzur Treasury at

Bangalore and 5 clear days in advance to the District Treasuries. In order to adhere to this

Schedule following revised time table is drawn up for the various Units in the

Department.

1) All the Unit Offices in Northern (Belgaum) & North Eastern (Gulbarga) Ranges.

Fresh formatsMonthly changes

10th of the month17th of the month

2) All the Unit Offices Southern (Mysore) Range.


11th of the month19th of the month

3) All the Unit Offices in Central Range


12th of the month21st of the month

4) All the Unit Offices in Bangalore City


13th of the month23rd of the month

5. If the date fixed happens to be a holiday the formats should be

brought on the subsequent day. The above schedule shall be adhered to

strictly by all the Unit Officers and there shall be no relaxation on any

account. The Official with the formats shall report to the Gazette

Headquarters Assistant in the Chief Office on the evening of the previous

479

day and hand over the formats at the Computer centre at 10-30 A.M. on the

schedule date.

(2) It is found that new Officials, some of them with no knowledge

of computerization or pay bills are sent with the formats with the result they

are not in a position to verify the correctness of the check list or the draft

bills. In future only the officials who prepare the formats and deal with pay

bills should be sent. Three of the officials in each unit should be earmarked

for the purpose and their names intimated to this office and the Computer

Centre. There shall be no change of officials during the next six months,

unless they are transferred to ensure that the entire scheme is put on an even

keel.

(3) The Master Date format and monthly changes are found to

contain a number of mistake. They are not scrutinized or attested by any of

the officers.

Following are some of the common errors noticed:-

i) Names of the Officials whose salary is to be drawn are not given in

the Master Data format.

ii) Employee No. (which is the first policy No. of the KGID) or

temporary code Nos. is not given.

iii) Sometimes the same employee number is given to more than one

official.

iv) The employee No. which should be the same throughout is changed

from month to month.

480

v) After the draft bill is prepared the bill Code No. and other

particulars such as deductions etc., are changed. This should be

corrected at the check list stage itself.

vi) Sometimes C.C.A. is claimed at places where it is not admissible.

vii) In respect of officials provided with rent free quarters 10% of the

salary is deducted where as only the H.R.A. should not have been

claimed.

viii) In respect of H.R.A and C.C.A both the Code Nos. are given and

H.R.A and C.C.A included in the bill resulting in double claims.

ix) If a loan is sanctioned, no deduction is indicated in the check 1st

Stage and correction is given at the last moment before the bill is

printed resulting in avoidable delay.

x) Names of persons who are under orders of transfer are deleted from

the Unit transferred but not shown in the new Unit to which he is

transferred.

6. The aforementioned and similar mistakes involve lot of labour in

correcting the mistakes and avoidable delay in printing the pay bills. The

main reason behind this stage of affairs is that no scrutiny or check is being

exercised at the supervisory level.

7. As already pointed out it is entirely the responsibility of the Drawing

Officers for the correctness of the pay bills they draw. While this office can

only liaison and render guidance preparing the formats correctly and to get

them printed early the responsibility for the accuracy of the claims preferred

rest in the Drawing Officers. In future, the Accountant and the Manager of

the Unit Office should scrutinise thoroughly the Master formats or monthly

changes and satisfy themselves that it is free from mistakes. The

481

Superintendent of Police or the Officer, to whom he has delegated the power

to sign the pay bills should certify that the particulars are correct. The

formats (fresh or monthly changes) received without the above certificate

will not be accepted by the Computer Centre for the purpose of printing the

pay bills.

8. After the bills are printed at the Computer Centre the pay bill clerk

and the concerned Officials should again go through the pay bills and ensure

their accuracy before presenting them to the Treasury.

9. According to the revised programme the printed pay bills are

expected to be returned to the Districts by 23rd or 24th and 26th in the case of

offices located in Bangalore city. A system of regular communication

regarding:

(1)Date of arrival of the official with the formats at the Computer

Centre – and

(2)Date of printing of pay bills at the Computer Centre may be

maintained by the Manager, Computer Centre with the District/Unit

Officer by means of Radio/Telex messages.

Similarly the District/Unit Officer should send a Radio/Telex Message

to the Manager, Computer Centre, confirming the return of the official with

printed pay bills on the due date or if he does not return on the due date

making enquiries regarding his return under intimation to Chief Office so

that there may be close liaison among the Unit Offices. Chief Office and

Computer Centre and they may understand the difficulty, if any, encountered

482

and consequent delay in the printing of pay bills. The same equally applies

to the Offices situated in Bangalore City.

The aforementioned instructions should be meticulously followed by

all the Unit Officers and Officials who are connected with the

Computerisation of Pay Bills.

483


No. CB.1,279/74, Dated 6th September 1975

Powers and duties of the Addl. Inspector General of Police at Bangalore

1. Corps of Detectives

The Government in their Order No. HD 229 PEG 1973 dated 15-4-

1974, accorded sanction to the creation of a Corps of Detectives consisting

of four squads, each to work under the supervision of a Supdt. of Police to

deal with cases coming under specific items of specialised crimes such as

economic and financial offences and major crimes which would require

special knowledge of both law & investigation. A detailed Standing Order in

S.O. No. 630 dated 27-4-1974 has been issued covering the functions and

duties of the Corps of Detectives.

2. Forest Squads and Forest Cell

The Government of their order No. HD 221 PEC 72 dated 15-12-1972

have sanctioned the creation of Special Police Squads in certain Districts and

Special Police Cell for detection and prevention of smuggling of forest

produce, such as sandalwood, rosewood etc., under the supervision and

control of an officer of the rank of Deputy Inspr. Genl. of Police. The

functions, duties and powers of the D.I.G., Forest Cell and Forest Squads

have been enumerated in S.O. 621 dated 31-3-1973.

3. Forest Cell

484

A Food cell under the supervision of an officer of the rank of Supdt.

of Police with regional offices and a net work of Food Check Posts and Food

Mobile Squads under the control of Supdts. of Police of the Districts exists

to deal with Food Control orders.

4. Civil Rights Enforcement Cell

The Government in their Order No. SWD 135 SSC 74, dated 07-08-

1974 have sanctioned the Civil Rights Enforcement Cell headed by a Supdt.

of Police to not only attend to the grievances of the weaker sections of the

society, but also to investigate important cases of untouchability offences

and special enquiries on the subject. The duties and functions of the Civil

Rights Enforcement Cell have been given in S.No.640 dated 06-11-1974.

5. Finger Print Bureau

The Finger Print Bureau was reorganised in G.O. No. HD 177 EHT

57, dt. 27-5-69 and is headed by a Director, assisted by a team of Officers.

Their functions are to classify and maintain the finger print records of

criminals who have come to Police Notice. Chapter No. XLV of the Police

Manual Vol. II describes the duties and functions of the Bureau and its

Officers. In addition, Single Digit Units have and are being established in

important places on a phased programme. The Bureau is contemplating

computerization of Finger Print records to quicken the process of both

recording and retrieving information.

6. Computer Wing

485

The Computer Wing of the C.I.D. is organised for classifying and

maintaining the history of crimes and criminals not only of our State, but

also of criminals belonging to other States known to have operated in this

State. The Computer Wing was sanctioned in G.O.No. HD 265 PEG 73

dated 17-9-1974 and the S.O. No. 641, dt: 16-11-1974 gives details of its

working.

7. Criminal Intelligence Bureau

It consists of a staff of 2 P.Is, 7 Sis, 3 H.Cs and 2 P.Cs and 2

Photographers sanctioned by Government for purposes of collection,

collation and dissemination of information pertaining to crimes and

criminals including publication of Criminal Intelligence Gazette and Police

Gazette. The Photographic Section is also attached to the Bureau.

8. Prohibition Intelligence Branch:

A staff consisting of 1 P.I, 2 S.Is and 2 PCs is sanctioned to collect,

collate and disseminate information about prohibition offence and to conduct

special enquiries and raids.

9. Sanction – Post of Additional I.G. of Police

With a view to effectively supervise the functioning of the special

units, proposals were sent to Government for creation of a post of Addl. I.G.

of Police at Bangalore, subject to the over-all control and supervision of the

I.G. of Police. A copy of the Govt. Order is annexed to this Standing Order.

The following units are placed by Govt. under the charge of Addl.

Inspector General of Police:-

486

(1)Corps of Detectives.

(2)Forest Squads & Cell.

(3)Food Cell.

(4)Civil Rights Enforcement Cell.

(5)Finger Print Bureau

(6)Computer Wing.

10. The Government have further directed that the post of D.I.G., C.I.D.

should be kept vacant.

11. The appointment of an Addl. I.G of Police has necessitated the

distribution of work and spelling out the chain of supervision. The following

instructions are therefore, issued to cover the functioning of the Units under

the Control of the Addl. I.G. of Police.

12. Re-Distribution of Units

Consequent on the creation of the post of Addl. I.G. of Police, the

work is distributed as follows:

D.I.G., C.I.D. will be in charge of –

i) Corps of Detectives.

ii) C.I.B. including Photographic Section, D.I.G. (Forest) will be incharge of –

i. Food Cell

ii. C.R.E. Cell

iii. Forest Cell

iv. F.P.B.

v. Computer Wing

vi. Prohibition Intelligence Branch.

487

13. Pending filling up the post of D.I.G., C.I.D. the work of the Corps

of Detectives and C.I.B. will be directly supervised by the Addl. I.G. of

Police.

14. The D.I.G. (Forest) who was hitherto incharge of Forest Squads

and Forest Cell, will in addition, supervise the work of Food Cell, C.R.E.

Cell, Computer Wing, F.P.B. and Prohibition Intelligence Branch. He will

be under the overall administrative control of the Addl. I.G.P.

15. Duties and powers of the Addl. I.G. of Police

The Addl. I.G. of Police will have State-wide jurisdiction in his field

work pertaining to the above mentioned Units. He will have powers of a

major head of Department as defined under rule 8(21) of the Karnataka Civil

Services Rules. He will, however, as directed by Government, be subject to

the over-all control and supervision of the I.G.P. who is the head of the

Police Department.

16. Inspections.

The Addl. I.G. of Police will inspect the working of the Units under

him and in the State in conformity with the prescribed procedure and

practice. His monthly tour programme should be communicated to the I.G.

of Police, D.Is.G and Supdts. of Police under him and other Officers

concerned.

488

17. Circulars and Orders

He may issue such circular orders as is necessary for effective

administrative of the Units under him as do not contravene any orders in

force issue by higher authorities.

489


Creation of Temporary Post of Additional Inspector General of Police

Preamble:

In G.O.No. HD PEC 221 72, dated 15-12-1972, sanction was

accorded to the creation of a Special Police Squad and Special Police Cell

for prevention of smuggling of Forest Produce, such as Sandalwood,

Rosewood, etc., under the supervision and control of an officer of the rank

of Deputy Inspector General of Police (Forest Cell). In view of the huge

revenue to the State exchequer from the forest produce, Government

consider that it necessary to have more effective supervision over the Special

Police Squads and Special Police Cell, created for the purpose and to give

timely guidance to them, so that the offences involving smuggling of forest

produce could be dealt with greatest firmness and speed as the present

circumstances demand.

Similarly, in G.O. No. HD 229 PEG 73, dated 15-4-74, sanction was

accorded to the creation of a Corps of Detectives consisting of four squads,

each under the supervision of Superintendent of Police, to deal with cases

coming under specific items of specialised crimes such as economic and

financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge

of both law and investigation, with a view to bring down new and

sophisticated offences which are often perpetrated with the help of modern

science and technology like of idols and antiques which are exported outside

the country, counterfeiting currency, etc., abduction of girls for immoral

purposes maiming of children for begging and other social offences;

Government intend to ensure more effective control and supervision in these

490

matters and therefore, Government consider that the Corps of Detectives

should be placed under an Officer of sufficiently high status who could

assume higher responsibility and render more effective guidance and take

decisions so that such offences could be handled with the firmness and speed

as the present circumstances demand.

Order No. GAD 92 SPS 75, Bangalore, Dated the 22nd September 1975

Taking all the above factors into consideration, Government are

pleased to sanction the creation of a temporary post of Additional Inspector

of Police at Bangalore in the scale of Rs.2250-125/2-2500 for a period of six

months from the date the post is filled up. The Additional Inspector General

of Police will be in charge of the following units.

1) Corps of Detectives.

2) Protection of Civil Rights.

3) Food Cell

4) Forest Cell (Headed by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Forest

Cell),

5) Finger Print Bureau

6) Computer Cell.

The Additional Inspector General of Police is declared as a major

Head of Department under Rule 8(21) of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules.

He will, however, be subject to the overall control and supervision of the

Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.

491

The expenditure on the creation of this post shall be debited to the

same Head of account from which the pay and allowances of the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, CID, are now being met. The Inspector General

of Police shall submit in due course for provision of additional funds if

necessary, under the same Head of account.

Government declare under rule 9 of the Indian Police Service (Pay)

Rules, 1954 that the post of Additional Inspector General of Police,

Bangalore, created in this Government Order is equivalent in status and

responsibilities to the post of Commandant General Home Guards and Ex-

Officio Director of Civil Defence, included in Schedule III-A to the said

Rules.

The post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID shall be kept

vacant will the continuance of the new post of Additional Inspector General

of Police Bangalore.

This issues with the concurrence of the Finance Department vide U.O.

No. JS/FD/6012/785, dated 18-9-75.

By order and in the name of the Governor of KarnatakaSd/- H.P. Dharanendranath

Under Secretary to GovernmentGeneral Administration Department

(Services-1)

492


No. CBI-96/73, Dated 11th October 1975

Duties and functions of the Public Relations Officer in the Police Department

The High powered committee on Police Training in India

recommended the creation of the post of a Public Relations Officer in the

Police Department who would also function as the Press Relation Officer.

This officer should be attached to the officer of the Inspector General of

Police. In consonance with the nature of work involved. Government in their

Order No. HD 131 PEG 73, dated 20-7-1974 sanctioned the creation of the

post of the Public Relations Officer in the Karnataka Police Department. An

Officer from the Department of information has now been posted as the

Public Relation Officer to this Department.

The Public Relations Officer will have his office of the Inspector

General of Police at No.2, Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore – 560 002 and

function under the Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police, Headquarters.

Functions of the Public Relations Officer

The Public Relation Officer (PRO) will mainly be responsible for

projecting correct information to the public about the Police as well as

refuting incorrect items of news appearing in the Press. He functions as an

intermediary between the department on the one hand and the Press and the

Public on the other. His duties will generally be the following.

1) The Public Relations Officer will be responsible for furnishing

daily information to the Press about matters of topical interest and in

493

projecting good work done by the Police and seeking through the Press

columns such help as is necessary for improving the investigative efficiency

of the Police.

2) He should keep close liaison with the members of the Press to

prevent false, incorrect and exaggerated versions being published such

exaggerated versions only appear when the Press are not properly briefed as

to the true facts of any particular case.

3) He should issue a Daily Press Note to all the newspaper

representatives containing material of crime, Law and Order situations,

Traffic matters etc. which have a bearing or the activities of the public. The

Monthly Press Conference at the Office of the Inspector General of Police

will be part of his responsibility.

4) He should also organise the dissemination of Police information

through the All India Radio as often as possible. The material should be such

as to be of interest to the General public and could in special cases include

arrest of wanted criminals, location of lost properties etc. The general public

should feel confident to approach the Police Officials at all levels for

rendering assistance.

5) He will organise publicity programmes like Exhibitions, Film-

shows, etc., regarding the work and activities of the Police. This is to

encourage better relationship between the public and the Members of this

department so that each may appreciate the difficulties of the other and solve

them by mutual understanding;

494

6) The Public Relations Officer will be a member of the Editorial

Board of the Karnataka Police Journal and assist in the publication of the

same by calling for articles etc;

7) He shall handle all references concerning the tour programmes of

Ministers and V.I.Ps requiring Police arrangements;

8) The Public Relations Officer in the Office of the Inspector General

of Police will receive all visitors who come to obtain relief or information.

The public Relations Officer after hearing them will contact the concerned

Gazetted Officer in-charge of the Sections and obtain such relief to the

visitors as possible without violating any rules on the subject. He should

receive such petitions as are given and ultimately follow them up to give an

endorsement to the petitioners. He should maintain a Register to indicate the

receipt of all such petitions, representations, prayer, complaints, etc. The

Receptionist at Chief Office will be under the control of the Public Relations

Officer to assist him in his duties;

9) The District and other Unit Officers should make full use of the

Public Relations Officer to publicise the Police activities in the District

particularly under the Head of welfare, good work done by policemen which

normally go unnoticed should be promptly brought to the notice of the

Public Relations Office for being given to the Press. It is only by such

frequent publicity being given useful work done by the police that in the

long run creates a better atmosphere between the public and the Police. The

Public Relations Officer will be available to camp in any district to organise

any such publicity campaign as the Unit Officers may require.

495


No. GNL.1/155/74, Dated 18th October 1975

Hand Book of Office Procedure Implementing the

Reference: 1. Standing Order No. 306-57 (No. GBIC 80-57) issuing instructions regarding Office procedure in Chief Office.

2. Govt. Circulars No. GAD 3 TOM 70 dated 5-2-71 and 1-3-71 ordering to bring the Revised Hand Book of Office Procedure into operation with effect from 1-4-71.

3. Chief Office memo of even number dated 7-4-75 implementing the office procedure with effect from

1-4-75.

Detailed instructions were issued laying down the procedure to be

followed in the Chief Office in Standing Order No.306-57 referred to at

Sl.No.1 above.

2. Government brought out a revised hand book of Office

procedure in December 70 and desired that the provisions contained therein

should be introduced with effect from 1-4-1974. In pursuance thereof

instructions were issued in this office Circular No. Genl. 1/23/71 dated 4-5-

71 to introduce the procedure laid down in the Hand Book in full with effect

from 1-6-71. While some of the Unit officers reported compliance, some

others expressed some practical difficulties in introducing the revised

procedure mainly for want of new Forms, registers etc prescribed in the

Hand Book. These difficulties have since been removed with the supply of

Forms and Registers by the Director, Printing and Stationery, Bangalore. In

case any of the Unit Officers are in short supply or non-supply of these

registers and Forms, they may arrange to obtain the same from the Director,

496

Printing and Stationary and if there is no stock, they may be opened and

maintained in manuscript form.

3. Following are the salient features of the revised Office

Procedure.

(i) Form 9 of Hand Book prescribes that the Head of each Office

(Viz: Manager/Headquarters Assistants in this Department) shall maintain

an Office order Book in which shall be recorded all orders concerning each

person working in the office and his duties and responsibilities. For this

purpose, an Organization Chart of the Office be prepared and the duties and

responsibilities of each Official defined through a work distribution memo.

Para 10 of the Hand Book contemplates the Heads of Departments to

prescribe an exhaustive list of trilateral index letters for use in their

respective Departments to achieve uniformity in all the offices of the

department. Following shall be the index letters for use in this department.

1. ADM…………Administration

2. BUD………….Budget

3. EST…………...Establishment

4. FOR…………..Forest

5. MSC………….Miscellaneous

6. POL…………..Police

7. CC……………Camp Current

8. CB……………Confidential Branch

9. PR……………..Punishment Roll

10.DE……………..Departmental Enquiry

497

11.APL……………Appeal

12.RAP……………Revision Appeal Enquiry

13.LC……………..Leave Current

14.CRM…………..Crime

15.BLD…………...Building

16.RLN……………Re-allocation (Re-organisation)

17.STS-I…………..Stores I (Clothing & Equipment)

18.STS-II………….Stationery and other Stores

19.RDS……………Records

20.LAW…………...Law

21.ACT……………Accounts

22.ASQ……………Audit Squad

23.FDS…………….Funds

24.PEN……………Pension

25.LSC……………Law Section Circular

26.SMS…………..Statistics and Miscellaneous

27.GNL…………..General

28.TSC……………Top Secret Current

29.AMD…………..Amad (Receipts)

30.DES……………Despatch

4. Movement of Tappal:

All the tappals received in the office shall be put up to the

Headquarters Assistant/Manager. He shall sort out all the name covers,

Govt. tappal, Secret and Confidential Letters meant for officers and letters

received from superior Officers and send them to the concerned. The

remaining tappal received from subordinate Officers and Officers of

498

equivalent ranks by designation shall be opened in his presence by the

Attender/Dalayat and date stamped. He shall go through them, mark them to

the concerned sections with his initials and pass on to the receipts (Amad)

Section, where it shall be registered.

5. All papers received in the Office shall without exception be

registered in the General Receipt Register (Form I) on the same day, except

confidential or secret letters which shall be passed on directly by the

Headquarters Assistant/Manager to the Confidential/Secret Branch where it

shall be registered. As soon as possible, the action to be taken may be

indicated briefly by the Headquarters, Asst/Manager/Section Superintendent

in important cases and time limits fixed in urgent cases.

6. Special Registers:-

The Special Registers to be maintained in Police Department other

than Financial and Registers common to all Departments are contained in

Volumes I and II of the Karnataka Police Manual and the proforma in which

they are to be maintained are laid down in Volume III of the Manual.

7. Periodical Register

The Manager/Gazetted Headquarters Assistant in each Office shall

maintain a periodical register in Form II of the Hand Book of Office

procedure. One page may be allotted for returns from each Section. Only the

date of despatch of each return shall be noted in the respective column by

the concerned case worker.

499

A list of periodical Returns to be submitted to this Office from the

subordinate offices in the Department is being prepared and will be issued

separately. Meanwhile, the periodicals now prescribed may be continued to

be submitted to this office.

8. Opening of Registers

All Registers except Crime Registers repeat except Crime Registers

(which should be maintained from 1st Jan to 31st December) shall be opened

from the first of April. The cases pending at the end of the year shall be

brought forward to the new Register.

9. Numbering of Cases

Each file (case) shall be numbered with the Index letter followed by

the current (Cases) Register Sl.No. and Dist. Letter Nos. and year. For e.g.,

(1) A Crime file of Bidar Dist. shall be numbered in Crime Section of Chief

Office as CRM. 12 BDR/75 where CRM denotes Crime. 12 Sl. No. in the

current (Case) Register, BDR refers to Bidar District and 75 year of opening

of the file (2) Similarly an Appeal case file of South Kanara District shall be

numbered as APL 30 SK/75-76. Note (1) it is seen that a Crime file is given

calendar year viz: “75” whereas Appeal and all other files should be given

financial year viz: 75-76 etc., (2 The District letters are not necessary in

District and Unit Offices which deal with only that District/Unit/Papers:

Viz: (1) CRM/12/75

(2) APL/30/75-76

500

In respect of periodicals and other references which originate from

Chief Office and do not pertain to any District/Unit it is sufficient if only the

Index letters followed by Sl.No. in the case register and year are given.

10. Monthly Arrears List by Cases

At the beginning of the month each case worker shall prepare an

arrears list of pending cases in Form IV of the Hand Book which shall be

consolidated in respect of each section by the Head of the Section who

should put up to the Manager/Gazetted Headquarters Assistant for scrutiny

and submission with his remarks to the District/Unit Offices or before 10 th of

the subsequent month.

11. Manner of Handling Office work

No paper received by the case worker shall remain unattended for

more than five days. Papers marked “To-day” and “Immediate” must be

worked up the same day and those Marked “Urgent” within two days. The

heads of Sections, Branches and Offices are required to attend the papers

sent to them the same day as far as possible.

The case workers should arrange the files in five bundies as follows:-

(1)Cases pending disposal

(2)Await Files

(3)Periodicals

(4)Circular Files and

(5)Papers to go to the Record Room

In each bundle, the files should be arranged according to Sl.Nos. year

wise, thus ensuring that the oldest case is always at the top of the bundle.

501

12. Circular Files

Each section should maintain a Circular File in which copies of all the

orders, Circulars and Official Memoranda issued by the Government and

Head of the Department are arranged chronologically. At the end of each

year they shall be page numbered, indexed, got stitched, bound and retained

for reference in the Section.

13. Current File and its Arrangement

The current file consists of two parts, the correspondence file and the

note file. The note file should be attached to the top-sheet of the file cover

and the correspondence file to the bottom sheet of the file cover. Both of

them should not be tagged together. On the top-sheet of both the note file

and the correspondence file the number of the case and the subject shall be

indicated in brief.

The papers in the correspondence file shall be arranged date-wise

from bottom to top (the earliest at the bottom and the latest at the top) so as

to give an idea of the latest position of the case immediately a file is opened.

The present system of maintaining current files in book form with the latest

reference at the bottom and oldest at the top shall be discontinued. Page

numbers shall be given accordingly from the bottom to top in the order in

which they are to be read.

The pages of both the correspondence file and the Note File should be

serially numbered. The paragraphs in the Note file shall also be serially

numbered. Pinning of flags from a different office (as in appeal cases) or a

linked file and has to be returned or forwarded to another office instead,

502

reference to the page numbers included in the correspondence file shall

invariably be noted in the margin of the Note Sheet of the current file in

pencil for ready reference. Similarly the para numbers may be referred to in

note file as Note para ante para…onwards etc.

While drafting a letter the subject matter should be commenced

straight away without using independent phrases like “With reference to the

above, I write to state etc.,” which is an out moded form of correspondence.

14. Disposals:

The categories of cases which shall be assigned to the different types

of disposals in the Police Department will be communicated separately.

15. Fair Copying and Despatch:-

The Head of the Clearance Section shall maintain Fair Copying

Register in Form VII of the Hand Book. At the end of the day he shall put up

the Register with an abstract of (1) No. of papers pending at the

commencement of the day (2) No. received during the day (3) Total (of Cols

1 and 2) (4) Number Disposed (typed) and (5) No. pending, to the Gazetted

Headquarters/Assistant/Manager.

The Despatcher shall maintain a Despatch Register in Form VIII of

the Hand Book in which all papers sent by post whether ordinary or

registered shall be entered. This Despacher shall maintain a stamp register in

Form IX. The local delivery tappal book shall be in Form X.

503

16. Recording and Indexing:-

The case worker shall prepare an index before a file is handed over to

the Record Keeper so that the file is easily traceable after some years.

The Record Keeper shall maintain a Record Register in Form XI of

the Hand Book separately for each year.

Any case worker requiring in old file from the Record Room for

reference shall give a “Requisition Slip” in Form XII to the Record Keeper.

The Record Keeper shall maintain a Record Issue Register in Form XIII.

17. Inspections:-

The Head of each section should conduct a detailed monthly

inspection of the seats under him. The Head of the office (Gazetted

Headquarters Assistant/Manager) shall once in a year inspect the different

sections of the office and review the monthly arrears list.

18. Attendance:-

Every member of the staff shall attend the office punctually. The Head

of office, Branches and Sections shall set an example others by attending

office regularly at the prescribed hours.

An Attendance Register shall be maintained in Form XIV for each

office in which every member of the staff shall mark attendance. The

Attendance Register along with causal leave applications and late attendance

register shall be placed before the Head of the Office every day fifteen

minutes after the start of office hours.

504

19. Causal Leave:-

Every office shall maintain an account of casual leave in Form XV.

20. Furniture:-

Every office shall maintain Form XVI of the Hand Book of Office

procedure, a register of Furniture and other Dead stock articles. The Head of

Office, if he is a Gazetted Officer or any other Gazetted Officer nominated

for the purpose shall make physical verification of these articles and record a

certificate to the effect in the Register, during the month of April every year.

21. Register of Books and Periodicals:-

A Register of Books and periodicals shall be maintained in Form

XVII and Library issue Register in Form XVIII.

22. The above procedure is meant mainly for District Police Offices

and Chief Office. In smaller offices like Office of S.D.P.Os and Dy. Insprs.

Genl. of Police Offices where the strength is relatively small, the procedure

may be adopted with suitable modifications according to strength of the

Ministerial Staff and requirements of the office.

23. With the issue of this Standing Order, paras 17, 28 to 32, 39, 40

and the last sentence of Para 48 of Standing Order 306-57 stand deleted.

24. All the District/Unit Officers shall bring into force the above

office procedure in full with immediate effect and report compliance on or

before 31-10-1975.

505

STANDING ORDER NO.679No. 4/RNL-4/75-76, Dated 24th October 1975

The Karnataka State Police Dog Squads

Government were pleased to accord sanction, in G.O. No. HD 70 PEG

68, dated 17-5-1968 to the proposals of the Inspector General of Police of

Police for raising a Dog Squad, for the first time for detecting crimes in this

State. The Dog Squad is stationed in Bangalore City and has been attached

to the City Armed Reserve. It has been mainly attending to calls from

Bangalore and the nearby districts.

2. With a view to have more Dog Squads for being made readily

available to all the District Police, proposals were sent for organizing Dog

Squads in the other three Range Head Quarters viz Mysore, Belgaum and

Gulbarga. The Government have accorded sanction to the creation of these

three additional Dog Squads in G.O.No. HD 43 PEG 74, dated 31-7-1975

and to their stationing at Mysore, Belgaum and Gulbarga.

Organisation of the Dog Squads:

a) Sphere of Duty:

3. The Dog Squad at Bangalore City will attend to the calls from

Bangalore City Police and the District Police of the Central Range District

viz. Bangalore, Tumkur, Kolar, KGF, Shimoga and Chitradurga.

4. The Dog Squad at Mysore will attend to calls from the District

Police of the Southern Range Districts viz., Mysore, South Kanara, Coorg,

Chickmagalur, Hassan and Mandya.

506

5. The Dog Squad at Belgaum will attend to calls from the District

Police of the Northern Range Districts viz., Belgaum, Dharwar, Bijapur and

North Kanara.

6. The Dog Squad at Gulbarga will attend to calls from the District

Police of the North Eastern Range District viz., Gulbarga, Bellary, Raichur

and Bidar.

b) Supervision and Control:-

7. The Dog Squads will be in-charge of the Sub Inspector attached to

them.

8. The Dog Squad at Bangalore will form a part of the City Armed

Reserve and will function under the direct supervision of the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under the

administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.

9. The Dog Squad at Mysore will form a part of the District Armed

Reserve, Mysore will function under the direct supervision of the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under the

administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.

10. The Dog Squad at Belgaum will form a part of the District Armed

Reserve, Belgaum and will function under the Direct supervision of the

Superintendent of Police, Belgaum and under the administrative control of

the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range, Belgaum.

507

11. The Dog Squad at Gulbarga will form part of the District Armed

Reserve, Gulbarga and will function under the direct supervision of the

Superintendent of Police, Gulbarga and the administrative control of the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern Range, Gulbarga.

c) Strength:-

12. Each of the Dog Squads at Bangalore City, Mysore, Belgaum and

Gulbarga will consist of six Police Dogs and a staff of one Sub Inspector,

two head constables, six constable Handlers, one constable driver, one

constable cleaner and two class IV servants (one cook/one sweeper).

Purchase of Police Dogs:

13. The Dogs required for all the Dog Squads will be purchased by the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City and all the grants on this account

should be placed at the disposal of the Commissioner.

14. The Commissioner of Police will ensure that the dogs selected are

from the recognized breeds used for Police work. The Alsatian, Doberman

Pinscher and Labradors are best suited for Police purposes.

15. The dogs selected should be through bred and with a good

pedigree of Police work.

16. Crossbreeds and indigenous breeds should be rejected.

17. The dogs should be got examined by a qualified veterinarian and

its fitness got certified.

508

Note:-Any pup offered as gift to the Police Dog Squad should not be

accepted without the prior approval of the Inspector General of Police.

Selection of Personnel:

18. A proper selection of personnel for the Dog Squads is very

essential. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum,

Gulbarga/Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore and the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga/Commissioner of

Police, Bangalore City will pay personal attention to this to ensure that only

suitable persons are selected for the Dog Squads.

19. The selection of personnel for the Dog Squads will be by direct

recruitment or by transfer as indicated below:-

Category:

Sub-Inspector

(a) By transfer from the cadre of R.S.Is

(b)by promotion of Head Constable from the Dog Squad with a

minimum of 5 years service as Head Constables and 3 years service in

the Dog Squad;

(c) by direct recruitment (along with recruitment of R.S.Is) of candidates

with special knowledge/qualifications/aptitude for handling dogs;

Head Constable

(a) by transfer from the cadre of Armed Head Constables;

509

(b) by direct recruitment(along with recruitment of Armed Police

Constables) of candidates with special knowledge/qualifications/aptitude

for handling dogs.

Police Constable Driver.

(a) by transfer from the M.T Section of the District Armed Reserve.

Class IV Servants (Cook/sweeper)

(a) by direct recruitment, by the Superintendent of Police/Dy.

Commissioner of Police, CAR as per normal rules (vide Appendix-‘A’)

Training of Dogs and Handlers:

20. The initial training of Police dogs and the handlers will be

centrally done at the Bangalore City. A separate Training Centre for the

training of Police Dogs and handlers, will be organised at the City Armed

Reserve Headquarters, Bangalore City under the direct supervision of the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under

the administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.

21. The training of the dogs and their handlers will be done initially be

the Inspector of Police/Sub-Inspector of Police in-charge of the Police Dog

Squad attached to the City Armed Reserve, Bangalore.

22. The Commissioner of Police Bangalore city, will arrage to provide

the necessary facilities for the Handlers/Dogs under training at the Training

Centre, and ensure that they are given proper initial training by the Inspector

510

in-charge of the Training Centre. The Initial training will be for a period of 6

months. As per the syllabus in Appendix-B’.

23. At the end of the initial training, the Dogs and their handlers

should be tested thoroughly by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City

Armed Reserve, Bangalore, to assess whether they have satisfactorily

completed the course or otherwise. The period of training should be

extended where necessary.

24. The Handlers and the Police Dogs, after their successful training

at the centre should be sent to the respective Range Headquarters.

25. The Sub-Inspector in charge of the Dog Squads will continue

further training of the Dogs/Handlers at their headquarters. The training will

be as per the weekly programme detailed in Appendix-C. The

Superintendents of Police Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga/the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore. Will ensure

proper training and watch the progress.

Feeding Health and Care of Dogs

26. The Sub-Inspector in-charge will see that the dogs are properly

and regularly fed as per the advice of the Veterinary Officer. The normal

feeding chart of the Police Dogs will bed as per Appendix-D. He will ensure

that the dogs are well looked after by the handlers and Veterinary Officer is

consulted promptly whenever necessary.

511

Duty of Dog Squad

27. The Dog Squads must be in a position to rush dogs and handlers

to scenes of crime at short notice. To achieve prompt dispatch of dogs, the

Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR should

provide suitable nearby accommodation to handlers and arrange proper

shifts amongst the Dog Squad staff.

28. The duties of various members of the Dog Squad are detailed in

Appendix-E. The Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioner of

Police, Car will closely supervise their working to ensure efficient

functioning of the Dog Squad.

Requisitioning of the Police Dogs

29. The Services of the Police Dogs will be made available to the

Investigating Officers/Supervisory Officers (of and above the rank of

Inspectors only). On requisition for their services by Wireless Telegram or

Telephone.

30. The requisitions should be addressed to the Superintendents of

Police, Mysore/Belgaum/Gulbarga, by the Officers of the respective Ranges.

31. The requisitions by the Bangalore City Police and Officers of

Central Range districts should be addressed to the Deputy Commissioner of

Police. CAR, Bangalore.

512

32. The requisition should indicate the place, date and time of crime,

nature of case in brief and nearest convenient route from HQ of Dog Squad

to the scene of crime.

33. The following points should be borne in mind by the officer

requisitioning the Dog Squad-

a) the requisition for Dog Squad should be made only in grive and

important cases.

b) There is no point in making requisitions where the scene of crime has

been disturbed;

c) Heavy rains wash out the scent and in such cases, dogs should not be

asked for;

d) A crime which is purely local in character officers better chances of

successful use of Police Dogs than a crime which is committed by an

outside criminal;

e) If the Officer decides to call for the dogs, on visiting the scene of

offence, he should first ensure that the scene of offence is not

disturbed;

f) Requisitions for Dog Squad must be made on Top Priority basis,

either by W/T telegram or Telephone, and should be made only when

there are reasonable chances of Police dogs reaching the scene of

crime within 48 hours of the occurrence. This is the maximum limit,

as the dogs will not be useful thereafter,

Despatch of Dog Squad

34. On receipt of requisition for Dog Squad, the Superintendent of

Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police or in his absence the next senior

officer should promptly arrange to send the Dog Squad in a vehicle to the

scene of occurrence.

513

35. Intimation should be sent to the Officer requisitioning the dog

squad by wireless/telegram/or telephone regarding the dispatch or telephone

regarding the dispatch or otherwise of the Dog Squad.

36. The exact time of sending the requisition, its receipt intimation to

Dog Squad, departure of Dog Squad, should be not by all officers concerned.

Duties on Arrival of Dog Squad:

At Scene of Offence

37. The Dog Squad should be taken to the scene of Crime without

loss of time, and the Investigating Officer will remain present throughout the

dog’s performance. The Investigating Officer should think out and pursue all

lines of investigation to be followed by the Dog to ensure success.

38. It should be noted that the work done by the Police Dog cannot

be the subject of evidence in a criminal trial. There is no means of physically

verifying that the scent on an incriminating object is identical with that of

the criminal. The Investigating Officer can, therefore, at best use the results

given by Police dogs as if they are information given by informants on the

basis of which he has to collect independent and admissible evidence.

39. If any suspect offers to establish his innocence by showing himself

to the Dog taking scent from the scene of crime, such an offer should not be

entertained. It is quite possible that suspects scent has been obliterated by

scent of others and the dog is, therefore, unable to pick up his scent and

consequently unable to point him out. The innocence or guilt of a suspect is

always to be determined by independent evidence.

514

40. The Dog Squad should be returned immediately when its work is

over. Before its return, the Investigating Officer should write his report on

the usefulness or otherwise of the dogs in the particular case, and hand over

the report to the in-charge of Police dogs. If any clues are obtained by the

use of dogs, the same should be mentioned in detail. If the dogs. Were not

used or they could not obtained any clues, it should be clearly mentioned so,

with reasons thereof. This should be done on the spot before returning the

Dog Squad.

Duty of Dog Squad On Return to HQ.

41. The particulars furnished in the report of the Investigating Officer,

should be entered into the Call Register of the Dog Squad, and the report

with the Register should be put up for perusal of the Superintendent of

Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR.

42. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum Gulbarga and

the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR Bangalore will prepare a monthly

Statement of calls as per the Call Register and send it to the Range Deputy

Inspector General of Police/ Commissioner of Police, by the 10 th of the

following month.

43. The return should be scrutinized thoroughly by the Deputy

Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police, and suitable

instructions should be issued for better functioning of the Dog Squad and its

proper use by Investigating Officers.

515

44. The Police dogs may be deployed for patrolling in Crime affected

areas, if considered necessary, by the Commissioner of Police/Deputy

Inspector General of Police.

Records

45. The records and registers to be maintained in the Dog Squad

Office are detailed in Appendix – ‘F’. The in-charge of the Dog Squad will

personally ensure that they are maintained up-to-date.

Kennel Equipment

46. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga and

the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore will take steps to

purchase all the equipments required for the Kennels. The list of equipments

to be maintained at the kennels will be as per Appendix – ‘G'.

47. The Sub-Inspector in-charge of the Dog Squad will see that these

equipments are accounted for the maintained properly. He will promptly

approach the Superintendents of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police,

CAR, whenever replacements and additional purchases are required.

Inspections

48. The Inspector in-charge of the Training Centre for Police Dogs

and Handlers at Bangalore will inspect all the Dog Squads, once in six

months. The Inspector will apprise the Superintendents of Police/ Deputy

516

Commissioner of Police, CAR about the training and standard of the Dogs

and Handlers.

49. The Superintendents of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police

should hold regular inspection of the Dog Squad along with other units of

the Districts Armed Reserve once in every year.

50. The Commissioner of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police

will also inspect the Dog Squad during his inspection of the City Armed

Reserve/ District Armed Reserve Head Quarters.

517

APPENDIX-‘A’Selection of the Personnel of the Dog Squad : Method and Qualification, etc.

Sl. No Category of posts Method of Recruitment Minimum qualification

and period of probationAppointing authority

Dog Squad1. Sub-Inspector

Dog Squad50% by direct recruitment and 50% by promotion from the category of Head Constables of the Dog Squad.

Method of selection:

Direct: As in the case of the R.S.Is

By promotion:

On the basis of seniority – cum-merit from the Head Constables working in the Dog Squad

For direct Recruitment

Age limit/ physical standards: as in the case of Reserve Sub-Inspector

Qualifications:

The candidate must have passed Intermediate or Pre-University Course or any equivalent examination.

He should be able to read & write Kannada. Special Knowledge/ Qualifications/ and aptitude or experience or handling dogs

Training:12 months training in KSRP as prescribed for RSIs. 6 months training at the Training Centre for Dogs/ Handlers. After full training will be placed in independent charge of Dog Squad.

Deputy Inspector Genl./

Commissioner

518

Probation: As for the RSIs

For promotion:Should have served as Head Constable for a period of 5 years and a minimum of 3 years Service in the Dog Squad as Head Constables.

2. Head Constables Dog Squad.

By promotion from the category of Armed Police Constables serving in the Dog Squad as Handlers. On the basis on seniority-cum-merit.

For promotion:

Should have served as Armed Police Constable for a minimum period of 7 years and should have worked as Handler in the Dog Squad for a minimum period of 3 years.

Superintendent/ Deputy Commissioner City Armed Reserve.

3. Constables Dog Squad (Handlers)

By direct recruitment by selection

As in the case of Armed Police Constables.

Age limit/physical standards : As for Armed Constables

Educational Qualification:VIII StandardSpecial Knowledge/Qualifications/ or aptitude and experience of handling dogs.

Superintendent/ Deputy Commissioner City Armed Reserve.

NOTE:- 1) PC Driver & PC Cleaner of Dog Squad will be filled up by transfer from MT Section of the DAR/CAR concerned.

2) Class IV servants (cook/sweeper) of Dog Squad will be filled up by Superintendent/ Deputy Commissioner CAP as per normal rules of recruitment of Class IV servants.

519

APPENDIX – ‘B’

Syllabus for the Training of Police Dogs

1) To heel (with leash) Two weeks

2) To heel (without leash) One week

3) Toa) Speakb) Sitc) Stayd) Downe) Upf) Hand g) Backh) Fetchi) Seizej) Sleepk) Over

Six weeks

4) To-a) Chaseb) Catchc) Seek

Three weeks

5) Tracking workFour weeks + one

6) Guarding work –i) Handlerii) Propertyiii) Persons

Two weeks + one

7) Identification of persons and property by smell parade etc. obstacles and rescue from water

Two weeks

8) Intensive trainingTwo weeks

Note:- Modification in the period of the training to be adopted according to the conditions of the Dog’s health, aptitude and the climate.

520

APPENDIX – ‘C’

Weekly Training Programme of Police Dogs Training.

Day SubjectType of

Trg;Place

Monday P.T. (running with Dog)

Basic obedience and tracking

Grooming

Guarding/refusal of food

Theory (work of command)

Basic obedience & Searching Identification

Grooming


Prac

“

“

“

Class

Prac

“

“

Trg. ground

“

“

“

Lec. Hall

Trg. ground

“

“

Tuesday P.T. (running with Dog)


Grooming


Theory (sword of command)


Grooming


Prac

“

“

“

Class

Prac

“

“

Trg. ground

“

“

“

Lec. Hall

Trg. ground

“

“

Wednesda

y

P.T. (running with Dog) Prac Trg. ground

521


Grooming




Grooming


“

“

Class

Prac

Class

Prac

“

“

“

Lec. Hall

Trg. ground

Lec. Hall

Trg. ground

“

Thursday P.T. (running with Dog)


Grooming




Grooming


Prac

“

“

“

“

Prac

“

“

Trg. ground

“

“

“

“

Trg. ground

“

“

Friday P.T. (running with Dog)


Grooming




Grooming


Prac

“

“

Class

“

Prac

“

“

Trg. ground

“

“

Lec. Hall

“

Trg. ground

“

“

Saturday P.T. (running with Dog)


Prac

“

Trg. ground

“

522

Grooming




Grooming


“

Class

“

Prac

“

“

“

Lec. Hall

“

Trg. ground

“

“

523

APPENDIX – ‘D’Feeding – Chart

1) Diet schedule for young dogs

1) Meet 500 gms

2) Milk ½ litre (Baby food as an

alternate)

3) Egg one

4) Rice 200 gms

5) Porridge 200 gms

(Ragi, Soji, and Saigo, curshed corm per day

6) Shark Liver Oil 10 Ml daily

7) Calcium syrup with

Multivitamins

8) Boiled vegetables 100 gms

2. For dogs over 6 months (adults)

1) Meet 1 Kg

2) Milk ½ litre

3) Egg one

4) Rice 200 gms

5) Porridge 200 gms per day

6) Shark Liver Oil 10 Ml daily

7) Boiled vegetables 100 gms

8) Calcium tablets 2 ½ day

9) Liver (twice a week) 200 gms

524

The computed ration can be proportionately reduced or increased

according to body weight and paltability.

3) For out door work and during ailment

The ideal diet in the absence of the recommended schedule should be

as follows:

i) Milk or baby food, Horlicks or Bournvita

ii) Bread

iii) Glucose.

Note:- This diet schedule be modified according to the opinion of the

Veterinary Doctor, and permission of Dy. Inspector General of Police/

Commissioner of Police.

525

APPENDIX-‘E’

The duties of various members of the dog squads will be as under:-

Sub-Inspector in-charge of the Dogs Squad

1) He should personally supervise the work and conduct of all the

dogs personally every day and ensure highest efficiency.

2) He should daily inspect kennels, kitchen, vessels, training

equipments etc to ensure high standard of cleanliness.

3) He should scrutinize all receipts and issue of stores, meat, milk,

eggs medicines etc.

4) He should maintain records and registers up-to date.

5) Will be responsible for the welfare and good health of all the dogs

in the squad and it will be his duty to ensure prompt medical

attention to any dog which is sick.

6) He should keep superior officers promptly informed of any

irregularity, accident or any incident involving any dog or member

of the personnel of his Squad.

7) As for as possible he should accompany the dog and the handler to

a scene of crime.

526

8) He should attend the Dog Squad Office regularly as per the timings

fixed by his superiors.

Duties of Head Constables of the Dog Squad:

1) The Head Constable should assist the Sub-Inspr. In the

performance of the duties.

2) The Head Constable should maintain and assist the Sub-Inspector

in the maintenance of records, and close control over the handlear

and kennel boys.

3) In the absence of the Sub-Inspector, the senior Head Constable will

look after the work of the Sub-Inspector.

Duties of Handlers (Constables):

1) They should adhere to training details and technique.

2) They should ensure that the kennels and kitchens are kept

spotlessly clean and that Dog’s Food is prepared carefully and

hygienically by the cook.

3) They should feed, bate, groom and maintain their respective dogs

personally.

4) They should immediately report to the Sub-Inspector any

indisposition, accident, sickness or injury to the Dogs so that the

S.I. could take prompt steps to secure medical attention. They

527

should personally attend sick dogs whether in the Kennel or

veterinary hospital and scrupulously follow medical advice.

5) They should develop friendship with one or two dogs of the Squad

other than their own especially to look after them in the absence of

their regular handlers.

Duties of class 1V servants:

The cook/sweepers will perform the following duties regularly

1) They should clean dogs kennel regularly and maintain them

in perfect hygienic condition;

2) They are responsible for coking and preparing the food for

the dogs. They should maintain a high standard of cleanliness and

hygiene in the kitchen.

3) When detailed for night duty, they should sleep in a

convenient place close to the kennels and check the kennels and dogs

at suitable intervals during night.

APPENDIX-‘F’

List of Records to be Maintained by the Dogs Squads.

1. General Diary:- It should be maintained in the form prescribed for Station

diaries. It should be submitted daily to the authorities specified in Rule.

528

2. Nominal roll:- A nominal roll of all the dogs in the Squad should be

maintained in the following Pro-forma:-

Sl. No. Name of Dog Sex Date of birth K.C.I. Registration

Certificate No.1 2 3 4 5

3. Up-to-date List of Dogs:-

This list should be maintained in the same proforma as the one

prescribed for the nominal roll with the addition, however, of a column

showing the date and manner of death or disposal after the column of

showing the date of birth.

4. Call Register:-

All the calls received by the dog’s squad should be entered in this

register chronologically. The Register should be maintained in the following

proforma.

i) Call number

ii) Station. Crime Number and Section

iii) Name of complainant

iv) Date and time of the offence

v) Date and time of report

vi) Date and time of call for the Dog

vii) Date and time of Dogs departure

viii) Date and time of Dogs arrival at scene

529

ix) Property lost

x) Property recovered

xi) Name of Dog used

xii) Brief report of the action taken and part played by the

dog getting useful results.

5. Besides the general diary maintained for the dog unit each handler

must maintain personal diary in an identical manner during the course of

their training.

6. Following registers are to be maintained in the kennels:-

i) Medical Examination Register (to be filled in by the veterinary

Surgeon) )

ii) Bath Record Register )proforma

)attached

iii) Weight Record Register )

iv) Stool Examination Register

v) Visitor’s Book

vi) Dead Stock Register

vii) Library Register

viii) Cash Book

ix) Petty Supplies (Accounts) Register

i) Medical Examination Register

DOG ………………………… Breed …………………

530

Sl. No Date of Examination Weight Condition of

dog Remarks

1 2 3 4 5

ii) Bath Record Register

DOG ………………………… Breed …………………

Handler …………

Sl. No Date Swim Bath Remarks

1 2 3 4 5

iii) Weight Record Register

DOG ………………………… Breed …………………

Sl. No Date Weight Place of

Weightment Up Down Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

531

iv) Stool Examination Register

DOG ………………………… Breed …………………

Sl. No

Date & Time of taking specimen

Sent to vet on

Specimen taken by

Result & date Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6

532

APPENDIX-‘G’

EQUIPMENT

Equipment can broadly be divided into:-

a) Equipment for kennels

b) Equipment for training

c) Equipment for cleanliness.

(A) Kennel Equipment:

Each kennel must be provided with the following which is used for

the dog in that particular kennel while some other articles of kennel

equipment can be in common:-

i) Feeding Bowl:- This must be sufficiently large to hold main

meal and also wide enough on the top circumstances permit

the dog’s head entering the bowl do depth, while the base

should be sufficiently broad enough to keep the bowl steady

to prevent it from toppling over.

ii) A water bowl of a very similar type to the feeding bowl.

Both bowls must be non-corresive and restless metal.

iii) A hard bristle brush for grooming the dog.

iv) A soft brush for a final brush of dog after use of hard brush

and comb. A soft brush is only meant to give glossy look

and to even up the roughness on the coat.

533

v) Steel metal Comb.

vi) A Thermometer

vii) Dumbbell

viii) Muzzle

ix) Piece of Chambis leather

x) Canvas bag for carrying dogs training equipment etc.

xi) Carpet for covering the kennel board

xii) Bucket

xiii) Hard brush for cleaning kennel board

xiv) Utensils for cooking and one storing glass jar Utensils for

milk and mug

xv) Alluminimum cook spoon

xvi) Spoons, Teaspoon, table spoon, desert spoon (for measuring

calcium, medicines etc).

xvii) Stove

xviii) Large cannnister for storage of water

xix) Two dust-bins

xx) Meat cutting knife

xxi) Rubber tubing for tap for cleaning kennels

xxii) Four Glass jars for storing cotton wool, bandage etc,

xxiii) Flit pump

xxiv) Kidney tray

xxv) Scissors-Straight and curbed

xxvi) Nail cutter

xxvii) Corcodile Forceps

xxviii) Ear forceps.

534

(B)Equipment for training : Each handler must have the following:-

i) A steel choke chain

ii) A leather collar

iii) A leather lead

iv) A tracking harness. This can be eighter of leather of webbing and must be well adjusted suit size of the neck of the dog and the grid.

v) Tricking line with fastener at one end so that it can be inserted into tracking harness

vi) A pair of Gum boots for handler

vii) A pair of over-all for handlers

viii) A leather Jerkin for handler

ix) A leather arm protector for training dog for arrest work.

x) A set of adjustable hurdles.

xi) A scale jump. The frame-work should be of removal boards to adjust height. The use of this is to teach dogs to overcome obstacles over which they cannot jump.

xii) A fire-arm with blanks to teach dog how to tackle an armed criminal.

xiii) Any other type protective clothing that may be required or necessary.

(C) For General Cleanliness:

i) Dettol

ii) Bandage cloth

iii) Antiseptic Dressing powder

iv) Dusting powder for ectoparasites

v) Phenyl (for Kennel)

535

vi) Insecticide sprays doe mosquito control in the areas.


No. TSC. 194/75/76, Dated 12th November 1975

Police Radio Communication System in the Railways

* * * * *

1. At present Radio Communication System is not available for the

Railways. In Standing Order No, 672 detailed instructions have been issued

for the protection of VIPs. Who travel by train. As efficient communication

system is also required in the railways as a part o VIP security arrangement.

During normal times also it is required to check the movement of criminals

who commit thefts in running trains.

2. On receipt of the programme of VIPs traveling by train, the

Superintendents of Police, Railways, will co-ordinate with the

Superintendents of Police, Wireless. He should also get in touch with the

Superintendents of Police of the Districts through which the train passes and

intimate them about the provision of communication facility in that train.

The Superintendents of Police will alert their Control Room, VHF/HF

Stations on route and the hill features, so that prompt communication of

messages could be ensured. The plain clothes armed gun men and the escort

Officers who travel by train should maintain a close liaison with that

wireless staff for the proper communication of information during the

journey.

536

3. There are Eleven railway routes running through Karnataka State

which require VHF communication coverage whenever a VIP travels by

train. The routes are:-

Route No. 1- Bangalore-Miraj

Route No.2- Bangalore-Mysore

Route No. 3-Bangalore-Talaguppa

Route No. 4-Mysore-Arasikere

Route No. 5-Bangalore-Hindupur

Route No. 6-Hubli-Guntakal

Route No. 7-HUbli-Hotgi

Route No. 8-Guntakal-Hotgi

Route No. 9-Wadi-Vikarbad

Route No. 10-Vikarabad-Udgir

Route No.11-Bangalore-Bangarpet

4. These routes are already covered by District and Circle Headquarter

stations enroute. In case of possible communication gaps, temporary

stations. Such as SP/DSP mobiles should be installed for the duration of the

journey since such arrangements cannot be taken as a regular feature. The

hill-feature station, the existing District/Circle Headquarter Stations and the

names of places where the temporary stations should be opened on different

railways routes have been indicated in the enclosed Annexures. The

Superintendents of Police, Wireless will provide VHF equipment and staff

and make arrangements to install the station in the train by which the VIP

travels. The SRP will arrange to issue Railway Duty passes to the Wireless

staff traveling with the VIP excort.

537

5. On other occasions wireless coverage is found necessary in the

following routes:-

1. Bangalore-MiraJ

2. Guntakal-Hotgi

(Andhra) (Maharashtra)

6. Considering the incidence of Railway Crimes in these routes. Sp

Railway may arrange for VHF communication during peak traffic or when

incidence of crime is very heavy or for other special occasions. The staff

belonging to the Railway Police should man the equipment. The

Superintendents of Police, Railways will get sufficient number of PCs./HCs.

Of Railway Police trained at the Radio Grid for this purpose.

538

STADING ORDER NO. 681

No. 71/BLN-5/71, Dated 13th November 1975

Karnataka State Police Motor transport Duties of Officers

Ref: Karnataka Police Manual, Volume 11, Chapter X1V111

2. Standing Order No. 596 – Rules for the purchase, condemnation, maintenance, upkeep,

accounting and use of Motor Vehicles.`````````````````

* * * * *

PREAMBLE:

1. The Karnataka Police Motor Transport Oraganisation has received

a large number of vehicles of different types in the past few years increasing

the strength of the fleet to 1000 vehicles. The process of expansion is likely

to continue in the future also, to meet the changing social, political and

economic conditions. Due to the liberalized scales of allotment of vehicles,

more and more officers are required to hold charge of and supervise the

operation of motor transport. As the vehicles are necessarily dispersed in

small numbers all over the State, the efficiency of the transport organisation

depends primarily on the efficient performance of duties by the officers

responsible for motor transport.

2. There is a serious economic situation in the country and the

Government of Karnataka have repeatedly emphasized the necessity to avoid

unnecessary expenditure. One of the possible causes of avoidable loss to

539

Government is the indifferent use of Motor Transport resulting in expensive

and premature over hauls, short life and wastage of vehicles. These can be

avoided only by the constant care and supervision exercised by the Officers

responsible for Motor Transport.

3. To assist the Inspector General of Police instructive administration

of the Police transport system in the State. Government in their order No.

HD 37 PEI 72 dated 10/6/75 sanctioned the post of Superintendents of

Police for the Police Motor Transport Organisation and have filled up the

post in Superintendents of Police, MT will function directly under the


PART-1 Duties of Superintendents of Police, Motor Transport

4. Responsibilities of the Superintendents of Police Motor Transport

are as under:-

a) Act as Technical Advisor to the Inspector General of Police on all

matters concerning Motor vehicles.

b) Control and supervise the Police Motor Transport Workshop in the

State;

c) Ensure proper maintenance of all Police Vehicles including water

crafts;

540

d) Conduct periodical inspection of all motor vehicles, stores,

workshops and M.T. Sections;

e) Test drivers mechanics etc, about their technical knowledge and

proficiency and drew up training programmes;

f) Give technical advice to Superintendents and Unit Officers at

ensure efficient functioning of the Motor Transport system.

Duties on Technical Advisor

5. As technical advisor, the Superintendents of Police, Motor

Transport will periodically apprise the Inspector General of Police, about the

efficiency of Police Motor Transport in respect of economic operation,

serviceability, state of maintenance, purchases, repair, condemnation and

replacements, Proposals for the betterment of the transport organisation will

be submitted and implemented on being approved. For this purpose he will

call for the necessary periodical and occasional data as required from unit

officers and liaise with other concerned Government Departments and

Public Organisations. His objective will be to streamline the Organisation

with a view to ensure economy and efficiency.

6. He will take all measures to ensure that consumption of petrol and

diesel is economized. This will be done by carefully scrutinizing

consumption reports received from Unit Officers. The form in which the

report is submitted may be revised to obtain, more accurate information. The

541

Result of the scrutiny will be submitted monthly to the Inspector General of

Police.

7. It will be the responsibility of Superintendents of Police, MT to see

that proposals for Government sanction for reorganisation of the transport

organisation including staff, equipment and materials are initiated properly

and are progressed expeditiously. In doing so he will ensure that the views

of users of M.T and senior officers are ascertained and properly considered.

8. He will scrutinise all cases for sanction of expenditure on Motor

vehicles by the Inspector General of Police, submitted by Unit Officers and

provide appropriate and specific recommendations. He may call for

additional information on such cases if and when considered necessary.

9. Periodical directions of the Inspector General of Police regarding

Motor Transport will be processed by Supdt. of Police, M.T.

10. In consultation with Dy. Inspector General of Police (Training)

and Unit Officers holding large number of Vehicles and drivers, he will

organize and conduct the training of drivers, and technical personnel. He

may also conduct refresher cadres after obtaining the approval of Inspector

General of Police. Programmes will be compiled without disrupting normal

activities.

11. He will take suitable measures to introduce and establish proper

preventive maintenance of vehicles throughout the Police Motor Transport

Organisation. The aim of preventive maintenance is to reduce wear and tear

542

on the vehicles and to avoid costly repairs. All officers holding charge of

transport with suitable guidance in this matter.

12. Superintendents of Police MT will carryout periodical review of

the distribution of transport with due regard to workload. Availability of

vehicles, and incidence of duties and submit proposals for approval and

orders.

13. He will maintain statistics regarding availability of vehicles by

types, accidents, repairs state and man-power of the transport organisation.

14. He will guide unit officers in recruitment of staff as sanctioned by

Government from time to time strictly observing the rules for such

recruitment, and ensure that suitable staff is available to operate the vehicles.

15. Superintendents of Police, M.T initiate action for the purchase of

vehicles, when sanctioned by the Government after obtaining the approval of

the Inspector General of Police of Police on the type, specifications and

other particulars, subject to the procedure laid down by the Government

from time to time.

16. He will be responsible to draw up programme for repairs of

vehicles and utilize repair resources to the maximum extent.

17. Frequently there is a wide gap between the time a vehicle goes

permanently Office Road and the rime when a replacement is provided. It

will be the duty of the Superintendents of Police M.T to see that this gap is

543

reduced as mach as possible by taking timely action. Procedure for

condemnation of vehicles should be speeded up so that vehicles which are of

road do not deteriorate further in the garages and thus fetch low resale value.

Duties Regarding Workshop

18. Superintendents of Police M.T will be directly responsible for the

Police Motor Transport “workshops located at Bangalore and Belgaum

respectively”. He will exercise technical supervision, control and co-

ordination. Administration of these workshops will continue to be in charge

of the Dy. Commissioner of Police CAR, Bangalore and the Superintendents

of Police Belgaum, respectively until further orders.

19. Due to the expansion of the Motor Transport Organisation, staff,

equipment and buildings provided for the workshops have become

insufficient. Taking the future requirements in the consideration, these

resources have to be reorganized as early as possible. Superintendents of

Police M.T will prepare plans for reorganisation in stages, in consultation

with all concerned, and submit such proposals for the approval of Inspector

General of Police. Thereafter, appropriate cases will be put up for

Government sanction. Implementation of such proposals, when sanctioned

by te Government, will be done by Superintendents of Police M.T.

20. Pending Reorganisation, the existing resources of the work shops

will be organized in such a way as to ensure maximum output. Programme

of work will be prepared monthly for each work shops which will be

approved and controlled by Superintendents of Police M.T.

544

21. He will visit the work shops as required, to progress the work

being done and solve difficulties on the spot.

22. The work shop at Bangalore performs the functions of holding,

operating and administering the transport fleet on the one hand and

inspection repairs and maintenance on the other. These functions will be

bifurcated, so that there will be division of responsibility for administration

of vehicles and their inspection.

23. The work shop at Belgaum undertakes building of bodies on

newly purchases chassis to suit special Police requirements. As the out put

with existing resources is limited there is a considerable back log of work.

Superintendents of Police, M.T. will properly programme and organize the

project so that output is increased appreciably. Forecasting and indenting of

materials used for construction will be done sufficiently in advance to ensure

continuous flow of work.

24. Superintendents of Police, M.T. will ensure that continuous

technical training is given to the technical personnel employed in the work

shops. Suitable action should be taken to ensure that each key person who is

likely to leave the service on completion of tenure or any other reasons, is

provided with a helper who can understudy and take over the functions when

required.

25. Workshops will be made to carryout early detection and

rectification of defects so that these do not accumulate and result in major

545

repairs and serious damage to vehicles. Superintendents of Police, M.T. will

allot priorities of work to be undertaken and issue necessary instructions to

work shops for action.

26. Detailed technical instructions will be issued by Superintendents

of Police, M.T. as and when necessary to guide the work shops with regard

to various types of vehicles. For this purpose he will liaise with public and

private organisations specializing in repair and maintenance of motor

vehicles.

27. Superintendents of Police M.T will scrutinise the expenditure

incurred by work shops for repair and maintenance and the documents which

account for such expenditure. He will also see that purchases are made at

economic rates and of reliable quality.

Duties Regarding Maintenance of Vehicles

28. Superintendents of Police M.Y. will issue periodic instructions to

all concerned about the various types of maintenance to be carried out. He

will also organize surprise check of the maintenance of vehicles on road.

Duties Regarding Inspections

Superintendents of Police M.T. will carry out formal inspection of

maximum possible number of Police vehicles but not less than 75% during

an year. Inspection will include cleanliness, mechanical condition,

documentation, tools and driving efficiency.

546

30. He will also inspect the Motor Transport work shops once a year.

Inspection will cover the following items:-

a) Vehicles, held by the work shops;

b) Machinery, equipment, tools, fixtures and stores,

c) Petrol, diesel, lubricants and greases,

d) Accounts of stores, fuel and spare parts,

e) Vehicle documents,

f) Accounts of purchases and repairs done externally,

g) All other documents held by the work shops,

h) Proficiency of personnel,

31. Special inspections may be carried out by Superintendents of

Police M.T of any vehicle for the purpose of fixing responsibility for unfair

wear and tear, or if the consumption of fuel is shown to be high.

32. He may also inspect vehicles recommended for condemnation if

he considers it necessary to do so before he gives his recommendation to the

Inspector General of Police for sanction.

Duties Regarding Testing or Personnel

33. Superintendents of Police, M.T will conduct periodical tests of

drivers and technical personnel to maintain a high standard of proficiency in

the respective tasks. He may also conduct training and testing of drivers who

are newly recruit or who need refresher training.

Technical Advice to Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers.

547

34. Superintendents of Police M.T. will visit as many of the officers

holding vehicles as possible during tour and render guidance and advice on

the better utilisation of vehicles.

PART II- Duties of Superintendents of Police and

Unit Officers in charge of vehicles.

35. The life of a vehicle and its serviceability depend entirely on how

it is driven and looked after. Government vehicles must be treated in the

same way as a prudent person will treat his own private vehicle. It is the

responsibility of Officers holding charge of vehicles to see that this is done.

36. A responsible official not below the rank of ARSI may be detailed

to attend to the day to day control of vehicles who will be answerable to the

Officers in charge.

36A. Each vehicle will be put Office road once every week for

maintenance.

37. It will be ensured that vehicles are cleaned daily and oil levels,

water, battery and tyres are checked daily. Whenever vehicles are driven

through muddy areas, they will be cleaned thoroughly at the earliest

opportunity.

37A. New vehicles will be carefully driven during the running in

period specified for each type of vehicle and the initial maintenance and

change of oil should be done properly, as advised by the suppliers.

548

38. As far as possible, vehicles may be parked under cover.

39. The Officer in charge or a responsible person detailed by him will

inspect all vehicles once a month for cleanliness. Mechanical condition,

documentation and driving efficiency.

40. Defects, when detected, will be rectified immediately and not

allowed to accumulate and result in major repairs or even condemnation of

the vehicle.

41. Officers will not allow the vehicles to be used for unauthorized

purposes. They may, at their discretion, withdraw the vehicles from users

who display disregard for their proper use, or use them indiscriminately.

42. Accidents to or involving police vehicles will be reported to the

appropriate authorities without delay. Officers will ensure that such vehicles

are not got repaired through private work shops.

43. All concerned will make special efforts to ensure that

consumption of fuel is within the standard limits fixed for each vehicle.

43A. Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers will be please

ensure that the monthly return of Police Motor Vehicle is submitted

promptly and completely. Superintendents of Police M.T. will plan the

repair programme and fix priorities for the visits of the Motor Work shop

based on the information provided in these returns.

549

PART III Duties of Officers incharge of Police Motor

Transport Work shops.

44. The functions of Officers incharge of Motor Transport Workshops

may be broadly classified as under :-

a) Inspection

b) Maintenance

c) Repair

Inspection is the process of examining all aspects of a vehicle to see

if it is in the condition expected of it and to identify any defects which need

rectification. Maintenance is the process of performing all services which

enable the vehicle to be in good running condition. Repair is the process or

rectifying all that is wrong with the vehicles. Duties in respect of each of

these functions are explained in the succeeding paragraphs.

Inspection

45. Inspection of vehicles will be done on the following occasions;

a) Whenever a vehicle is newly purchases and taken into service; to

ascertain if it is in proper running conditions;

b) Whenever a vehicle is transferred from one user to another to fix

responsibility for the condition of the vehicle.

c) Once every quarter to check he general condition and to identify

defects if any for rectification;

550

d) Whenever a vehicle meets with an accident, to assess the damage

and prepare necessary estimates.

46. Inspection reports will be prepared in duplicate. One copy will be

presented to the officer in charge of the vehicle and one copy will be

retained in the workshop.

Maintenance

47. Maintenance is primarily the responsibility of the user. Workshop

is responsible to operate properly equipped maintenance station so that each

vehicle gets a through check up and service at specified periods.

Maintenance by the workshop also enables the driver to understand what

things are to be done and to carry out such of the tasks as are within his

capabilities, during daily and weekly maintenance.

48. Frequency of maintenance by the Workshop will be done in every

quarter, or when the vehicle has been driven for 1,600 Kms, whichever is

earlier. Workshops will prepare a monthly programme indicating the dates

on which vehicles dependent on it are to be maintained and inform the users

accordingly. These programme may be modified to accommodate vehicles

which reach the prescribed limits earlier otherwise it will be strictly

followed.

49. Tasks to be carried out during maintenance are given below.

551

a) Clean all parts of the vehicle with under pressure, Liquid soap may

also be used for cleaning the body.

b) Check and tighten all nuts and bolts which may be loose.

c) Check levels of engine, gear box, and differential, brake fluid,

distilled water and radiator water and fill up. Replace any of these

when due as laid down in the respective maker’s hand books;

d) Lubricate all moving parts with the prescribed oil and grease;

e) Rotate tyres and inflate where necessary including spare wheel;

f) Spray an oil/kero mixture on all parts likely to rust;

g) Dry and polish the body as applicable;

h) Carryout adjustments of engine, brake, or any other moving parts;

i) Check the vehicle to ensure that all action as been taken and that it

is road worthy;

j) Make the necessary entries in the log book.

50. Charts showing sequence of action to be carried out by the

maintenance station, and the frequency of services like oil change etc. for

different types of vehicles, will be prepared and displayed at the

maintenance station for the guidance of the technicians and mechanics.

552

51. Personnel detailed for operating the maintenance station will not

be changed frequently so that they become proficient in their duties.

52. The A.S.I., incharge of maintenance will ensure that instructions

are strictly adhered to. He will also inspect each vehicle on completion of

maintenance.

53. If any serious defect is noticed during maintenance, the Officer in

charge workshop will not allow the vehicle to be taken away until such

defect has been rectified. There will be no exception to this rule.

Repair

54. Repair will be classified as Minor repair, major repair, and

overhaul. Minor repair is such action as cannot done by a mechanic or

electrician in making adjustments or replacing parts or minor assemblies and

which can be complied in one day. Major repair is when assemblies or

systems have to be dismantled, checked, parts replaced or repaired and

reassembled and which have to be done by a team of persons and will

require more than a day. Overhaul is done when a vehicle needs major

dismantling and complex repair which may take a number of days and which

involve the services of a Number of technical personnel.

55. Whenever possible, separate teams will be earmarked for each

type of repair. By doing so the technicians will become proficient in their

respective jobs and perform better. However there are certain duties which

do not occupy the fully time of the person detailed to do it, and such spare

553

time as is available can be used for other work. For example, an electrician

who is responsible for charging batteries need not be present nearby at all

times and can attend to some vehicles.

56. Action to be taken when a vehicle is brought to the workshop will

be as follows:-

a) Check the vehicle and prepare jobcard. While checking ensure that

any defects noticed over and above whatever is reported by the driver

are also included for action.

b) Classify the type of repair to be carried out and allot the vehicle to

the team responsible.

c) Ascertain the spare parts or materials necessary for carrying out the

repair and issue from stock if available or procure the same. Such

issues will be shown on the job cards.

d) If the vehicle cannot be taken in for repair due to lack of capacity,

lack of

capacity, lack of spare parts or for any other reason, release the

vehicle to the user after allotting a suitable date for undertaking the

repairs;

e) Undertake the repairs only when parts required are available, once a

vehicle has been taken in for repair, the job must be completed in all

respects. Vehicles will not be allowed to remain with parts or

assemblies opened up and placed around the vehicle expect in case of

554

major repairs or overhaul when such parts and assemblies will be kept

in a proper order.

f) When repair is completed, a responsible person detailed for the

purpose will check the vehicle along with job card to ensure that all

work has been satisfactorily carried out and that the vehicle is fit in all

respects to resume duty, will sign the job card to the effect.

g) Necessary entries will be made in the log book and the vehicle will

be given an ‘outpass’ which will enable the driver to clear it with the

sentry the exit;

h) The job card duly completed, will be handed over to the Office for

taking necessary action to complete the accounts;

i) If any part which needs lubrication like engine gear box etc, are

opened up, the mechanics concerned will ensure that oil or grease is

replaced when the repair has been completed. Such refills will also be

entered in the job cards and thereafter in the log book;

j) If the repair on a vehicle occupies more than a day, work done daily

on the vehicle will be entered in the job card. If nothing was done,

reasons for the same will also be entered.

57. If the Officer in charge of workshop, at his discretion, feels that a

type of work cannot be undertaken by him, either due to lack of necessary

tools or lack of suitably trained and proficient technicians, he may get the

555

work done by reputed local workshops. As such repairs are likely to be

costly, such action should be taken only when it is unavoidable.

Mobile workshop.

58. Each Police Motor Transport workshop will organize a mobile

workshop from the resources available, based on one van suitably modified

and fitted with the appropriate equipment. It will have one Reserve Sub-

Inspector or one Asst. Sub-Inspector in charge, who will be assisted by a

minimum of two mechanics one electrician and two cleaners. This strength

may be increased temporarily depending upon the nature and quantum of the

job to be performed.

59. The mobile workshop will visit locations where Police motor

vehicles are performing duties according to a programme drawn up by the

Superintendent of Police, MT and carryout repairs/inspections on the site.

This will avoid unnecessary running vehicles to the workshop for repairs.

Officers in charge of vehicles will ensure that the workshop is not detained

beyond the scheduled period and also see that all spare parts and repair

materials are readily available, so that there will be no idle time.

60. Scope of the tasks to be undertaken by the mobile workshop will

be as under:-

i. Inspection of Unit vehicles to ascertain the nature of

the defects and repair materials of parts required and

preparation of job cards.

556

ii. Carry out minor repairs which means replacement of

parts and minor assemblies, repairs of major assemblies which

do not involve major dismantling of vehicles, tuning and

adjustment of system.

iii. Major repairs and overhaul to major assemblies will

not be undertaken by the mobile workshop. In case such jobs

are required to be done, the vehicles will be directed to the main

workshop concerned.

iv. When the work load at any location is more than the

capacity of the mobile workshop to perform within the period

allotted, priority will be given to such repairs which will put

maximum Number of vehicle on road. However, the workshop

will be guided by the wishes of the Officer incharge of the

vehicles, in this respect.

61. In every case, necessary entries will be made in the log book and

the procedure for repairs as laid down for the main workshop will be

observed at each location.

62. Drivers in charge of vehicles requiring repair will be present with

the vehicles and assist in performing the job. This will ensure that they get to

know the mechanical details of the vehicles and will be in a better position

to maintain them.

General Points:

557

63. Whenever vehicles with report to the main workshop or mobile

workshop for repairs are found to have been damaged due to lack of care

and maintenance, a misuse, neglect report will be initiated by the Officer

incharge of the workshop in the following proforma.

1) Registered No. of vehicle

2) Type and year of manufacture;

3) Officer to whom the vehicle is allotted;

4) Name of the driver holding charge;

5) Kilometers run Rs;

6) Nature of the damage or malfunction caused by misuse or neglect;

7) Approximate cost.

Signature of Officer inchargeWorkshop.

64. The copy of the above report will be submitted immediately to the

Officer holding charge of the vehicle. A list of such reports giving details as

above will be submitted to the Superintendent of Police, M.T. at the end of

each month.

558


No. CB1-378/74 Dated 16th June 1962

Allocation of duties and functions between the

Superintendent of Police, Mysore and the

Addl. Superintendent of Police, Mysore.

Ref:- G.O. No. HD 121 PEG. 75, dated 1-12-75.

* * * * *

Copy of the above mentioned G.O. sanctioning the creation of one

post of Additional Superintendent of Police in Mysore District. Exclusively

for Mysore City is herewith enclosed.

The duties and functions between the Superintendents of Police,

Mysore District. And the Addl. Superintendents of Police, Mysore are

specified as hereunder:-

1. Powers which shall be exercised concurrently by the

Superintendent of Police, Mysore and the Addl. Superintendent of Police,

Mysore City in their respective/jurisdiction.

a. Inspections of Police Station, O.P.S and Offices of

S.D.P.Os. and C.P.Is.

b. Disciplinary powers.

c. Sanction of leave, pension and G.P.F. Advance

559

d. Maintenance of confidential personal Files and Confidential

personal sheets.

e. Writing of Annual Confidential Reports on Asst.

Superintendents of Police/ Dy. Superintendents of Police, Police

Inspector, Sub-Inspector and Asst. Sub-Inspectors.

f. Ordering retirement of Officers of and below the rank of

Asst. Sub-Inspectors.

g. Signing and countersigning of pay bills and TA bills.

h. Signing of contingent bills, Bus warrants Bills and Railway

Warrant Bills.

i. Purchase and repair of furniture.

j. Service Books, Attestation of entries.

k. Correspondence with Inspector General of Police, Dy

Inspector General of Police District Magistrates and Officers of

other Departments.

l. Condemnation of stores and write Office the value of

unserviceable articles.

m. Supervision of investigation of Crime including heinous

Crimes.

560

n. Disposal of petitions from the members of the public

including those containing allegations against the Police.

o. Appeals against the orders Of S.D.P.S

p. Transfers of Head Constables and Police Constables.

q. Disposal of petitions from the subordinate Police staff

regarding Pay, T.A. Seniority, Promotion and other service

matters.

r. Disposal of applications of the subordinate staff for

acquisition and disposal of movable, immovable properties and

other conduct matters.

II Powers which shall be exercised by the Superintendent of Police,

Mysore.

1. Full charge and Inspection of DPO, DSB, DCRB and DAR

including Armoury and Police Motor Transport.

2. Promotion to the cadre of Head Constables and Asst. Sub-

Inspectors.

3. Transfer of Head Constables and Police Constable from the

jurisdiction of the Addl. Superintendent of Police, Mysore to his

jurisdiction or Vice-Versa in consultation with the Addl.

Superintendent of Police.

561

4. Transfer of Police Sub-Inspectors and Asst. Sub-Inspectors Addl.

Superintendents of Police, to be consulted where transfer involves

from the Superintendents of Police jurisdiction to Addl

Superintendents of Police, jurisdiction or vice-versa.

5. Maintenance of confidential Personal Files of ministerial staff.

6. Checking of cash and signing of cash book.

7. Police Sports and Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund.

8. Passing of indents for clothing, stationery and other Stores.

Note: Importance proposals relating to Re-organisation of the Police

Stations and other Policy matters should be sent by the Addl.

Superintendent of Police through the Superintendent of Police,

Mysore.

562

Creation of a post of a Additional Superintendent of

Police Mysore District – Sanction

Read:- Correspondence ending with the letter No. General of CBI-378/74-75 dated 10-9-75 From the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka State, Bangalore.

Preamble:

The Inspector General of Police has reported that Mysore is one of the

big Districts in the State with an area of 4,538 square mules and population

of 20.8 lakhs, out of which Mysore City alone accounts for about 3.56 lakhs.

The Mysore District Police Force was reorganized 14 years ago and is

divided into 3 sub Dn. Including Mysore City Sub-Division. The sanctioned

strength of the Police in the District is 1183 Civil Police and 374 Armed

Reserve. The post of Deputy Superintendents of Police for Mysore City was

sanctioned in 1930. since then, Mysore city has grown all round. Most of the

V.I.Ps and tourists visit not only Mysore City but also various places of

pilgrimage and game sanctuaries in the District. There will be much of

floating population in Mysore through out the year giving rise to complex

problems of policing the City. Annual Dasara Festivals with exhibition,

sports and games attrack laksh of people from all over the country. Mysore

City houses, several educational institutions commanding a vast student

population, giving anxious moments to the Police in times of student unrest.

There are also a Number of industries situated in and around Mysore City

adding to the labour problems from the point of view of view of law and

order. With the increasing importance of Mysore City as an educational

centre, and tourists traffic centre, the policing of the city too has become

563

more and more complex and has assumed new dimensions. The Inspector

General of Police is of the view that it is hardly possible for one

Superintendent of Police to devote as much attention as is expected of him

to the problems of law and order, detection and prevention of crimes etc., he

has therefore requested sanction to the creation of a post of an additional

Superintendent of Police to be exclusively incharge of Mysore City. This

proposal involves an expenditure of Rs. 19,287-96/- per annum.

G.O. No. HD. 121 PEG. 75 Bangalore Dated1st

December 1975.

On careful consideration, sanction is accorded to the creation of one

post of Additional Superintendent of Police in the Mysore District

exclusively for Mysore City in the scale of Rs. 740-40-1100-50/2-1250-50-

1300 for a period of one year.

The expenditure on this account will be met from “2055 Police”

This order issues with the concurrence of Finance Department vide

their U.O. Note No. FD/2759/75, dated 17-11-75.

By Order and in the Name of the Governor of KarnatakaSd/- K.S.Rajagopal

Under Secretary to GovernmentHome Department.

564


No. 28/RLN2/74 Dated 16th January 1976

Establishment of Traffic Training Institute in

Bangalore City.

* * * * *

1. Introduction

This increasing traffic problems both within Bangalore City and the

Districts of the State have become so complicated that it is considered

necessary for the Police who are posted for traffic control duties to get

themselves specially trained in matters relating to prevention of accidents,

tracking down of traffic offenders, road safety measures etc. the Government

in it order No. HD 19 PTR 74 dated 11-8-1975 accorded sanction for the

establishment of a Traffic Training Institute in Bangalore for a period of 3

years in the first instance with additional staff, vehicles and other equipment.

This institute will provide training to the Officers and men of the Police

Department in traffic engineering, Traffic Control, enforcement of Traffic

Law, investigation of Traffic accidents etc.

2. The following instructions are issued for the proper functioning of

the Traffic Training Institute.

3. Control

An Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) will be in-charge of

Training Institute. He will work directly under the control of the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, Traffic and the Commissioner of Police,

565

Bangalore. The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) will exercise

control over the staff provided to the Institute and be responsible for the day-

to-day administration of the Institute in all matters pertaining to the training.

4. Courses and Duration

The Training Institute will run courses for S.I.s and H.Cs/PCs. The

course for Sub-Inspectors of Police will be known as “Officers course in

Traffic” and will be for a period of 4 months. Two such courses will be run

each year. it is open to Sub-Inspectors of Civil Police.

5. The course For H.Cs and P.Cs. will be known “Basic” Training in

Traffic” and will be for a period of 40 working days (approximately 6

weeks). Two such courses will be run each year. it is open to H.Cs and P.Cs

of Civil Police.

6. Calendar for 1976

The following is the Calendar of courses for 1976.

7. Officers Course in Traffic

I Course - 22-3-76 to 21-7-76

II Course - 20-9-76 to 20-1-77

566

8. Basic Training in Traffic

I Course - 26-1-76 to 13-3-76

II Course - 26-7-76 to 11-9-76

9. Course Strength

1 S.I., from each District and 3 S.I.s from the City of Bangalore

totaling 22 S.I.s will form the Batch strength for the Officers course in

Traffic. K.G.F. and Kolar District will alternate 1 P.S.I. for each course.

10. The Batch strength for the H.Cs/P.Cs course would be 50 with 2

trainees from each of the 19 Districts, and 12 from Bangalore City Traffic.

11. Eligibility Conditions

a) Officers Course in Traffic:-

i. The selected S.I. should not be above 35 years of age.

ii. He should have worked for a minimum period of 3 years as an S.I. excluding training period at P.T.C and practical Training in District.

iii. He should know how to read and write English and Kannada.

iv. He should have good physique and personality.

b) Basic Training in Traffic

i) The selected H.C. trainee should not be above the age of 35 years; the selected P.C. trainee should not be above the age of 30 years.

567

ii) The trainee selected for the H.Cs/PCs. Course should know how to read and write kannada.

iii) The P.C. sent for training should have put in at least a minimum period of 3 years service in the Department exclusive of training period in P.T.S and Practical training isn Districts.

iv) He should have good physique and personality.

12. Joining instructions:

i) The Superintendents of Police of Districts should select smart and

active Officers and men for these courses as their functioning later

on helps to create a proper image of a Policeman to the general

public.

ii) A nominal roll of the trainee i.e. S.I/H.C./P.C. in the following

proforma should be sent 15 days in advance of the course to the

Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training

Institute , Infantry Road, Bangalore. A copy of the nominal roll

should be sent to Range Dy. Inspector General of Police for his

information.

568

Nominal Roll of Trainee

Main Candidate Reserve Candidate

1. Name of S.I./H.C/P.C

2. Date of birth

3. Date of appointment and rank.

4. Direct Recruit/ Promotee

5. Educational Qualifications.

6. Experience in traffic Police, if any.

7. Any other courses previously attended including special qualifications, if

any.

SignatureSuperintendent of Police,

………………………… District.

iii) For every course a main and a reserve candidate should be

nominated so that in the event the main candidate is unable to go

the reserve candidate should be automatically sent.

iv) On no account shall a seat earmarked for a unit be left unutilized

for any course.

v) All trainees shall report 24 hours in advance of the

Commencement of their course. They should report to the

Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training

Institute, Bangalore.

569

13. Discipline.

i) All trainees will be strictly under the disciplinary control of the

Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Traffic Training

Institute during the period of their training.

ii) All trainees shall observe such rules and regulations for their

attendance etc. as from time to time indicated to them at the

Training Institute.

iii) All official correspondence to the trainees from their parent Units

including Court summons etc, shall be routed through the Assistant

Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Training Institute to the trainee.

iv) All trainees shall maintain Note Books issued to them wherein

notes etc. given by the instructors shall be written up.

v) All trainees will attend the lectures and practicals in the Uniform

(working Dress).

vi) The Unit Officers will be responsible for making adequate prior

arrangements for the timely payment of the salaries, D.A., T.A etc.

of the trainees during the period of their training either at

Bangalore or to their families. All remittances meant for trainees

should be sent by Bank Draft addressed to Assistant Commissioner

of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training Institute, Bangalore. Neither

570

warrant nor any cash advances will be made by the Traffic

Training Institute.

vii) No leave will be granted during the period of training except for

the reasons of extreme urgency.

14. General instructions.

i) On arrival of the trainees the Assistant Commissioner of Police

(Traffic), Training Institute will brief them about the course they

have to undergo, their duties and functions matters of discipline

facilities for boarding and lodging and all other maters concerning

their training.

ii) Until firm arrangements are made, lodging on payment will be at

Guest Quarters at Briand Square for Sub-Inspectors and CAR

Headquarters for H.Cs/P.Cs. Those who wish to make their own

arrangements will be permitted to do so but with the sanction of

the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Training Institute,

who should satisfy himself that such stay would not come in the

way of their training and they make their own arrangements to

come to the training institute.

iii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute,

will prepare well in advance précis of all features to be given in the

Institute.

571

iv) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute,

will each evening conduct a meeting of instructors on the subjects

for the following day.

v) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute,

will have proper Note books prepared and issued to each trainee.

At the end of the course, the Note books will be collected and sent

directly by The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic)

Training Institute, with his initials to the Unit Officers.

vi) An examination at the end of the training shall be held and the

results published in the Karnataka Police Gazette. Those who have

failed will be directed to appear for an examination subsequently.

The gradings will be as follows.

1. Distinction - 70% and above

2. I Class - 60% to 65%

3. II Class - 45% to 59%

4. III Class - 35% to 44%

vii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute,

will send a Course Report on the trainee in duplicate to the Unit

Officer, a copy of which will be placed in the Personal File of the

trainee.

viii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute,

should organize Guest’s lectures for the trainees inviting specialists

like the Director, FSL., Neuro-Surgeons; Forensic Medical Officer;

572

Town Planning Officer; Officers; of the Directorate of

prosecutions and other Experts.

ix) The success of the training imparted depends largely on

uninterrupted and continued attendance. Unit Officers will

personally satisfy themselves that summons from courts, are if

possible, adjusted with the court authorities for subsequent

appearance after the training programme of the trainees.

x) Senior Officers like the Commissioner of Police, the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, Training, Deputy Commissioner of

Police, Traffic and others should frequently visit to ensure the

proper functioning of the Training Institute.

15. The Co-operation and continued interest of the Unit Officers on the

one hand and that of the staff of the Training Institute is very essential to

bring a good name to the Traffic Training Institute, Bangalore.


No. Law-40/75 Dated 27th January 1976

Restructuring of the Directorate of Prosecutions

G.O. No. Law. 84 PPE 75 dated 1st December 1975.

Ref: Standing Order No. 684.

* * * * *

In SO No. 684 detailed instructions have been issued regarding the co-

operation and co-ordination between the Directorate of Prosecution and

573

Police Officers in the new set up. In view of the re-organisation of the

Directorate of Prosecution and issue of S.O. No. 684 the following S.O.s

LSCs and Memos are cancelled.

1. Standing Order No. 361 dated 20-5-1958




5. L.S.C No. 3322 of dated 4-5-1973

6. L.S.C No. 3268 of dated 22-8-1973

7. L.S.C No. 3394 of dated 27-6-1974

8. L.S.C No. 3397 of dated 5-7-1974

9. Memo No. Law. 1-17/73 dated 27-6-1974

2. In view of the restructuring of the Directorate of Prosecution, in the

G.O. cited, with 5 Deputy Directors at Range level and cancellations of S.O.

629 the following instructions are issued regarding the action to be taken in

cases where there are judicial structures and commendations.

In cases of acquittal/discharge, if there are judicial strictures or

Commendations in the judgment, after obtaining a copy of the judgment, the

DCP/SP should examine the same and forward it within a week of its

receipt, to the Addl. IGP/CP/DIG through the Dy. Director, with his remarks

mentioning the instructions issued for the avoidance of such lapses in the

subsequent cases and the action taken against the defaulting Police Officers

in the cases where strictures are passed, and suitably recognizing the

services of the I.Os whose work has been commended. In the case of

judgment pronounced by the High Court containing structures, the same

procedure should be followed.

574

Note: Superintendents of Police in the COD, should send judgments with

their remarks to the Addl. Inspector General of Police through the

concerned law Officer.

4. The DCP/Superintendents of Police while furnishing his remarks

required under para 3, above, should, specifically mention whether or not the

strictures or remarks are justified and if un-justified, should move the Dy.

Director for taking action for addressing the Government. For sanction to

move the High Court for expunction of the strictures.

5. The Addl. Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of

Police/DIG, if he finds that the strictures are unwarranted, should write to

the Director of Prosecutions to take necessary action to expunge the

strictures remarks.

6. If the High Court declines to expunge the strictures or other

remarks, and maintains that they are justified, the DCP/Superintendents of

Police should take appropriate action for their avoidance in the subsequent

cases and also Institute Departmental proceedings against the defaulting

Police Officers. Action taken should be reported to the CP/DIG through the

Dy. Director of Prosecutions.

7. The Addl. Inspector General of Police, Commissioner of Police,

D.Is.G.P and Superintendents of Police should maintain a Register of

Judicial Strictures in which they should note:-

a) Station Crime Number,

575

b) Court Case No,

c) Date of Judgment,

d) A brief description of the Judicial strictures,

e) Action taken on the Strictures,

f) Instructions issued for rectification or avoidance.

The Register is useful for the Officers to have an overall impression of

the judicial appreciation of the standards of investigation and Prosecutions in

a District.

8. The Addl. Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of

Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police should review the judgments

received from the Superintendents of Police of his jurisdiction every quarter

and send a copy of the review to the Dy. Director and Director of

Prosecutions. Action should also be taken to get the review published in the

K.P. Gazette .

9. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.

576


No. GNL. 1/180/75-76 Dated 24th January 1976

Measures for redressal of public grievances Arrangements

For interviewing visitors to Public Offices

i) Ref: Circular No. CRM. 65/Misc/65 dated 20-10-1965.

ii) S.O. No. 634 GNL(1)-133/74 dated 22-8-1974.

* * * * *

1. In the reference cited above, detailed instructions have been issued

regarding the establishment of “Cell for the assistance of the Public” in all

the Offices and also to hear the grievances of the Public and to attend to

them promptly by the Officers at the District, Sub-Division and Taluk level

by remaining in the Headquarters on Shandy days.

2. The Government have since reviewed the present arrangements and

stressed that to attend effectively to Public grievances, the Officers shall not

have any meetings during the hours specified for granting interviews to the

Public and that they should adjust their work and make themselves available

to the Public during this period (copy of Circular No. GAD 75 MAR 75

dated 17-12-75 is enclosed).

3. All the Unit Officers will please note the above instructions of the

Government and ensure that the “Cell for the assistance of Public” created in

577

their offices functions effectively by making efforts to here the grievances of

the Public and redress the same promptly.

4. The only exception will be when the Officers have to go and attend

serious L & O situations, serious crime and V.I.P bandobust, copy of

Circular No. GAD 75 MAR 75, dated 17-12-1975 from the additional

Secretary to Government, General Admn, Department, Vidhana Soudha,

Bangalore, addressed to Head of Departments.

Measures for redressal of Public grievances Instructions

Instructions have been issued from time to time for attending to

grievances of the Public and for providing them with necessary assistance.

The existing arrangements for the purpose are briefly indicated below:-

a) In Circular No. GAD 53 OOM 61 dated 23-8-1961 the Senior

Officers especially Head of Departments have been asked to extend their co-

operation in the matter of granting interviews to the members of the Public

including Legislators when they are not busy with Officer work. In addition

to granting interviews during the specific hours fixed by them for the

purpose.

b) In Circular No. GAD 91 OAC 65 dated 8-9-1965 the Divisional

Commissioners have been asked to set up a “Cell for assistance to the

Public” in their offices which will be under the charge of their Gazette

Assistants. The Deputy Commissioners have been asked to create a suitable

cell under the charge of an Officer of the rank of a Tashildar in their Office.

578

In the Taluk Office also, a suitable machinery has been ordered to be

devised for the purpose. In addition to these Offices, similar action has been

ordered to be taken by all the Heads of Departments in all Unit Offices at the

District and Divisional levels. The duties and functions of this cell have been

prescribed and these include receiving petitions and representations,

arranging to hear the petitioners ensuring that suitable and prompt replies are

given to the petitioners, etc.

c) In Circular No. GAD 25 MAR 74 dated 16-7-1974 Officers of the

District/Sub-division/Taluk level have been asked to be at their headquarters

on ;Shandy’ days to enable the Public to meet them and represent their

grievances.

d) So far as the Secretariat is concerned, para 28 of the Secretariat

Manual requires Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Secretaries to

interview visitors to the Secretariat on official business between 3.00 p.m.

and 4 p.m. it is also provided that with a view to obviate inconvenience as

far as possible no meetings of Officers should be convened during the hours

fixed for interview.

e) Besides, the need for expenditious disposal of petitions an issue of

acknowledgments and adherence to the various instructions issued in the

matter has been reiterated from time to time (vide O.M. No. GAD 27 TSM

74 dated 5-7-1974 and C.M. No. GAD 54 TSM 74 dated 31-8-1974)

2. The existing measures for redressal of Public grievances, have been

reviewed. It is considered necessary to ensure that these arrangements are

579

made fully effective. The Secretaries to Government, Divisional

Commissioners, Deputy Commissioners, Heads of Departments and other

Officers are requested to see that these instructions are adhered to and

enforced strictly.

3. In order to enable secretaries to Government to attend effectively to

Public grievances, it has been decided that they shall not have any meetings

during the hours specified for granting interviews to the Public viz. 3.00

p.m. to 4.00 p.m. daily and that they should adjust their work and make

themselves available to the Public during this period. They are also not

required to meet Ministers during this interview hour. The Secretaries to

Government are requested to take necessary action in this matter and see that

these instructions are properly enforced and these arrangements made more

effective. Similarly the Divisional Commissioners and other Heads of

Departments should also ensure that no meetings are convened during the

hours specified for granting interview to the Public.

580


No. CBI-332/75-76 Dated 28th January 1976

Duties of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID with reference

to the State Industrial Security Force.

* * * * *

Government Order No. GAD 92 SPS. 75 dated 22-9-75 accorded

sanction also for the post of Deputy Inspector General of Police CID. In

their Order No. HD 578 SST. 72 dated 8-1-76 Government have directed

that this post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID be filled up, in the

light of the current emergency which require the streamling of the Security

arrangements in vital installations under the control of the State

Government. The Government have further directed that the Deputy

Inspector General of Police, CID be entrusted with the task of working out

details of the State Industrial Security Forces for the benefit of vital

installations and Public sector undertakings in the State in addition to his

regular duties.

Control

The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will work under the

direct control of the Addl. Inspector General of Police and the General

control of the Inspector General of Police. In Standing Order No. 676 dated

6-10-75, his duties are specified with reference to the COD under his charge.

Duties

581

The duties specified in the present Standing Order are in respect of his

responsibility to the organising of a State Industrial Security Force, within

Karnataka State.

a) The Dy, Inspector General of Police, CID will contact the

Director of Industries and list out all State controlled Industries

with particulars of the staffing pattern, details of premises etc.

b) He should on obtaining the above information open a separate

file for each Industrial Unit.

c) He should make a study of the existing security arrangements in

each of the above Unit and bring it on file.

d) He should then personally meet the General Manager of each of

these Industries and discuss the problems of security, problems

of Unionism among the existing security staff, the financing of

such extra State Industrial Security Force that may be required

by the factory/installation.

e) After a personal visit to the installations to be covered, he

should draw up a comprehensive scheme for a security force for

each of these Industrial Units. In the Scheme he should work

out that man power requirement and also the other security

arrangements in the shape of protective walls, lights etc.

582

f) On completion of each scheme, it should be forwarded through

the Addl. Inspector General of Police and the Inspector General

of Police to the Government.

g) After obtaining the competent sanction for any such Force, the

Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will have to take

further action to set up these state Industrial Security Forces at

these Installations.

4. Formation of A State Industrial Security Force

The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID will intimate the

following action for the formation of the State Industrial Security Force.

a) He should draft a State Industrial Security Force Act for being

forwarded to the Government for necessary enactment.

b) A copy of the Rules will also be drafted after the above Act, has been

passed by the State Legislature.

c) He should work out details for a Training Centre for the State

Industrial Security Force personally. State Industrial Security Force is

not like Police Force. The training of personnel differs greatly from

installation to installation. For example the State Industrial Security

Force staff required by the Karnataka Electricity Board installations

would be completely different from the Government Sandalwood

factory. Specialized training is therefore indicated and staff will have

583

to be drawn from the various Industrial Units themselves. Practical

Syllabi will have to be drawn up for the trainees.

d) The requirements of equipment for defending the installations requires

to be worked out for each of the industries and training programmes

instituted at the Training Centre.

e) While a general hierarchy for control and discipline is to be prescribed

by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, he should at the same

time keep it flexible enough to cater to all types of industries either

big or small.

Office Staff

In addition to the staff already available to him the Government have

sanctioned a 1st Division Clerk and 1 Typist to assist the Deputy Inspector

General of Police, CID in connection with the Industrial Security work.

General

Security of our Industries is of vital importance to our economy and

National wealth. The intention of the Government is to provide

1. Internal protection of equipment and goods,

2. Protection against loss, damage and pilferage,

3. Afford protection to loyal employees within the premises against anti-

social elements.

4. To keep aloof from Union Activities of the various components of their

Unit and lastly ensure peaceful conditions of work,

584

The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID should keep the above

in mind and ensure the formation of an efficient State Industrial Security

Force for the Karnataka State.

585


No. CRM/577/Misce/75-76 Dated 27th February 1976

* * * * *

Government in their Order No. GAD 92 DPS 75 dated 22-9-1975

have appointed Addl. Inspector General of Police to be incharge of the

C.I.D. in an other Order No. HD 578 SST 72 dated 8-1-1976, a Deputy

Inspector General of Police, has been posted as Deputy Inspector General of

Police, CID relieving the Addl. Inspector General of Police of Police will,

therefore, be in a position to devote more time for the supervision of

criminal investigation at the District level by the local Police. The following

instructions are issued:-

1) The Addl. Inspector General of Police during his tour will inspect

the crime records and also look into the quality of investigation at the

District level. The Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers will

personally present to produce such records as are required by the Addl.


2) The Addl. Inspector General of Police will in his notes of the

District also indicate the type of supervision and control exercised by the

Superintendents of Police in handling crime investigation of his

subordinates.

3) Particular attention should be paid to note whether visitation to

scene of grave crime has been adequate on the part of the S.D.P.Os and C.Is.

586

4) The Addl. Inspector General of Police should follow up on the

computerization of crime records at the District level and ensure that

subordinate Officers get a full and complete knowledge of computerization

including preparation scrutiny and prompt despatch of prescribed formats.

Superintendents of Police will please note that investigation of cases

by the local Police have to late, come into criticism resulting in C.O.D being

called in frequently look into the cases i.e. whether rightfully investigated by

the local Police.

The visit of the Addl. Inspector General of Police to the Districts and

inspection of the work turned out by him; should prove beneficial in the long

run to all concerned.

587


No. Law-3-478/75/76 Dated 2nd March 1976

Procedure for reporting Traffic violations by the

Traffic Police

* * * * *1. Under Rule 322 of the K.M.V Rules 1963 only Officers of and

above the rank of P.S.I. are authorised to check a Motor Vehicle and demand

information. Therefore, when ever the Traffic Police viz-ASI/HC/PC on

point or Mobile duty find any Motorist violating any provisions of the M.V.

Act Rules the Vehicle No is noted down by the Officer in his note book and

reported to the Traffic PSI of the jurisdiction, who in turn takes the

necessary steps to prosecute the offenders. By way of introducing a uniform

procedure for this purpose the following instructions are issued:-

2. Whenever an ASI/HC/PC on Traffic duty notices any motorist

committing infringement of the provisions of M.V. Act Rules, he should use

the “TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT” in the proforma prescribed in

Annexure-1 of this Standing Order.

3. The “Traffic Violation Report” will be prepared on the printed

forms supplied by the Department. The form will be printed on white paper

with an original (foil) and counter foil duly perforated. It will be of the

following size.

Counterfoil – 5 Cms X 10.5 CM

588

Original (foil) 10 Cms X 10.5 CM.

They will be stitched in a book form of 100 leaves duly machine

numbered.

4. The Reporting Officer should note down the Registration number

of the offending vehicle, the day of the week, place of noticing the offence,

with the date and time. The date should be noted as 10-3-1976 for 10 th

March, 1976. Day of the Week to be noted as Wednesday for Wednesday

and Time in hours as 1840 fro 6-40 p.m. in the evening. In noting the place,

the exact place where the offence is noticed should be clearly noted as for

eg. M.G. Road opposite Cauvery Arts & Crafts Emporium.

5. the Sl. No.of the offence committed should be noted in the

appropriate column. Where the offence comes under the category of

districts-obeying Police Signal/ any other offence, the details of such

offences should be given. Such other information like name of the owner,

driver and any other information that may become known to ASI/HC/PC

may be noted. If they are not known, a note as ‘N.A.’ (Not Available) may

be marked. There is no, repeat, no need for an ASI/HC/PC to stop a vehicle

or a driver. The relevant information will be ascertained by the Office of the

D.C.P., Traffic. It is hereby emphasised that there should be no kind of

harassment to the driver or occupants of a vehicle. The ASI/HC/PC should

on the spot complete both the original (foil) and counter foil and affix his

signature. At the end of his duty period, he should hand over the originals

(foils) to the concerned Traffic SI/ Police Station.

589

6. Similarly, whenever a Police Officer ASI/HC/PC notices a Motor

Vehicle contravening Parking rules, the driver in most cases will not be

available for taking necessary action. In such cases, the Police Officer

should fix a “Parking Offence Tag” as prescribed in Annexure-II to this

S.O., to the vehicle at a conspicuous place indicating the violations

committed and requiring the owner to furnish the name, address and

particulars of the D.L. of the Driver who was incharge of the vehicle when

the violation was noticed.

7. Parking Offences under the M.V. Act/ Rules are generally

committed by the Motorists by:

1) Parking the vehicle parallel to the other vehicle (Double Parking)

2) Parking at “No Parking Area”

3) Parking on/near Bus Stop

4) Parking on/near Taxi stand

5) parking on/near Auto rickshaw Stand

6) Parking near Traffic Signal,

7) Parking on pedestrian crossing.

8) Parking on road intersection.

9) Parking on foot path.

10) Parking on close to approach

11) Not exhibiting the Tax token.

590

8. The Parking Offence Tag will be of the size of the T.V.R. specified

in para 3 above containing 50 leaves in a printed book serially numbered

with foil, counter-foil and trefoil in pink colour. The foil (original) will be

the parking Offence Tag which is tagged on/affixed to the offending vehicle,

filling the columns such as M.V. Number, place Date and time as laid down

in Paras 4 & 5 of this S.O. The columns in the counterfoil and tri-foil should

also be filled up in the similar manner. The counter-foil shall be sent to the

Office of the D.C.P., Traffic, for further action while the tri-foil should be

retained in the book for reference and record.\

9. The Traffic P.S.I/ the S.I. incharge of Police Station in turn should

collect all such T.V.Rs. and Parking Offence Tags received from the staff in

the after-noon upto 1200 hrs and despatch the same immediately to the

Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City.

T.V.Rs. and P.OTs received in the afternoon till the end of the day’s duty

should be transmitted to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police

Traffic on the following day by 0900 hours.

10. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City,

should make arrangements to develop a “DATA BANK” by opening Cards

containing details of all Motor Vehicles registered in Bangalore Region.

11. On receipt of the T.V.Rs., and P.O.Ts. they should be scrutinized,

the name and address of the registered owner of the vehicle if given, should

be verified, and where such information is not noted on T.V.Rs, and P.O.Ts.

the same should be found out from the “DATA BANK” in the Office of the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, and noted. Thereafter a Notice U/s

591

88 of the I.M.V Act should be sent to the registered owner directing him to

furnish the name, address and the particulars of the D.L. of the person who

was found driving the M.V. at the time of the commission of the offence,

vide – ANNEXURE – III, and obtain the required particulars.

12. If the name and address of the registered owner of the M.V. is not

available in the “DATA BANK” the same should be obtained from the

Office of the R.T.O. concerned.

13. After ascertaining the name and address of the driver through the

issue of notice U/s 88 of the I.M.V Act or even earlier i.e., when the

information is available from the P.O.I., I.V.R. and the Police notice or other

records, the Deputy Commissioner of Police., Traffic may decide as to

whether the person concerned should be warned or prosecuted. If it is

decided to warn the person concerned, a letter shown in Annexure –IV may

be issued by ticking the concerned column. Where the Deputy

Commissioner of Police, Traffic decides to prosecute, he may use the same

form viz form given in Annexure IV to intimate the person concerned that he

would get a further communication from the competent court.

14. On taking a decision to prosecute a petty case charge sheet in

Form shown in Annexure V. should be prepared in duplicate by carbon

process the original being submitted to the Court and the duplicate retained

in the Office in the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic.

592

15. After the court takes cognizance of the offence and issued

summons to the concerned U/s 130 of the I.M.V. Act 1939 as in Annexure –

VI necessary action should be taken to serve the summons on the concerned

and return the served summons to the court intime.

16. With a view to assist the court in the matter of expeditious

disposal of the case, the Police are hereby permitted (with the approval of

the concerned court) to prepare the summons referred to in para 15. they

should be prepared in duplicate and after signature of the competent

Magistrate and seal of the court, the same should be obtained for being

served on the person concerned and return the served summons to the court

in time.

17. When a Police Officer of and above the rank of a PSI. checks a

Motor Vehicle. The Police Notice form in Annexure – VII will be used. It

will be white to colour and in triplicate containing 75 leaves in each book

and serially numbered. It will be prepared by carbon process.

18. The first copy of the Police Notice (original) should be issued to

the accused driver concerned under acknowledgement. The Second copy

(duplicate, should be transmitted to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner

of Police, Traffic for taking further action. The third copy (triplicate, to be

retained i the concerned Traffic Sub-Zone/ Police Station which will be the

notice Book itself for reference and record.

593

19. After receipt of the duplicate of the Police Notice from the A.S.I

the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic should take further action as

laid down in paras 11 to 16 supra.

20. A list of Traffic Offences normally noticed are given in Annexure

– VIII. This is not exhaustive, but covers most of the offences.

21. The above instructions will Mutatis Mutandis apply to the

Districts and in the first instance introduced in the cities of Bangalore and

Mysore. As regards other districts further instructions will follow:-

22. The above instructions will come into effect from 1st March, 1976.

23. The success of the scheme will greatly depend upon the

circumspection restraint and caution exercised in booking offences and as

such checking Officers should suitably be instructed.

594

Sl. No Sl. No

Karnataka State Police(for being retained in the Police Station)

TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT

1. M.V. No ………………………

2. Day ……………………………

3. Place …………………………..

4. Date & Time ………………….

5. Sl. No of offence committed ….

6. Name of Driver ………………. ………………………...................

7. Name & Address of the owner …..………………………………………

8. Reported by ASI/HC/PC………………………………………

9. Signature ASI/HC/PC

Karnataka State Police(Original)

TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT

1. M.V. No ………………………

2. Day ……………………………

3. Place …………………………..

4. Date & Time ………………….

5. Sl. No of offence committed ….

6. Name of Driver ………………. ………………………...................

7. Name & Address of the owner …..………………………………………

8. Reported by ASI/HC/PC………………………………………

9. Signature ASI/HC/PC

10. Countersigned by PSI ……………

595

OFFENCES

1. Parked Parallel to other vehicle2. Parked in “No Parking Area”3. Parked on/near Bus Stop4. Parked on/near Taxi stand5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand6. Parked near Traffic Signal7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing8. Parked on Road Intersection9. Parked on Footpath10. Parked on close to Approach11. Jumping the Traffic Signals12. Overtaking dangerously13. Overtaking by left14. Driving on the wrong side15. Driving against “one way”16. Cutting Traffic Lanes/Weaving “in & out” of the flow of traffic17.Cutting the island from the right side18. Disobeying Police Signal19. Defective lights.20. Any other offences (with details) ……………………………………

(for use in the Office of the D.C.P. (Traffic)

Name & Address of Owner ………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………….

Signature

_____________________________________________________________

Sl. No

Karnataka State Police

Sl. No


Sl. No


596

(for being retained in the Police Station)

Parking Offence tag

1. M.V. No …………..

2. Place ………………

3. Date & Time ……..……………………….

4. Offence …………..

5. Detected by ……….

(for use in the Office of the DCP., Traffic)

Parking Offence tag

1. M.V. No …………..

2. Place ………………

3. Date & Time ……..……………………….

4. Offence …………..

5. Detected by ……….

(Original)Parking Offence tag

1. M.V. No ………………….

2. Place ………………………

3. Date & Time ……..……….

Dear Motorist,

You have committed violations under the M.V. Act 1939 as noted overleaf.

You are required to furnish the name and address of the driver concerned with the D.L. particulars to the Deputy Commissioner of Police (Traffic) No. 1 Infanty Road, Bangalore within 3 days of receipt of this notice. Failure to comply with this notice within the stipulated time will entail prosecution under the provisions of Law.

Yours faithfully,

Name and Rank in Capital Letters…………….. Traffic Sub-Zone.

597

OFFENCES

1 Parked Parallel to other vehicle

2. Parked in “No Parking Area”

3. Parked on/near Bus Stop

4. Parked on/near Taxi stand

5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand

6. Parked near Traffic Signal

7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing

8. Parked on Road Intersection

9. Parked on Footpath

10. Parked on close to Approach

11. Not Exhibited the Tax Token

OFFENCES

1 Parked Parallel to other vehicle

2. Parked in “No Parking Area”

3. Parked on/near Bus Stop

4. Parked on/near Taxi stand

5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand

6. Parked near Traffic Signal

7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing

8. Parked on Road Intersection

9. Parked on Footpath

10. Parked on close to Approach

11. Not Exhibited the Tax Token

598

TO BE SENT TO THE DY. COMMR/TRAFFIC

To

The Dy. Commissioner of Police, Traffic,

No. 1, Infantry Road,

Bangalore-560001.

REPLY TO TRAFFIC OFFENCE NOTICE

Name and address of the driver(in capital letters)

Driving LicenceNo.

Office ofIssue

Year ofIssue

Date ofvalidity

Is the Motor Vehicle Registered in the name of the

Driver1 Yes/No

Additional

Remarks

No M.V. No Date & time of offence Offence

Signature of the person Place ……………

Completing the form Date …………….

Fold-3 Apply gum here

599

Affix Stamphere

From



Bangalore-560001.

To



Bangalore-560001.

TO BE RETAINED BY THE PARTY.To

………………………………….

………………………………….

………………………………….

TRAFFIC OFFENCE NOTICE

600

Affix Stamphere

Affix Stamphere

No. Fold 2

Dear Sir/Madam

The person driving the Motor Vehicle Registered under your name

was noticed committing the offence (noticed below) under the I.M.V.

Act/Rules, at the place, date and time mentioned below.

You are therefore directed to furnish the Name, Address and Driving

Licence particulars of the person driving the Motor Vehicle at the place, date

and time given below in the Reply portion attached with in three days from

the date of Receipt of this notice.

M.V. No ……………….. Date and Time of offence ………………………

Place of committing offence ………………………………………………..

Offence ……………………………………………………………………..

Failure to comply with this notice within the stipulated time will entail

prosecution u/s 38 R/W. 118-A of IMV Act against you.

601

Previous offences’ if any, against the vehicle.

1 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..

2 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..

3 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..

4 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..

Yours faithfully,Deputy Commissioner of Police

602

No. OFFICE OF THEDY. COMMISSIONER OF POLICE (TRAFFIC),

BANGALORE, DATED: …………………

To,Smt./Sri ……………………..

…………………….. …………………….

Sir/Madam,

You had committed a Traffic Violation by ……………………………

on ……………………….. road on …………………..19…..

2. Your attention is invited to the Parking Offence Tag No …………

dated …………….. issued by …………………………. Police, Bangalore.

3. Your attention is invited to the Police Notice No ……………….

Dated ………………… issued by the Sub-Inspector of Police ……………..

……………… Subject-Zone/Police Station.

4. Your are warned for the said offence this time with the hope that

such a Violation will not be repeated by you.

5. You will hear further communication from the competent Court in

the matter.

Yours faithfully,

Dy. Commissioner of PoliceTraffic Bangalore City

NOTE:- Tick () Which ever is applicable.

603

KARNATAKA STATE POLICEPETTY CASE CHARGE SHEET

(Offences under Schedule V par B of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1939)

MV No …………………………………..... Day ……………………………

1 Petty Case No …………………………………………..

2 Date & Time of Occurrence ……………………………

3 Place of Occurrence…………………………………….

4 Name and Address of accused …………………………

5 Name and Address of Complainant ……………………

6 Name address of Witnesses.

(1)

(2)

(3)

7 Charge

8 Request by Police

The Honorable ……………………………………… court may be pleased to issue summons to the accused under Section 130 of IMV Act 1939

Signature with Name and Rank

9 Order of the Magistrate

10 CC No & Date.IN THE COURT OF …………………………………………………

604

Summons to accused person under Section 130 of the Indian Motor Vehicles

Act.

MV No …………………………………. Day ………………………………

Case No …………………… in the Court of ………………………………

To

Where as the complainant (1) …………………… (2) ………………………

Has complained that you on the date (3) ………………………………….. at

(4) …………………………………………………………………………….

Did (5) ………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………..

and have thereby committed an offence punishable under Section …………

…………..…………………………………………………………………….

Of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 and whereas your attendance is

necessary to answer the said charges you are hereby required to appear in

person, or by pleader if you do not wish to appear in person as the case may

be, before the (6) ……………………………………………………………..

…………………………………. Of …………………………………………

on the (7) …………………………. Day of …………………………..19 ….

You are required to produce all your witnesses on the day fixed for the trail.

You may if you do not desire to appear in person or by pleader as aforesaid

plead guilty to the charge before the (8) …………………………………….

Day of ………………………………………………………..19 ……………

by registered letter and remit to this court a sum of Rs ……… ……………..

605

……………………………………………………… (Not by Cheque)

Rupees ……………………………………………………………………….

Here in fail not ……………………………………………………………….

Dated this ……………….. Day of ………………………. 19 ……………

Seal Signature

NOTE:- 1, Should you apprehend

That your witnesses will not attend of their own accord you can have

summons from this Court, to compel the attendance of any witness and the

production of any document that you have a right to call upon the witnesses

to produce on applying to this Court any time before the trial, on your

depositing the necessary process fees.

2. Your attention is drawn to sub-section 2 of section 130 of the

Indian Motor Vehicles Act under which in the case of an offence mentioned

in Part ‘B’ of the fifth Schedule to the Act, you are required to forward your

licence with your letter containing your plea to the Court for the purpose of

endorsing the conviction on it.

3. This form shall not be used in the case of offences mentioned in

Part ‘A’ of the Fifth Schedule to the Act.

1. Complainant’s name

2. complainant’s residence

3. date of alleged offence

4. place of alleged offence

606

5. Nature of offence in brief

6. Description of Magistrate of the Court

7. Date fixed for appearance

8. Date fixed for pleading the charge by registered letter, which

should be a date prior to the date mentioned in (7)

607


Sl. No POLICE NOTICE – (Traffic Offences)

Type of Vehicle _________ Checking: 1) Place _______________

M.V. No _____________ 2) Date _______________

3) Time _______________

To

Shri ______________________

_____________________

Sir/Madam,

The following violations under the I.M.V Act/ K.M.V. Rules marked

() have been committed.

1. Failed to produce R.C./F.C./I.C/Permit/C. Licence/ G.V.R/ P.S.V.

Badge/ D.L.

2. Found Carrying __________________ passengers/ K.G.S.S./ as

against permitted capacity of _____________________

passengers/ KG’S.

3. Found Carrying __________________ persons on the load of the

vehicle in a dangerous manner/ ________________________

persons in the cabin as against ____________________ on the

cabin.

4. Refused to go for hire from ___________ to __________________

to Shri _________________________

608

5. Demanding excess fare from Shri ____________________

6. Driving in a wreckless manner on public road endangering human

life.

7. Repairing the M.V. on public road/Parking on Public road for

picking up passengers other than at specified place (s)

8. Other Offences ________________________________ you will

hear a further communication in the matter.

Received the copy

Signature (Driver/Conductor)

_____________________________Checking Officer Name & Designation

Note: Tick () whichever is applicable.

Documents taken _____________

Valid up to __________________

(Documents to be seized only (i) if the drivers is likely to abscond (ii) if the document is suspected to be false)

609

ANNEXURE VIII

LIST OF OFFENCES

1. Owner withholding particular of driver u/s 88 r/w 118 (A) M.V. Act.

2. Owner furnishing incomplete particulars of driver

u/x 113 (2) -do-

3. Driving without valid licence u/s 3 r/w 112 -do-

4. Permitting to drive without valid licence u/s 5 r/w 112 -do-

5. Failing to produce Motor Driving licence Registration Certificate within 10 days

u/s 86 (3) r/w 112 -do-

6. Failing to produce Insurance Certificate within 7 days

u/s 106 M.V. Act r/w 112 M.V. Act.

7. Driving without Insurance Certificate u/s 94 (1) r/w 125 M.V. Act.

8. Driving Transport Vehicle without fitness Certificate

u/s 38 r/w 112 -do-

9. Carrying goods/passengers without permit u/s 42 (1) r/w 123 -do-

10. Driving without necessary documents. u/s 86 (1)&(2) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

11. Cutting into flow of traffic- Reg. 4(a) 10th Schedule r/w 112 M.V. Act.

12. Disobeying manual Police Signal u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

13. Disobeying one way directions -do-

14. Disobeying Police Directions u/s 70 K.P. Act r/w 112 K.P. Act.

15. Disobeying Traffic Lights u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

16. Disobeying Traffic Sign Boards IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

17. Driving/ Halting against flow of traffic X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

18. Driving on wrong side of road X Schedule (1) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

19. Driving unsafe vehicle u/s 121 M.V. Act.

20. Driving with dazzling lights Rule 337 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

610

21. Driving with irregular lights Rule 182 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

22. Driving without ‘L’ Plated Rule 19(1) (iii) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

23. Failing to give way to traffic on main road X Schedule (7) u/x 77 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

24. Failing to give way to traffic on Right X Schedule (7) u/x 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

25. Failing to illuminate number plate Rule 181 (c) (2) r/w 112 –do-

26. Failing to keep left of Island X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

27. Failing to signal in good time XI Schedule (3) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

28. Failing to slow down at Junction/corner Reg. 6 of X Schedule r/w –do-

29. Halting without signal XI Schedule (4) u/s 79 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

30. Obstructing the overtaking X Schedule (5) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

31. Obstructing traffic u/s 81 r/w -do-

32. Overtaking dangerously X Schedule (4) (a) u/s 79 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

33. Over taking by left X Schedule (2) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

34. Overtaking in prohibited area u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

35. Racing u/s 120 M.V. Act.

36. Driving in Rackless manner u/s 116 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

37. Reversing without caution Rule 335 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

38. Sounding Horn in silence Zone IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

39. Speeding VII Schedule u/s 71 r/w 115 (2) (1) M.V. Act.

40. Permitting speeding VII Schedule u/s 71 r/w 115 (2) (1) M.V. Act.

41. Taking prohibited ‘U’ turn IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

42. Turning without caution X Schedule (9) u/s 78 r/w 112

611

M.V. Act.43. Bus driver dressing improperly Rule 23 (4) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

44. Employee driver not carrying motor driving licence

u/s 86 (3) r/w -do-

45. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver carrying excess passengers.

Sec. 123 M.V. Act

46. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver demanding excess fare.

Rule 26 (10) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

47. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Drivers disorderly conduct

Rule 23 (3) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

48. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver dressing improperly

Rule 23 (4 r/w 122 M.V. Act.

49. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver to display P.S.V. badge.

Rule 22 r/w 122 M.V. Act.

50. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver failing to use shortest/quickest route.

Rule 23 (13) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

51. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver obscuring Taxi meter.

Rule 26 (15) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

52. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver parking Office stand.

Rule 26 (1) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

53. Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver refusing to fly for hire.

Rule 26 (16) r/w 122 M.V. Act.

54. Carrying Animals in goods vehicle Rule 113 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

55. Carrying children on Petrol Tank u/s 85 r/w -do-

56. Carrying excess persons or Motor Cycle u/s 85 r/w -do-

57. Carrying excess persons in goods vehicle. Rule 161 (1) r/w -do-

58. Carrying lengthy material without necessary signal.

Rule 331 (iii) r/w -do-

59. Carrying persons on foot-board. u/s 82 r/w -do-

60. Carrying persons / things obstructing driver.

u/s 83 r/w -do-

61. Carrying persons dangerously on the load. Rule 161 (4) (6) (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

62 Loading over 11’ from the ground Rule 202 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

63. Overloading u/s 72 (3) r/w 124 -do-

64. Leaving vehicle in dangerous position u/s 81 r/w 112 -do-

612

65. Leaving vehicle un-attended with idling engine.

u/s 84 r/w -do-

66. Parking against flow of traffic X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act

67. Parking athwart/toll parking u/s 81 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

68. Parking in ‘NO’ parking area u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

69. Parking on pavement 92 (g) K.P. Act.

70. Defective/wornout tyres Rule 194 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

71. Illegible /obscure number plate Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

72. Failing to display caution ‘left hand drive’ sign

u/s 80 r/w -do-

73. No side view mirror Rule 188 r/w -do-

74. No wiper Rule 193 r/w -do-

75. Smoking exhaust Rule 196 r/w -do-

76. Failing to exhibit particulars on left side of transport vehicle

Rule 55 r/w -do-

77. Defective Brakes Rule 184 r/w -do-

78. Taking vehicle without authority u/s 126 r/w -do-

79. Driving underaged sec. 4 r/w -do-

80 Lending the Motor Driving Licence u/s 6 (2) M.V. Act u/s 112 M.V. Act.

81 Working as Conductor without badge. u/s 21 (A) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

82. Driving/permitting to drive un-registered vehicle.

u/s 22 r/w -do-

83. Registration not displayed Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 –do-

84. Owner failing to alter address within 30 days

u/s 30 r/w -do-

85. Failing to transfer ownership within 30 days

u/s 31 r/w -do-

86. Failing to display number of towing vehicle on trailer

u/s 40 (2) r/w -do-

613

87. Failing to stop when signaled by the Police Officer in uniform

u/s 87 r/w -do-

88. Failing to remove injured persons to Hospital

u/s 89 (a) r/w -do-

89. Failing to report accidents to Police within 24 hours.

u/s 89 (b) r/w -do-

90. Refusing/giving false information to Police Officer or Motor vehicle Inspector.

u/s 113 M.V. Act.

91. Driving vehicle when disqualified for holding, obtaining Motor Driving Licence.

u/s 114 -do-

92. Driving while under the influence of Alcohol.

u/s 117 -do-

93. Driving when physically, mentally unfit. u/s 118 -do-

94. Abetment of offences u/s 116, 117 & 118 M.V. Act

u/s 119 -do-

95. Interfering with vehicle without authority u/s 127 -do-

96. Power of Police Officer to arrest without warrant.

u/s 128 -do-

97. Failing to drive with caution on road under repair.

Schedule X (8) M.V. Act r/w 112 MV Act.

98. Failing to slow down while procession was going on.

X Schedule (8) r/w 112 MV Act.

99. Bus Driver/Conductor smoking on duty Rule 23 (2) & rule 48 respectively r/w 112 M.V. Act.

100

.

Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver on stand on flag down.

Rule 26 (13) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

101

.

Using Taxi/Auto rickshaw for the prostitution

Rule 26 (8) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

102

.

Taxi Auto rickshaw Driver soliciting passenger

Rule 23 (6) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

103

.

Taxi/Auto rickshaw driver interfering with passengers in engaging other taxi/ auto Rickshaw

Rule 23 (7) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

104 Taxi/Auto rickshaw driver smoking on duty.

Rule 23 (2) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

614

.

105

.

Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver failing to keep Taxi/ Auto rickshaw clean.

Rule 23 (5) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

106

.

Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver refusing to surrender P.S.V. badge


107

.

Driving without number plate or plates Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

108

.

Driver failing to keep road permit Rule 163 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

109

.

Boarding/alighting from bus in motion. Rule 166 (5) (a) (I) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

110

.

Improper conduct of passenger in Taxi/Auto rickshaw, refusing to pay the fair

Rule 168 (b) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

111

.

Sounding musical horn Rule 186 (2) r/w 112 M.V. Act.

112

.

Driving/with defective silencer or without silencer


113

.

Abandoning vehicle on Road more than 6 hours.


114

.

Driving on pavement. Rule 330 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

115

.

Parking parallel to other vehicle u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

116

.

Using loudspeaker without permission of the Commissioner of Police.

u/s 37 (1) K.P. Act.

117 Carrying unwieldy articles without permit u/s 92 (D) K.P. Act

118 Repairing/washing/selling vehicle on road u/s 92 (E) K.P. Act

615

119 Failing to use pavement u/s 92 (O) K.P. Act

120 Failing to use pedestrian crossing u/s 92 (D) K.P. Act

121 Carrying goods for hire or reward in a private car i.e. using a car as a goods vehicle without permit

u/s 2 (7) (8) (33)/ 42 (1)/123 (1) M.V. Act.

122 Carrying passengers in a private car for hire for reward, thus using car as a taxi without permit

u/s 42 (1)/123 (1) M.V. Act

123 Playing a Motor vehicle without paying road tax.

u/s 12 (1) of the Mysore Motor Vehicles Taxation and Tolls Act. 1957.

124 For not displaying tax token in the vehicle in the manner prescribed.

u/s 5 (3) and 12 (4) of the Mysore Motor Vehicles Taxation and Tolls Act. 1957.

125 Driving P.S.V. without authorization in D.L.

Rule-5 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

126 Owner allowing un-authorised person to drive a vehicle.

u/s 113 (a) of M.V. Act.

127 Learner driving the MV other than solo without a competent driver by his side.

Rule -19(i) (ii) r/w 112 M.V Act.

128 Driver or conductor of the bus misbehaving with passengers. (stage carriage or contract carriage)

Rule-23 (iii) or 48 (iii) respectively r/w 112 M.V. Act.

129 Conductor failing to display badge. Rule 47 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

130 Failing to maintain complaint Book in Stage Carriage.

175 r/w 112 M.V. Act.

131 Overloading of Buses Rule-48 Cl. 8 r/w 112 IMV Act.

132 Vehicle with defective Speeda Meter Rule-197 Cl. 1 r/w 112 IMV Act.

133 Plying Goods vehicle without partition Rule-220 Cl. 5/246 r/w 112 IMV Act.

134 Forcible entry of passengers in the Bus. Rule-166 Cl. 5 (a) (iv) r/w 112 IMV Act.

135 Failed to maintain G.V.R in Transport Vehicle.

Rule-25 r/w 112 IMV Act.

136 Carrying passengers in the Transport Rule-25 (2) r/w 112 IMV Act.

616

vehicle on hire.

137 Not maintaining the First Aid Box in the Public Service Vehicle.


138 Advertisement Boards not to be put on the Public Service Vehicle.


139 Carrying any Explosive substance or article.

Rule-166 (5) (b) (xi-a)

140 Rider of Motor Cycle/Scooter not wearing Helmet.

Rule-327 (b) r/w 112 IMV Act.

617


No.82/RLN, 2/75/76, Dated 10th March1976

Creation of the post of Deputy Controller (Financial

Assistant) in Chief Office allocation of duties and

Responsibilities among the Finance Officers

In Chief Office

* * * * *Government in their Order No. HD 175 P.E.G 74 dated 3-9-75 have

sanctioned the post of a Deputy Controller (Financial Assistant) and also

continued the post of Assistant Controller (Financial Assistant) in Chief

Office.

2. For obtaining the maximum benefit of their Services and for proper

disposal of work relating to the Financial Administration of the Police

Department, the duties and responsibilities of both the Deputy Controller

(financial Assistant) and Assistant Controller (Financial Assistant) will be as

under:

Deputy Controller (F.A.)

1. Over all supervision of the Finance and Accounts wing of the

Police Department.

2. Preparation of Budget estimates, supplementary estimates,

proposals for additional grants, surrenders reappropriations etc.

618

3. Keeping watch over expenditure with reference to appropriation.

4. Reconciliation of Departmental figures with those of the

Accountant General.

5. To deal with the appropriation and Finance Accounts and audit

reports issued by the Accountant General.

6. Furnishing explanatory notes to the Audit reports for submission to

the Public Accounts Committee, and pursuance of allied matters.

7. Conduct of internal audit/inspection of all subordinate Police

Offices. Issuance of inspection reports and pursuance of the same

with Unit Officers.

8. Keeping watch over the receipts from other Departments in respect

of lent personnel.

9. Keeping watch over receipts from Government of India/other State

Governments/Railways, etc, for service rendered etc.

10.Pursuance of A.G’s audit reports and maintenance of D.C.B of

audit objections.

11.Watching and custody of mortgage deeds and issue of

reconveyance deeds for House Purchase Advance/ House Building

Advance/ House Rep[air Advances etc.

619

12. To supervise the work relating to computerization of pay rolls of

the Department/Service records, etc. review of monthly progress

reports.

13.To deal with matters relating to Grants-in-aid/Loans from Central

Government including Modernisation of Police Forces/ Police

Housing Scheme, etc.

14.Scrutiny of comparative Statements of tenders/quotations relating

to supplies, etc.

15.To supervise the work of the Assistant Controller (F.A) in matters

relating to (i) grant of advances, Loans, etc, requiring sanction of

Dy. Inspector General of Police, Head Quarters/Inspector General

of Police/Government,.

ii) Bills requiring Counter Signature.

iii) Pension allied cases requiring sanction of Inspector General

of Police/Government.

16. Furnishing opinion on all proposals having financial implications.

17. any other matter specially referred to him by the Inspector General

of Police/Dy. Inspector General of Police, Head Quarters/Asst.


18.To Assist the Inspector General of Police in controlling the

expenditure of the Department.

620

Assistant Controller (F.A)

1) Scrutiny of applications for grant of HBA/HPA/ House Repair

advances/ Motor Car Advance, etc. Advances of Gazetted non-

Gazetted Officers of the Department.

2) Scrutiny of applications for grant of G.P.F advances and Provident

fund withdrawals of Gazetted and Non-Gazetted Officials of the

Department.

3) Reconciliation and furnishing of annual outstanding balances to the

Accountant General under the above categories of advances.

4) Scrutiny of applications for allotments of Motor Cars, Scooters etc

of all Officers.

5) Watching the progress of collections against small savings targets

and furnishing progress reports to Government periodically.

6) Scrutiny of Halt Statements and Travelling Allowance Claims.

7) Scrutiny of pension applications and pursuance of pending cases.

8) Review of pending pension cases and furnishing progress reports

to the Accountant General and to the Government.

621

9) Scrutiny of cases of extra-ordinary family pension/ Compassionate

gratuities/ ex-gratia payments, etc. and pursuance of such cases.

10) Scrutiny of belated claims of all kinds and obtaining sanctions

thereto.

11) Obtaining of sanctions to part-time/full-time posts of sweepers

and Scavengers.

12) Obtaining of sanctions to payment of rent of private buildings

for housing Police Offices/ Stations/Outposts, etc.

13) Obtaining of sanctions to the installations of PABX Telephones

under CYT Scheme/tele-printers and allied correspondences.

14) Scrutiny of allocation Statements and pay fixation Statements.

15) Scrutiny of NDC and other Bills received from subordinate

Offices, for countersignature,

16) Obtaining sanctions to miscellaneous items of expenditure.

17) To deal with all matters relating to advances, countersignature

of bills, pension cases requiring sanction of Government/Inspector

General of Police, and other matters of important through the

Deputy Controller (F.A.)

622

18) To supervise any other subjects dealt with in Accounts Section/

Pension and Fund Section in Chief Office,

19) To deal with any other matter specially referred to him by the

Inspector General of Police, Dy. Inspector General of Police. Head

Quarters/Assistant Inspector General of Police.

20) To assist the Inspector General of Police in controlling the

expenditure of the Department.

3. Both the Deputy Controller (F.A) and the Assistant Controller

(F.A) will route the papers through the Dy. Inspector General of Police,

Head Quarters or the Assistant Inspector General of Police in Chief Office,

as may be required.

4. Both of them will attend to routine correspondences pertaining to

their subjects on behalf of the Inspector General of Police. In matters of

importance involving policy or requiring sanction, etc., they will attend to

their disposal after obtaining competent sanction or orders.

623


No.CB3-28/74 Dated 19th March1976

Indian Public Service – Uniform Further Instructions

issued

* * * * *Instructions have been issued in this Office Standing Order No. 642

(CB3-28/74) dated 16-11-74 regarding wearing of uniform by Indian Police

Service Officers.

2. In paras 4 and 5 of Standing Order under working dress type (3) 3

type (4), web belt with white metal fittings is indicated for use. It is now

proposed to introduce the use of crested leather belts also.

3. Accordingly, the following amendments to the Standing Order are

issued:

1) In para (4) after the words “web belt with metal fitting” appearing

in line 2 & 3 the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted:

“/crested brown leather belt, the crested buckle being of white metal

containing Indian Police Service monogram”.

2) In para (5) after the words “web belt with metal fittings” appearing

in line 2 and 3 the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted


containing IPS monogram”.

624

4. While the Officers wear the working dress type (3) of type (4), they

may use brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal or web belt.

5. It has been brought to my notice that a large number of Officers of

this State would prefer to wear working dress type (3) as it is found

convenient for them to do so. In order to make a start it is felt that all

Officers below the age of 50 shall attend weekly and Monthly Police

Parades in working dress type (3) with brown leather belt with crested

buckle of white metal. At other times they may choose to wear any of the

prescribed working dress as indicated in S.O. 642. Any option is given to

Officers above the age of 50 t0 wear either working dress type (2) or

working dress type (3) for attending weekly or monthly Police Parades.

These instructions will come into force with effect from 1-4-1976.

625


No.CB3-26/73 Dated 19th March1976

Karnataka State Police Service (Uniform) Further

instructions issued

* * * * *Instructions have been issued in this Office Standing Order No. 650

(CB3-26/73) dated 20-1-1975 regarding wearing of uniform by Karnataka

State Police Service Gazetted Officers.

2. In paras 4 and 5 of the Standing Order 650 under working dress

type (3) and type (4), web belt with white metal fittings is indicated for use.

In Note (2) of para 6 if Standing Order 650. it has been stated that the

question of replacement of web belt by a crested leather belt is under

examination and orders will issue in due course. The matter has been

examined and it is now proposed to introduce the use of crested leather belts,

side by side.

3. Accordingly the following amendments to the Standing Order are

issued;


in line 2, the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted:-


containing K.S.P.S. monogram”.

626


in line 2 and 3 the following words preceded by oblique may be inserted:-


containing K.S.P.S. monogram”.

4. While the Officers wear the working dress type (3) or type (4), they

may use brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal or web belt.

5. It has been brought to my notice that a large number of Officers of

this State would prefer to wear working dress type (4) as it is found

convenient for them to do so. In order to make a start it is felt that all

Officers below the age of 50 shall attend weekly Month Police Parades in

working dress type (3) with brown leather belt with crested buckle of white

metal, at other times they may choose to wear any of the prescribed working

dress as indicated in Standing Order 650. An option is given to Officers

above 50 to wear either working dress type (2) or working dress type (3) for

attending weekly or Month Police Parades.

These instructions will come into force with effect from 1-4-1976.

627


No.STS.11.1.212/73 Dated 18th March1976

Sale of condemned vehicles/MT, Spares Procedure to be

Followed in conducting Public auctions

instructions issued

* * * * *Hitherto, almost all the Unit Officers are observing ‘OPEN

AUCTION SYSTEM’ in disposing the condemned vehicles/MT Spares.

Form the experiences of auctions held in the past, it is found that this system

is not profitable and at times has proved disadvantageous to Government. In

the auction, recently conducted, some of the Departmental condemned

vehicles have even fetched far less amounts than expected. Though the loss

in this respect cannot be attributable wholly, to the auctioning system, the

system of auctioning cannot be completely set aside.

In view of the above it is suggested that the Unit Officers should

follow the “Tender-Cum Auction Sale” system for disposing condemned

vehicles/ M.T. Spares while doing so they must make use of the notification

annexed (specifying the terms and conditions) with alternations where-ever

necessary.

Above all, the Unit Officers must ensure the interest of Government is

kept in view always.

The receipt of this memo should be acknowledged.

628

Office of the ……………………………………………………………….

No. Dated:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Sealed Tender in duplicate should be addressed to the

………………….. and superscribed as “tender for the Purchase of

Vehicles/ Materials/ Spares.

2. The highest rates should be quoted for each vehicle item separately

both in figures and words in the enclosed tender form.

3. Tender forms issued are not transferable.

4. Each tender application should be accompanied with Rs. 200/-

(Rupees two hundred only) in cash or in the form of D.D. drawn in

favour of ………………………………………… as Earnest Money

Deposit. Applications received without this Earnest money Deposit

will be rejected. The earnest money will not carry any interest.

5. Completed Tender forms should be sent so as to reach this Office not

later than 4 P.M. on ………………………………… Tenders

received after the time and date specified will not be considered.

6. Tenderers are also entitled to bid in the auction without making any

additional Earnest Money Deposit. The auction will be held in the

629

premises of ………………………………………………………. at

11 a.m. on ……………………….

7. Tenders are liable to be rejected in the case of any ambiguity. Any

corrections in rates etc, should be attested by the tenderer with full

signature.

8. On the day notified for auction, the Officers duly authorised will

conduct the public auction under the supervision of the ………………

or any Officers duly authorised by him and the bidders shall call the

bids at the time and place notified.

9. After the highest bid in auction is recorded the Tender received will

be opened by the ………………….. or nay Officer duly authorised by

him in the presence of the tenderers or the authorised agents who may

be present and the highest offer received from the Tenderers or

Bidders in auction as the case may be, shall be considered for

acceptance.

10. Advance Payment:

The successful tenderes/tenderers or Bidder/Bidders should remit 25% of

the total value in cash on the spot and the balance of the total value should

be remitted within eight days from the date of receipt of our acceptance and

collect the Vehicles, Spares failing which Earnest Money Deposit will be

forfeited/ and the tender or Bid accepted in his favour will be cancelled and

separate action will be taken for the disposal of the said Vehicles Spares.

630

Cheques will not be accepted

11. All cash payments should be made to the …………………………….

………………………………………… at ……………………………

12.Earnest Money deposit amount paid cannot be adjusted against the

balance of 75% value of the vehicle/Materials due to be paid as per

clause 10 above and will have to be claimed separately after

complying with all the terms and conditions of the contract.

13. The sale will be effective only when confirmed by the Inspector

General of Police, Karnataka State Bangalore.

14.Any loss accruing to the Police Department on account of the default

of the successful tenders/Tender, Bidder/Bidders and the value thereof

as determined by …………………. Will be recovered from the EMD.

And any amount in excess of EMD still due to the recovered will have

to be paid forthwith, failing which action will be taken legally.

15.Sales Tax and other charges as applicable will be collected extra.

16.The successful Tenderers/Tenderer, Bidder/Bidders should make

his/their own arrangements for the immediate Transport of the

Vehicle/Vehicles/materials/Spares.

17.The ……………………………………………….. reserves, the right

to reject, post-pone or cancel the Tender or Auction without assigning

631

any reasons and the decision of the …………………………………

will be final and binding on all the parties.

18.In case of any dispute in the excution of the contract the decision of

the Inspector General of Police will be final.

DCP/SP Commdt/Principal.

632


No.Law 29/FNR/75-76 Dated 30th March1976

Stock of Furniture in Chief Office –Maintenance of

Inventories in each section – instructions issued

* * * * *

At present the entire stock of furniture in Chief Office is spread overt

the Office is several sections and chambers of Officers. The work relating to

furniture has been entrusted to the library clerk attached to Law section at

present. A Second Division Clerk is held responsible for the entire stock of

furniture in all the sections and chambers of Officers in Chief Office

building. The complete responsibility for any loss cannot be fixed on

anybody other than this Second Division Clerk. This would be too much to

be expected of a Second Division Clerk.

(2) According to Note (1) under Article 166 of the K.F.C 1958, in the

case of furniture in large Offices distributed over several rooms, the head of

the Office may have Inventories which may be in each room kept up-to-date

to facilitate the annual verification of stock and to fix the responsibility for

losses.

(3) In conformity with the provision of Article 166 of K.F.C., 1958, a

proforma of an inventory has been prescribed and enclosed to this Standing

Order.

633

(4) The furniture clerk will enter all the furniture supplied to a section

in the inventory and hand it over to the section superintendent under his

acknowledgement.

(5) This inventory should be hung up in a conspicuous place in each

section and should be readily available for inspection.

(6) As regards the furniture supplied to the chambers of the Officers,

their Personal Assistants/Stenographers will maintain the inventories and

will be responsible for the safety of the furniture.

(7) These instructions should be strictly observed and compliance

reported.

INVENTORY OF FURNITUREName of Section …………………………………….

Sl. N

o

Nam

e of

furn

iture

I.G.P

. No

Dat

e of

Sup

ply

Ack

. Of t

he S

ec. S

updt

.

Dat

e of

che

ckin

g

Rem

arks


634

No.STS.11.2.204/75-76 Dated 3rd April 1976

Allotment, control and maintenance of Motor Cycles

authorised for Police Subject-Inspectors

* * * * *1. As an experimental measure, it has been decided to provide Motor

Cycles to Subject-Inspectors, incharge of Traffic, Law and Order and Crime,

attached to Police Stations at District Head Quarters, Bangalore city, and

major cities for the efficient performance of their Official duties. This is

being done in a phased manner. As and when the vehicles become available,

allotment memos will be issued to the District Officers giving the particulars

of allottees Superintendents of Police of the districts will allot the Motor

Cycles by name to the Officers holding respective appointments. Whenever

there is a change of Officers, Motor Cycles so allotted will also be handed

over properly. The Officer (viz. S.I. Traffic, S.I. Law & Order, S.I. Crime or

S.I Police Station) to whom the allotment is made will be personally

responsible for the correct maintenance, accounting and economic running

of the Motor Cycles. These Motor Cycles will not be detailed for any other

purpose and will not be used by any other persons. These instructions will

also apply mutatis mutandis to the allotments made earlier to SIs/ASIs of

Bangalore City Police.

2. Helmets will be provided to the Officers as laid down in Chief

Office Circular No. CRM. 13/CM/H/76, dated 27th February 76 and

Standing Order No. 659. the helmets will be marked inside with the vehicle

number.

635

3. It will be ensured that allottees hold valid driving licenses and also

have reasonable experience in driving and maintenance of Motor Cycles. If

the present incumbents do not have these requisites, other Officers who

fulfill the requirements may be placed in those appointments.

4. When the Motor Cycles are not out on duty, they will be kept at the

Police Station under cover. Issue of petrol, oil etc., will be done as for other

vehicles of the District M.T. Sections. However, the allottees will be

responsible to ensure that the log books are maintained up-to-date and that

all entries regarding Servicing, repair and change of tyres etc. are recorded

properly. It will be their responsibility to ensure that the Motor Cycles are fit

for duty at all times and are serviced once a quarter or on completion of

1600 K.M. running, whichever is earlier. The Officers are expected to take

care of the Motor Cycles as if they were their own.

5. As new vehicles are being issued, they should be carefully driven

during the first 1,500 K.M. strictly observing the instructions given in the

maker’s hand book regarding lubrication etc.

6. These Motor Cycles will be registered under the designation of the

Supdt. of Police of the districts concerned and the register of vehicles will be

correctly filled in along with the list of tools supplied with the vehicle. Any

deficiency of tools found at a later stage will be the personal responsibility

of the Officer concerned to whom it is allotted. Police markings will also be

painted on the Motor Cycles. They will be as follows:-

636

(a) Front mudguard – red letters ‘POLICE’ 3 ½ C.M. in height

and ½ C.M. thick on white back ground 5 ½ C.M. wide,

painted at the forward edge.

(b) Rear number plate – red letters ‘POLOCE’ 2 ½ C.M. in

height and ½ C.M. thick on white back ground 4 ½ C.M.

wide, below the registered number of the Motor Cycle.

7. The Superintendents of Police of districts and in the case of

Bangalore. City, the commissioner of Police will please ensure that the

Officers of whom allotments are made do not draw any conveyance

allowance. A list of Officers for whom allotments are made now and also

those made earlier will be forwarded to Chief Office by 15 April 76.

thereafter, this information will be included in the monthly vehicle returns.

8. These Motor Cycles will be inspected monthly by an Officer

detailed by the Superintendents of Police/ Commissioner of Police,

Bangalore. It may be impressed on all concerned that they will be able to

perform their duties efficiently if they have reliable conveyances for moving

about. This measure has been taken to meet such a requirement, but the

purpose will be fulfilled only if sufficient care is taken to maintain these

vehicles in a good condition.

637


No. Law 1-214/68 Dated 8th March 1976

The Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 and

the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Rules 1969.

* * * * *The Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 and the Habitual

Offenders Rules 1969 have been in force in Karnataka State from the 17th

Day of July 1969. In view of the certain amendments made to the Karnataka

Habitual Offenders Rules by promulgation the Karnataka Habitual

Offenders (Amendment Rules 1973) and the delegation of powers by the

Government. To the Divisional Commissioners in exercising the powers U/s

10, 11, 12, 14 (1) and (3) 15, of the Act, the following detailed instructions

are issued in the light of the amendment and the delegation of powers-

2. According to Sub-Sec. (e) of Sec. 2 of the H.O. Act 1961 “Habitual

Offender” means a person who during any continuous period of five years,

whether before or after the commencement of this Act, or partly before and

partly after such commencement, has been sentenced on conviction on not

less than three occasions, since he attained the age of eighteen years, to a

substantive term of imprisonment, for any one or more of the schedule

offences, committed on different occasions and not so connected together as

to form part of the same transaction, such sentence not having been reversed

in appeal or on revision. In computing the continuous period of five years

and period spent in Jail either under sentence of imprisonment or under

detention shall not be taken into account;

638

3. In their Notification Number HD 5PRH 62 dated 31-7-1969 issued

U/s 3 of the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 Government have

authorised the District Magistrate to make or cause to be made a register of

Habitual Offenders within his district by entering there in the names of the

Habitual Offenders, their previous convictions and other prescribed

particulars. The register in Form No ‘A’ has been prescribed under Rule 3.

4. Rules 4, 5, 6 prescribed the procedure for Service of notice of

Habitual Offender for the purpose of brining him on the HO register.

5. The Registration of Habitual Offenders is a continuous process as

and when criminals come under the category of Habitual Offenders.

6. For the purpose of registering the Habitual Offenders in the

District, the Superintendent should carefully study the definition of

“Habitual Offender” in clause (e) of Section 2 of the Act and the Schedule to

the Act and make a list of all Habitual Offenders in his district.

7. In respect of every such Habitual Offender appearing in the list

prepared, the Superintendent should obtain the documents and other

particulars referred to in Section 298 of the Code of Criminal Procedure

1973, for the purpose of proving the previous convictions.

8. The Superintendent should in respect of or every Habitual Offender

required to be brought on the register, keep the notice in Form ‘B’ (Vide

Rule 4 of Rules) duly filled up, in duplicate, for being issued by the District

Magistrate or the authority appointed by him, for service.

639

9. The notices in Form ‘B’ issued for service by the District

Magistrate or the authority appointed by him should be promptly served on

the Habitual Offender concerned in the manner laid down in Rule 4 of the

Rules.

10. It should be noted that if the Habitual Offender on whom the

notice has to be served is in jail, the Superintendents of Police should, well

in time, request the district Magistrate or other authority appointed by the

Districts Magistrate to send the notice to the Officer in charge of the Jail. It

shall there upon be the responsibility of that Officer to serve the notice and

to produce the offender before the District Magistrate or the authority

appointed, at the time and place specified in the notice.

11. The Superintendents of Police should ensure that all the Habitual

Offenders on whom notices in Form ‘B’ are served, appear before the

District Magistrate or the authority appointed by him on the date and at the

time and place specified in the notice, to enable him to make the Register.

For this purpose, a responsible Police Officer well-conversant with the Act

and the Rules should be deputed with all the necessary documents and other

relevant information.

12. As, on the dates on which Habitual Offender in response to the

notices issued to them appear before the District Magistrate or the authority

appointed by him, their finger and palm impressions, foot prints and

photographs have to be taken, the Superintendent should make necessary

arrangements.

640

13. Attention is drawn to Section 7 (2) of the Act. If in respect of any

registered offender, it is found expedient that he should report himself once

in each month or more frequently to the Officer in charge of the

jurisdictional Police Station the Superintendent should on the same day on

which the offender is registered, move the Districts Magistrate for an order

under the said subject-section. The order should be served on the offender,

and duplicate with his endorsement maintained as record.

14. In their notification Number H.D. 4 PPH 71 dated 21st July 1972,

in exercise of the powers conferred by section 20 of the Karnataka Habitual

Offenders Act 1961, the State Government have delegated the powers to

restrict the movements of a Registered offender U/s 11 of the Act to the

Divisional Commissioner. Therefore, if in respect of any registered offender

there is justification for restricting his movements to any area, the

Superintendents of Police should without delay move the Divisional

Commissioner through the District Magistrate for an order under Section. 11

of the Act.

15. When an order of restriction is made by the Divisional

Commissioner u/s 11 (2), the Registered offender has to report himself in the

manner laid-down in Rule 7 of the Rules. The order made should be served

on the offender in the manner laid-down in Rule 4 and the duplicate

containing the endorsement of offender maintained as evidence of Service.

16. Section 7 (2) and Section. 11 R/W rule 7 of the Rules envisage

that registered offenders in respect of whom orders under the said sections

are made, should report to the Officer in charge of the Police Station or the

641

Police Patel of the village concerned. An attendance register in the proforma

I attached to this S.O. should be maintained in each Police Station for this

purpose. In addition to marking the attendance of the Habitual Offender,

entry also should be made about the reporting or non-reporting of the

Habitual Offender in the Station House Diary.

17. According to Section 7 (1) of the Act and Rule 6 of the Rules, the

Registered offender has to notify in person both to the S.H.O of the

Jurisdiction and the concerned village Police Patel if he is residing in a

village.

i) any change or intended change or residence.

ii) The address of his intended new residence and

iii) The date on which he proposes to move to such new residence.

18. When any registered offender does so as in para 17.

i) the Officer in charge of the P.S. should make appropriate

entries in the S.H.D and other relevant registers and

ii) send immediate intimation to the Officer in charge of the P.S.

within whose limits the intended new residence is situate;

iii) the Officer in charge of the P.S. within whose limits the

intended new residence is situate, should on receipt of such

intimation checkup.

642

a) Whether or not the registered offender has arrived and taken up

residence;

b) Send a reply to the Officer in charge of the P.S from whom he

received intimation, informing him, whether or not the offender

has arrived and taken up residence.

19.According to Rule 10, a registered offender in respect of whom an

order of restriction has been made under section 11 (1), has to notify his

intended absence from his residence for one or more nights to the Police

Patel of the village and / or S.H.O. The Superintendent should ensure that

every concerned station makes appropriate entries in the S.H.D. and other

registers in this behalf.

20. Rules 12 and 13 permit the Officer in charge of the P.S. and the

Superintendent of Police to issue passes in Form ‘D’ to registered offenders

in respect of whom restriction orders are made for absenting from the limits

of the area to which their movements are restricted. The Suptds. Should

ensure that passes in Form ‘D’ are available at the District Police Office and

with the concerned Police Station.

21. In respect of each of the Habitual Offender brought on the register

prescribed U/s 3 of the Act, the Superintendents of Police should issue a

certificate of identity in From ‘E’ of the Rules. On the date on which the

offender is brought on the Register, this certificate should be issued to him.

22. Competent is vested in the Superintendent for granting under Rule

18 permanent passes in Form ‘D’ to registered offenders in respect of whom

643

an order of restriction is made, for visiting the nearest bazaar or market area

outside the area to which their movements are restricted.

23. Attention is drawn to Section 9. it should be noted that the

registration of Habitual Offender under the Act will automatically cease to

be in force on the expiry of five years from the date of registration unless it

is cancelled earlier by the District, Magistrate for reasons recorded by him.

Despite such occasion or cancellation, he can be re-registered u/s 11 (20 if

the requirements laid down therein are satisfied. The Superintendents should

therefore be watchful and in cases where re-registration is warranted, it

should be got down promptly.

24. Attention is drawn to the Provisions of Section 14 (1) which

empowers the State Government to direct the Registered offender to receive

training or a corrective character on the report of the District Magistrate. In

their notification No. HD 4 PRH 71 dated 21st July 1971 referred to in para

14 above, the power under Sec 14(1) has now been delegated by the State

Government to the divisional commissioner.

25. The Industrial and Agricultural Settlement at Bijapur is a

corrective Settlement established under the Act, for receiving Habitual

Offenders in respect of whom orders under Section 14 of the Act are made,

for imparting corrective training.

26. The Superintendent, Industrial and Agricultural Settlement,

Bijapur has brought to my notice that inspite of addressing the

Superintendents of Police in the State, no District Bijapur and Belgaum has

sent up a single case of Habitual Offender to the Settlement at Bijapur so far.

644

27. The Superintendents of Police of the Districts should examine the

case of each registered offender in his district and in cases where they

consider that it is expedient for the reformation of any registered offenders

and the prevention of crime that those offenders should receive training of a

corrective character, they should without delay move the Divisional

Commissioner through the District Magistrate for orders under section 14 of

the Act.

28. When any Habitual Offender who is not more than 40 years of age

is convicted of an offence punishable with imprisonment or is required to

execute under section 110 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, a bond for

good behaviour the I.O. concerned should request the Prosecuting Officer

concerned to move the Court for an order under sub-section (2) of section 14

of the Act directing that the Habitual Offender shall receive corrective

training for the period specified.

29. When orders Under Section 14 are made by the Divisional

Commissioner or the Court as the case may be, the Superintendents should

make necessary arrangements for forwarding the Habitual Offender to the

Industrial and Agricultural Settlement at Bijapur which is a corrective

settlement for receiving training of a corrective character.

30. The Superintendents of Police should send a quarterly Statement

of Habitual Offenders sent to the Corrective settlement at Bijapur in

proforma II so as to reach the Addl. Inspector General of Police, by 10 th of

645

the succeeding month of every quarter. Copy of this Statement should also

be sent to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.

31. Addl. Inspector General of Police should review these Statements

and send a quarterly review to the Inspector General of Police. These

instructions should be strictly adhered to.


PROFORMA I – S.O. NO. ..........................................

Attendance Register of Habitual Offenders whose movements have been restricted

under Section 11 of the H.O. Act. 1961 and Rule 7 of the H.O. Rules 1969 for the month

of …………………….

Sl. N

o

Nam

e of

the

H.O

Fath

ers n

ame

of t

he H

O

Res

iden

ce

No

of th

e H

.O. i

n th

e D

istri

ct

Reg

iste

r

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5

_______________________________________________________________________________

NOTE:- i) When the H.O. reports, the letter R should be written under the date column.

ii) When the H.O. does not report the letter NR should be written under the date column.

646


PROFORMA II – S.O. NO. ..........................................

Quarterly Statement of Habitual Offenders sent to Industrial and

Agricultural Settlement at Bijapur for Quarter Ending ……………………

District.

Dis

trict

No.

of H

.Os a

t the

be

ginn

ing

of th

e Q

uarte

r

No.

of H

.Os r

egis

tere

d du

ring

the

Qua

rter

Tota

l of c

ols.

1 &

2

No.

of H

.Ss

orde

red

by

the

Div

isio

nal

Com

mr./

Cou

rt to

be

ent t

o co

rrec

tive

No.

of H

.Os s

ent t

o co

rrec

tive

settl

emen

t du

ring

the

quar

ter.

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Date: Superintendent of Police …………………. District

647


No.167/RLN, 2/74, Dated 14th April1976

Accident Relief Unit Bangalore City

* * * * *The number of road accidents has increased considerably with the

increase in the number of vehicles plying in Bangalore City. It was also

noticed that the injured often did not get immediate medical aid. In order to

provide prompt medical attention and relief to the victims of road accidents

and to reduce morality, the Government were addressed for the creation of

an Accident Relief Unit, with one Ambulance Van fitted with necessary

First Aid equipment etc.

2. Government in their order No. HD 120 PEI 75 dated 27-12-75

accorded sanction to the creation of an Accident Relief Unit in Bangalore

with a staff of 2 Sub-Inspectors 2 Head Constables and 2 Police Constables

on the strength of the Traffic Police, Bangalore City and 4 APC Drivers and

1 APC Cleaner on the strength of the CAR, Bangalore City.

Object,

3. The Accident Relief Unit is created with the object of promptly

attending to the victims of road accidents the injured and dead ones. It is,

therefore absolutely necessary that the Police as also the Doctor reach the

scene of accident within the shortest period possible and render prompt

medical attention and relief of the victims of road accidents.

648

4. The Accident Relief Unit with its prompt and efficient functioning,

it is hoped, will not only bring relief to the victims of road accidents but will

aslo help in building up Police public relationship as prompt attention helps

to create a feeling that the Police are humane and service-minded apart form

being Investigating Officer.

Organisation

5. (a) Staff

The sanctioned strength of the Accident Relief Unit will be:-

2-Sub-Inspectors on the strength of

2-Head Constables Traffic Police

2-Police Constables Bangalore City

4-APC, Drivers on the strength of the City

1-APC. Cleaner Armed Reserve, Bangalore City.

5. (b) vehicles:

1 Ambassador Car and 1 One-Tonner (Ambulance) will be provided

to the Unit, from the existing fleet of the CAR Bangalore. City.

6. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR Bangalore City will

ensure that the vehicles and the drivers are provided, round the clock.

7. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City will

ensure that 1 Sl. With the Investigating Officers ‘Kit and 2 Head

Constables/Constable trained in First Aid, are detailed round the clock, to go

with the Ambulance. The Sl. Detailed will be i/c of the Accident Relief Unit.

649

8. The Accident Relief Unit with the 2 Vehicles (CAR/Van will be

stationed at the Police Control Room.

9. The Accident Relief Unit will function under the direct supervision

and control of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore-City.

Medical Officer:

10. The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, will arrange with

the Medical Authorities of the Bowring & Lady Curzon Hospital and

Victoria Hospital to ensure that one Medical Officer should be made

available, at the Hospitals for being taken to the scene of accident in a Police

vehicle immediately.

11. The i/c of the Accident Relief Unit will liaise with the Hospital

authorities and keep note of the Medical Officer detailed for this duty, from

time to time.

Visit to Scene of Accident

12. On receipt of information of an accident at the Control Room, the

same will be relayed promptly to the Accident Relief Unit Ambulance which

will be fitted with a Wireless set. The Accident Relief Unit Ambulance with

the Traffic staff of 1 Sl. 1 HC. Or 1 PC will rush to the scence of accident

for rendering immediate assistance to the injured and taking necessary steps

for the investigation of the accident.

650

13. At the same time, the i/c of Accident Relief Unit will ensure that

Ambassador Car of the Accident Relief Unit with a HC or PC of Accident

Relief Unit immediately proceed to the Hospital concerned to pick up

Medical Officer from the Hospital and take him to the scene of accident. The

Ambassador car should also be fitted with a wireless set.

14. The Medical Officer will render necessary medical assistance to

the victims with the assistance of the Traffic staff and if necessary arrange

for the injured to be taken to the Hospital for further medical aid. All

assistance should be given to the Medical Officer in this regard.

15. As soon as the work is over at the scene of accident the Accident

Relief Unit Ambulance Van Ambassador Car and Staff shall promptly return

to the Control Room. The vehicles shall not be used for any other purpose

nor shall these vehicles be taken to any other place except to scene of

accident and Hospital. Any misuse of the vehicle including delays should be

viewed seriously. They are exclusively repeat exclusively meant for use for

giving relief to victims of accidents.

Equipment:-

16. The following is the schedule of items to be kept ready in the

Accident Relief Unit Ambulance Van:-

1) One stretcher,

2) One Oxygen Cylinder,

3) One Comprehensive First Aid Kit,

4) Two small Fans,

5) One small Water Tank,

651

6) One Wash Basin.

7) Drip stands for glucose/blood bottles,

8) Miscellaneous items-Towels/Soap, etc.

17. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic will ensure that these

minimum requirements are provided in the van and that thy are replaced and

replenished as and when necessary.

Record to be maintained.

18. The following records/registers should be maintained in the

Accident Relief Unit:-

1) Diary,

2) Register of visits to Scenes of Accidents.

3) Log Book of vehicles,

4) Government Property Register,

5) Officers Visit Book.

6) Inspection Note file.

19. The diary of the Accident Relief Unit will be in the accompanying

proforma – Appendix ‘A’. it should be maintained on the lines of the Station

House Dairy (Vide Order 970 of K.P.M). This will be a diary of daily events

which should be entered promptly, in regular sequence in point of time, as

and when they occur, and so provide an account of the work done at the

Accident Relief Unit. A gist of information received, visits to scenes of

accidents, visits of the Medical Officer, assistance rendered to the injured,

652

removal of injured and dead, visits to Hospital, return to Control Room etc.,

should invariably be noted with the correct timings.

20. The Register of visits to Scenes of Accidents should be maintained

as per the proforma provided in Appendix – ‘B’.

21. The i/c of the Accident Relief Unit should send copies of the

Diary and extract of the Register of Visits to Scenes of Accidents, the next

day morning to the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City.

A close scrutiny of the work done by the Accident Relief Unit the previous

day, should be made by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic.

653

Inspection:-

22. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic should get the

Unit inspected by one of the Traffic Inspectors, once in a month.

23. Detailed inspection of the Accident Relief Unit should be

done by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, once in six

months and he should send a copy of his inspection notes to the

Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.

24. The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, will inspect the

Accident Relief Unit once every year.

654

APPENDIX – ‘A’

DIARY

Accident Relief Unit: DatedBangalore City.

Date and time of entry.Substance of

information and details of work done.

Register No. of the case

655

APPENDIX – ‘B’

Register of visits to scenes of Accidents

‘Accident Relief Unit’ Bangalore City.

Sl. N

o.

Dat

e

Tim

e of

rece

ipt o

f inf

orm

atio

n

Plac

e of

Acc

iden

t

Tim

e of

Dep

artu

re o

f AR

U fo

r Sce

ne

Tim

e of

Dep

artu

re o

f AR

U fo

r H

ospi

tal

Tim

e of

arr

ival

of I

O a

t Sce

ne

Tim

e of

arr

ival

of M

O a

t Sce

ne Duration of halt at scene

Time of departure

Tim

e of

retu

rnin

g to

con

trol r

oom

A B A B

By IO

By MO

By IO

By MO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

656